THE FULFILLMENT OF TODAY'S PROPHETIC WORD

THIS PAGE IS ARRANGED IN THIS FORM 

[:: Date : & The prophetic word that came forth  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  :: ::  ::] 

THEN FOLLOWING THAT

:: Date & Confirmation in the news and what people have said has taken place  ::  ::  

- -  ><>  - - - _________  - - -  <><  -

 

 

 

:: 7-11-19 End Time Headlines :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Boston Censors Christian Flag but Allows Communist, Transgender Flags on Gov Property

Jul 11, 2019

OPINION (Charisma) – Liberty Counsel has asked a federal district court to forgo a trial and order the city of Boston to allow its resident Hal Shurtleff and his Christian civic organization, Camp Constitution, to fly the Christian flag on a city flagpole that Boston has opened to hundreds of other organizations. The city censored the religious viewpoint of the flag that would have been raised only during a one-hour event held to commemorate the civic contributions of Boston’s Christian community on Constitution Day (Sept. 17). The city has allowed other civic and cultural organizations the freedom to raise their flags on the city hall flagpoles to commemorate whatever events are important to the organizations more than 300 times since 2005, and nearly 40 times just in the year preceding Camp Constitution’s request. The city’s application policy refers to the flagpoles as a “public forum” open to “all applicants.” City officials have never denied the “messages” communicated by Boston Pride and the pink and blue “transgender” flag, and even the flags of Communist China and Cuba, but will not allow the civic and historical Christian message of Camp Constitution. READ MORE

https://endtimeheadlines.org/2019/07/boston-censors-christian-flag-but-allows-communist-transgender-flags-on-gov-property/ 

:: 11-18-10 mcr News Busters :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

UN IPCC Official Admits 'We Redistribute World's Wealth By Climate Policy'

By Noel Sheppard | November 18, 2010 11:27 AM EST

If you needed any more evidence that the entire theory of manmade global warming was a scheme to redistribute wealth you got it Sunday when a leading member of the United Nations Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change told a German news outlet, "[W]e redistribute de facto the world's wealth by climate policy." Such was originally published by Germany's NZZ Online Sunday, and reprinted in English by the Global Warming Policy Foundation moments ago: (NZZ AM SONNTAG): The new thing about your proposal for a Global Deal is the stress on the importance of development policy for climate policy. Until now, many think of aid when they hear development policies.

(OTTMAR EDENHOFER, UN IPCC OFFICIAL): That will change immediately if global emission rights are distributed. If this happens, on a per capita basis, then Africa will be the big winner, and huge amounts of money will flow there. This will have enormous implications for development policy. And it will raise the question if these countries can deal responsibly with so much money at all.

(NZZ): That does not sound anymore like the climate policy that we know.

(EDENHOFER): Basically it's a big mistake to discuss climate policy separately from the major themes of globalization. The climate summit in Cancun at the end of the month is not a climate conference, but one of the largest economic conferences since the Second World War. Why? Because we have 11,000 gigatons of carbon in the coal reserves in the soil under our feet - and we must emit only 400 gigatons in the atmosphere if we want to keep the 2-degree target. 11 000 to 400 - there is no getting around the fact that most of the fossil reserves must remain in the soil.

(NZZ): De facto, this means an expropriation of the countries with natural resources. This leads to a very different development from that which has been triggered by development policy.

(EDENHOFER): First of all, developed countries have basically expropriated the atmosphere of the world community. But one must say clearly that we redistribute de facto the world's wealth by climate policy. Obviously, the owners of coal and oil will not be enthusiastic about this. One has to free oneself from the illusion that international climate policy is environmental policy. This has almost nothing to do with environmental policy anymore, with problems such as deforestation or the ozone hole.

For the record, Edenhofer was co-chair of the IPCC's Working Group III, and was a lead author of the IPCC's Fourth Assessment Report released in 2007 which controversially concluded, "Most of the observed increase in global average temperatures since the mid-20th century is very likely due to the observed increase in anthropogenic greenhouse gas concentrations."

As such, this man is a huge player in advancing this theory, and he has now made it quite clear - as folks on the realist side of this debate have been saying for years - that this is actually an international economic scheme designed to redistribute wealth.

https://www.newsbusters.org/blogs/nb/noel-sheppard/2010/11/18/un-ipcc-official-admits-we-redistribute-worlds-wealth-climate 

[ :: 12-31-01 New Years Eve Service (fifth word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc But you must listen and understand what I have said. Your southern states will become a place far too hot to live and with the power shortages that will be there. The seashores shall be gone as far as twelve miles inland and further in some places. Hear what I have to say and listen. The northeast shall become a good place because of its water supplies, milder winters and not as hot summers. Larger cities will not be a place to live. I say unto you, wake up and hear and make some changes that it will be well with you. Soon the great earthquake that shall cause the West Coast to be unrecognized shall take place. Oh, that my people would listen and live. etc

[ :: 9-4-05 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

There will be thousands of deaths from this hurricane and it will take more months than any storm to recover from, costing millions of dollars, by far the most costly storm to date, yet there shall be bigger storms to come. I have forewarned those along the seashores that they should leave everything and that they should move north etc

[ :: 9-11-05 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::] 

etc For three years I have warned people to move away from the seashore, I have warned them about the warming trend and what it will do. I have warned them about the hurricanes, how they shall grow much larger and dangerous. etc

[ :: 12-31-06/1-1-07 New Years Eve service  (fifth word)  :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.. You shall see a shifting of the plates underneath the ocean etc..

[ :: 6-16-13 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Therefore, I say unto you, fear not, fear not the warnings, but I must speak to my people that they flee the places that I have told them to flee, that they move from the ocean at least seventy five miles, that they do the things that I have already told them etc

:: 7-10-19 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

EXCLUSIVE: California’s nuclear power plants built in close proximity to the San Andreas fault, setting up catastrophic “Fukushima” event for the West Coast

Wednesday, July 10, 2019 by: Mike Adams

(Natural News) A Natural News investigation into the geolocation of nuclear power facilities in California reveals that five nuclear facilities were built in close proximity to the San Andreas fault line, with some constructed right in the middle of earthquake zones that have up to a 50% chance of a severe earthquake every 30 years. One nuclear power plant – the Diablo Canyon Nuclear Power Plant which produces 2,160 megawatts — was constructed on the coast, making it extremely vulnerable to the very same kind of ocean water surge that destroyed the Fukushima-Daiichi facility which suffered a 2011 meltdown in Japan. That nuclear catastrophe — which was dutifully covered up by the entire western media for months — was caused by an underwater earthquake that produced a tsunami wave which engulfed the facility. California’s Diablo Canyon Nuclear Power Plant is positioned on the coastline in the exact same way, making it highly vulnerable to underwater earthquakes or other events such as underwater caldera explosions that can produce massive tsunami waves. There are five additional nuclear power facilities in California which are in various stages of being decommissioned, and many of them continues to store nuclear fuel on sight. Four of the five were constructed in close proximity to the San Andreas fault, with only one — the Rancho Seco Nuclear Power Plant — located in an area with a near-zero chance of an earthquake. The Humboldt Bay Nuclear Power Plant, located north of San Francisco, was constructed almost exactly on the San Andreas fault. Even non-active nuclear power facilities are vulnerable to earthquakes that could cause meltdowns  Many of California’s non-active nuclear power plants continue to store nuclear fuel under the “SAFSTOR” protocol, which requires nuclear fuel to be stored and kept cool for a duration of many years, after which the fuel is removed in a final decommissioning. It is not entirely clear which non-active California nuclear power facilities continue to store nuclear fuel vs. which ones have been completely decommissioned. (Public information is sketchy on the subject.) Critically, SAFSTOR operations are incredibly expensive, and in 2013, PG&E requested nearly one billion dollars in additional revenue from California energy customers just to fund the SAFSTOR decommissioning of the Humbold Bay Power Plant Unit 3. From this public advocates page of the California government:  The Humboldt Bay plant is now closed and in the process of decommissioning. Specifically, PG&E requested a total updated decommissioning cost of approximately $982.3 million for its Humboldt Bay Power Plant, a $483 million increase from its 2009 estimate. Crucially, PG&E filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy in January of this year (2019), after dealing with costs from the devastating wildfires that burned up huge regions of California, which were blamed on PG&E. Thus, it’s not clear whether PG&E has any money to continue funding the nuclear fuel SAFSTOR / decommissioning procedures across multiple nuclear power plants. With California now offering free health care to illegal aliens, the bankruptcy of the state seems inevitable. Who will fund the continued decommissioning of the nuclear fuel in California once public money runs out and the big infrastructure corporations are all bankrupt? The Diablo Canyon Nuclear Power Plant has been scheduled for decommissioning beginning in 2025, but will PG&E have any money left by then? Why the San Andreas fault will unleash “the big one” that may devastate California’s nuclear power facilities As the Fukushima-Daiichi nuclear power facility was being constructed, the people of Japan were assured the power plant was safe and could never suffer a nuclear meltdown. Once the tsunami took out the plant’s batteries and backup generators, however, the meltdown was only a matter of physics and time. As the meltdown accelerated, Japan’s TEPCO power company turned off the dosimeters to avoid having to report extremely high radiation levels, just as the former Soviet Union did with the Chernobyl accident in 1986. The same professional liars and nuclear “experts” also assured the California public that California’s nuclear power facilities would be “earthquake proof.” They are constructed with reinforced concrete, after all. What could possibly go wrong? The answer is simple: A 9.0 magnitude earthquake could go wrong. There is no nuclear facility in the state of California that was designed to withstand a 9.0 earthquake, which releases 100 times more energy than a 7.0 earthquake. A collapse of an active nuclear power plant could result in runaway fission (Diablo Canyon), resulting in a meltdown event that would likely burn through the foundation of the power facility and poison both groundwater and ocean water, turning California into another haunting echo of Fukushima.  Cesium-137, one of the radioisotopes released in this type of accident, has a roughly 30-year half-life, meaning much of Southern California would be uninhabitable for 300 years (it requires ten half-lives to be considered gone). Imagine the logistics of attempting to evacuate Los Angeles, San Diego and San Francisco. Even in nuclear facilities that are not currently active, the crumbling of storage pools and power plant walls could place nuclear fuel rods in fissionable proximity, resulting in a runaway fission event that leads to a meltdown. This might be even more difficult to control, given that these non-active nuclear power facilities don’t have full-time staff or, in some cases, even the equipment necessary to deal with a full-blown nuclear emergency. In other words, even nuclear fuel rods currently kept in cold storage are not entirely safe from a powerful earthquake. It simply isn’t safe to store nuclear fuel anywhere near the San Andreas fault line… not under any conditions.  Understanding the San Andreas fault The easiest way to understand the geological phenomenon of the San Andreas fault is to realize that the entire land mass located west of the line is slowly moving to the northwest. But everything east of the line isn’t moving at all. (Technically, it’s still moving but at a much slower rate and in a different direction.) This steady movement of the tectonic plate on which the entirely of the West Coast of California rests means that massive, high-energy earthquakes will be unleashed every few decades, seemingly at random. But it isn’t random. The large earthquakes actually follow periods of low earthquake activity, since “low earthquake activity” indicates rising geological tension that has yet to be released. Notably, California has experienced decades of low earthquake activity, meaning “the big one” is being wound up, ready to be released at a future time and day that will be impossible to accurately predict. The longer the period of calm, the bigger the earthquake that ultimately gets unleashed. We’re talking about trillions of tons of Earth “slipping” in spontaneous shifts of deep tectonic plates that slowly migrate across Earth’s surface. The very idea of building nuclear power facilities on or near this San Andreas fault line highlights the sheer stupidity and suicidal nature of humankind. Clearly, somebody got paid off, the corporation hired a P.R. firm to lie to the public, the hands of regulators were greased and California ended up with a whole series of nuclear power facilities that are just begging to be destroyed by a massive earthquake (that’s sure to come, sooner or later). It’s almost as if California raised its hand and begged to win the Darwin Award for fatalistic human stupidity. No person in their right mind would build nuclear power facilities on or near one of the most dangerous fault lines on the planet, yet that’s exactly what California officials did. All in the name of “clean energy,” of course. The smart people are leaving California now, ahead of the financial collapse of the state and the impending nuclear catastrophe that seems inevitable. Those left behind may one day pay the ultimate price for the stupidity of California bureaucrats, which cannot be overstated. Los Angeles, it seems likely, will one day be uninhabitable by humans. Some would argue the collapsing liberal-run cities like L.A. and San Francisco are barely habitable right now. But we’re talking about radioactive fallout, not just widespread homelessness, addiction and poverty caused by liberal policies that destroy everything they touch. If you are currently living on or near the San Andreas fault line, you are not just playing Russian roulette with your own property and home; you’re living right in the middle of a future radiation fallout zone that will never be solved by left-wing bureaucrats for the simple reason that they are incredibly stupid, shortsighted and entirely focused on their own greed and power, regardless of the real cost to humanity. Stay informed on issues of nuclear power by reading Nuclear.news or Radiation.news. And if you don’t yet own an emergency supply of Iodine, you’re not living in the real world. And ask yourself why the entire “scientific establishment” worked so desperately to destroy cold fusion, which could have replaced nuclear power plants that now threaten humankind.

https://www.naturalnews.com/2019-07-10-californias-nuclear-power-plants-built-in-close-proximity-to-the-san-andreas-fault.html 

:: 7-10-19 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Tech Giants Have Become Lawless Promoters Of Violence & Terrorism In America

13‚465 views Published on Jul 10, 2019

The Alex Jones Show

Mike Adams warns about the social control systems being used against the public, and what people can do to prepare.

https://www.infowars.com/watch/?video=5d264b4247aa0600128340d3 

[ :: 10-26-16 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

For man brings many things about themselves, their foolishness, they run off at the mouth and they do not consider the things that they are saying. They poke the bear in the eye and poke the bear in the eye and they poke the bear in the eye and they do not realize that the bear can be very vicious, that he can tear them to shreds, that he can kill those that they love, he can kill their sons and their daughters and they never think of this. They only do the stupid things that they think themselves because they don’t inquire of me or ask of me and therefore the things that come are because of their foolishness. etc.

[ :: 7-2-17 Campmeeting 2017 afternoon service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

You are going to see much more happening overseas now much more.  Russia, they have been poked in the eye so long they are ready to fight.  North Korea has been mocked for so long they are ready to fight.  They are not afraid of those ships that are out there; they were out there during the Korean War.  Oh, wake up, wake up, you need to turn to me and not to your own ways, for the old ways never did work etc    

[ :: 7-3-17 morning service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

For they have poked the bear over and over and they tell the bear how much more mightier than they are and the bear has now spoken.  If those that are speaking against us don’t stop we will strike you and you will know you have been struck.

[ :: 1-7-18 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Keep a very careful spiritual eye on Russia, that is right, I didn’t say North Korea, I said Russia, Russia.  Listen to the news and you will notice how she is building and building and testing and testing.  Soon she will strike.

:: 7-10-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

With The Left Now Terrorizing Patriots With Democrats Approval, We're Nearly Out Of Time To Defend America: More Proof The 'Demoncrats' Hate Our Country And Want Civil War

- Despite President Trump, America Is In Colossal Trouble As The Globalist Agenda Marches On

By William B. Stoecker - All News Pipeline July 10, 2019

One of the first things that drew many of us to vote for, and even campaign for Donald Trump is that he said things we knew were true, things that no other politician had dared to say, giving us hope that he might actually keep his promises. He hinted that he did not consider Putin an enemy, and he questioned the sanity of our eternal, undeclared (hence, unconstitutional) foreign wars, our failed and immoral policy of “regime change” and “nation building.” He stated that something had to be done to curtail at least illegal immigration, and hinted that he would investigate “crooked Hillary.” Indeed, Trump has not been the immediate disaster the Witch would have been. He has not arrested millions of “deplorables” and “bitter clingers.” His trade, tax, and regulatory policies have been good for our economy. His judicial appointments, including Justice Brett Kavanaugh, have been far, far better than the sort of leftist tyrants the Witch would surely have appointed. But he has not even addressed the issue of our national debt and the deficit spending that enlarges it every year, and this problem alone will eventually wreck our economy. And no one, not Trump or any other leader, has even attempted to solve the problem of increasing automation, the advances in robotics that, very soon, will result in a loss of jobs. It is all very well for people who should know better to pretend that AI (Artificial Intelligence) will create more and better jobs for workers than it will eliminate…this is simply not true. Soon there will be less need for human truck and bus drivers, and many agricultural jobs will be replaced by robots with better vision and touch. And that is just the beginning. He has staffed his administration with CFR members, Bonesmen, Goldman Sachs alumni, and neocons, like the mighty warrior Mustache Man, a.k.a. Mad John Bolton. Even his SCOTUS appointee, Brett Kavanaugh, is a graduate of Yale and Yale Law School and quite likely is a Bonesman. His Secretary of Labor, Alex Acosta, is the one who, as a US attorney, gave Jeffrey Epstein his easy plea bargain, a free get out of jail card. Trump complained about his former AG, Jeff Sessions, but he appointed him and kept him in office for an extended period. He was endlessly “investigated” for nonexistent crimes by Whitey Bulger’s old buddy Robert Mueller, who has yet to answer for his own past misdeeds, including his involvement in 9/11. But Mueller was appointed by the sleazy Deputy Attorney General Rod Rosenstein, nominated for his position by Trump 4/25/17 and kept in place for over two years. Trump’s attempts to control immigration, legal and constitutional, have been blocked by leftist judges…but there is nothing in our Constitution that even hints that various appeals courts, let alone individual judges, appointed, not elected, have that kind of power. Trump, by not showing the backbone to stand up to them, has a convenient excuse for doing nothing, which, perhaps, was his plan all along, a plan for plausible deniability followed by many RINOs before him. And when it’s not the mean old judges preventing Trump from doing the right thing, he can blame his failures on bad advice…but he appointed his advisors. We continue to expand NATO into Eastern Europe, right up to Russia’s borders, and Trump signed the bill which continues the sanctions against Russia, while the leftists of the slimestream media continue to denounce Russia as our adversary and Putin as our enemy (these same media types liked Russia just fine when it was really communist). But is Putin at fault? Or is the hostility between us and the world’s greatest nuclear power (they can incinerate all of us if the conflict gets out of control) really entirely of our own making, a gift of our fearless neocons? How would we feel if some economic powerhouse of a country imposed economic sanctions on us? When the USSR imploded there was no longer a need for NATO, but, even as Russian troops left Hungary, Germany, Poland, and the rest of Eastern Europe, NATO continued and even expanded, and we continued to be the backbone of this unnecessary alliance. How would we feel if Russia or China had treaties with Mexico and Canada and troops, planes, and naval forces stationed in both nations? We can pretend that Putin is “aggressive,” but vast Soviet armies no longer menace Europe. When Russia defeated Georgia in a short war, without bombing civilians, they then withdrew from most of the country. Meanwhile, we have been at war continually for decades, with our troops in harm’s way in countries most Americans have never heard of and certainly cannot find on a map. Our leaders condemn Russia for occupying Crimea, but that region had historically been a part of Russia. Despite his protestations, Trump has continued our hostile policies toward Russia, and continued our wars, even lobbing cruise missiles into Syria, using alleged gas attacks as an excuse, attacks that were almost certainly false flag operations carried out by people supposedly on our sideAssad, leader of Syria, has always been relatively moderate and tolerant by Middle Eastern standards, and even protected Christians within his nation. But rather than attempt to improve relations with Assad and reduce his dependence on Iran, we have supported his opponents, including Islamic terrorists, and, arguably, driven him into a closer relationship with the Ayatollahs. Hussein Obama sent US forces into Syria in 2015, and Trump has continued his policy. In 12/18 he promised again that we would withdraw our troops, and this time he really meant it, only to backpedal and agree with the neocons to keep them there after all. Recently he told Tucker Carlson that he really did want to get us out of Afghanistan, but his generals had reminded him that “if we don’t fight them over there we will have to fight them over here,” which is impressive-sounding nonsense, especially considering that they are over here, brought over by the US government, and including tens of thousands of illiterate (average IQ 76), unskilled Somalis, most of whom are criminals and Islamic fanatics. What we really need to do is get the US out of the Middle East…and get the Middle East out of the US. Along with deficit spending and the danger of an unnecessary nuclear war, uncontrolled immigration is a threat capable of utterly destroying America. As of 2015 the US population included an incredible 47 million immigrants, most of them from poorer countries. In 2016 we admitted 1.18 million more legal immigrants, plus hundreds of thousands of illegalswe no longer have any idea how many illegals are here, taking jobs from Americans, sucking up welfare benefits, filling our “schools” and medical facilities, committing crimes, and bringing in diseases we thought had been eradicated. Many do not come to be assimilated and truly join us; they come denouncing America as “racist” (if so, why do they come here?) and waving the flags of the s…hole countries they left (if they love their homelands so much, why did they not stay there?). If anyone asks such questions they are immediately denounced as “racist,” the one-word designated conversation stopper used by leftists to prevent debates they would surely lose. Incredibly, Trump has called for yet more legal immigration. He threatened to close the border with Mexico, and this time he really meant it, but then he backpedaled yet again and left it open. Then he threatened increased tariffs on Mexican exports to our country if the Mexican government did not cooperate with us in reducing the invasion, and the Mexicans agreed to do so, but their promise is nothing but words on paper. There have been conflicting reports as to whether the flow of invaders (running at about a million a year, in addition to the legal ones) has been slowed. But investigative reporter Dave Hodges says his US Border Patrol contacts claim there has been no reduction at all. Illegals continue to be shipped all over the country at our expense, spreading their crime, disease, and terrorism, and “our” government even conducts special classes to help the Glibetts (GLBT, etc.) among them. The legals alone comprise (as of 2015) 14.4% of our population, and, along with the illegals, are reliable Demoncrap voters, and excellent gardeners and maids for the elites.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Lock_Load_And_Take_The_Safeties_Off.php 

:: 7-1-19 The Guardian :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Alien life

How should we respond to alien contact? Scientists ask the public

Scientists searching the universe for aliens to conduct survey of the public for views on first contact

Ian Sample Science editor @iansample

Mon 1 Jul 2019 02.00 EDT

Scientists wrestling with the delicate issue of how to respond should humanity ever be contacted by an alien civilization have hit on a radical idea: a survey that asks what the public would do. Members of the UK Seti Research Network (UKSRN) are to launch what they believe will be the largest ever survey of public attitudes towards alien contact on Monday at the Royal Society’s summer science exhibition.  The views they gather will help them shape plans for an international protocol that sets the ground rules on how organisations should share news of any signals that are detected; what sense can be made of them; and how, if at all, humans might reply. “There is absolutely no procedure enshrined in international law on how to respond to a signal from an alien civilisation,” said Martin Dominik, an astronomer at the University of St Andrews. “We want to hear people’s views. The consequences affect more people than just scientists.” Beyond sending probes to other planets in the solar system, the search for alien life has largely focused on listening for complex radio signals from outer space with the world’s most powerful telescopes. Last month, astronomers on the Breakthrough Listen project announced they had heard nothing after eavesdropping on more than 1,000 star systems within 160 light years of Earth. But Dominik points out that with 300bn stars in the Milky Way alone, Breakthrough Listen has barely begun the mammoth task of scanning the cosmos for life elsewhere. “If there were tens of quintillions of other civilisations like ours evenly distributed in the Milky Way, the Breakthrough Listen project would not have heard a thing,” he said. Dr John Elliott, a reader in intelligence engineering at Leeds Beckett University, said the global Seti community would announce any bona fide alien signal immediately. But in an era of social media that would spark a flood of fake news and conspiracy theories that leave people utterly confused about the truth, he said. The problem is that while scientists might quickly realize that an intercepted signal was complex enough to be broadcast from an advanced civilization, it might take weeks or months to understand, if it can be deciphered at all. Any signal could easily be electromagnetic noise from equipment or a snippet of a terrestrial broadcast that leaked into space, unintended for such distant ears. “We can’t rely on there being a Rosetta stone [an ancient Egyptian stone tablet that enabled hieroglyphs to be read], or some great decipherment crib, in the signal. It could be an image or simply junk,” Elliott said. “It will take time to understand and if that work starts to drag out and there is nothing new we can say, the information vacuum will be filled with speculation,” he said. “Conjecture and rumour will take over.” The survey will help scientists work out how best to provide reliable information but also what should be done if it seems only polite to respond to an interstellar missive. The late Stephen Hawking warned that humans would do well not to alert alien civilisations to life on Earth, but other researchers disagree. Later this year, an organisation called Messaging Extraterrestrial Intelligence (Meti) International plans to beam signals into space containing references to the periodic table of elements. They will not be the first attempts to contact ET. In 1974, scientists at the Arecibo telescope in Puerto Rico sent a radio message about life on Earth to a group of stars 25,000 light years away. Given how baffling the message will be to many humans in the 21st century, it is unclear what any recipient will infer from it. “It makes sense to create a legally binding framework that is properly rooted in international law,” Dominik said. “I’m completely comfortable with taking the whole thing above the level of scientists. If there are public consequences of replying and sending out messages that is a political decision and not one to be taken by scientists.”

https://www.theguardian.com/science/2019/jul/01/do-you-think-that-there-is-alien-life-beyond-earth-first-contact 

[ :: 8-9-17 pm service (first word)  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc.  If you look at Russia she is ready to strike, Iran ready to strike, North Korea ready to strike, they are not playing games; they are serious with the things that they are saying.  Only you have felt that they have feared you, and because you have felt that they have feared you, you are not listening as close as you should. etc.  

:: 7-11-19 Carmon Report :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Five armed Iranian boats attempt to storm British tanker in the Gulf

Posted on 07/11/2019

Five armed Iranian boats attempt to storm British oil tanker in the Gulf hours after Tehran threatened UK ships – but are repelled by Royal Navy frigate who trained their guns on them

Iran’s Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps tried to capture the British Heritage

Tanker was sailing through the Strait of Hormuz with escort from HMS Montrose

A US aircraft reportedly filmed the unfolding incident as it flew over the Gulf

Five Iranian ships unsuccessfully tried to seize a British oil tanker in the Persian Gulf Wednesday – US officials say. Armed vessels from Iran’s Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps tried to capture the British Heritage tanker while it was sailing through the Strait of Hormuz. Iran’s ships reportedly ordered the British vessel to divert its course and stop in Iranian waters which it was sailing nearby. British frigate the HMS Montrose was escorting the tanker and trained its guns on the Iranians before giving them a verbal warning to back off. A US aircraft was overhead and recorded video of the incident as the Iranian ships then fled – according to CNN. UK officials had previously confirmed that the Montrose was in the region performing a ‘maritime security role.’ It comes after Royal Marines seized an Iranian oil tanker off the coast of Gibraltar last week, which Britain says was violating EU sanctions by carrying fuel to Syria. Iran denies the vessel was bound for Syria and says the UK acted on behalf of the United States, which has separate sanctions in place against Tehran itself. Senior Iranian politicians had threatened to retaliate by seizing a British tanker. Iran’s President Hassan Rouhani said in a cabinet session earlier on Wednesday that Britain would ‘see the consequences’ after the Gibraltar seizure. The HMS Montrose (pictured in 2013) warded off the Iranian ships In remarks broadcast on Iranian TV, Rouhani said: ‘You (Britain) are the initiator of insecurity and you will realise the consequences later.  ‘Now you are so hopeless that, when one of your tankers wants to move in the region, you have to bring your frigates (to escort it) because you are scared. ‘Then why do you commit such acts ? You should instead allow navigation to be safe.’ The HMS Montrose is equipped on the deck with 30 mm guns specifically designed to drive off small boats. The Montrose, based in Bahrain, also has radar that allows it to track aircraft and missiles up to 120 miles away, and a missile system with a 20-mile range. The BP-owned British Heritage, had earlier halted to take refuge off the coast of Saudi Arabia following Iran’s threat. Earlier this week, British tanker Pacific Voyager, which sails under the Isle of Man flag, was escorted through the Strait of Hormuz by HMS Montrose, a Type-23 frigate, on Tuesday. Iranian President Hassan Rouhani warned earlier on Wednesday that Britain would ‘face consequences’ for detaining an Iranian tanker near Gibraltar

http://carmonreport.com/world-news/five-armed-iranian-boats-attempt-to-storm-british-tanker-in-the-gulf/ 

:: 7-10-19 Education News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Heart of Darkness: The Sexual Predators Within America’s Power Elite

Jul 10, 2019 by Activist Post

Power corrupts. Anyone who believes differently hasn’t been paying attention. Politics, religion, sports, government, entertainment, business, armed forces: it doesn’t matter what arena you’re talking about, they are all riddled with the kind of seedy, sleazy, decadent, dodgy, depraved, immoral, corrupt behavior that somehow gets a free pass when it involves the wealthy and powerful elite in America. In this age of partisan politics and a deeply polarized populace, corruption—especially when it involves sexual debauchery, depravity and predatory behavior—has become the great equalizer.  Take Jeffrey Epstein, the hedge fund billionaire / convicted serial pedophile recently arrested on charges of molesting, raping and sex trafficking dozens of young girls. It is believed that Epstein operated his own personal sex trafficking ring not only for his personal pleasure but also for the pleasure of his friends and business associates. According to The Washington Post, “several of the young women…say they were offered to the rich and famous as sex partners at Epstein’s parties.” At various times, Epstein ferried his friends about on his private plane, nicknamed the “Lolita Express.”  This is part of America’s seedy underbelly. As I documented in the in-depth piece I wrote earlier this year, child sex trafficking—the buying and selling of women, young girls and boys for sex, some as young as 9 years old—has become big business in America. It is the fastest growing business in organized crime and the second most-lucrative commodity traded illegally after drugs and guns.  Adults purchase children for sex at least 2.5 million times a year in the United States. It’s not just young girls who are vulnerable to these predators, either. According to a 2016 investigative report, “boys make up about 36% of children caught up in the U.S. sex industry (about 60% are female and less than 5% are transgender males and females).Who buys a child for sex? Otherwise ordinary men from all walks of life. “They could be your co-worker, doctor, pastor or spouse,” writes journalist Tim Swarens, who spent more than a year investigating the sex trade in America. Ordinary men, yes.  But then there are the extra-ordinary men, such as Jeffrey Epstein, who belong to a powerful, wealthy, elite segment of society that operates according to their own rules or, rather, who are allowed to sidestep the rules that are used like a bludgeon on the rest of us. These men skate free of accountability by taking advantage of a criminal justice system that panders to the powerful, the wealthy and the elite. Over a decade ago, when Epstein was first charged with raping and molesting young girls, he was gifted a secret plea deal with then-U.S. Attorney Alexander Acosta, President Trump’s current Labor Secretary, that allowed him to evade federal charges and be given the equivalent of a slap on the wrist: allowed to “work” at home six days a week before returning to jail to sleep. That secret plea deal has since been ruled illegal by a federal judge. Yet here’s the thing: Epstein did not act alone. I refer not only to Epstein’s accomplices, who recruited and groomed the young girls he is accused of raping and molesting, many of them homeless or vulnerable, but his circle of influential friends and colleagues that at one time included Bill Clinton and Donald Trump. Both Clinton and Trump, renowned womanizers who have also been accused of sexual impropriety by a significant number of women, were at one time passengers on the Lolita Express. As the Associated Press points out, “The arrest of the billionaire financier on child sex trafficking charges is raising questions about how much his high-powered associates knew about the hedge fund manager’s interactions with underage girls, and whether they turned a blind eye to potentially illegal conduct.” In fact, a recent decision by the Second Circuit Court of Appeals allowing a 2,000-page document linked to the Epstein case to be unsealed references allegations of sexual abuse involving “numerous prominent American politicians, powerful business executives, foreign presidents, a well-known Prime Minister, and other world leaders.” This is not a minor incident involving minor players. This is the heart of darkness. Sex slaves. Sex trafficking. Secret societies. Powerful elites. Government corruption. Judicial cover-ups. Once again, fact and fiction mirror each other. Twenty years ago, Stanley Kubrick’s final film Eyes Wide Shut provided viewing audiences with a sordid glimpse into a secret sex society that indulged the basest urges of its affluent members while preying on vulnerable young women. It is not so different from the real world, where powerful men, insulated from accountability, indulge their base urges. These secret societies flourish, implied Kubrick, because the rest of us are content to navigate life with our eyes wide shut, in denial about the ugly, obvious truths in our midst. In so doing, we become accomplices to abusive behavior in our midst. This is how corruption by the power elite flourishes. For every Epstein who is—finally—called to account for his illegal sexual exploits after years of being given a free pass by those in power, there are hundreds (perhaps thousands) more in the halls of power and wealth whose predation of those most vulnerable among us continues unabated. While Epstein’s alleged crimes are heinous enough on their own, he is part of a larger narrative of how a culture of entitlement becomes a cesspool and a breeding ground for despots and predators. Remember the “DC Madam” who was charged with operating a phone-order sex business? Her clients included thousands of White House officials, lobbyists, and Pentagon, FBI, and IRS employees, as well as prominent lawyers, none of whom were ever exposed or held accountable.  Power corrupts. Worse, as 19th-century historian Lord Acton concluded, absolute power corrupts absolutely. It doesn’t matter whether you’re talking about a politician, an entertainment mogul, a corporate CEO or a police officer: give any one person (or government agency) too much power and allow him or her or it to believe that they are entitled, untouchable and will not be held accountable for their actions, and those powers will eventually be abused. We’re seeing this dynamic play out every day in communities across America. A cop shoots an unarmed citizen for no credible reason and gets away with it. A president employs executive orders to sidestep the Constitution and gets away with it. A government agency spies on its citizens’ communications and gets away with it. An entertainment mogul sexually harasses aspiring actresses and gets away with it. The U.S. military bombs a civilian hospital and gets away with it. Abuse of power—and the ambition-fueled hypocrisy and deliberate disregard for misconduct that make those abuses possible—works the same whether you’re talking about sex crimes, government corruption, or the rule of law. It’s the same old story all over again: man rises to power, man abuses power abominably, man intimidates and threatens anyone who challenges him with retaliation or worse, and man gets away with it because of a culture of compliance in which no one speaks up because they don’t want to lose their job or their money or their place among the elite. It’s not just sexual predators that we have to worry about. For every Jeffrey Epstein (or Bill Clinton or Harvey Weinstein or Roger Ailes or Bill Cosby or Donald Trump) who eventually gets called out for his sexual misbehavior, there are hundreds—thousands—of others in the American police state who are getting away with murder—in many cases, literally—simply because they can. The cop who shoots the unarmed citizen first and asks questions later might get put on paid leave for a while or take a job with another police department, but that’s just a slap on the wrist. The shootings and SWAT team raids and excessive use of force will continue, because the police unions and the politicians and the courts won’t do a thing to stop it. The war hawks who are making a profit by waging endless wars abroad, killing innocent civilians in hospitals and schools, and turning the American homeland into a domestic battlefield will continue to do so because neither the president nor the politicians will dare to challenge the military industrial complex. The National Security Agency that carries out warrantless surveillance on Americans’ internet and phone communications will continue to do so, because the government doesn’t want to relinquish any of its ill-gotten powers and its total control of the populace. Unless something changes in the way we deal with these ongoing, egregious abuses of power, the predators of the police state will continue to wreak havoc on our freedoms, our communities, and our lives. Police officers will continue to shoot and kill unarmed citizens. Government agents—including local police—will continue to dress and act like soldiers on a battlefield. Bloated government agencies will continue to fleece taxpayers while eroding our liberties. Government technicians will continue to spy on our emails and phone calls. Government contractors will continue to make a killing by waging endless wars abroad. And powerful men (and women) will continue to abuse the powers of their office by treating those around them as underlings and second-class citizens who are unworthy of dignity and respect and undeserving of the legal rights and protections that should be afforded to all Americans. As Dacher Keltner, professor of psychology at the at the University of California, Berkeley, observed in the Harvard Business Review, “While people usually gain power through traits and actions that advance the interests of others, such as empathy, collaboration, openness, fairness, and sharing; when they start to feel powerful or enjoy a position of privilege, those qualities begin to fade. The powerful are more likely than other people to engage in rude, selfish, and unethical behavior.” After conducting a series of experiments into the phenomenon of how power corrupts, Keltner concluded: “Just the random assignment of power, and all kinds of mischief ensues, and people will become impulsive. They eat more resources than is their fair share. They take more money. People become more unethical. They think unethical behavior is okay if they engage in it. People are more likely to stereotype. They’re more likely to stop attending to other people carefully.” Power corrupts. And absolute power corrupts absolutely. However, it takes a culture of entitlement and a nation of compliant, willfully ignorant, politically divided citizens to provide the foundations of tyranny. As researchers Joris Lammers and Adam Galinsky found, those in power not only tend to abuse that power but they also feel entitled to abuse it: “People with power that they think is justified break rules not only because they can get away with it, but also because they feel at some intuitive level that they are entitled to take what they want.” As I point out in my book Battlefield America: The War on the American People, for too long now, Americans have tolerated an oligarchy in which a powerful, elite group of wealthy donors is calling the shots. They have paid homage to patriotism while allowing the military industrial complex to spread death and destruction abroad. And they have turned a blind eye to all manner of wrongdoing when it was politically expedient. We need to restore the rule of law for all people, no exceptions. Here’s what the rule of law means in a nutshell: it means that everyone is treated the same under the law, everyone is held equally accountable to abiding by the law, and no one is given a free pass based on their politics, their connections, their wealth, their status or any other bright line test used to confer special treatment on the elite. This culture of compliance must stop.  The empowerment of petty tyrants and political gods must end. The state of denial must cease. Let’s not allow this Epstein sex scandal to become just another blip in the news cycle that goes away all too soon, only to be forgotten when another titillating news headline takes its place. Sex trafficking, like so many of the evils in our midst, is a cultural disease that is rooted in the American police state’s heart of darkness. It speaks to a far-reaching corruption that stretches from the highest seats of power down to the most hidden corners and relies on our silence and our complicity to turn a blind eye to wrongdoing. If we want to put an end to these wrongs, we must keep our eyes wide open.

ABOUT JOHN W. WHITEHEAD Constitutional attorney and author John W. Whitehead is founder and president of The Rutherford Institute.

Source: The Heart of Darkness: The Sexual Predators Within America’s Power Elite

https://www.educationviews.org/the-heart-of-darkness-the-sexual-predators-within-americas-power-elite/ 

:: 7-10-19 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Google exposes itself as pro-pedophilia, pro-child abuse by opposing sex trafficking laws that would protect children

Wednesday, July 10, 2019 by: Ethan Huff

(Natural News) A child protection bill with broad bipartisan support is under fire by Google because it threatens to actually hold the Silicon Valley tech giants accountable for their complicity in allowing underage children to be abused and sex trafficked through their platforms. If passed, the Stop Enabling Sex Traffickers Act, or SESTA, would amend the Communications Decency Act (CDA) of 1934 to specify that tech companies like Google will no longer be shielded from liability for sex crimes committed on their platforms, specifically against underage children. Because Google and other tech companies are profiting from this child sex trafficking, SESTA would implicate them for “benefiting from ‘participation in a venture’ engaged in sex trafficking of children.” SESTA would also allow for state attorneys general to file civil actions against Google and other tech companies on behalf of the residents of their respective states. Since the tech cabal has decided to aggressively police online free speech, silencing conservatives, Christians, and natural health gurus for spreading “hate” and “intolerance,” there’s no reason why they can’t also deal with the prolific problem of child sex abuse on their platforms. But Google and Big Tech are diametrically opposed to the bill, which they ironically claim interferes with the protections they’re afforded under Section 230 of the CDA – protections that no longer apply, it turns out, since Google et al. have decided to act as both content providers and content publishers, in violation of federal lawGoogle couldn’t care less that pedophilia runs rampant on its platform, so long as the company profits from it According to research conducted by the Google Transparency Project, at least 34 groups that receive direct funding from Google have voiced their opposition to SESTA by publishing “dozens of op-eds and blog posts opposing the bill, as well as signing on to coalition letters to members of Congress and issuing statements and action alerts to oppose the bill.” What are they afraid of, you might be asking? It’s really quite simple. If SESTA passes, their funding source, Google, will not only no longer be able to profit from child sex trafficking, but the company will also be held criminally liable for aiding and abetting the sex abuse of children, which is no laughing matter. Both the Electronic Frontier Foundation (EFF) and the Center for Democracy and Technology (CDT), for instance, two Google-funded “non-profit” organizations, have been actively fighting the passage of SESTA, as have many other groups that receive financial aid from Google. SESTA was introduced by Ohio Republican Senator Rob Portman back on August 1, 2017, in response to a serious sex abuse case involving Backpage.com, which was caught knowingly facilitating child sex trafficking on its platform. EFF, CDT, and many other Google-supported groups quickly launched support campaigns for Backpage, rather than children it was complicit in trafficking, which ultimately led to the revelation that Google was fighting against legislation to protect child victims. Even after it was determined by the Senate Permanent Subcommittee on Investigations that Backpage had “knowingly facilitated the criminal sex trafficking of vulnerable women and young girls” by modifying the ads posted by their pimps to remove all language suggesting that their victims were underage, Google still came to the defense of Backpage, and ultimately itself, by opposing SESTA. “In all, at least 30 Google-funded groups weighed-in to oppose SESTA between August 1 and August 7, 2017,” explains the Google Transparency Project. “They included trade associations representing Silicon Valley companies; right-of-center groups such as the Heritage Foundation and R Street Institute; left-of-center and free speech groups such as the New America Foundation; and even academics at some of the leading institutions in America such as Harvard’s Berkman Klein Center.” Be sure to read the Google Transparency Project’s full analysis of Google’s efforts to fight against protections for child victims of sex trafficking. You can also keep up with the latest Google news at EvilGoogle.news. Sources for this article include: GoogleTransparencyProject.org   Congress.gov   NaturalNews.com 

https://www.naturalnews.com/2019-07-10-google-is-pro-pedophilia-pro-child-abuse.html 

:: 6-7-19 Huff Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

More Consulate Workers Evacuated After Mystery Illness Strikes Americans In China

Some have reported experiencing dizziness, headaches, tinnitus, fatigue and cognitive issues.

By Lydia O’Connor and Nick Visser 06/07/2018 03:27 am ET

The State Department evacuated at least two more Americans from the U.S. consulate in Guangzhou, China, on Wednesday after they began showing signs of a mysterious illness, The New York Times reported. The new cases came just weeks after the first report of a sick U.S. consulate employee in Guangzhou. Each experienced symptoms that resemble an illness which has affected dozens of Americans in Cuba since 2016. They reported hearing strange noises and suffering from “dizziness, headaches, tinnitus, fatigue, cognitive issues, visual problems, ear complaints and hearing loss and difficulty sleeping,” the State Department said in a statement on Tuesday. Officials said the safety of American personnel and their families was their “top priority.” “As soon as the State Department received medical confirmation that one U.S. government employee had suffered a medical incident that was consistent with what American personnel in Havana, Cuba had experienced, the State Department deployed a medical team to Guangzhou, China to conduct a medical screening of all U.S. government employees and family members who requested it,” agency spokesperson Heather Nauert said in a statement. Nauert also said medical professionals will “conduct full evaluations to determine the cause of the reported symptoms and whether the findings are consistent with those noted in previously affected government personnel or possibly completely unrelated.” Last month, the State Department issued a health alert for travelers to Guangzhou, saying an employee had reported “subtle and vague, but abnormal, sensations of sound and pressure.” Despite the hazy description, the agency said it took the report seriously and warned anyone experiencing similar symptoms to consult with a doctor. One of the diplomats in China who reported symptoms described his experience to The Washington Post, saying he was in his apartment when he heard something like “marbles bouncing and hitting a floor, then rolling on an incline with a static sound.” The man, a Foreign Service officer at the Guangzhou consulate, said he began experiencing headaches and sleeplessness several months later, as did his wife and 3-year-old child. Since 2016, 24 employees at the American embassy in Cuba and their family members have reported similar episodes. The Times reported that the illnesses frayed some diplomatic relations with Cuba, but the recent reports have led others to consider if another country may be involved, including China or Russia. Cuba has repeatedly denied any responsibility. Secretary of State Mike Pompeo confirmed the similarities between the cases to the House Foreign Affairs Committee last month. “The medical indications are very similar and entirely consistent with the medical indications that have taken place to Americans working in Cuba,” he told lawmakers. “We are working to figure out what took place, both in Havana and now in China as well.”

The State Department has formed a task force to investigate the illnesses.

https://www.huffpost.com/entry/mystery-illness-china-consulate_n_5b18568be4b0599bc6e02120 

[ :: 3-6-05 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. I have talked about the EU and how they have grown in power and shall grow to more power. I have talked to you about China and yet America embraces China their enemy and they build them up that later China shall come against many and destroy many because of the finances you have provided for them. That was not my wisdom, that was not my knowledge. It was not my wisdom nor my knowledge when you gave your secrets to a country that worships a false god and they have sold them to other countries and become superior. Oh how foolish man is. etc..

[:: 2-11-07 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: : :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall see China as she continues to rise in her power. etc.

[:: 9-28-08 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. The EU is on its own, Russia is on its own, China is on its own, many are not your friends, many have already plotted and planned the things that they shall do, it is recorded in my Book. And if you were to study my Book you would see the things that are taking place right now. etc..

[ :: 10-17-10 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, war is being prepared, war is being made ready. Watch Russia, watch Turkey, watch China, watch Iran, watch Pakistan, watch Saudi Arabia, for they are not your friends nor have they ever been your friends.  They are not my friends, saith your Father God, for they shall wage war against me in the last days, these are the last days. etc.. 

[ :: 7-15-15 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For I have warned you Russia is not your friend, I have warned you that China is not your friend, I have warned you that North Korea is not your friend and I have warned you that Iran is not your friend. etc.

[ :: 7-17-16 am service ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc The end is upon you and you need to look and see the things that you should be doing, pay close attention to that. For I have told you things would change here, they would change. If you live near the Babylon that is going to fall I have told you to move at least seventy-five miles from there, at least. That goes for California, that goes for the center fault line, realize that war, war is at hand. Not only with ISIS, but you have got Russia, you have got China, you have got North Korea, wake up, wake up, for I have been telling you these things, it is getting very, very dangerous, very dangerous. etc

[ :: 4-25-18   pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Between Russia and China they own the sea, we search for their submarines and we cannot find them, we search for the battleships and without satellite we would never find them.  There is a great warfare ready to take place because of the sea; the ocean surrounds every little place there is.

[ :: 4-28-19 am service (forth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc Russia, is building stronger and stronger and stronger every day, for I have a fishhook in her mouth and I am tugging on it as hard as I can and before they can go into Israel they must first destroy Babylon. They have all the military power to do that and America has nothing, absolutely nothing to stop it, wake up, wake up. You have other enemies such as China, North Korea, are you fooled by North Korea, I sure hope not, for I have spoken to you concerning that. Where are their old submarines, where are they sitting, on the bottom of the ocean ready to strike, for they were seen loading with all types of weaponry, where are they now, where, and China, how about their newest weapon? etc

:: 7-10-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Secret, Leaked Speech by Chinese Defense Minister Demonstrates China's Intent to Destroy America

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Wednesday, July 10, 2019 - 13:04.

"The central committee believes, as long as we resolve the United States problem at one blow, our domestic problems will all be readily solved. Therefore, our military battle preparation appears to aim at Taiwan, but in fact is aimed at the United States, and the preparation is far beyond the scope of attacking aircraft carriers or satellites. - Chinese Defense Minister Gen. Wei Fenghe This is the first part of a multipart series which exposes China's intention to go to war with the United States. Part One is based upon the idea that the Chinese fully intend on not just conquering America, but destroying America. A recent speech made to the CCP in Communist China speaks to the resolve and historical overview that exists in China with regard to not just invading the United States, but to decisively destroy the country and kill as many Americans as possible. The content of this speech was leaked to John Moore. Paul Martin forwarded me the copy. I have spent the previous 12 hours gathering opinions and statements from my very best sources. Sometimes, my sources can be a bit slow to respond. However, all but one of the people I solicited opinions from answered within a couple of hours of receiving this. To a man, they believe everything in the report, however, many expressed extreme surprise that this content wou: "ld be discussed in such an open political environment. The universal consensus is that this is authentic and does represent the majority philosophy of the CCP. In two successive articles, I am going to highlight some quotes and relate the material back to the present day relationship between China and the United States. China Is Not, Never Has Been, Or Will Ever Be an American Ally For another report on another day, I firmly believe that when, not if, the Red Dawn invasion of the United States commences, the Chinese will be among the invading armies. That is why the Chinese-controlled Hollywood forced the producers of the remake of Red Dawn (2012) to change the identity of the invading force from Chinese to North Korean. I believe the script hit too close to home. Recently, the Chinese Communist Party (CCP) conducted an online survey conducted by sina.comand one of the key questions that they asked was the following: “Will you shoot at women, children and prisoners of war,” more than 80 percent of the respondents answered in the affirmative, exceeding by far our expectations as expressed by the Chinese Defense Minister. General Wei went on to say: The central issue of this survey appears to be whether one should shoot at women, children and prisoners of war, but its real significance goes far beyond that. Ostensibly, our intention is mainly to figure out what the Chinese people’s attitude towards war is: If these future soldiers do not hesitate to kill even non-combatants, they’ll naturally be doubly ready and ruthless in killing combatants. Therefore, the responses to the survey questions may reflect the general attitude people have towards war...The purpose of the CCP Central Committee in conducting this survey is to probe people’s minds. We wanted to know: If China’s global development will necessitate massive deaths in enemy countries, will our people endorse that scenario? Will they be for or against it? Subsequently, General Wei deems the Chinese people ready for war and we can expect the brutality of invading Chinese military force to be off the charts. It is clear that the CCP intention is to commit genocide against American citizens and they simply wanted to see if there people were on board with the intention and they apparently are. The Chinese View Themselves as the Master Race on the Planet The Chinese view Americans, and pretty much everyone else with contempt. They believe that they, and they alone are the master race and are entitled to rule the planet. This is the Chinese version of Americans 19th Century Manifest Destiny. ...we can assert that we are the product of cultural roots of more than a million years, civilization and progress of more than ten thousand years, an ancient nation of five thousand years, and a single Chinese entity of two thousand years. This is the Chinese nation that calls itself, “descendents of Yan and Huang,” the Chinese nation that we are so proud of. Hitler’s Germany had once bragged that the German race was the most superior race on Earth, but the fact is, our nation is far superior to the Germans. During our long history, our people have disseminated throughout the Americas and the regions along the Pacific Rim, and they became Indians in the Americas and the East Asian ethnic groups in the South Pacific...We all know that on account of our national superiority, during the thriving and prosperous Tang Dynasty our civilization was at the peak of the world. We were the center of the world civilization, and no other civilization in the world was comparable to ours. Later on, because of our complacency, narrow-mindedness, and the self-enclosure of our own country, we were surpassed by Western civilization, and the center of the world shifted to the West. ..In reviewing history, one may ask: Will the center of the world civilization shift back to China? Comrade He Xin put it in his report to the Central Committee in 1988: If the fact is that the center of leadership of the world was located in Europe as of the 18th Century, and later shifted to the United States in the mid 20th Century, then in the 21st Century the center of leadership of the world will shift to the East of our planet. And, “the East” of course mainly refers to China. This is the goal of Chinese foreign policy: To shift the center of world civilization back to China by any means possible.

THE CHINESE MODEL FOR EXPANSION IS BASED UPON NAZI GERMANY WITH ONE EXCEPTION

It is clear from Wei's remarks that the Chinese are going to follow Hitler's regime plan, with one exception. They fully plan to tight control over media and social media (Google-based Social Credit System) and they plan state-sponsored domination and brainwashing of the schools. When we decide to revitalize China based on the German model, we must not repeat the mistakes they made.  Specifically, the following are the fundamental causes for the defeat of Germany and Japan: First, they had too many enemies all at once, as they did not adhere to the principle of eliminating enemies one at a time; second, they were too impetuous, lacking the patience and perseverance required for great accomplishments; third, when the time came for them to be ruthless, they turned out to be too soft, therefore leaving troubles that resurfaced later on.] This statement made by the Chinese Defense Minister should send chills up and down the spines of every American. Let's break down this three-tiered statement: The Chinese will focus on defeating only one enemy, the United States.  The Nazis lacked patience. The Chinese are willing to bide their time and plan their military conquests over a larger time frame.  The Germans were to soft, meaning that they were not brutal enough and did not kill enough people.   Conclusion This concludes exposing the fact that the Chinese want war at any cost. Their philosophies have been stated and why we still have diplomatic relationships with them is mind-boggling. In Part Two, we will explore the reasons behind their desire for war.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/activism-conspiracy-war/secret-leaked-speech-chinese-defense-minister-demonstrates-chinas-intent-destroy-america 

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 7-10-19 Gatestone Institute :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

UN Launches All-out War on Free Speech

by Judith Bergman July 10, 2019 at 5:00 am

Translations of this item: German In other words, forget everything about the free exchange of ideas: the UN feels that its 'values' are being threatened and those who criticize those values must therefore be shut down. Naturally, the UN assures everyone that, "Addressing hate speech does not mean limiting or prohibiting freedom of speech. It means keeping hate speech from escalating into something more dangerous, particularly incitement to discrimination, hostility and violence, which is prohibited under international law". Except the UN most definitely seeks to prohibit freedom of speech, especially the kind that challenges the UN's agendas. This was evident with regard to the UN Global Compact on Migration, in which it was explicitly stated that public funding to "media outlets that systematically promote intolerance, xenophobia, racism and other forms of discrimination towards migrants" should be stopped. In contrast to the UN Global Migration compact, the UN's action plan against hate speech does contain a definition of what the UN considers to be "hate" and it happens to be the broadest and vaguest of definitions possible: "Any kind of communication in speech, writing or behaviour, that attacks or uses pejorative or discriminatory language with reference to a person or a group on the basis of who they are, in other words, based on their religion, ethnicity, nationality, race, colour, descent, gender or other identity factor". With a definition as broad as this, all speech could be labelled "hate". The new action plan plays straight into the OIC's decades-long attempts to ban criticism of Islam as 'hate speech'. In the wake of the launch of Guterres' action plan, Pakistan has already presented a six-point plan "to address the new manifestations of racism and faith-based hatred, especially Islamophobia" at the United Nations headquarters. The presentation was organized by Pakistan along with Turkey, the Holy See and the UN. In January, United Nations Secretary-General Antonio Guterres, tasked his Special Adviser for the Prevention of Genocide, Adama Dieng, to "present a global plan of action against hate speech and hate crimes on a fast-track basis". Speaking at a press conference about the UN's challenges for 2019, Guterres maintained, "The biggest challenge that governments and institutions face today is to show that we care -- and to mobilize solutions that respond to people's fears and anxieties with answers..." One of those answers, Guterres appeared to suggest, is shutting down free speech. "We need to enlist every segment of society in the battle for values that our world faces today – and, in particular, to tackle the rise of hate speech, xenophobia and intolerance. We hear troubling, hateful echoes of eras long past" Guterres said, "Poisonous views are penetrating political debates and polluting the mainstream. Let's never forget the lessons of the 1930s. Hate speech and hate crimes are direct threats to human rights..." Guterres added, "Words are not enough. We need to be effective in both asserting our universal values and in addressing the root causes of fear, mistrust, anxiety and anger. That is the key to bring people along in defence of those values that are under such grave threat today". In other words, forget everything about the free exchange of ideas: the UN feels that its 'values' are being threatened and those who criticize those values must therefore be shut down. Not only that, but -- disingenuously -- the UN is comparing dissent from its agendas with the rise of fascism and Nazism in the 1930s. Now the action plan that Guterres spoke of in January is ready. On June 18, Guterres presented the United Nations Strategy and Plan of Action on Hate Speech: "Hate speech is...an attack on tolerance, inclusion, diversity and the very essence of our human rights norms and principles," Guterres said. He also wrote in an article on the subject, "To those who insist on using fear to divide communities, we must say: diversity is a richness, never a threat...We must never forget, after all, that each of us is an "other" to someone, somewhere".

According to the action plan, "Hate is moving into the mainstream – in liberal democracies and authoritarian systems alike. And with each broken norm, the pillars of our common humanity are weakened". The UN sees for itself a crucial role: "As a matter of principle, the United Nations must confront hate speech at every turn. Silence can signal indifference to bigotry and intolerance...". Naturally, the UN assures everyone that, "Addressing hate speech does not mean limiting or prohibiting freedom of speech. It means keeping hate speech from escalating into something more dangerous, particularly incitement to discrimination, hostility and violence, which is prohibited under international law". Except the UN most definitely seeks to limit freedom of speech, especially the kind that challenges the UN's agendas. This was evident with regard to the Global Compact for Safe, Orderly and Regular Migration in which it was explicitly stated that public funding to "media outlets that systematically promote intolerance, xenophobia, racism and other forms of discrimination towards migrants" should be stopped. Whatever constitutes intolerance, xenophobia, racism or discrimination was naturally left undefined, making the provision a convenient catchall for governments who wish to defund media that dissent from current political orthodoxy on migration.[1]  In contrast to the UN Global Migration compact, the UN's action plan against hate speech does contain a definition of what the UN considers to be "hate" and it happens to be the broadest and vaguest of definitions possible: "Any kind of communication in speech, writing or behaviour, that attacks or uses pejorative or discriminatory language with reference to a person or a group on the basis of who they are, in other words, based on their religion, ethnicity, nationality, race, colour, descent, gender or other identity factor". With a definition as broad as this, all speech could be labelled "hate". The action plan, "aims to give to the United Nations the room and the resources to address hate speech, which poses a threat to United Nations principles, values and programmes. Measures taken will be in line with international human rights norms and standards, in particular the right to freedom of opinion and expression. The objectives are twofold: Enhance UN efforts to address root causes and drivers of hate speech [and] enable effective UN responses to the impact of hate speech on societies". The UN makes it clear in the plan that it "will implement actions at global and country level, as well as enhance internal cooperation among relevant UN entities" to fight hate speech. It considers that "Tackling hate speech is the responsibility of all – governments, societies, the private sector" and it envisages "a new generation of digital citizens, empowered to recognize, reject and stand up to hate speech". What a brave new world. In the plan, the UN sets up a number of areas of priority. Initially, the UN will "need to know more to act effectively" and it will therefore let "relevant UN entities... recognize, monitor, collect data and analyze hate speech trends". It will also seek to "adopt a common understanding of the root causes and drivers of hate speech in order to take relevant action to best address and/or mitigate its impact". In addition, the UN will "identify and support actors who challenge hate speech" UN entities will also "implement human rights-centred measures which aim at countering retaliatory hate speech and escalation of violence" and "promote measures to ensure that the rights of victims are upheld, and their needs addressed, including through advocacy for remedies, access to justice and psychological counselling". Disturbingly, the UN plans to put pressure directly on media and influence children through education: "The UN system should establish and strengthen partnerships with new and traditional media to address hate speech narratives and promote the values of tolerance, non-discrimination, pluralism, and freedom of opinion and expression" and "take action in formal and informal education to ... promote the values and skills of Global Citizenship Education, and enhance Media and Information Literacy". The UN is acutely aware that it needs to leverage strategic partnerships with an array of global and local, governmental and private actors in order to reach its goal. "The UN should establish/strengthen partnerships with relevant stakeholders, including those working in the tech industry. Most of the meaningful action against hate speech will not be taken by the UN alone, but by governments, regional and multilateral organizations, private companies, media, religious and other civil society actors" the action plan notes. "UN entities," it adds, "should also engage private sector actors, including social media companies, on steps they can take to support UN principles and action to address and counter hate speech, encouraging partnerships between government, industry and civil society". The UN also says that, "upon request" it will "provide support to Member States in the field of capacity building and policy development to address hate speech." The action plan also reveals that the first concrete initiative is already planned. It is an "international conference on Education for Prevention with focus on addressing and countering Hate Speech which would involve Ministers of Education". The new action plan plays straight into the decades-long attempts of the Organisation of Islamic Cooperation (OIC) to ban criticism of Islam. In the wake of the launch of Guterres' action plan, Pakistan has already presented a six-point plan "to address the new manifestations of racism and faith-based hatred, especially Islamophobia" at the United Nations headquarters. The presentation was organized by Pakistan along with Turkey, the Holy See and the UN. According to news reports, the plan was proposed by Pakistan's Permanent Representative to the UN, Ambassador Maleeha Lodhi at a session titled "Countering terrorism and other acts of violence based on religion or belief". "A particularly alarming development is the rise of Islamophobia which represents the recent manifestation of the age-old hatred that spawned anti-Semitism, racism, apartheid and many other forms of discrimination," the ambassador said in her speech. She added, "My Prime Minister Imran Khan has recently again called for urgent action to counter Islamophobia, which is today the most prevalent expression of racism and hatred against 'the other'". "We are fully committed to support the UN's strategy on hate speech," said the Pakistani ambassador, "This is a moment for all of us to come together to reverse the tide of hate and bigotry that threatens to undermine social solidarity and peaceful co-existence." In 2017, Facebook's Vice President of Public Policy, Joel Kaplan, reportedly agreed to requests from Pakistan's Interior Minister Nisar Ali Khan, to "remove fake accounts and explicit, hateful and provocative material that incites violence and terrorism" because "the entire Muslim Ummah was greatly disturbed and has serious concerns over the misuse of social media platforms to propagate blasphemous content". At the UN, Pakistan's Ambassador Lodhi called for government interventions to fight hate speech, including national legislation, and reportedly "called for framing a more focused strategy to deal with the various expressions of Islamophobia. A 'whole of government' and a 'whole of society' approach was needed. In this regard, the Pakistani envoy urged the secretary-general to engage with a wide range of actors, including governments, civil society and social media companies to take action and stop social media users being funneled into online sources of radicalization". The UN's all-out war on free speech is on.

Judith Bergman, a columnist, lawyer and political analyst, is a Distinguished Senior Fellow at Gatestone Institute. [1] According to Objective 17 of the UN Global Compact on migration, member states commit to: "Promote independent, objective and quality reporting of media outlets, including internet-based information, including by sensitizing and educating media professionals on migration-related issues and terminology, investing in ethical reporting standards and advertising, and stopping allocation of public funding or material support to media outlets that systematically promote intolerance, xenophobia, racism and other forms of discrimination towards migrants, in full respect for the freedom of the media." [Emphasis added.]

https://www.gatestoneinstitute.org/14516/united-nations-free-speech 

:: 7-10-19 Justus Knight News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Are You A MAN?! Or Want Your MEN To Be MEN!! If So, It Is CRITICAL You Know THIS Before It’s TOO LATE!

By Justus Knight on July 10, 2019 •

Please watch the video below for the full story & don’t forget to subscribe!

You have all heard the terms: “Toxic Masculinity”, ‘Aggressive Male’, ‘Alpha Male’ and so on and so on. Did you realize this is all a well coordinated attack not only on males but the family unit as a whole. That’s just the beginning of why this globalist campaign is set to remove the last elements of resistance and even many men are falling hook, line and sinker for the deception. Watch this and reply so more men and women realize what ‘actual’ people want a man to be, not what the marketing companies tell us we should be.

DON’T FORGET TO ASSURE THE BELL IS CHECKED SO YOU ALERTED TO MY NEW BROADCASTS!!

As always, PLEASE HELP SHARE wherever you can; this broadcast truly deserves the awareness you help to assure it gets! Your thumbs up and comments are always appreciated!! God Speed and God Bless, Justus

https://justusaknight.com/2019/07/10/are-you-a-man-or-want-your-men-to-be-men-if-so-it-is-critical-you-know-this-before-its-too-late/ 

[ :: 10-3-12 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. But it is a very, very dark hour, a very wicked hour, a very evil hour with much going on every day, every moment of the day. You see it not maybe here in the sense that others are seeing it around the world. But I say unto you, open your spiritual eyes, open your spiritual eyes, see, see, see what is taking place. etc..

:: 7-10-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

American biologist was MURDERED: Police reveal the 59-year-old who was dumped inside a network of Nazi tunnels in Crete was suffocated, stabbed and had her EAR cut off

Suzanne Eaton, 59, was found dead on the island of Crete, Greece

She was found near the Xamoudochori settlement Monday night near Chania

The cavernous tunnel where her decaying body was found used to be a Nazi bunker

Medical examiners have revealed she was stabbed in the body, suffocated and had one of her ears cut off

Eaton was in Greece for a conference and she had been out running the days beforehand

Her family previously thought she had gone into the cave to take shelter during a run after being overcome with the heat

Now, police say they are in no doubt she was killed and they are searching for her murderer

By Jennifer Smith For Dailymail.com Published: 12:04 EDT, 10 July 2019 | Updated: 17:08 EDT, 10 July 2019

The American biologist whose body was found in a Nazi bunker in Crete, Greece, on Monday was murdered, it has been revealed. Dr. Suzanne Eaton was found dumped in the cavernous tunnel network near Chania on Monday night. The 59-year-old mother-of-two was a Californian native who lived in Germany with her British scientist husband. Local medical examiners have revealed that she was suffocated, stabbed and one of her ears had been cut off, according to local outlet Star.gr. Her body was found in a network of tunnels used by the Nazis to store ammunition following the Battle of Crete in 1941, which saw the Germans triumph and overwhelm the island until 1945, when they surrendered to the British after years of strong resistance from local civilians. Greek media reports indicate that the person or people who put Dr. Eaton's body there must know the network of tunnels well. She was found 200ft inside the network by a pair of civilians who alerted authorities on Monday. The one where she was found is especially difficult to access because there is a tree at its entrance. According to two Greek coroners cited by Star.gr, Eaton's murderers covered her nose and her mouth to kill her. The biologist and mother-of-two vanished on July 2 sometime in the afternoon. Her family believe she had gone out running because the only thing missing from her hotel room were her running shoes. She was due to attend an event that was part of a conference she was on the island for at 6pm but never showed up. Relatives previously guessed that she may have died as a result of heat exposure or exhaustion and that she might have taken shelter in the cave during a run in the stifling afternoon heat. What actually happened was, local officials say, far more sinister but remain largely a mystery. Cretalive.gr, another local outlet, reports that her body was found on its side, covered by burlap, 60meters from the entrance. The entrance to the cave is blocked by tree branches. No one has been arrested and no suspects have been named. Eaton – who was a research leader at the Max Planck Institute of Molecular Cell Biology and Genetics in Dresden, Germany - was on the trip to attend a conference. Relatives had said they believe she may have became overheated in the 88-degree temperatures and taken shelter where she suffered a medical emergency while out running. The only items missing from where she was staying were her running shoes. Her passport and wallet were still in her hotel room. Coroners, S. Belivanis and A. Papadomanalakis discounted the theory that her death was an accident and ruled it a homicide by way of suffocation. Eaton's niece Callie Broaddus previously told CrimeOnline 'she will typically run on trails and roads, especially somewhere with steep edges'. Eaton's body was found about a 17-minute drive away from the location of her conference in the area of Gonia, at Kolympari. Both the bunker and Orthodox Academy - where she was staying - are in the Municipality of Platanias. She had plans to attend a 6pm meeting that evening, which she never attended. 'It is with enormous sadness and regret that we announce the tragic demise of our dearest friend and colleague, Suzanne Eaton,' the Max Planck Institute said in a statement Tuesday.' 'We are deeply shocked and disturbed by this tragic event. Suzanne was an outstanding and inspiring scientist, a loving spouse and mother, an athlete as well as a truly wonderful person beloved to us all. 'Her loss is unbearable. Our thoughts and prayers are with her husband Tony, her sons Max and Luke, and with all her family.' 'The authorities have not yet completed their investigation regarding the events that may have transpired on Tuesday afternoon, 2nd July, and we will provide further updates as we receive information,' the institute said. HISTORY OF THE NAZIS ON CRETE The network of tunnels was constructed by the German troops in 1942 on Platanias hill, below the Church of St Dimitrios. It consists of an underground complex of booths and tunnels that was used to store ammunition and military materiel during the World War II.  In recent years the Shelter is preserved as a monument in memory of the Cretan Resistance the Nazi Occupation. The Battle of Crete began on the 20 th May 1942 when Nazi Germany launched an airborne invasion under the codename Operation Mercury. Greek and allied forces, along with Cretan civilians, defended the island. The Battle was unprecedented in combat history as it was the first time that the German paratroops were deployed on a massive scale and the first time that German troops encountered heavy resistance from a civilian population. The operation resulted in heavy casualties for the German paratrooper, and subsequently Hitler did not approve any other large-scale airborne operations. For historians around the world, the Battle of Crete is considered as one of the most heroic actions of the World War II in Greece. Once the entire island of Crete came under the control of the occupying forces, part of the German forces moved into the village of Platanias. The typical village’s hill was chosen in the first place as the strategic location for controlling both land and sea. Despite other military constructions, like trenches and machine guns sites, the Germans also decided to build the war shelter. The exact spot, below the village’s main church, was chosen because the temple itself provided a natural protection to air bombings and as the rare soft rock was easy to dig. Within six months period, local forced workers managed to dig a 120m long underground tunnel. The booths, a main shelter entrance and two exist were also constructed. Sixty years later, the Platanias Church Committee and citizens of the village decided to reconstruct the war shelter and utilize it as a small World War II museum in memory of the Battle of Crete. Source: Go Platanias Eaton was also a Professor at the Dresden Technical University in the city she had lived in for 25 years. 'There are many observations that challenge such a theory, including the heat of the day suggesting that a swim would have been more attractive,' the institute stated. 'As well as being a leading scientist in her field, Suzanne is a strong athlete, runner and senior black belt in Tae Kwon Do. If anyone can find her way out of a difficult situation it is Suzanne.' Drones, ships and planes had been scouring the seas and coastline near Chania for the researcher. The expanded search to the village of Kolymbari used the help of specially trained dogs as well as equipment necessary for searching at sea, her friends, family and colleagues said. 'She changed out of her orange dress after that because we found the dress in her room,' Broaddus told CrimeOnline. They said she had gone for a run at the same time the previous day along a northeastern route. A €50,000 ($56,000) reward was offered for anyone who could help with information about her disappearance.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-7233463/Inside-Greek-island-cave-biologist-murdered.html 

:: 7-9-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Daniel’s Astounding Prophecies

By Hal Lindsey

Critics of the Bible have no reasonable answer for Daniel’s miraculous prophetic accuracy. They try. They have been trying for over two thousand years. But their criticisms don’t hold up. For instance, Daniel laid out a list of coming world superpowers. He wrote it well in advance of the actual events, and history proves him right. He told about the Medo-Persian empire. He foretold the Greek empire and their leader, Alexander the Great. He even told what would happen to that empire at the time of Alexander’s death. Critics respond that the Book of Daniel must have been written long after it says it was written. As of July 9, 2019, Wikipedia asserts, “The Book of Daniel is a 2nd-century BC biblical apocalypse.” But it was actually written around 540 BC. The Wikipedia article is laden with errors. Though not stated, the errors begin with the idea that God cannot (or at least does not) speak to man. That means the critics must find a “natural” explanation. A later dating of the book is their way of saying that the writer of Daniel cheated. The problem is that Daniel’s astoundingly accurate prophecies did not end in the second century BC. Their fulfillment continues to this day. Perhaps the most amazing of them all is found in the 9th chapter of Daniel. It is the prophecy of the “70 sevens.” It was given to Daniel by the angel Gabriel. “Seventy weeks have been decreed for your people and your holy city, to finish the transgression, to make an end of sin, to make atonement for iniquity, to bring in everlasting righteousness, to seal up vision and prophecy, and to anoint the most holy place” (Daniel 9:24). The scripture just quoted says, “70 weeks” and I said, “70 sevens.” That’s because the Hebrew word used here — “shabuwa” — literally means “seven.” It usually refers to a seven-day week. But not always. For instance, in Ezekiel 45:21 every major Bible translation simply says “seven” — its literal meaning. That’s crucial because, to us, the word “week” means seven days. But the context here clearly shows that these sevens are “weeks of years.” For anyone who believes the Bible, it is obvious that the purposes of the seventy weeks listed in the scripture above revolve around Israel. The weeks were “decreed for your people and your holy city.” Daniel’s people were Israel. And his holy city was Jerusalem. That means God’s purpose for the 70 sevens revolves around Israel. The other obvious thing is that these purposes have not yet been realized. Transgression has not been finished, sin has not ended, everlasting righteousness has not been manifested in Israel or the rest of the world. We know exactly when the clock started. Daniel 9:25 says the weeks of years would begin with, “The issuing of a decree to restore and rebuild Jerusalem.” The Book of Daniel goes on to give details about exact events during the first 483 years. It predicts to the day when the Messiah would present Himself to Jerusalem. Late dating the Book of Daniel to the 2nd century BC doesn’t explain that one. Gabriel’s message to Daniel speaks of a pause between the 69th and 70th weeks. We’re still in that pause today. But the 70th week is on the way. In a few days, I hope to write in more detail about the pause and the 70th week. Instead of Wikipedia, we’ll look at how Jesus interpreted Daniel. And it will take your breath away.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-7-9-2019/ 

:: 7--19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Daniel in the Culture’s Den Part One

by Hal Lindsey

When your world seems to be falling apart, God still “causes all things to work together for good to those who love God, to those who are called according to His purpose.” (Romans 8:28 NASB) In these troubled a time, that’s a wonderful verse to remember. One of the best examples of it can be found in the story of four boys — each about 13-years-old. Their names were Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael and Azariah. In 606 BC, their lives were shattered when the mighty Babylonian Empire overthrew their homeland of Judah, and took them captive. There are tremendous parallels between what Daniel faced and what Christians face today. We in America haven’t been taken to a new country, but we have watched as a new country has formed around us. Daniel 1:3-4 says, “Then the king ordered Ashpenaz, the chief of his officials, to bring in some of the sons of Israel, including some of the royal family and of the nobles, youths in whom was no defect, who were good-looking, showing intelligence in every branch of wisdom, endowed with understanding, and discerning knowledge, and who had ability for serving in the king's court; and he ordered him to teach them the literature and language of the Chaldeans.”(NASB) The Chaldeans had conquered the city-state of Babylon, and made it their capital. It was called the Babylonian Empire, but the people in charge were Chaldeans. So, for this period, we can correctly say “Babylonians” or “Chaldeans.” Daniel and his friends were among the captives chosen for high-level work within the Babylonian kingdom. The Chaldeans chose boys that were 13 or 14-years-old because that was old enough for them to learn the new culture well, and young enough to be fully susceptible to what we might call “brainwashing.” They chose the best and brightest young men. This served two purposes. It removed from the conquered people potential leaders who might be able to foment future rebellion. Also, it constantly replenished the pool of talent in Babylon. They correctly saw human beings as the most valuable asset they could plunder from another culture. Imagine what it was like for these four boys. They had been taken from their families, their homes, and their country. They had been removed from all that was familiar, taken to a foreign land, and thrown into an environment dedicated to making them lose all their old religious and cultural values. If you or I could go back in time to the Babylon of that era, we would be impressed. Even if you live in one of today’s great cities, Babylon’s giant walls and hanging gardens would leave you in awe. So, imagine what it felt like for these boys from Judea. The brainwashing began with the grandeur of the architecture, and the city itself. When the king said to “teach them the literature and language of the Chaldeans,” it meant more than to go to class. It meant to immerse them in the Chaldean culture. We all think both abstractly and linguistically, so it was no small thing to teach them the new language. To do so was also teaching them a new way of thinking. Seemingly small things like style of clothes can also have a profound impact on manner of thought. Daniel 1:7 says, “Then the commander of the officials assigned new names to them; and to Daniel he assigned the name Belteshazzar, to Hananiah Shadrach, to Mishael Meshach, and to Azariah Abed-nego.” (NASB) New names were part of the process of giving the captives a new context within which to see the world. At birth, these four boys had been given Hebrew names that would always remind them of the greatness of the God of Israel. But the new names were all pagan. The Chaldeans used a carrot and stick approach. The king’s subjects lived under the constant threat of a death penalty used freely and without hesitation. But if they lived obediently, they were given praise and stature. As we look at the names, notice that each of the new names is enormously flattering. “Daniel” means “God is my Judge.” His new name, “Belteshazzar” meant “Prince of Bel.” Bel for the Chaldeans was the equivalent of Zeus to the Greeks. Naming Daniel Bel’s Prince shows that they saw Daniel as the epitome of human perfection. “Hananiah” means “Jehovah is gracious.” That name would always remind him that God deals with us in grace — that His love and salvation are unmerited. The Chaldeans renamed him “Shadrach,” meaning “illumined by the sun god.” Wow. For them, that was high praise. “Mishael” means “Who or what the Lord is” — an amazing name that constantly reminded Mishael of God’s name for Himself, “I AM WHO I AM.” (Exodus 3:14 NASB) They renamed him “Meshach,” meaning, “Who is Ishtar?” Ishtar was the Chaldean goddess of love. “Azariah” means “the Lord is my help.” They renamed him “Abed-nego,” meaning “the servant of Nego.” Nego was the god of wisdom and intelligence. As with the other names, this was high flattery — the kind of thing that might sweep anyone off his feet. In all this and more, Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael and Azariah stayed true to the Living God. These boys thrived in terrible adversity. How can we prepare our own children for the brave new world of today and tomorrow? And how can we prepare ourselves?

Next week, I hope to look at answers to these questions in Part Two of “Daniel in the Culture’s Den.”

Read Part Two Here

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-10-27-2016/ 

:: 7--19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Daniel In The Culture's Den Part Two

In Part One of “Daniel in the Culture’s Den,” we looked at the story of Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael and Azariah — four adolescent boys among the thousands of captives stolen from Israel by their Babylonian conquerors. I wrote, “We in America haven’t been taken to a new country, but we have watched as a new country has formed around us.” In this strange new America, our children are being taught to kneel before wicked kings and worship strange gods. Their minds are being reordered by sinister forces out to remove God and His word from their way of thinking. Many of our churches and Christian families have chosen to compromise with the brainwashing. Be it premarital sex or mind-altering drugs, they act like it’s to be expected, and must simply be managed. But a condom does not shield young people from the perils of promiscuity. The Bible consistently condemns drunkenness — another word for “getting high.” And that’s the single purpose of recreational marijuana. Churches determined to be “cool,” primarily entertain their youth, while mixing in a few life-affirming messages. I’m all for fun. But with the fun, we must give them an understanding of God and His ways. It’s like having a school that lets the kids stay all day on the playground. They need to play, but they also need to study. Churches and Christian families have an urgent need to teach Jesus and His Word. They say people under twenty-five can’t listen for more than a few minutes. But some of the most effective ministries to young people feature teaching sessions over an hour long. The best antidote for error is the truth. Families and churches must build their communications around the Bible. We don’t know what the kids will face outside of homes and churches, but we can introduce them to Someone Who will keep them throughout this life and beyond. We can’t always be there for them, but He can. It’s the same with you and me. We live in perilous times. To be ready for what awaits us, we need a lively faith in God. Romans 10:17 says, “Faith comes from hearing, and hearing by the word of Christ.” (NASB) The Babylonians used intense training and immersion into their culture to try to cut Daniel and his friends off from God and their memory of God. They wanted to remove these young men from themselves — to cut out the core of their beings and replace it with someone made in the image of Babylon and her gods. They put the boys into a rigorous school for four years. There, they were taught and brainwashed day and night. They received food from the king’s table, but it wasn’t to make sure they ate well. It was part of the process of breaking down their religious roots. Even today, Judaism and food are tied closely together. In those days that was true of all religions. The meat served at the king’s table was first sacrificed to pagan gods. This was strictly forbidden for a Hebrew. “But Daniel made up his mind that he would not defile himself with the king’s choice food or with the wine which he drank; so he sought permission from the commander of the officials that he might not defile himself.” (Daniel 1:8 NASB) Imagine a 13-year-old doing that. His life hung by a thread. He knew he could be put to death for a little bit of nothing. Yet this kid had enough commitment to the Lord, enough desire to please God, and enough faith in God to stand against the tide. Compromise was the order of that day, just as it is today. Go along to get along. But for those who remain true to God and His word, amazing things will happen. Today’s young people face peer pressure and brainwashing like no generation in the history of the world. Help them build, not on the sand of fun and games only, but on the solid rock of God’s word. More than that, we need to introduce them to the Author of that word. One of the miracles of our day is that the Jewish people remain intact. Spread across the world and across cultures for millennia, somehow they remained a distinct people. This great miracle took the hand of God. But like so many miracles, God did His work through people. Daniel was pivotal. By example, he taught generations of Jews how, not just to survive in other cultures, but also to thrive. The Chaldeans controlled Babylon when Daniel arrived. The young man had great favor with their king, Nebuchadnezzar. But when King Neb died, Daniel was largely forgotten… until a great hand wrote a message on a wall one night, and they needed someone to tell them what it meant. Daniel interpreted the message. They had been weighed in the balance and found wanting. In that very hour, another kingdom was overtaking them. When Babylon was taken by the Meads and the Persians, Daniel — by then an old man — again rose in favor and power. But it was not easy. Nebuchadnezzar threw Daniel’s friends into a fiery furnace. Daniel was thrown into a den of lions. And it would not be easy for the Jewish people across the centuries. But when they followed Daniel’s example, they thrived. For Christians between now and the rapture, things may get very tough. We may face our own fiery furnaces. If so, may we and the young people we raise be as strong and wise as Hananiah, Mishael and Azariah (better known today by their Babylonian names, “Shadrach, Meshach and Abed-nego”). When we face a fiery furnace, may we be able to say with them, “Our God whom we serve is able to deliver us from the furnace of blazing fire; and He will deliver us out of your hand, O king. But even if He does not, let it be known to you, O king, that we are not going to serve your gods or worship the golden image that you have set up.” (Daniel 3:16-18 NASB) Read Part One Here

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-11-4-2016/ 

[ :: 8-9-17 pm service (first word)  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc.  If you look at Russia she is ready to strike, Iran ready to strike, North Korea ready to strike, they are not playing games; they are serious with the things that they are saying.  Only you have felt that they have feared you, and because you have felt that they have feared you, you are not listening as close as you should. etc.  

:: 7-10-19 The Algemeiner :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump Accuses Iran of Secret Nuclear Enrichment, Says Sanctions to Be Cranked Up ‘Substantially’

avatar by Reuters and Algemeiner Staff July 10, 2019 12:12 pm

President Donald Trump warned on Wednesday that US sanctions on Iran would be increased “substantially” soon, as the UN nuclear watchdog held an emergency meeting at Washington’s request to weigh Tehran’s breach of a nuclear deal. Trump also accused Iran of secretly enriching uranium for a long time but offered no evidence, and Iran said after the 35-nation meeting in Vienna that it had “nothing to hide.” UN inspectors have uncovered no covert enrichment by Iran since long before its 2015 nuclear agreement deal with world powers. Washington used the session of the International Atomic Energy Agency’s Board of Governors to accuse Iran of extortion after it inched past the deal’s limit on enrichment levels over the past week, while still offering to hold talks with Tehran. Iran says it is reacting to harsh US economic sanctions imposed on Tehran since Trump pulled Washington out of the nuclear deal in 2018 and says all its steps were reversible if Washington returned to the agreement. “Iran has long been secretly ‘enriching,’ in total violation of the terrible 150 Billion Dollar deal made by John Kerry and the Obama Administration,” Trump said on Twitter. “Remember, that deal was to expire in a short number of years. Sanctions will soon be increased, substantially!” While Iran was found to have had covert enrichment sites long before the nuclear accord, the 2015 deal imposed the most intrusive nuclear supervision on Iran of any country, and there has been no serious suggestion Iran is secretly enriching now in a way that would hint at an effort to develop a nuclear weapon. The deal confines enrichment in Iran to its Natanz site, which was itself exposed in 2003. Any clandestine enrichment elsewhere would be a grave breach of the deal. It was not immediately clear from Trump’s comments whether he was referring to previous, long-known activities or making a new allegation. ‘Nothing to hide’ Kazim Gharib Abadi, Iran’s ambassador to the IAEA, told reporters following Trump’s accusation that all Tehran’s nuclear activities were being scrutinized by IAEA inspectors. “We have nothing to hide,” he said after the IAEA meeting ended without any action taken against Iran. Abadi said in a German newspaper interview published earlier in the day that Tehran intended to preserve the nuclear deal if all other signatories honored their commitments under it. “Everything can be reversed within a single hour — if all of our partners in the treaty would just fulfill their obligations in the same way,” he told the weekly Die Zeit. Trump’s allegation about covert enrichment was met with derision by diplomats who follow the IAEA. “That tweet kills me,” one diplomat at the meeting said in a sign of exasperation. The agency itself was not immediately available for comment. Iranian breaches In a separate closed-door meeting with member states on Wednesday, IAEA inspectors confirmed that Iran was now enriching uranium to 4.5% fissile purity, above the 3.67% limit set by its deal. This would be Iran’s second breach of the deal in as many weeks, diplomats familiar with the figures said. However, that is still far below the 20% to which Iran refined uranium before the deal, and the roughly 90% needed to yield bomb-grade nuclear fuel. Low-enriched uranium provides fuel for civilian power plants. “The latest steps indicate that Tehran’s leadership has made a decision to move onto the offensive to create leverage vis-à-vis the international community and bring about a solution to its constraints,” a Western intelligence source told Reuters. The 2015 deal was tailored to extend the time Iran would need to produce enough fissile material for a nuclear weapon, if it chose to do so, to a year from around 2-3 months. Iran has repeatedly denied any intent to develop atomic bombs. The Trump administration says it is open to negotiations with Iran on a more far-reaching agreement on nuclear and security issues. Iran has conditioned any talks on first being able to export as much oil as it did before the US withdrawal. Tensions between Washington and Tehran have escalated, culminating in a plan for US air strikes on Iran last month that Trump called off at the last minute. “There is no credible reason for Iran to expand its nuclear program, and there is no way to read this as anything other than a crude and transparent attempt to extort payments from the international community,” the US mission to the IAEA said in a statement delivered at the closed-door agency board meeting. “We call on Iran to reverse its recent nuclear steps and cease any plans for further advancements in the future. The United States has made clear that we are open to negotiation without preconditions, and that we are offering Iran the possibility of a full normalization of relations.” Iran says it will continue to breach the deal’s caps one by one until it receives the economic windfall — trade and investment deals with the wider world — promised under terms of the agreement. Washington is set on isolating Iran to force it to negotiate stricter limits on its nuclear program and, for the first time, to address calls to curb its ballistic missile program and its role around the conflict-ridden Middle East. Britain, France and Germany are considering their next move, torn between the urge to show their displeasure at Iran’s breaches and wanting to keep alive a deal that signatories in 2015 touted as vital to preventing wider war in the Middle East.

https://www.algemeiner.com/2019/07/10/trump-accuses-iran-of-secret-nuclear-enrichment-says-sanctions-to-be-cranked-up-substantially/ 

:: 7-10-19 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Iranian IRGC boats tried, failed to seize British oil tanker in Persian Gulf, senior US defense official says

By Lucas Tomlinson, Louis Casiano | Fox News

Five Iranian Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps gunboats tried to seize a British oil tanker in the Persian Gulf Wednesday but backed off after a British warship approached, a senior U.S. defense official told Fox News. The British warship was said to have been less than 5 miles behind the tanker but soon intercepted the Iranian boats and threatened to open fire. A manned U.S. reconnaissance aircraft was above as well, the official said, adding that Iranian forces left without opening fire. Navy Captain Bill Urban, spokesman for the U.S. Central Command (CENTCOM), said the military was aware of the reported actions. He added, “Threats to international freedom of navigation require an international solution. The world economy depends on the free flow of commerce, and it is incumbent on all nations to protect and preserve this lynchpin of global prosperity.” The British frigate was identified as the HMS Montrose, according to The Sun. The vessel reportedly trained its 30mm deck guns on the enemy fleet and warned them off. The incident was the latest in a series of provocations between the Islamic Republic and the West. British forces last week seized an Iranian supertanker that officials believed was operating in violation of European Union sanctions. The British Royal Marines captured the vessel in Gibraltar after believing it was trying to provide crude oil to Syria, an ally of Iran.  Iranian President Hassan Rouhani warned that Britain would face repercussions over the seizure. Last month, Iran shot down a U.S. drone over the Strait of Hormuz, a vital waterway separating Iran from the United Arab Emirates. Oil exporters transport around 22 million barrels of oil per day through the strait. U.S. officials also blamed Iran for attacks on six oil tankers in the area. Secretary of State Mike Pompeo has accused the regime of trying to disrupt the flow of oil in the area. Tensions between Iran and the U.S. have escalated in recent weeks and could spiral downward after Iran admitted Monday it surpassed uranium enrichment levels that were set by the Iran nuclear agreement in 2015. President Trump pulled the U.S. out of the deal last year but several EU nations remained involved. Those countries -- Russia, China, Germany, France, Britain, and the European Union -- have called on Iran to stick to its commitments under the deal. Iran has abandoned restraint in recent months as it seeks relief from U.S. sanctions. The republic has asked the deal's signatories to provide economic incentives in exchange for the de-escalation of its nuclear program. Trump has indicated he will impose additional sanctions on Iran and urged those nations not to give in to its demands.

https://www.foxnews.com/world/iranian-islamic-revolutionary-guard-corps-boats-tried-failed-to-seize-british-oil-tanker-in-persian-gulf-senior-us-defense-official-says 

[ :: 10-17-10 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, war is being prepared, war is being made ready. Watch Russia, watch Turkey, watch China, watch Iran, watch Pakistan, watch Saudi Arabia, for they are not your friends nor have they ever been your friends.  They are not my friends, saith your Father God, for they shall wage war against me in the last days, these are the last days. etc..

:: 7-10-19 Retures :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Assad hits a wall in Syrian war as front lines harden

Tom Perry, Suleiman Al-Khalidi

BEIRUT/AMMAN (Reuters) - President Bashar al-Assad’s assault in the northwest has been met with a painful rebel counterpunch that underlines Turkish resolve to keep the area out of his hands and shows why he will struggle to take back more of Syria by force. More than two months of Russian-backed operations in and around Idlib province have yielded little or nothing for Assad’s side. It marks a rare case of a military campaign that has not gone his way since Russia intervened in 2015. While resisting government attacks, the insurgents have managed to carve out small advances of their own, drawing on ample stocks of guided anti-tank missiles that opposition and diplomatic sources say have been supplied by Turkey. “They’re even targeting personnel with these missiles ... it means they are comfortably supplied,” a rebel source said, speaking on condition of anonymity because he was discussing rebel military capabilities. Turkey’s foreign ministry did not immediately respond to a request for comment on reports that Ankara has stepped supplies of arms to rebels. With Turkey committed to the rebels, the battle for the northwest stands in stark contrast to a campaign in the southwest a year ago, when Western and Arab states stood by as Assad and his Russian- and Iranian-backed allies took the area. Despite Russian backing in the latest fighting, questions have arisen over whether Assad and his allies are entirely on the same page when it comes to the northwest, where Turkey has deployed forces in agreement with Russia and Iran. Moscow has appeared keen to preserve its ties with Ankara even as its air force bombs in support of Assad: Turkey says Russia has intervened to stop attacks on Turkish forces from Syrian government-held territory. And this time there has been no sign of a major role for Iranian-backed Shi’ite forces that have helped Assad to victories in parts of Syria that are of greater interest to Iran, including territory near Iraq, Lebanon and Israel. The capture of the southwest a year ago remains Assad’s last big gain. The prospects of further advances have been obstructed not only by Turkish interests in the northwest but also the presence of U.S. forces in the east and northeast. American troops are still supporting Kurdish-led fighters following a reversal of President Donald Trump’s decision last December to pull them all out. After more than eight years of war, this leaves Syria carved up into areas of U.S., Russian, Turkish and Iranian influence that seem unlikely to be stitched back together any time soon. “We could see the front lines harden and remain like that for some time, where either the appetite or capability to fight through them is not there on the part of the regime or its allies,” said a Western diplomat speaking anonymously in order to offer a candid assessment. “BONE-BREAKING BATTLE” The Idlib area is dominated by Tahrir al-Sham, the jihadists formerly known as the Nusra Front. Proscribed as a terrorist group by the U.N. Security Council, the group has set aside past conflict with Turkish-backed rebels to defend the northwest. Colonel Mustafa Bakour, a commander in the Jaish al-Izza rebel group, said coordination among rebels was a major factor in foiling government attacks. “I expect the battles to continue for a time because it has become a bone-breaking battle,” he said in written answers to questions from Reuters. The government campaign of air strikes and barrel bombing that began in late April was followed by the capture of around 20 villages. This led to a rebel counter-attack in early June that seized ground the government has been unable to recover. The Syrian government has described its operations as a response to militant violations of ceasefire agreements. Russia says action was needed to stop attacks from being launched from Idlib, including drone strikes on its nearby air base. President Vladimir Putin said in April a full-scale operation in Idlib was impractical for now. Though the government has not declared the goals of the campaign, rebel sources believe it was to capture two highways that pass through rebel-held territory. Some 300,000 people fleeing bombardment have moved toward the Turkish border since April, prompting the United Nations to warn that Idlib was on the brink of a “humanitarian nightmare”. For Ankara, the Syrian opposition’s last major state sponsor, preventing another major influx of Syrian refugees is of paramount importance: Turkey already hosts 3.6 million of them. While accusing the Syrian government of targeting civilians and its military observation posts in the Idlib area, Turkey has stopped short of blaming Russia, instead saying it would continue to cooperate with Moscow over the northwest. The Turkish foreign ministry, in a written response to questions from Reuters, also said “necessary messages have been sent to Russian officials to end the attacks on our observation points and civilians” in the Idlib area. Hundreds of civilians have been killed, as have many fighters on both sides, according to the Syrian Observatory for Human Rights. Observatory Director Rami Abdulrahman described the operation as “a failure on all levels” for Russia and Damascus. A Russian private military contractor who was based near Idlib province told Reuters that rebel fighters there are far more professional and motivated than their adversary. Pro-government forces cannot win the battle for Idlib unless Moscow helps them on the ground, he said. A second Western diplomat said the government had suffered heavy casualties for minimal gains, which was “deeply embarrassing”. “Turkey is trying to tell them ‘you cannot take this militarily. You have to negotiate’,” the diplomat said. A regional source close to Damascus described the escalation since April as a limited confrontation, saying Russia’s ties with Turkey were the main brake on any full-scale assault to take the entire northwest. “Of course the regime has the desire to recover Idlib by force, but ... without the Russians it can’t, because there are many militants and the Russians are completely committed to the Turks,” the source said. “It is expected that the situation in Idlib will stay as it is for a long time.”

https://www.reuters.com/article/us-syria-security-northwest-analysis/assad-hits-a-wall-in-syrian-war-as-front-lines-harden-idUSKCN1U51TC 

[ ::  12-31-18/1-1-19 New Years Eve service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc hour is getting very close.  The earthquakes shall now get bigger, far bigger, far bigger, more powerful, the tornadoes and the hurricanes, oh you will see storms like the world has not seen, volcanoes like the world does not remember. Oh the things that are about to take place simply because it is my timing, etc

:: 7-11-19 Accu Weather :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

New Orleans left underwater as city races to prepare for approaching storm

By Kevin Byrne, AccuWeather staff writer July 11, 2019

Severe thunderstorms prompted tornado warnings and inundated downtown New Orleans on Wednesday morning, causing travel to be disrupted and forcing the closure of City Hall. The flooding occurred as a brewing tropical system, which has become Tropical Storm Barry, gathered strength over the Gulf of Mexico. A flash flood emergency was declared in Jefferson Parish, with nearly 8 inches of rain reported in some areas. A total of 6.27 inches was observed at the heliport in downtown New Orleans, while Louis Armstrong New Orleans International Airport in the northwestern part of the city reported 1.54 inches. In Bridge City, located southwest of downtown, 7.75 inches of rain fell. New Orleans city officials and those with the National Weather Service urged residents to stay off the roads and to seek higher ground if they encountered flooding. An EarthCam posted in the French Quarter captured video of the city's iconic Bourbon Street underwater as cars navigated the intersection and heavy rain continued falling. Between 6 a.m. and 9 a.m. local time, about 5.56 inches fell in downtown New Orleans. "Heavy downpours will still be a threat over the coming days as the budding tropical system moves by just off of the coast to the south," AccuWeather Meteorologist Jake Sojda said. The tropical threat brewing for late week and into the weekend has the potential to unleash a deluge of more than 2 feet of rain to parts of the Gulf states, which Sojda said posed a dangerous situation for the Louisiana coastline. "This weekend looks to carry the most significant flooding threat for southern Louisiana, as what is expected to be Hurricane Barry by that time makes landfall in southwestern Louisiana," Sojda said. He added, "Areas to the east of the landfall point are expected to see the heaviest rain this weekend, with 20-plus inches possible in spots. This threat includes New Orleans." The heavy rain on Wednesday and the approaching precipitation from the developing tropical system over the Gulf fueled flooding concerns and sparked evacuations in and around New Orleans. Offshore oil operators in the Gulf of Mexico have already evacuated platforms and rigs, KATC reports. A mandatory evacuation was ordered for the east bank of Plaquemines Parish starting at 6 a.m. Thursday. Parts of the west bank are also under a mandatory evacuation, spanning from the Oakville floodgate south to Venice. Voluntary evacuations were also issued starting at 4 p.m. Wednesday, for the same areas. Additionally, Mayor David Camardelle of Grand Isle issued a voluntary evacuation just after 3 p.m. CDT, as a precautionary measure. According to the New Orleans branch of the National Weather Service (NWS), the Mississippi River is expected to crest at 20 feet Friday night into Saturday. Levees in New Orleans are able to protect the city from surges up to 20 feet, creating the possibility for a disaster. The NWS said officials there are coordinating closely with the Army Corps of Engineers and the National Hurricane Center and urged residents in the area to be vigilant about monitoring for updates in the coming days about potential flooding. To prepare for the developing tropical storm, at least 200 flood gates around New Orleans were expected to be closed by Friday, according to NOLA.com.  Despite tornado warnings that lasted well into the afternoon, no confirmed tornadoes were reported. However, people captured and posted to social media images of an apparent waterspout that formed over Lake Pontchartrain and destroyed a home. New Orleans Mayor LaToya Cantrell said in a post on Twitter that police officers would ticket motorists who drive faster than 5 mph on streets with standing water and that parking restrictions on neutral grounds and sidewalks had been suspended. "Residents are reminded not to block intersections or streetcar tracks. To reduce risk of street flooding, do not park in front of or on a catch basin," Cantrell said. Some streets were inundated with as much as 3 to 4 feet of water. Morgan Chesky of NBC News posted video on Twitter showing a deserted Dauphine Street completely submerged as traffic lights flashed on and off in the distance. The New Orleans Sewerage and Water Board said that all major pumps were operating and that officials had 118 out of an available 120. More than 20,000 customers around New Orleans didn't have power as of 10 a.m. local time, according to Entergy New Orleans. Some departures out of the international airport were delayed to the storms. The New Orleans Regional Transit Authority said all buses and streetcars were at a standstill. "Once the streets are clear, they will continue their routes," officials said.

https://www.accuweather.com/en/weather-news/severe-storms-trigger-flash-flood-emergency-around-new-orleans-as-much-more-rainfall-looms/70008778

:: 6-22-19 Online Ministries :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Jezebel New Age Witch Madonna: ‘Jesus Would Agree’ with Women Having Abortions

June 22, 2019 by Jon Watkins

James 1:5-8 “If any of you lack wisdom, let him ask of God, that giveth to all men liberally, and upbraideth not; and it shall be given him. 6 But let him ask in faith, nothing wavering. For he that wavereth is like a wave of the sea driven with the wind and tossed. 7 For let not that man think that he shall receive any thing of the Lord. 8 A double minded man (or confused woman in this case) is unstable in all his (Her) ways. While promoting her newly released album Madame X, Madonna veered off on several tangents about the Catholic Church and Pope Francis. After a joke from Denton about her and the pope knocking back drinks, the Material Girl singer said she wouldn’t be surprised if the opportunity presented itself. “One day he might invite me. I think this one might,” she said, before listing off what the pair would discuss. “Let’s talk about Jesus’ point of view about women,” Madonna mused about what she would talk about with the pope. “Let’s talk about it. What do you really think he thought of women? And don’t you think Jesus would agree that a woman has the right to choose what to do with her body? I think he would be open to having that conversation with me.” No, Jezebel, he did not! If Mad Madonna actually knew scripture and had read the Bible, then she would have read about the Woman caught in Adultery. 1st Corinthians 6:15-20 “Know ye not that your bodies are the members of Christ? shall I then take the members of Christ, and make them the members of an harlot? God forbid. 16 What? know ye not that he which is joined to an harlot is one body? for two, saith he, shall be one flesh.17 But he that is joined unto the Lord is one spirit. 18 Flee fornication. Every sin that a man doeth is without the body; but he that committeth fornication sinneth against his own body. 19 What? know ye not that your body is the temple of the Holy Ghost which is in you, which ye have of God, and ye are not your own? 20 For ye are bought with a price: therefore glorify God in your body, and in your spirit, which are God’s.” The conversation the LORD would have with her is the same one he had with many Harlots in the Bible! John 8:10-11 “When Jesus had lifted up himself, and saw none but the woman, he said unto her, Woman, where are those thine accusers? hath no man condemned thee? 11 She said, No man, Lord. And Jesus said unto her, Neither do I condemn thee: go, and sin no more.“ In 2015, Madonna said that despite being purportedly “excommunicated” by the Catholic Church on numerous occasions, the possibility of her and the pope meeting up to talk about hot-button issues wouldn’t be outside the realm of possibility. “I also feel like this new pope is kind of groovy, and I think we might be able to get together and have a chat about sex,” she said at the time. Source: Breitbart News Yea he is groovy alright. But Madonna, YOU are of the Wrong Gender to ‘chat about sex” with the pope. Perhaps if you go Tranny, then he will grant you an audience so you an he can fornicate!! Madonna: Something ‘Poetic and Sometimes Sexual’ About Jesus Hanging on the Cross Left-wing pop star Madonna claimed in an interview this week with Australian television presenter Andrew Denton that there’s something “sexual” about seeing Jesus Christ “practically naked” hanging on the cross. “There’s something really extreme and dramatic about the idea that you know, in any church you go and you see a man on a cross, practically naked, bleeding from his wounds, and everyone genuflects and prays to him,” Madonna said of Christ. “I find that so intriguing, poetic and sometimes sexual, sensual. And the idea that people are – in a way, it’s pagan because people are worshipping a thing.” Well at least the Jezebel admits the Catholicism is a Pagan Religion! The political pop star, who said in 2015 that she’d been “excommunicated by the Catholic Church a few times,” is promoting her latest album Madame X. During the wide-ranging interview, the “Rebel Heart” singer jumped to the Pope and politics and what she might discuss with the supreme pontiff. Source: Breitbart News This is really not surprising as she is a Catholic, a Kabbalist, and perhaps a Muslim! She performs Occult Rituals on Stage. For instance: Madonna’s Performance at Eurovision with Rapper Quavo was an Occult Ritual with an Ominous Warning to every Living Soul! You already read that she was a Catholic. She converted to Kabbalah which is Jewish mysticism. What is Jewish Mysticism? Kabbalah, also spelled Kaballah, Qabalah, or Cabalah, developed between the 6th and 13th centuries among the Jews in Babylonia, Italy, Provence, and Spain. The word “Kabbalah” means “to receive” and refers to revelation from God received by Jews and passed to succeeding generations through oral tradition. The word was first used by mainstream Judaism but later came to refer to those who believed that only a select few were given the secret knowledge from God as to the “true” meaning of Scriptures. Kabbalah uses occult practices and is considered to be a cult. Kabbalah closely resembles some of the beliefs held by the Greek Gnostics in that both groups believed that only a select few were given deeper understanding or knowledge. Also, Kabbalah teaches that “emanations” from God did the work of creation, denying that creation was a creative act directly from God (Genesis 1:1). With each descending emanation, the emanation became farther away from God. The final emanation took the personal form of angels. This would be like God creating a lesser god, and that one then creating a lesser god, and this kept happening until the end result was angels. This directly contradicts God’s revelation of Himself in the Bible. In the Bible, God teaches that He is both separate from all of His creation (Isaiah 55:8-9) and yet is directly accessible to those who come to Him through Jesus Christ (John 3:16). Important Ministry and Website Info! Click Here Kabbalah does hold to the inspiration of Scripture but does not seek the plain meaning of Scripture. The Kabbalah approach is mystical and very subjective, using such things as numerology to find “hidden” meaning. Through this method, almost any teaching that one desires could be “found” in Scripture. This goes against the very heart of communication. God provided Scripture that He might communicate with mankind and teach humanity about Himself. It is obvious that Scripture is meant to be taken at face value and not interpreted by some mystical means. This can be demonstrated by fulfilled prophecy. God said something would happen, and it happened as He said it would. The greatest example of this is the fulfillment of the prophecies concerning the first coming of Jesus Christ. There were hundreds of verses referring to His coming, and they were fulfilled literally (Isaiah 7:14; 9:6; Micah 5:2; Isaiah 53). This is why the Bible should be interpreted literally or normally. Kabbalah even has a pantheistic characteristic. Pantheism is the idea that God and His creation are one. This, of course, is not what God has told us in the Bible. God created all that exists from nothing (ex nihilo in the Greek) (Genesis 1:1). Kabbalah says that creation is one of God’s emanations, exhibiting the pantheistic quality of Kabbalah. Kabbalah, like all false doctrine and religions, denies the deity of Christ and the necessity of faith in Him as the only means of salvation (John 14:6). Jesus is God in the flesh, and He came to die for the sins of all who would believe in Him. If an individual trusts in Christ—that He is God (John 1:1-3) and paid for sin (Romans 8:3)—then that person is forgiven and becomes a child of God (John 1:12). Source: Got Questions It is interesting to note that Kabbalah has a similar spelling to the false moon god of Islam, Allah! Mad Madonna actually studied the Koran according to this report:

Has Madonna ditched Kabbalah for Islam? Singer reveals she is studying the Koran Daily Mail – It is almost a quarter of a century since she first sang Like A Prayer. But it seems the intervening years have done little to help Madonna decide exactly who she’s praying to. For it appears the queen of re-invention may be on the verge of one of her most startling changes yet, after she revealed she was studying the Koran. The 55-year-old was raised a Roman Catholic, but for the past 17 years she has been a devout follower of Kabbalah, a mystical offshoot of Judaism. Now the singer, whose current partner is a Muslim, has begun investigating Islam. She said: ‘I am building schools for girls in Islamic countries and studying the Koran. ‘I think it is important to study all the holy books. ‘As my friend Yaman always tells me, a good Muslim is a good Jew, and a good Jew is a good Christian, and so forth. I couldn’t agree more. Source Madonna sold her soul to Satan many years ago in exchange for stardom! She has been given over to a reprobate mind just as many other Hellywood Harlots have. Selling your Soul to Satan for Fame and Fortune has Consequences What does it mean to have a reprobate mind?  The phrase “reprobate mind” is found in Romans 1:28 in reference to those whom God has rejected as godless and wicked. They “suppress the truth by their wickedness,” and it is upon these people that the wrath of God rests (Romans 1:18). The Greek word translated “reprobate” in the New Testament is adokimos, which means literally “unapproved, that is, rejected; by implication, worthless (literally or morally).” Paul describes two men named Jannes and Jambres as those who “resist the truth: men of corrupt minds, reprobate concerning the faith” (2 Timothy 3:8). Here the reprobation is regarding the resistance to the truth because of corrupt minds. In Titus, Paul also refers to those whose works are reprobate: “They profess that they know God; but in works they deny him, being abominable, and disobedient, and unto every good work reprobate” (Titus 1:16). Therefore, the reprobate mind is one that is corrupt and worthless. As we can see in the verses above, people who are classified as having a reprobate mind have some knowledge of God and perhaps know of His commandments. However, they live impure lives and have very little desire to please God. Those who have reprobate minds live corrupt and selfish lives. Sin is justified and acceptable to them. The reprobates are those whom God has rejected and has left to their own devices. Can a Christian have a reprobate mind? Someone who has sincerely accepted Jesus Christ by faith will not have this mindset because the old person with a reprobate mind has been recreated into a new creation: “The old has passed away; behold, the new has come” (2 Corinthians 5:17). Christians are basically “new” people. We live differently and speak differently. Our world is centered on our Lord and Savior, Jesus Christ, and how we can serve Him. Also, if we are truly in the faith, we will have the Holy Spirit to help us live a God-honoring life (John 14:26). Those with reprobate minds do not have the Spirit and live only for themselves. Source: Got Questions

What is reprobation? What does it mean to be reprobate? Answer: “Reprobation” is the term used to describe those who by default are left in their fallen human nature to sin and to be eternally damned. It can be the only possible consequence if, as Scripture declares, God has foreknown and chosen others to eternal life through His only begotten Son, the Lord Jesus Christ (Ephesians 1:4-5; Romans 9:24-25). In Acts 13:48, we read, “And all who were appointed for eternal life believed.” From this, we see that the decree of reprobation is a result of unbelief or, rather, the decree of reprobation results in unbelief. Some theologians declare from Scripture that God foreknew some and reprobated others, prior to the Fall of Adam. This is called supralapsarianism, from the Latin supra meaning “above” and lapsus, meaning “fall.” Others maintain that foreknowledge and reprobation were decreed to happen as a consequence of the Fall, and this is termed “infralapsarianism.” The existence of the state of reprobation can be deduced from the Scriptures in many places, such as Proverbs 16:4 and Jeremiah 6:30, just to name two. Although it describes the fact that God has rejected some, there is a sense in which those whom He has rejected still serve His purposes, despite their willful rebellion. The best example is the raising up of Pharaoh in the book of Exodus. Here was a man who clearly refused to obey God, despite Moses’ repeated petitions to let the Israelites leave the land of Egypt. But the thing we note about Pharaoh is that, despite his willful obstinacy, God was nevertheless glorified through him. Reading Exodus 9:13-16, we note that God says He could have wiped the whole of Egypt and Pharaoh out of existence were it not for His wish to demonstrate His power and make His name known throughout the earth (Exodus 14:4,31). Clearly, God will fulfill all of His eternal purposes, both through those whom He has foreknown (Philippians 2:13) and through those whom He has rejected—the reprobate (Romans 9:22). In both cases, God will receive the highest honor and glory. Finally, the question that remains is whether we can declare anyone to be reprobate in this life. Clearly, we cannot. The doctrines of grace as purported by John Calvin are both the hub and very essence of reformed theology, but sadly some have taken them to the extreme. Hypercalvinism, for example, dares to declare that the taking of the gospel to the world is unnecessary if God has already decreed those He would or wouldn’t save. However, John 3:16 would not say “For God so loved the world that He sent His only begotten Son that whoever believes in Him should not perish but have everlasting life” if, indeed, we were privy to such secret things as those who are reprobate. Our responsibility is to preach the gospel to all men everywhere, pleading with them to be reconciled to God (2 Corinthians 5:20). Source: Got Questions

https://www.online-ministries.org/jezebel-new-age-witch-madonna-jesus-would-agree-with-women-having-abortions/ 

:: 6--19 STG Report :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

CHRISLAM UPDATE: POPE FRANCIS CALLS FOR MAJOR THEOLOGICAL REFORMS IN CATHOLIC SCHOOLS IN ORDER TO PROMOTE ‘COMMON MISSION’ WITH ISLAM AND MUSLIMS

by Geoffrey Grinder, Now The End Begins:

The Pope is pushing for Catholic students to be taught the lie that normative Islam is a religion of peace and so, it follows that anyone who disagrees with this lie would be deemed “intolerant”, opposed to dialogue and pluralism. It is Islam that is intolerant, supremacist and resistant to diversity. If the Pope is genuine about dialogue, then he should be mutually calling for Islamic States and Islamic schools (beginning with Al Azhar University in Cairo) to establish and preach equal status to all disbelievers, for women, gays etc., and promote dialogues with unbelievers like Christians, Jews, Hindus, Buddhists etc. Pope Francis has issued a Chrislam call for reform within “the way theology is taught in Catholic schools, saying students must learn about dialogue with Judaism and Islam” and establish “the relationship between Catholics and Muslims as brothers, with a common mission to promote peace.” We have been showing you for years now how Pope Francis has been working double overtime to bring Islam and the muslims in under the umbrella of Vatican City and the Catholic Church. We showed you how back in February the pope signed a “universal declaration of brotherhood” with the grand imam Sheikh Ahmed al-Tayeb that didn’t include even a single mention of the name of Jesus Christ. We have been showing you over, and over and over again how this pope is forming an end times alliance with Islam. This article today, however, takes this effort to a whole new level. And I heard another voice from heaven, saying, Come out of her, my people, that ye be not partakers of her sins, and that ye receive not of her plagues. And the light of a candle shall shine no more at all in thee; and the voice of the bridegroom and of the bride shall be heard no more at all in thee: for thy merchants were the great men of the earth; for by thy sorceries were all nations deceived. And in her was found the blood of prophets, and of saints, and of all that were slain upon the earth.”  Revelation 18:4,23,24 (KJV) it will present Islam as a ‘religion of peace‘ instead of the vile and corrupt ideology that it really is It was only a matter of time before Pope Francis turned his attention to creating a new Catholic school curriculum, one that More and more, Pope Francis is looking like he truly is the prophesied False Prophet of Revelation 13, or better yet, maybe he’s the Antichrist. Whatever he is, Jorge Mario Bergoglio is a liar, a deceiver and a major end times player, and Chrislam will be his One World Religion. Pope Francis calls for theological reforms in Catholic schools to promote “common mission of peace” with Islam, we that Chrislam FROM JIHAD WATCH: Christianity already consists of the Old Testament (Judaism) and the New Testament. In the Christian tradition, the Messiah is already deemed to be Jewish “of the House of David”, so increasing dialogue with Judaism is promoting a deeper understanding of the roots of Christianity. Beyond this, increasing dialogue with any faith group is a good thing, once it is based on mutual values and truth. Islam is very different. It teaches that “the vilest of animals in Allah’s sight are those who have disbelieved” (Quran 8:55) and because of such doctrine, complete loyalty to Islam and disavowal of disbelievers is foundational. The oneness of God (Tawhid) and the supremacy of the sharia are also foundational. In Islam real Muslims must fully and completely reject disbelievers and un-Islamic practices Further, the world is divided in two in Islamic doctrine: The House of War and the House of Islam where it is the duty of Muslim believers to subjugate the House of War and wage jihad against it until it becomes the House of Islam. If such beliefs were not abundantly manifested today, there would be no problem, but a day does not go by without news of Islamic supremacist abuse and persecution, in accordance with written doctrine to subjugate and advance Islam. The Pope is pushing for Catholic students to be taught the lie that normative Islam is a religion of peace and so, it follows that anyone who disagrees with this lie would be deemed “intolerant”, opposed to dialogue and pluralism. It is Islam that is intolerant, supremacist and resistant to diversity. If the Pope is genuine about dialogue, then he should be mutually calling for Islamic States and Islamic schools (beginning with Al Azhar University in Cairo) to establish and preach equal status to all disbelievers, for women, gays etc., and promote dialogues with unbelievers like Christians, Jews, Hindus, Buddhists etc. In his promotion of Islam, the Pope has become “the Grand Sheikh Francis of Al Vatican“, and is dismissing the sufferings of persecuted Christians, victims of jihad terror and assaults. The Pope’s call for reform within “the way theology is taught in Catholic schools” is a continuation of his dogged efforts which are subjugating Christianity under Islam. His call for reform came “during a speech at the Jesuit-run theology university in Naples. It follows his outreach this year to the Muslim world with the signing of a joint statement with the imam of Cairo’s Al Azhar, the seat of Sunni learning, establishing the relationship between Catholics and Muslims as brothers, with a common mission to promote peace”, ie. so-called ‘peace’. Ahead of the Pope’s trip to Morocco in March, the Vatican media went so far as to abandon the traditional papal insignia. Vatican News explained that a new specially created symbol — a cross and a crescent — “are symbols of Christianity and Islam which highlight the interreligious relation between Christians and Muslims.” Also in preparation of this trip Pope Francis met in the Vatican with Dr. Muhammad bin Abdul Karim Al-Issa, the secretary general of the Muslim World League (MWL), a group that has been linked to the financing of jihad terror. As stated by Robert Spencer : DURING THE MEETING, AL-ISSA THANKED THE POPE FOR HIS “FAIR POSITIONS” ON WHAT HE CALLED THE “FALSE CLAIMS THAT LINK EXTREMISM AND VIOLENCE TO ISLAM.” IN OTHER WORDS, HE THANKED THE POPE FOR DISSEMBLING ABOUT THE MOTIVATING IDEOLOGY OF JIHAD TERROR, WHICH HIS GROUP HAS BEEN ACCUSED OF FINANCING, AND FOR DEFAMING OTHER RELIGIONS IN AN EFFORT TO WHITEWASH ISLAM. The Grand Imam of Cairo’s al-Azhar, Ahmed al-Tayeb, has extended his gratitude and thanked the Pope for his “defense of Islam against the accusation of violence and terrorism.” Christianity is still waiting for the Pope to defend it against widespread Islamic persecution. In direct contradiction to Pope Francis, Cardinal Robert Sarah — prefect of the Congregation for Divine Worship and the Discipline of the Sacraments–has called it “his duty” to warn fellow Christians and Europe that Islam is not benign but expansionary and threatens free societies. He stated: “As during the fall of Rome, elites are only concerned to increase the luxury of their daily life and the peoples are being anesthetized by ever more vulgar entertainment… The barbarians are already inside the city.” He was referencing to Muslim migrants who have now immigrated but not integrated into Western societies. Meanwhile, Pope Francis has heavily promoted Muslim migration, calling it unchristian to be against open-door immigration. But in Cardinal Sarah’s warning: “it is a false exegesis [interpretation of scriptural text] to use the Word of God to promote migration. God never wanted these rifts.” The Pope of Islam holds the highest office in the Catholic Church, but yet is serving as a deceived servant, a blind guide; and despite his pontificating about welcoming “the stranger” while condemning border walls, he has not yet torn down his own walls of protection at the Vatican to fully embrace and welcome in those same migrants and adherents of the ideology that he is advancing within the Church. Read More @ NowTheEndBegins.com

https://www.sgtreport.com/2019/06/chrislam-update-pope-francis-calls-for-major-theological-reforms-in-catholic-schools-in-order-to-promote-common-mission-with-islam-and-muslims/ 

:: 6-22-19 The Mercury News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Review: Google Chrome has become surveillance software. It’s time to switch.

Our latest privacy experiment found Chrome ushered more than 11,000 tracker cookies into our browser — in a single week. Here’s why Firefox is better.

By The Washington Post |

PUBLISHED: June 21, 2019 at 11:56 am | UPDATED: June 22, 2019 at 9:14 am

You open your browser to look at the web. Do you know who is looking back at you?

Over a recent week of web surfing, I peered under the hood of Google Chrome and found it brought along a few thousand friends. Shopping, news and even government sites quietly tagged my browser to let ad and data companies ride shotgun while I clicked around the web. This was made possible by the web’s biggest snoop of all: Google. Seen from the inside, its Chrome browser looks a lot like surveillance software. Lately I’ve been investigating the secret life of my data, running experiments to see what technology really is up to under the cover of privacy policies that nobody reads. It turns out, having the world’s biggest advertising company make the most-popular web browser was about as smart as letting kids run a candy shop. It made me decide to ditch Chrome for a new version of nonprofit Mozilla’s Firefox, which has default privacy protections. Switching involved less inconvenience than you might imagine. My tests of Chrome versus Firefox unearthed a personal data caper of absurd proportions. In a week of web surfing on my desktop, I discovered 11,189 requests for tracker “cookies” that Chrome would have ushered right onto my computer, but were automatically blocked by Firefox. These little files are the hooks that data firms, including Google itself, use to follow what websites you visit so they can build profiles of your interests, income and personality. Chrome welcomed trackers even at websites you’d think would be private. I watched Aetna and the Federal Student Aid website set cookies for Facebook and Google. They surreptitiously told the data giants every time I pulled up the insurance and loan service’s log-in pages. And that’s not the half of it. Look in the upper right corner of your Chrome browser. See a picture or a name in the circle? If so, you’re logged in to the browser, and Google might be tapping into your web activity to target ads. Don’t recall signing in? I didn’t, either. Chrome recently started doing that automatically when you use Gmail.

Chrome is even sneakier on your phone. If you use Android, Chrome sends Google your location every time you conduct a search. (If you turn off location sharing it still sends your coordinates out, just with less accuracy.) Firefox isn’t perfect – it still defaults searches to Google and permits some other tracking. But it doesn’t share browsing data with Mozilla, which isn’t in the data-collection business.  At a minimum, web snooping can be annoying. Cookies are how a pair of pants you look at in one site end up following you around in ads elsewhere. More fundamentally, your web history – like the color of your underpants – ain’t nobody’s business but your own. Letting anyone collect that data leaves it ripe for abuse by bullies, spies and hackers. Google’s product managers told me in an interview that Chrome prioritizes privacy choices and controls, and they’re working on new ones for cookies. But they also said they have to get the right balance with a “healthy web ecosystem” (read: ad business).

Firefox’s product managers told me they don’t see privacy as an “option” relegated to controls. They’ve launched a war on surveillance, starting this month with “enhanced tracking protection” that blocks nosy cookies by default on new Firefox installations. But to succeed, first Firefox has to convince people to care enough to overcome the inertia of switching. It’s a tale of two browsers – and the diverging interests of the companies that make them. The cookie fight A decade ago, Chrome and Firefox were taking on Microsoft’s lumbering giant Internet Explorer. The upstart Chrome solved real problems for consumers, making the web safer and faster. Today it dominates more than half the market. Lately, however, many of us have realized that our privacy is also a major concern on the web – and Chrome’s interests no longer always seem aligned with our own. That’s most visible in the fight over cookies. These code snippets can do some helpful things, like remembering the contents of your shopping cart. But now many cookies belong to data companies, which use them to tag your browser so they can follow your path like crumbs in the proverbial forest. They’re everywhere – one study found third-party tracking cookies on 92 percent of websites. The Washington Post website has about 40 tracker cookies, average for a news site, which the company said in a statement are used to deliver better-targeted ads and track ad performance. You’ll also find them on sites without ads: Both Aetna and the FSA service said the cookies on their sites help measure their own external marketing campaigns. The blame for this mess belongs to the entire advertising, publishing and tech industries. But what responsibility does a browser have in protecting us from code that isn’t doing much more than spying? In 2015, Mozilla debuted a version of Firefox that included anti-tracking tech, turned on only in its “private” browsing mode. After years of testing and tweaking, that’s what it activated this month on all websites. This isn’t about blocking ads – those still come through. Rather, Firefox is parsing cookies to decide which ones to keep for critical site functions and which ones to block for spying. Apple’s Safari browser, used on iPhones, also began applying “intelligent tracking protection” to cookies in 2017, using an algorithm to decide which ones were bad. Chrome, so far, remains open to all cookies by default. Last month, Google announced a new effort to force third-party cookies to better self-identify, and said we can expect new controls for them after it rolls out. But it wouldn’t offer a timeline or say whether it would default to stopping trackers. I’m not holding my breath. Google itself, through its Doubleclick and other ad businesses, is the No. 1 cookie maker – the Mrs. Fields of the web. It’s hard to imagine Chrome ever cutting off Google’s moneymaker. “Cookies play a role in user privacy, but a narrow focus on cookies obscures the broader privacy discussion because it’s just one way in which users can be tracked across sites,” said Ben Galbraith, Chrome’s director of product management. “This is a complex problem, and simple, blunt cookie blocking solutions force tracking into more opaque practices.” There are other tracking techniques – and the privacy arms race will get harder. But saying things are too complicated is also a way of not doing anything “Our viewpoint is to deal with the biggest problem first, but anticipate where the ecosystem will shift and work on protecting against those things as well,” said Peter Dolanjski, Firefox’s product lead. Both Google and Mozilla said they’re working on fighting “fingerprinting,” a way to sniff out other markers in your computer. Firefox is already testing its capabilities, and plans to activate them soon. Making the switch

Choosing a browser is no longer just about speed and convenience – it’s also about data defaults. It’s true that Google usually obtains consent before gathering data, and offers a lot of knobs you can adjust to opt out of tracking and targeted advertising. But its controls often feel like a shell game that results in us sharing more personal data. I felt hoodwinked when Google quietly began signing Gmail users into Chrome last fall. Google says the Chrome shift didn’t cause anybody’s browsing history to be “synced” unless they specifically opted in – but I found mine was being sent Google, and don’t recall ever asking for extra surveillance. (You can turn off the Gmail auto-login by searching “Gmail” in Chrome settings and switching off “Allow Chrome sign-in.”) After the sign-in shift, Johns Hopkins professor Matthew Green made waves in the computer science world when he blogged he was done with Chrome. “I lost faith,” he told me. “It only takes a few tiny changes to make it very privacy unfriendly.” There are ways to defang Chrome, which is much more complicated than just using “Incognito Mode.” But it’s much easier to switch to a browser not owned by an advertising company.

Like Green, I’ve chosen Firefox, which works across phones, tablets, PCs and Macs. Apple’s Safari is also a good option on Macs, iPhones and iPads, and the niche Brave browser goes even further in trying to jam the ad-tech industry. What does switching to Firefox cost you? It’s free, and downloading a different browser is much simpler than changing phones. In 2017, Mozilla launched a new version of Firefox called Quantum that made it considerably faster. In my tests, it has felt almost as fast as Chrome, though benchmark tests have found it can be slower in some contexts. Firefox says it’s better about managing memory if you use lots and lots of tabs. Switching means you’ll have to move your bookmarks, and Firefox offers tools to help. Shifting passwords is easy if you use a password manager. And most browser add-ons are available, though it’s possible you won’t find your favorite. Mozilla has challenges to overcome. Among privacy advocates, the nonprofit is known for caution. It took a year longer than Apple to make cookie blocking a default. And as a nonprofit, it earns money when people make searches in the browser and click on ads – which means its biggest source of income is Google. Mozilla’s CEO says the company is exploring new paid privacy services to diversify its income.  Its biggest risk is that Firefox might someday run out of steam in its battle with the Chrome behemoth. Even though it’s the No. 2 desktop browser, with about 10 percent of the market, major sites could decide to drop support, leaving Firefox scrambling. If you care about privacy, let’s hope for another David and Goliath outcome.

https://www.mercurynews.com/2019/06/21/google-chrome-has-become-surveillance-software-its-time-to-switch/ 

:: 6--19 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Paradise Lost: Homeless in Los Angeles

224,420 views

KOMO News

Published on Jun 18, 2019

In the modern version being played out today on the streets of Los Angeles and almost every other major city in the state, tens of thousands of the homeless are desperate for shelter, services and of course, drugs. Lots and lots of drugs. Eric Johnson reports on Paradise Lost:

https://www.youtube.com/watch?time_continue=104&v=9D9pZEjSxXQ 

:: 6-21-19 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Texas Governor Orders 1000 National Guard Troops to Border

By BOB PRICE21 Jun 2019

Texas Governor Greg Abbott ordered 1,000 National Guard Troops to the Mexican border Friday. The troops are tasked with supplemental staffing for new detention facilities being built by the Department of Homeland Security to free up Border Patrol agents. “The crisis at our southern border is unlike anything we’ve witnessed before and has put an enormous strain on the existing resources we have in place,” Governor Abbott. “With the deployment of these troops, we are taking action to confront the crisis at the border and keep potentially dangerous criminals and illegal activity out of our communities. said in a press conference in the Texas Capitol. “By working together with our federal partners, we will continue to pursue a strong and comprehensive strategy to secure our border.” During the announcement, Abbott was flanked by Lt. Governor Dan Patrick (R), Speaker of the House Dennis Bonnen (R-Angleton), and Adjutant General Major General Tracy Norris. “The massive increase in illegal immigration — on pace to exceed a million people this year— has been an emergency for months and Texas must continue to do everything we can to help secure our border, including deploying these additional troops,” Lt. Governor Patrick stated. “Texas communities along the border and throughout the state are struggling to deal with this huge increase. Our health care system and schools are stretched to the breaking point and cost increases on everything from temporary shelter and policing to street cleaning have been astronomical. Governor Abbott, Speaker Bonnen and I are agreed that we must work with our federal partners and act now.” “As a longtime advocate for border security, I support today’s announcement as yet another example of Texas stepping up and filling in the gaps where the federal government has fallen short,” Speaker Dennis Bonnen added. “I have worked with Governor Abbott, Lieutenant Governor Patrick, and lawmakers in past legislative sessions to secure our border and ensure the safety of our citizens, and will continue to support measures to do so as we call on Washington to fulfill their duty to protect our citizens.” Abbott said that in the past three weeks, U.S. Border Patrol agents apprehended more than 45,000 migrants from 52 countries who illegally crossed the border into Texas. The vast majority of these are family units and unaccompanied minors from the Central American Northern Triangle according to reports from U.S. Customs and Border Protection. Texas has provided supplemental support to border security operations for the past several years, the governor’s office stated. Under Abbott’s terms of office, the state dedicated nearly $3 billion in the effort to secure the border. Those funds have been used in the past to deploy National Guard troops, hire and deploy additional Texas Department of Public Safety troopers, and build additional support and training facilities. The governor’s office stated that Texas hired and deployed 500 DPS troopers to the border region. Bob Price serves as associate editor and senior political news contributor for the Breitbart Border team. He is an original member of the Breitbart Texas team. Follow him on Twitter @BobPriceBBTX and Facebook.

https://www.breitbart.com/border/2019/06/21/texas-governor-orders-1000-national-guard-troops-to-border/ 

:: 6-20-19 Archive today :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

‘These People Aren’t Coming From Norway’: Refugees in a Minnesota City Face a Backlash

As more Somali refugees arrive in St. Cloud, white anti-immigration activists have pressed an increasingly explicit anti-Muslim agenda.

By Astead W. Herndon June 20, 2019

ST. CLOUD, Minn. — John Palmer, a former university professor, has always had a cause. For decades he urged Minnesota officials to face the dangers of drunken driving and embrace seatbelts. Now he has a new goal: curbing the resettlement of Somali refugees in St. Cloud, after a few thousand moved into this small city where Mr. Palmer has lived for decades. Every weekday, he sits in the same spot at Culver’s restaurant — the corner booth near the Kwik Trip — and begins his daily intake of news from xenophobic and conspiratorial sites, such as JihadWatch.org, and articles with titles like “Lifting the Veil on the ‘Islamophobia’ Hoax.” On Thursdays, Mr. Palmer hosts a group called Concerned Community Citizens, or C-Cubed, which he formed to pressure local officials over the Muslim refugees. Mr. Palmer said at a recent meeting he viewed them as innately less intelligent than the “typical” American citizen, as well as a threat. “The very word ‘Islamophobia’ is a false narrative,” Mr. Palmer, 70, said. “A phobia is an irrational fear.” Raising his voice, he added, “An irrational fear! There are many reasons we are not being irrational.” In this predominantly white region of central Minnesota, the influx of Somalis, most of whom are Muslim, has spurred the sort of demographic and cultural shifts that President Trump and right-wing conservatives have stoked fears about for years. The resettlement has divided many politically active residents of St. Cloud, with some saying they welcome the migrants.

But for others, the changes have fueled talk about “white replacement,” a racist conspiracy theory tied to the declining birthrates of white Americans that has spread in far-right circles and online chat rooms and is now surfacing in some communities. “If we start changing our way of life to accommodate where they came from, guess what happens to our country?” said Liz Baklaich, a member of C-Cubed who unsuccessfully ran for St. Cloud City Council last year. She carries an annotated Quran in her purse. “If our country becomes like Somalia, there is nowhere for us to go.” [Sign up for our politics newsletter and join the conversation around the 2020 presidential race.]  Minnesota’s biggest city, Minneapolis, has long struggled to incorporate a growing immigrant population into the city’s fabric, but the recent ascension of some former refugees into political power was taken as a sign of progress by many liberals. In central Minnesota, which is more conservative than the state’s urban centers, advocates for refugees fear that the resettlements could be met with more resistance. Dave Kleis, the mayor of St. Cloud and a longtime Republican who now identifies as an independent, has voiced support for the resettlement program, but he has also drawn criticism for not forcefully denouncing groups like C-Cubed, which he refused to discuss in an interview. Mr. Kleis said the city was facing the same challenges as other parts of Minnesota and other changing communities around the country. St. Cloud, the state’s 10th-largest city, increased in population by 33 percent over the last 30 years, to roughly 70,000 people. The share of nonwhite residents grew to 18 percent from 2 percent, mostly with East African immigrants from Somalia, Kenya and Ethiopia, and the numbers of Somalis are estimated to grow. Their increased presence — and an attack at a mall in 2016, when Dahir Adan, a Somali-American refugee living in St. Cloud, stabbed 10 people — has emboldened a loosely connected network of white, anti-immigration activists who are trying to pressure local and state Republicans to embrace an increasingly explicit anti-Muslim agenda.  Across the state, this network includes conservative radio hosts, think tanks and digital media that focus on anti-refugee news in Minnesota, as well as small community groups like C-Cubed, which repeatedly invite anti-Muslim speakers to town, leading to clashes and protests. Formed in 2017 to support more nativist candidates on the City Council, C-Cubed is a small group of only about a dozen members, but its existence has already changed the city’s political landscape.

[Michael Savage has doubts about Trump, but his conservative audience doesn’t want to hear it.]

C-Cubed supported four candidates for City Council last year, and two won seats, although Mr. Palmer himself lost. Members say they are raising questions about the state’s refugee program in order to determine its total cost. But in interviews, many repeatedly outlined more fundamental fears, including the belief that an influx of people who were nonwhite and non-Christian posed a cultural threat. Several of the group’s members and their allies said their stand against immigration was a small part of a broader national conflict, in which the rising tide of a multicultural, multiracial Democratic Party must be opposed. Kim Crockett, the vice president and general counsel of a conservative Minnesota think tank called the Center of the American Experiment, said she intended to eventually sue the state and challenge the resettlement program in court.  “I think of America, the great assimilator, as a rubber band, but with this — we’re at the breaking point,” Ms. Crockett said. “These aren’t people coming from Norway, let’s put it that way. These people are very visible.” ‘This is the Hatfields and McCoys’ Though it predates Mr. Trump, the opposition to migrant resettlement among some Minnesotans has been invigorated by the president, who has repeatedly demeaned refugees and Muslims, and who recently announced a restrictive immigration proposal that included cultural provisions such as preferential treatment for English speakers.  In St. Cloud, some opponents of the refugee program have taken the introduction of non-pork options in the local public schools as an attack on their way of life. The 2018 elections of Representative Ilhan Omar and Attorney General Keith Ellison, who are Muslim, fueled xenophobic conspiracies that Muslim residents were planning a long-term coup to institute Shariah Law. They also point to individual instances of crime by Somali-Americans as proof of an innate predisposition to violence, and ignore the repeated studies showing that there is no demonstrated link between immigrants and criminal behavior. Catholic Charities, one of the providers who led the state’s refugee program, recently announced it would no longer be participating, saying it was focusing resources on homelessness and helping at-risk children. This came after years of community pressure from conservatives — including a 2016 billboard in St. Cloud that read, “Catholic Charities Resettles Islamists: EVIL or INSANITY?” Paul Brandmire, a Republican member of the St. Cloud City Council who is skeptical about the resettlement program, said some white residents had come to see themselves in a fight for survival. The refugees are “not leaving,” Mr. Brandmire said. “They’re becoming American citizens. And they have every right to, but this is killing us,” he continued. “This is the Hatfields and McCoys.”  A 2018 poll from The Star Tribune of Minneapolis reported that almost 50 percent of Minnesota Republicans wanted the state to temporarily stop accepting refugees, and during the midterm elections the most prominent members of the state’s Republican ticket all pledged to institute a moratorium on resettlement. A New York Times poll from 2018 showed the Eighth Congressional District — in the state’s northern region — was one of the few areas where 50 percent of people said discrimination against white Americans had become as big a problem as discrimination against minority groups. Earlier this year, at a Republican town hall in nearby Anoka County, an argument erupted between some residents and Representative Tom Emmer because he had not backed a bill that would designate the Muslim Brotherhood a terrorist group. National Republicans have also pointed to Minnesota, and the two Democratic House seats that Republicans flipped there in a tough midterm election, as proof Mr. Trump’s brand of grievance politics has political potency that may be underrated in Washington. In the days before the 2016 presidential election, Mr. Trump visited Minnesota to pitch a proposal to halt all resettlement of Syrian refugees to America, in what would eventually become his travel ban to seven countries, many of them with Muslim majorities.  “Here in Minnesota you have seen firsthand the problems caused with faulty refugee vetting, with large numbers of Somali refugees coming into your state, without your knowledge, without your support or approval,” Mr. Trump said at a Minneapolis rally at the time. “You’ve suffered enough in Minnesota.” Two years ago in St. Cloud, Jeff Johnson, a city councilman, introduced a resolution that would temporarily halt refugee resettlement until a study of its economic impact was completed. The idea arose, Mr. Johnson said, after he spoke by phone with officials from the Center for Immigration Studies in Washington, an anti-immigration firm that has gained influence in the Trump era. The resolution was defeated, but its introduction caused significant uproar in St. Cloud, and pushed some residents to form or join opposing community groups. Among them was a pro-refugee organization, #UniteCloud, that has become a prominent force in trying to build relationships and a sense of community across demographics. Natalie Ringsmuth, a white St. Cloud resident who formed the #UniteCloud group, said Mr. Trump had “made people feel bold in not being ‘Minnesota nice’ anymore.” Ms. Ringsmuth runs a website that highlights positive stories about the city’s refugee community, and recently made a welcome video that asks local immigrants questions like, “What do you want people to know about Muslim women?” “Things are fraught. And they’re fraught not only in St. Cloud, but in central Minnesota,” Ms. Ringsmuth said. “What might have been talked about only in kitchen tables or small groups is now prime conversation for the public.” Bob Carrillo, a former radio host who lives in St. Michael, Minn., and has gained prominence for his anti-immigrant stance, said Mr. Trump had given voice to the concerns of “longtime Minnesotans.” At a coffee shop in St. Cloud, Mr. Carrillo also set a framed picture of his white grandchildren on the center of the table, meant to amplify the emotional impact of his xenophobic thesis: that Muslims pose an existential threat to the safety of his family.

“They’re 2 percent of the population right now, and in 5 to 10 years they’ll be at 5 percent,” Mr. Carrillo said. “At that point, we’re done for.” ‘It’s hard to be accepted for who you are’ Mr. Kleis, the city’s mayor, sees it differently. He lauded the community-building activities the region has undertaken, which includes get-to-know-your-neighbor potlucks at the local library and citywide surveys asking “Is St. Cloud a friendly community?” The local newspaper, The St. Cloud Times, ran a series of fact checks to debunk myths about refugees and immigrants. “I’d rather focus on building community than being reactionary,” he said. Jaylani Hussein, the executive director for the Council on American-Islamic Relations in Minnesota, said St. Cloud was the “epicenter” of anti-Muslim sentiment in the state. Mr. Hussein condemned people like Mr. Kleis and other members of the Republican Party, who he said had been too neutral as xenophobia festered within their ranks. “For me, the saddest part is that the majority of people in the St. Cloud region are good people who refused to step up,” Mr. Hussein said. “But it’s the fact that they don’t want to get involved and makes it seem like St. Cloud is all a bunch of people who accept this.” Ekram Elmoge, a 21-year-old who resettled in St. Cloud from Somalia about five years ago, described the city as “diversity without inclusion.” Ms. Elmoge said she had been harassed by white residents, who have yelled, “Go back to your country” and “You’re here for free money.” She is currently enrolled at St. Cloud State University, where Mr. Palmer used to be a professor.  “It’s hard to be accepted for who you are,” Ms. Elmoge said. “The people here who have accepted me have been white. But the people who have not accepted me are also white. They say ‘go back to your country’ and ‘you make St. Cloud a bad place to live.’” [Elections 2020: The place for everything related to our coverage of the presidential election.] In interviews, the C-Cubed members and allies remain undeterred, and they are setting their sights on helping Republicans make gains in the 2020 election. At one of the group’s events last year, some residents donned hats that read “Make St. Cloud Great Again” for a “Red Hat forum,” where local law enforcement officers and national anti-Muslim speakers were invited. Similar speakers have been invited to a local church, Granite City Baptist, a mostly white congregation on the city’s west side. During a meeting of about 10 C-Cubed members in April at the Faith Lutheran Church in St. Cloud, Mr. Palmer steered a free-flowing discussion that began by comparing abortion access to the Holocaust and moved on to the city’s so-called refugee problem, and what the group could do to address it. Almost all of those present voiced some support for Mr. Trump. Others said that markers of progress were more interpersonal, and they would only be comfortable in their community if the Somali-born refugees converted to Christianity. One woman, who declined to give her name after the group discussion, bemoaned the city’s so-called no-go zones, or the areas where white residents said they felt so uncomfortable with the Somali-American presence that they would not return — a shopping mall, a community housing center and Beaver Island Trail, a hiking area that borders the Mississippi River. “They were just —” she said, searching for the words to describe the offending behavior of the Somali-Americans. “They were just walking around.”

http://archive.fo/QErnG#selection-783.0-839.145 

[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 6-22-19 https://doomerdoug.wordpress.com/2019/06/22/armed-militia-in-oregon-rising-6-22-2019/ ::

June 22, 2019 by dmcintosh4

Armed Militia in Oregon Rising 6-22-2019

It is clear Oregon is now a one party, Marxist Democrat dictatorship. Since the Marxist Democrats now fully control both the Oregon Senate, the Oregon House, and all elected office, except the RINO we have as Secretary of State, the reign of terror is now underway. Our bi-sexual bigot of a Governor, ie the “other Brown,” has now unleashed the power of the state upon the Republican Party. It is nothing less than A MARXIST REIGN OF TERROR. As such, we should have no illusions the Marxist death squads are in the wings. Our governor is threatening to hunt down, arrest or KILL any Republican who fails to show up for a vote on “climate change.” Civil War Two has now begun in the Marxist Dictatorship called Oregon. The links are below.

https://katu.com/news/local/oregon-senate-session-canceled-after-militia-threats 

Oregon Senate session canceled after militia threat

by Steve Benham, KATU.com Staff

Friday, June 21st 2019

PORTLAND, Ore. — Senate floor sessions were planned for this weekend, but Saturday’s session was canceled after militia groups threatened to show up at the Capitol in Salem, state Sen. Elizabeth Steiner Hayward tweeted Friday evening. Oregon State Police confirmed to KATU that Saturday’s session was called off. The Associated Press reported a spokeswoman for Senate President Peter Courtney said state police recommended the Capitol be closed Saturday. For the last two days, Senate Republicans have staged a walkout in protest over a controversial cap and trade bill Democrats say is needed to curb human-caused climate change. The walkout has denied the Senate a quorum. In her tweet, Steiner Hayward, a Democrat, attached a text message informing members to stay clear of the Capitol. After media began reporting on her tweet, Steiner Hayward deleted it. But before she did, KATU News had grabbed a screen capture of it.

https://www.zerohedge.com/news/2019-06-21/come-heavily-armed-oregon-senator-threatens-violence-governor-hunts-down-lawmakers 

“Come Heavily Armed”: Oregon Senator Threatens Violence As Governor Hunts Down Lawmakers

by Tyler Durden Fri, 06/21/2019 – 22:22

A standoff between Republican and Democratic Oregon state senators escalated on Friday after Governor Kate Brown (D) authorized state police to track down Republican lawmakers who have stalled a vote on carbon credit legislation by walking out and refusing to vote. Under the proposed cap-and-trade bill, Oregon would put an overall limit on greenhouse gas emissions and auction off pollution “allowances” for each ton of carbon industries plan to emit. The legislation would lower that cap over time to encourage businesses to move away from fossil fuels: The state would reduce emissions to 45% below 1990 levels by 2035 and 80% below 1990 levels by 2050. Those opposed to the cap-and-trade plan say it would exacerbate a growing divide between the liberal, urban parts of the state and the rural areas. The plan would increase the cost of fuel, damaging small business, truckers and the logging industry, they say. –ABC13 While Oregon Democrats have a rare 18 to 12 supermajority in the House and Senate, they cannot approve the bill without at least two Republicans present. After several days of heated debate between the two sides, eleven GOP members mutually agreed to boycott the vote.

https://doomerdoug.wordpress.com/2019/06/22/armed-militia-in-oregon-rising-6-22-2019/ 

:: 6-22-19 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

"Come Heavily Armed": Oregon Senator Threatens Violence As Governor Hunts Down Lawmakers

by Tyler Durden Sat, 06/22/2019 - 19:22

A standoff between Republican and Democratic Oregon state senators escalated on Friday after Governor Kate Brown (D) authorized state police to track down Republican lawmakers who have stalled a vote on carbon credit legislation by walking out and refusing to vote. Under the proposed cap-and-trade bill, Oregon would put an overall limit on greenhouse gas emissions and auction off pollution "allowances" for each ton of carbon industries plan to emit. The legislation would lower that cap over time to encourage businesses to move away from fossil fuels: The state would reduce emissions to 45% below 1990 levels by 2035 and 80% below 1990 levels by 2050. Those opposed to the cap-and-trade plan say it would exacerbate a growing divide between the liberal, urban parts of the state and the rural areas. The plan would increase the cost of fuel, damaging small business, truckers and the logging industry, they say. -ABC13 While Oregon Democrats have a rare 18 to 12 supermajority in the House and Senate, they cannot approve the bill without at least two Republicans present. After several days of heated debate between the two sides, eleven GOP members mutually agreed to boycott the vote. "The Senate Democrats have requested the assistance of the Oregon State Police to bring back their colleagues to finish the work they committed to push forward," Brown said on Thursday, adding "As the executive of the agency, I am authorizing the State Police to fulfill the Senate Democrats’ request." (Of note, Oregon House Democrats once fled the capitol in 2001 for five days over a redistricting proposal - which Brown said at the time was "appropriate under the circumstances.)  Sen. Brian Boquist (R) didn't take too kindly to Brown's threat - telling a reporter he was prepared for a bloody standoff if state troopers show up for him. Boquist had previously told Brown that "hell is coming to visit you personally" if she went forward with the threat. "Send bachelors, and come heavily armed; I’m not going to be a political prisoner in the state of Oregon, it’s just that simple," Meanwhile, Oregon's Senate President Peter Courtney's office told ABC13 that each missing Senator was hit with a $500 fine on Friday, which would continue daily until they vote on the legislation. Republicans immediately pushed back. "We will file legal action," said Sen. Tim Knopp, a Republican from Bend who has said he has been in three states in the past three days. "If they were trying to bring us back, threatening to arrest us and impose fines isn't going to work." Senate Majority Leader Ginny Burdick said Republicans have no legal recourse as the fine is explicitly written in statute. A GoFundMe to cover the rogue lawmakers' expenses and fines raised nearly $30,000 in less than a day. State ethics laws prohibit officials from receiving gifts exceeding $50, so it's unclear whether senators could access the money. -ABC13 State police, meanwhile, will have the ability to track down senators and force them into a patrol car to return to the capitol, though the agency promises to use "polite communication" and patience throughout the process. If Boquist starts shooting, we imagine that could change rapidly.

https://www.zerohedge.com/news/2019-06-21/come-heavily-armed-oregon-senator-threatens-violence-governor-hunts-down-lawmakers 

[ :: 11-3-13 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.  for the world hates the Christians more now than at anytime in history.  Even during the days Jesus walked on earth, it is much worse now and it is not going to get better because those that don’t believe the truth are going to come against you like never before because they don’t want you to know the truth etc.

:: 6-22-19 Neon Nettle :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Official Invokes 'Hail Satan' at Alaska Government Meeting, Prompting Walkout Satanic Temple member causes walkout at Kenai Peninsula Borough Assembly 

By: Jay Greenberg |@NeonNettle on 22nd June 2019 @ 1.00am

Satanic Temple member Iris Fontana caused a walkout after invoking 'Hail Satan' during a meeting

An official invoked "Hail Satan" during an Alaska government meeting, prompting a walkout from attendees. Satanic Temple member Iris Fontana caused several government officials and attendees to walk out of the meeting south of Anchorage this week by ending the opening prayer with “Hail Satan.” The Kenai Peninsula Borough Assembly’s previous policy stated that those delivering the invocation must be a member of a recognized church. The rules were changed last October, however, when Alaska's Supreme Court decided in favor of the ACLU that the policy was unconstitutional, according to Alaskan Public Media. The Kenai Peninsula Borough Assembly established the policy in 2016, but the policy has since been changed to read: "Any invocation that may be offered at the beginning of the assembly meeting shall be a voluntary offering of a private person, to and for the benefit of the assembly. An atheist and a Jewish woman were also involved in the lawsuit. “Let’s cast aside our differences, to use reason, logic, science, and compassion to create solutions for the greater good of our community,” Fontana said at the end of the invocation. “It is done. "Hail Satan. Iris Fontana is a member of the Temple of Satan The invocation also prompted an anti-Satan protest outside the building, Alaskan Public Media reported. “God will be pleased with our public prayers of reparation,” a man who flew from Pennsylvania for the event told KSRM radio. “We want God’s blessings on America, not Satan’s curses. "Lucifer is the eternal loser. "Let’s keep him out.”

READ MORE: https://neonnettle.com/news/7895-official-invokes-hail-satan-at-alaska-government-meeting-prompting-walkout 

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

[ :: 12-2-17 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc Much evil upon the face of the earth, much lying, much deceit, much deceit, much lying, much evil upon the face of the earth.  Can you not see there is so much evil going on right now, people lying to themselves, lying to me, lying to others trying to make their agenda come true?  But as it is written in my word and said and so it shall be, no liar shall enter my kingdom.  So if you are one of those people, I speak to you right now, get yourself ready, get yourself ready, come out amongst them and be ye separate etc

6--19http://directorblue.blogspot.com/2019/06/what-real-free-press-looks-like-mark.html

Mark Levin Lights Up Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez Like a Christmas Tree at Chernobyl

By Mark R. Levin

This Democrat Party is a horrid party. It is a party of hate. It is a party of racism. It's a party of anti-semitism. It's a party of un-Americanism, which perhaps explains why the media are attached at the hip to the Democrat Party. There is a revolution taking place. Over the years I've called it a counter-revolution to the American revolution. It's been going on for a hundred years and you're seeing its progeny right now. The Democrat Party has always been a hateful party. Slavery, segregation, Jim Crow, and now today. If you're an anti-semite, you can find a home in the Democrat Party. The Democrat Party is the modern home to anti-semitism. As I said, this party has become a poison. It's the party of the New Left and the old Reds. It's the party of socialists and Marxists and other radicals. It's the party of open borders. It's the part of criminals against cops. It's the party that seeks the evisceration of the United States military, accusing us of imperalism and colonialism. It's a hateful, vile, political party. It's too bad the Republican Party is so weak and impotent. And this party seeks to, as Obama famously put it, "fundamentally transform" this society. This is the great difference between what took place during the American Revolution versus this counter-revolution. In the American Revolution, there was no effort to fundamentally transform society, the civil society, the individual, and private property rights. They opposed a monarchy to achieve liberty. The counter-revolution seeks an iron-fisted government that imposes its will on a people that seek to be free. But it's much more clever than monarchies of past. It's got its own nomenclature and is filled with propagandists. Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez is a nasty, stupid bigot. Yet the media put her on their shoulders; they promote her and celebrate her. They give her as much attention as possible. They have created her, yet she's a nobody, she's a back-bencher from a heavily Democratic district, where she won the primary by a relatively few votes in a heavily Hispanic district. She beat an old Pelosi ally, a white male, who did not choose to campaign very much. And they treat this as some great event. It's not a great event. And she's not alone. You have Omar, another anti-semite bigot. You have Tlaib, another anti-semite bigot. They all hate America, hate capitalism, they hate our history, and they hate our founding. This is the modern Democrat Party, not a whole lot different than the old Democrat Party, quite frankly. Along the way, destroying our culture, destroying our traditions, destroying our customs, with all kinds of freakish, radical ideas like infanticide, open borders, bathrooms for any gender, and so on. Now you and I are supposed to sit here and make some fine distinction between concentration camps and death camps in order to defend Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez, a buffoon who makes outrageous statements and is defended by low-lifes like Chris Hayes at MSNBC, among others. Comparing the United States to the Third Reich. Comparing the President to Hitler. Comparing our humane treatment of hundreds of thousands who are pouring over our borders with nowhere to put them, overwhelming our health services and law enforcement. These are people rushing into our country. Were there a lot of people rushing into the Third Reich? I seem to recall that they were forcibly brought into the Third Reich for the purpose of extinction. I am so sick and tired of what passes for legitimate public discussion in this country. If we had a real, serious media it would be Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez who would be condemned, day after day. Not Donald Trump. Now here's what she said on Instagram Live last night (and notice how the critics always go after Trump's tweeting -- "why does he tweet so much?" -- but when's the last time they told AOC to get the hell off of Instagram? Never! They'll defend whatever comes out of her big mouth and mashed-potato brain). The United States is running concentration camps on our southern border... We are not running "concentration camps" on our southern border. Anywhere. This kind of garbage used to be rejected as the insane ramblings of the kooks in our society. We are not running "concentration camps" on any border in any part of the United States, you damn fool. The United States is running concentration camps on our southern border... You really have to be beyond moronic, with an incredible hatred for this country, to make these kinds of statements. People are pouring into this country from Africa, from Asia, from south of the border, because they want to be in concentration camps. This woman should be expelled from the House of Representatives as should so many of the others. She's a member of the House who votes on laws, on budgets, and she's a blithering idiot. I don't blame her for not coming on any of my shows, because blithering idiots don't do well on my shows. ...and if that doesn't bother you -- I don't -- I don't -- I'm like -- believe whatever, I want to talk to the people who are concerned enough that we should say we are not -- never again. Those two words -- "never again" -- are words spoken about the Holocaust. Never again, about the extermination of Jews in Europe. Never again. And she uses that phrase and applies it to our own country. Where we are feeding people coming into this country illegally, we're changing babies' diapers, we're giving them medical treatment, we're giving them an education and we are overwhelmed on our borders, a situation created by the likes of Alexandra Ocasio-Cortez and Nancy Pelosi and the Democrat Party that apparently thinks this is swell. These are the same Democrats and media that critiqued Trump for calling certain countries s***-holes --- "no they're not, that's racist!". But these people are escaping these s***-holes, these countries. Why do you think people are trying to come into this country? They're not escaping paradise or Nirvana. That's how they view us. Yet look at this. I just wish that we could swap Alexandra Ocasio-Cortez for one of these poor people who would like to come into this country. These Democrats have nothing but hate for this country. And let me tell you something: when they hate our country, they're talking about you. You are the country. They're talking about we the people. And "concentration camps". The facts that concentration camps are now an institutionalized practice in America. "[C]oncentration camps are now an institutionalized practice in America"? Did you know this? What's happening to our country, right in front of our eyes? There are men and women who have fought for this country, and died for this country, all the men and women in uniform right now in one s***hole country after another, defending the United States. All the men and women in the Border Patrol and ICE and others who are trying to secure this country. Putting their lives on the line every single day to protect us in the interior of our country. This clown was a bartender and manages to get elected to the House of Representatives in an 80 percent Democrat district who's done nothing to contribute to this society, not a damn thing. She hasn't created wealth, she hasn't protected anyone, she's done absolutely nothing. And for her to sit in front of her damn Instagram and spew out and burp up her idiocy -- to treat America this way -- is contemptible. Contemptible. This is... disturbing. And we need to do something about it. This week children were moved to the same internment camps that Japanese-Americans were held. There are no "internment camps" now. But that would be the old New Deal, not the Green New Deal. That would be the Democrat hero Franklin Delano Roosevelt.  I just hope the American people are listening to this. I really do.  Read more at MarkLevinShow.com.

http://directorblue.blogspot.com/2019/06/what-real-free-press-looks-like-mark.html 

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

 etc. Are you aware of how far they say you are behind in your military protection, etc.    

[ 4-9-17 am service  (third word)  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::    ::]

etc. For it is that time and it is that hour, the clock cannot be stopped, the clock cannot be turned back, man has made their own minds up, they have made decisions and have not counseled with me, your Father God, therefore I cannot hold things back any longer.  For they go their own way, etc.

[ :: 8-9-17 pm service (first word)  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc.  If you look at Russia she is ready to strike, Iran ready to strike, North Korea ready to strike, they are not playing games; they are serious with the things that they are saying.  Only you have felt that they have feared you, and because you have felt that they have feared you, you are not listening as close as you should. etc.  

:: 6-21-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

With Russia's Most Modern Warship Now In The Caribbean Sea And The Middle East Heating Up To A Fever Pitch, Vladimir Putin Hints One Wrong Move And The End Is Nigh

- The Admiral Gorshkov Is Capable Of Firing Long Range Attack Missiles Into The Heart Of America

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die June 21, 2019

With President Trump warning that 'Iran has made a very big mistake' following Iran admitting to shooting down a US drone, hinting to Americans that we'd soon find out if military action will be taken against them, Russian's President Vladimir Putin has himself warned warned that war would have 'catastrophic consequences', something that every American now reading this should think about, especially with Russia's most modern warships and their escorts now having entered the Caribbean Sea as this June 18th story over at The Drive had reported. With this new story over at the National Sentinel that Whatfinger News linked to Thursday reporting that the world may be heading towards conflict within the next 10 days with Senator Lindsey Graham urging President Trump to take out Iran's Navy or bomb their oil refineries if there are any more attacks upon American interests, also claiming his 'red line' is any more disruptions of the shipping lanes in the vital Strait of Hormuz, Iran warns they are ready for war despite claiming they had no intentions of war with any particular country. Yet while President Trump hinted of restraint, claiming that the drone shooting down could have been "a mistake by someone who shouldn't have been doing what they were doing", he also hinted at possible military repercussions that, should the very worst case scenarios unfold, could potentially lead to World War 3 with Vladimir Putin warning at the very least, war would be a catastrophe for the Middle East. But might they also lead to WW3? As we see within this story at the Drive, Russia may already be prepositioning their Naval forces. From the Drive.: One of Russia's newest warships, the first-in-class Project 22350 frigate Admiral Gorshkov, is sailing in the Caribbean and may be headed toward Cuba.  "It is assumed that in June the ship will carry out tasks in the Caribbean for some time," an unnamed "informed source" told Russian media outlet Interfax, according to a story on June 18, 2019. "It is expected that he [Admiral Gorshkov] will go to one of the ports of Cuba. The Admiral Gorshkov, which only entered service in July 2018, is one of the most advanced ships in the Russian Navy and a stop in Venezuela would be sure to turn heads, especially in the United States. Among its other features, the ship is one of the first to carry the Poliment-Redut air defense system, which consists of the Poliment phased array radar and the Redut surface-to-air missile system, a navalized derivative of the ground-based S-350. This system only completed state trials weeks before the frigate left on its worldwide cruise. The frigate also has 16 vertical launch cells capable of accommodating the Kalibr land-attack cruise missile. Kalibr is a combat-proven weapon, which gives the ship a real long-range land attack capability. The vertical launch system array can also fire the Oniks supersonic anti-ship cruise missile. There are plans to integrate the hypersonic Zircon anti-ship missile onto the ships in the future. The ship also has some of the most modern sensors, including additional surface search and fire control radars beyond Poliment phased array, anywhere in the Russian Navy, as well as relatively new electronic warfare suite. But if Admiral Gorshkov, and the rest of its flotilla, go straight to Cuba and makes no other stops in the region, its presence is still unlikely to go unnoticed by the U.S. government. It is the latest example of a larger trend on the part of the Kremlin to reinvigorate its relationship with the regime in Havana and ensure it has a firm base of operations in the United States' backyard. Yet how could a deadly Russian warship like that in the Caribbean Sea 'go unnoticed' by the US government when Vladmir Putin is warning of a potential global castastrophe ahead? The first two videos at the bottom of this story both take a look at the capabilities of the Admiral Gorshkov. And 'how prepared' is Iran for war as they now say they are? (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) As we had reported just days ago in our story titled "Massive Misdirection Now Ongoing On Iran: Experts Warn Iran Has Probably Had Nukes For Well Over 10 Years And Barack Obama Was 'Woefully Deceived' (Or 'Part Of The Plan'!)", anybody who thinks that Iran doesn't already have nukes hasn't been paying attention. As we had reported within that story, according to two US Congressmen, Iran may have already had nukes secretly for over 20 years, and had already likely tested their nukes in their northwestern hills. From that story.: So, is Iran already armed with nuclear weapons at a time when war looks to be on the table should those who've long been pushing for war with Iran and against America's best interests get their way? This excerpt from this story from NTI from all the way back in April of 1998 reported that according to two US Congressmen, Iran already had nukes, way back then! The Jerusalem Post reported on 16 April 1998 that two US Congressmen say they believe reports published in the paper on 9 and 10 April 1998 that Iran has acquired nuclear weapons from the former Soviet republic of Kazakhstan. The opinions of the congressmen contradict the views of the US State Department and Defense Department, which have dismissed the reports. Representative Jim Saxton (R-NJ), chariman of the House Task Force on Terrorism and Unconventional Warfare, told the Jerusalem Post 'I believe that Iran already has nuclear weapons and that our policy should reflect that.' Representative Bill McCollum (R-FL), also a member of the task force, said that evidence collected by the group 'indicates Iran possesses nuclear capability.' He added that 'for years, we have received reliable information that Iran has been obtaining nuclear weapons's parts and supplies from the former Soviet republics in Central Asia. Not only have we not dismissed these reports, but over these six years there has been a growing volume of supporting evidence.' The article also cited Israeli MP Rafi Ekul as saying that 'several leading members of the US military have believed that Iran managed to smuggle in several nuclear devices.' McCollum said that Iran's attempts to acquire ballistic missiles and its strategic command and control exercises also indicated that it possesses nuclear weapons. He concluded: 'Therefore I believe that prudence dictates that US policy toward Tehran must be based on the fact that Iran has already crossed the nuclear threshold.' And as we asked within that June 17th story, why would anyone WANT the US to get into a war with an already nuclear armed Iran? While the report that Iran already had nuclear weapons was denied by the Department of Defense and the US State Department, with President Trump possibly now considering military action against Iran, we can't help but keep coming back to this April of 2018 story over at the Washington Free Beacon within which they reported upon another reason that war against Iran should be avoided at all costs; Iranian-backed sleeper cells have long been 'hibernating' in America, positioned to attack. As we had also reported on ANP back on June 14th, according to testimony given before US Congress, Iran has long had sleeper cells hidden and embedded within communities across America. Living totally under the radar, those experts had warned that should war break out, they'd be unleashed to launch large scale terror attacks across the country. According to one expert who we had quoted within that June 14th story, such a situation could quickly put an end to our ability to move about freely in America, potentially even for years after a war had ended. First, from the Washington Free Beacon.: Iranian-backed militants are operating across the United States mostly unfettered, raising concerns in Congress and among regional experts that these "sleeper cell" agents are poised to launch a large-scale attack on the American homeland, according to testimony before lawmakers. Iranian agents tied to the terror group Hezbollah have already been discovered in the United States plotting attacks, giving rise to fears that Tehran could order a strike inside America should tensions between the Trump administration and Islamic Republic reach a boiling point. Intelligence officials and former White House officials confirmed to Congress on Tuesday that such an attack is not only plausible, but relatively easy for Iran to carry out at a time when the Trump administration is considering abandoning the landmark nuclear deal and reapplying sanctions on Tehran. And as we had reported on ANP back on May 12th, those same experts who testified to Congress warned that the Iranian terror network using Hezbollah cells could use Latin American countries as a launching pad to carry out attacks against the US, giving President Trump another reason to get that wall built as soon as possible though if war begins within the next 10 days, it'll be far too late. From Al Arabiya.: In Latin America, Hezbollah cells are openly active, which also means that Iran may take Latin America as an advanced launching pad for attacks on US territory or on Washington’s interests in the region when it wants, especially after threats by Hezbollah leader Hassan Nasrallah to target the United States. Intelligence officials and former White House officials have warned Congress that Iran could be planning to launch attacks against the United States. “The answer is absolutely. We do face a threat,” said Emanuele Ottolenghi, a senior fellow at the Foundation for Defense of Democracies who spoke at a hearing of the House Homeland Security Committee’s subcommittee on counterterrorism and intelligence. “Their networks are present in the United States.” “Iran’s proxy terror networks in Latin America are run by Tehran’s wholly owned Lebanese franchise Hezbollah,” he said, the Washington Free Beacon reported. “Their presence in Latin America must be viewed as a forward operating base against America’s interest in the region and the homeland itself.” Ottolenghi said the sleeper agents enter America by posing as immigrants who develop legitimate businesses that are a front for their other activities. Finally, we'll republish these words of warning from a former high ranking US Air Force strategist who now lives in the Middle East and who warned of the kind of pain that will likely come to America should war with Iran break out. Via widespread terrorist attacks upon either soft targets such as malls in America or amusement parks, we also can't forget the very real possibility that other potential targets of sleeper cells could be our infrastructure, with the worst potential outcome being a series of co-ordinated attacks upon the electrical grid that could knock out the power nationwide or to large regions. Any conflict would spill over onto the streets of mainland USA with multiple terror attacks. He added: “Iran will undoubtedly use terrorism to strike the US if push came to shove. “It’s easy to be brave NOW, but the US isn’t under attack. If a real war happened, we would have MULTIPLE Shiite attacks on targets like Times Square, Mall of the Americas, Disneyland…. You get the idea. So does Iran. So does Hezbollah." And then their source alluded to something that most Americans would call an absolute nightmare. “These attacks may take place YEARS after the war… literally. Kiss your freedom of movement goodbye, for YEARS." “I’m not sure any American would say that is a good trade-off.” And should any potential Middle East war escalate to a very real global war against Russia, we cannot forget these incredibly important words of warning from Dr. Peter Vincent Pry who back on March 14th of 2018 wrote this story on ANP titled "Expert Warns: 'MAD Is No Longer Mutual' - Thanks To 8 Years Of Barack Obama, America Is Now Unilaterally Vulnerable To Nuclear Destruction" within which Dr. Pry had warned that the US had fallen woefully behind Russia in the most deadly kind of new nuclear weapons, hypersonic nuclear missiles, which even a US General and a Republican United States Senator have admitted we have no way of stopping. So with a nuclear World War 3 potentially now on the line with Russia should the very worst case scenarios come to pass, and that war being a war that we probably cannot win, any wrong moves in the Middle East that gets the US into a war with Iran that leads to global war with Russia could immediately bring about 'the end' with the Russian President also warning just days ago of the 'fiery serpent of nuclear war' potentially ushering in 'end times'. So we're thankful that President Trump called off a planned attack against Iran after the drone was shot down and is allegedly seeking a meeting with the leaders of Iran. Let's put an end to this madness before this madness puts an end to all of us.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Iran_Heats_Up_Putin_Warns_End_Is_Nigh.php 

:: 6--19 Voat :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

BETRAYED! ATTACK TARGET LIST SENT TO IRAN BEFORE US STRIKE; ABORTED (GreatAwakening)

submitted 2 days ago by german_bro

The United States planned a military strike against Iran over its downing of a US Drone yesterday, but the attack had to be called-off because an American target list was forwarded to the Iranian Revolutionary Guard Corp as the US operation got underway. US Intelligence determined that a security breach had taken place and our pilots would be flying into a death trap had the operation been allowed to proceed. As US fighter and/or Bomber aircraft were to take off for targets involving Iran, US intelligence intercepted "a communication" - they won't say whether it was a phone call, FAX, e-mail, or radio transmission - with a VERSION of the finalized target list that American forces were ordered to destroy. The version Iran received was not the finalized list, but instead was one of the lists mulled-over prior to the final decision. Some of the targets on the list sent to Iran WERE on the final target selection list. Upon receipt of the target list, US satellite assets watching Iran detected hasty moving of anti-aircraft and surface-to-air missile assets toward the targets to defend them. It quickly became clear to US intelligence that American pilots could be flying to their deaths if the attack was allowed to proceed. President Trump was advised of this development and he allegedly ordered the mission ABORTED. Very few people had direct access to those target selection lists and the release of a quasi-accurate list has sparked a ferocious military and law enforcement investigation into the leak.  "We know who had access to the particular list of targets that was sent to Iran and the investigation will move very swiftly to deal with those people" said one senior official. "As we proceed from this point, the leakers will be totally isolated from future target deliberations." he continued. The remarks by this senior official seem to indicate the leak may not have come from inside the USA, but rather from an ally nation, who had been made privy to US thinking prior to the attack order being given. https://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/en/news-page/news-nation/betrayed-attack-target-list-sent-to-iran-before-us-strike-aborted 

https://www.voat.co/v/GreatAwakening/3292304  

[ :: 1-17-18 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

For as I have said unto you and as you have noticed the weather, the weather, the weather, the troubles that are going on here, the troubles that are going on there, the preparation for war, not just North Korea but Russia and other countries that hate America, they are preparing and getting ready.  For the hour is much later than most people think,

:: 6-21-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Crazy June weather: It’s snowing in Montana and British Columbia the day before summer!

By Strange Sounds - Jun 21, 2019

Winter intruded into Montana on the day before summer as nowfall was reported in the Bozeman area Thursday, the last day of spring. Watch the video to see this crazy Montana weather: Meanwhile, Spring snow hit Okanagan Connector for second day on June 20, 2019. For the second day in a row, late spring snow has hit the Okanagan Connector between Aspen Grove and Brenda Mines. Shortly after 3 p.m. Thursday, Environment Canada posted to Twitter saying there was a “cool airmass” bringing snow to the area. “Showers/flurries will end this evening,” the tweet added. On Wednesday, Environment Canada issued a special weather statement for the area saying there was “unseasonable snowfall.” The special weather statement ended that afternoon and another has not been issued since.

Snow in June… That’s pretty crazy for Montana and BC!

http://strangesounds.org/2019/06/snow-montana-british-columbia-summer-video.html 

[ ::  12-31-18/1-1-19 New Years Eve service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc hour is getting very close.  The earthquakes shall now get bigger, far bigger, far bigger, more powerful, the tornadoes and the hurricanes, oh you will see storms like the world has not seen, volcanoes like the world does not remember. Oh the things that are about to take place simply because it is my timing, etc

:: 6-21-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Another powerful M6.2 earthquake hits off New Zealand

By Strange Sounds - Jun 21, 2019

A few days after a series of large earthquakes hit northeast Kermanec Islands off New Zealand, another strong M6.2 quake rattled the same area on June 21, 2019.

No tsunami warnings and dangers. The area was struck on June 15-16, 2019 by 3 strong earthquakes with magnitudes of 6.1, 7.2 and 6.3, respectively. This part of the Ring of Fire is currently very active. Fear is raising in New Zealand after a leading expert has warned a deadly underground volcanic eruption could strike urban Auckland at any moment causing torrents of lava to flow through the streets. Time will tell… But be prepared!

http://strangesounds.org/2019/06/new-zealand-earthquake-june212019-map.html 

[ :: 12-31-01 New Years Eve Service (fifth word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc But you must listen and understand what I have said. Your southern states will become a place far too hot to live and with the power shortages that will be there. The seashores shall be gone as far as twelve miles inland and further in some places. Hear what I have to say and listen. The northeast shall become a good place because of its water supplies, milder winters and not as hot summers. Larger cities will not be a place to live. I say unto you, wake up and hear and make some changes that it will be well with you. Soon the great earthquake that shall cause the West Coast to be unrecognized shall take place. Oh, that my people would listen and live. etc

:: 6-22-19 Light Has Come :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

6 Quakes Hit Cascadia Subduction Zone Off Oregon; “The Big One” Coming? (Hal Turner Reports)

By MsSophie | June 22, 2019 | Nation News Desk 22 June 2019 Hits: 8043

UNPRECEDENTED! 6 Quakes Hit Cascadia Subduction Zone off Oregon; “The Big One” Coming?

Since 8:43 AM eastern US time Saturday, (90 minutes ago) SIX earthquakes have struck in the dangerous Cascadia Subduction Zone (CSZ) off the coast of Oregon, and THREE of those quakes were higher than Magnitude 5.0. “The Big One” might be coming soon! According to the US Geological Survey, the quake swarm began around 8:43 AM eastern time today, and the size of the quakes is significant:

4.7

Off the coast of Oregon

2019-06-22 13:40:13 (UTC)

10.0 km

4.2

Off the coast of Oregon

2019-06-22 13:37:31 (UTC)

10.0 km

4.2

Off the coast of Oregon

2019-06-22 13:16:10 (UTC)

10.0 km

5.4

Off the coast of Oregon

2019-06-22 13:00:17 (UTC)

10.0 km

5.4

Off the coast of Oregon

2019-06-22 12:52:04 (UTC)

10.0 km

5.0

Off the coast of Oregon

2019-06-22 12:43:42 (UTC)

This earthquake fault system is considered to bethe most dangerous in the worldbecause its location and the type of earthquakes this system can create, in relation to its location near heavily populated areas, means it can generate devastating earthquakes which could kill tens of thousands and destroy entire cities. Making the system even worse is its location in the ocean. A Mega-Thrust earthquake from this system (the type of quake that subduction zones typically cause) would generate a TSUNAMI WAVE that would move at 600 MPH into the US West Coast, obliterating almost everything west if Interstate 5. The Scientific Model in the video below tells the tale. A Mega-Thrust earthquake from this very system, would generate HORRIFIC Tsunamis that would not only wipe out much of the US (and Canadian) west coast, but would hit every other coastline in the Pacific Ocean hours later. The damage and death toll would be unimaginable! This quake swarm – at these magnitudes – is unprecedented. Folks on the US West Coast must be vigilant and prepared.

https://lighthascome.com/2019/06/22/6-quakes-hit-cascadia-subduction-zone-off-oregon-the-big-one-coming-hal-turner-reports/

[ :: 8-9-17 pm service (first word)  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc.  If you look at Russia she is ready to strike, Iran ready to strike, North Korea ready to strike, they are not playing games; they are serious with the things that they are saying.  Only you have felt that they have feared you, and because you have felt that they have feared you, you are not listening as close as you should. etc.  

:: 6-22-19 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Inside Iran’s deadly armory and its capabilities to fight the US

By Hollie McKay | Fox News

Trump confirms he called off retaliatory attack against Iran '10 minutes' before strike

The president says he called off the attack because the number of expected casualties was not 'proportionate' to what Tehran did; Benjamin Hall reports. In the hours after Iran is said to have downed a $125 million U.S. surveillance drone over international waters with a surface-to-air missile, despite Tehran’s vehement denials, President Trump gave the green light to retaliatory military strikes before later ordering a halt amid the alarming spike in tensions. The inflammatory incident – which comes on the heels of escalating rhetoric between Washington and Tehran and other apparent sabotage vessel attacks – has many U.S. lawmakers and officials still fearing that some form of a military confrontation may be inevitable. But just how capable is Iran when it comes to fighting back and what lurks inside the country's shadowy arms arsenal and how is the Iranian military structured?

“Iran has two military institutions. First is the Artesh, or the regular armed forces – Army, Navy, Air – and then there's the Revolutionary Guard or IRGC with its own separate chain of command and force structure. Most of the subterfuge and malicious activities in the Middle East that can be attributed to Iranian actors is the work of the IRGC,” Miguel Miranda, an expert analyst in military technology in Asia, told Fox News. “Now Iran has a colorful arsenal and much of it is obviously dated but still functional. Old CH-47 Chinook helicopters and M60 Patton tanks immediately come to mind – this is what the Artesh are stuck with.” THE MASTER BEHIND THE MASK: WHO IS IRAN’S MOST FEARED AND POWERFUL MILITARY COMMANDER? But, he cautioned, since the 1990’s Iran's state-owned military-industrial sector has made steady progress in four particular areas and is now a “regional leader” alongside Israel and Turkey when it comes to unmanned systems, small arms and light weapons, artillery, and ballistic missiles and other guided munitions.Iran has demonstrated it can launch dozens of road-mobile short-range ballistic missiles at targets beyond its borders. Recent innovations include a cruise missile likely patterned on a Soviet design with a range exceeding 1200 miles,” Miranda continued. “Iran’s missile technology and ability to manufacture these is far more advanced than any Arab state. Iran can mass produce short, medium, and long-range anti-aircraft missiles based on-reversed engineered Chinese, Russian and U.S. models.” While Iran has been a party to the Treaty on the Non-Proliferation of Nuclear Weapons (NPT) for almost four decades, it is not a member of the Missile Technology Control Regime (MTCR) nor The Hague Code of Conduct against Ballistic Missile Proliferation. Since the 1979 revolution and imposition of hefty western sanctions, coupled with the devastating 1980’s war with bordering Iraq, Iran has been battling a feeble economy and tight restrictions when it comes to easily advancing its weapons cache the way most others in the region have been able to do. Thus, much of the Iranian depository is said to be locally made, with abundant government funding to spend on everything from importing tools and parts to developing factories – with a little help from the outside. According to John Wood, analyst and author of “Russia, the Asymmetric Threat to the United States,” Iran acquires majority of its equipment and expertise from Russia and China, along with “acquiring technology through the black market, especially from Eastern Europe and North Korea, as well as through clandestine operations in Western Europe.” While the UN conventional arms embargo has somewhat helped limit what Iran can access abroad through official channels, it expires in October 2020 – rendering an open question as to whether Iran can then purchase more state-of-the-art weaponry from a broader array of players. Miranda underscored that Iranian drones are “another success story” and they boast having all types from handheld prop-driven spy planes to long-endurance models that carry bombs on their wings to the notorious Saeqeh that comes with a “jet-powered UAV able to launch munitions.” And then there is a covert action routinely employed to mimic the inventions of its enemies – in particular, Miranda surmised, is that the losses of U.S drones throughout the protracted war in Afghanistan have aided Iran in the way of acquiring the damaged models and enable them to analyze them for reverse engineering. “Iran will use militias, cells, and spies, in Shia communities throughout the region to conduct sabotage, especially of the energy complex, kidnapping of Westerners and attacks on the US and its allies,” Wood told Fox News, via email. “Over the decades, Iran has developed an extensive and robust military-industrial complex – they also have chemical and biological weapons.” Yet the breadth and condition of its chemical and biological capabilities – despite having ratified the Biological and Toxin Weapons Convention (BTWC) in 1973 – is not completely clear. Moreover, Jonathan Ruhe, associate director of the Jewish Institute for National Security of America’s (JINSA) Gemunder Center for Defense & Strategy, concurred that while Iran lacks the modernity of neighboring countries, it has sought not to match its stockpile with big players like the United States, but has instead become particularly skilled at “using basic capabilities in sophisticated ways to target U.S. and allies’ vulnerabilities, like overwhelming naval and air defenses with lots of attack craft, missiles and drones.” “Ironically as we’re seeing now, as we saw in the 1980s, Iran’s use of simple naval mines in vital shipping lanes can do a lot in terms of escalating tension with the United States,” he explained. “Decades of sanctions have forced Iran to develop a sizable domestic arms industry. These are not latest-generation capabilities, and they wouldn’t defeat the U.S. in a major head-on conflict. But they are good enough, and Iran has enough of them to make it difficult for the U.S. and allied forces.” Last year, Trump controversially pulled out of the 2015 nuclear agreement with Iran, re-imposing grueling economic sanctions and applying what experts have coined a “maximum pressure” campaign on Tehran’s regime. GET THE FOX NEWS APP Meanwhile, Iran has for weeks warned it will ignite a treacherous chapter in its dispute with the West next week, threatening to dump aspects of the fragile nuclear deal and resume stockpiling unless European signatories to the deal can get around the crippling U.S. sanctions. “Iran has significant manpower and a network of proxies and partners around the region that could be activated to deter direct attacks on Iranian soil,” added Ali Vaez, Director of the Iran Project, via email. “It would be a mistake to think that an escalation between Iran and the U.S. will be a quick, cheap or easy military operation. It could well lead to a major confrontation involving major losses in blood and treasure on both sides, and even a wider regional war involving their respective allies.”

https://www.foxnews.com/tech/inside-irans-deadly-armory 

:: 6-18-19 Christian Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Anne Graham Lotz recalls supernatural 'miracle' that took place at funeral of father Billy Graham

By Leah MarieAnn Klett, Christian Post Reporter

Evangelist Anne Graham Lotz has said a “miracle” took place when the Holy Spirit “supernaturally equipped” her to deliver a powerful message at the funeral of her iconic evangelist father, Billy Graham, in March of 2018. On Father’s Day, Lotz, founder of AnGeL Ministries and the third daughter of Graham, wrote on her blog that one of her “recurring nightmares is to find myself on a stage with people looking at me, yet I have no prepared message to give.” “As my father became older and more feeble, I was advised to prepare well in advance for any remarks I might be asked to give at his service,” she recalled. “Yet as hard as I tried, I could not come up with anything beforehand. I trusted that God would give me what He wanted me to say, if and when the time came.” Billy Graham passed away on February 21, 2018 and his death set in motion an entire series of events that ran almost 24-7 until his funeral service on March 2 in Charlotte, North Carolina. Lotz said she, along with her siblings, had agreed to speak at their father’s funeral — but “in the days that followed, I literally had no time at all to prepare.” One hour before the service began, Lotz admitted she terrified to speak, knowing the audience would include the president of the United States and his wife, the vice-president and his wife, the governor of our state, senators, congressmen, and “just about every well-known leader in the evangelical world.” “Yet I had nothing prepared to say! So I put my head down on a table, closed my eyes, and thought I would pass out. I couldn’t even pray. It was as though my reoccurring nightmare had become a reality,” she wrote. But as she walked up to the podium to speak, a “miracle occurred.”

“When I stood at the podium, all the fear, dizziness, and grief fell away,” the evangelist wrote. “What was left was a clarity of thought and a prophetic message that I knew, even as I heard my own words pouring forth, was a manifestation of the Spirit of God who is Jesus in me.” “I knew, and am still convinced today, that it was the Spirit’s supernatural equipping of God’s feeble child for that moment,” she declared. “I believe my father was honored, Jesus was exalted, and God was glorified as His Word went forth to the entire world through television, livestream, and social media.” Lotz concluded: "And if God could do that for me, He can do it for you, too ...Tell others that they have a Heavenly Father who loves them. Who sent His own Son to die to take away their sin and guilt. And that if they place their faith in Him, they would be forgiven, reconciled to the Father, and receive eternal life. Just do it! Scared!" At her father’s funeral, Lotz urged the Church, the world, and herself to "wake up!" She said that like a modern-day Moses, Billy Graham brought liberation to people through the Gospel and she believed his death on Feb. 21 at the age of 99 "is a shot across the bow from Heaven." "My father also is a great liberator. He brought millions of people out of bondage to sin and it gets us to the edge of Heaven, edge of the Promised Land, and then God has called him home. And could it be that God is going to bring Joshua to lead us into the Promised Land to lead us to heaven?" Lotz asked. "And do you know what the New Testament name is for Joshua? It's Jesus. And I believe this is a shot across the bow from Heaven. And I believe God is saying, 'Wake up Church! Wake up world! Wake up Anne! Jesus is coming. Jesus is coming,'" she said, pledging to preach God's Word for the rest of her life. Billy Graham was buried at the Billy Graham Library Prayer Garden next to his wife, Ruth, located at the Billy Graham Evangelistic Association in Charlotte.

https://www.christianpost.com/news/anne-graham-lotz-recalls-supernatural-miracle-that-took-place-at-funeral-of-father-billy-graham.html 

:: 6-22-19 New York Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Iran renews threats against US as tensions escalate

By Mary Kay Linge June 22, 2019 | 10:54am

Iran has renewed its threats against the United States on Saturday, saying that it will not permit its borders to be violated. “Iran will firmly confront any aggression or threat by America,” said Iranian foreign ministry spokesman Abbas Mousavi, according to the semi-official Tasnim news agency. The statement came after President Trump launched, then halted, a military strike against Iran on Thursday. He clarified on Friday that he never gave final approval for the attack. On Thursday night, the US deployed cyber warfare against Iran, according to Yahoo News. The digital response reportedly targeted an Iran-based spy group that was involved in last week’s mine attacks on cargo ships.

Tensions have risen sharply in the region in recent weeks. The USS Abraham Lincoln aircraft carrier strike group has been deployed to the Gulf, and about 1,000 American troops are expected to be stationed in Qatar in the coming days. Meanwhile, US-imposed sanctions have constrained Iran’s economy.

https://nypost.com/2019/06/22/iran-renews-threats-against-us-as-tensions-escalate/ 

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 6-22-19 TownHall :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Why California Pastors Must Stand Up to Government Tyranny

Michael Brown Posted: Jun 21, 2019 2:41 PM

In the latest and most egregious example of attempted government overreach, California legislators have proposed a bill that would dictate what pastors preach from the pulpit. Specifically, “Assembly Concurrent Resolution 99 calls on ‘counselors, pastors, religious workers, educators’ and institutions with ‘great moral influence’ to stop perpetuating the idea that something is wrong with LGBT identities or sexual behavior. ACR 99 also condemns attempts to change unwanted same-sex attraction or gender confusion as ‘unethical,’ ‘harmful,’ and leading to high rates of suicide.” Put another way, these legislators are telling pastors and spiritual leaders to throw out the Bible, disregard the Lord’s will, ignore the testimony of thousands of ex-gays, and conform to extreme political correctness – or else.

This is one of the most frontal attacks on our religious freedoms in memory (or, perhaps, in our nation’s history) and nothing less than that ancient spirit of Jezebel trying to silence God’s messengers through fear and intimidation. There is one way to respond to such spiritual and legal attacks: First, stand up against the bill in order to expose its bias and bigotry; and second, if the bill should actually pass (which might be a longshot even in California), defy it. View CartoonIn the year 123 A.D., the Roman government launched a severe crackdown against the Jews, culminating in 134 A.D., when all Jewish practices were forbidden, including circumcision, Torah study, and Sabbath observance. How did the rabbis respond? One of the noted leaders, Rabbi Hananiah ben Teradyon conducted public Torah classes, paying for it with his life. But this was no emotional, spur of the moment decision. There was a rationale behind his actions, traceable back to Rabbi Akiva, the greatest rabbinic sage of that day (but not a believer in Jesus), also martyred for his allegiance to Torah. The Talmud relates: “Once the wicked Roman government issued a decree forbidding the Jews to study and practice the Torah. Pappus ben Judah came by and, upon finding Rabbi Akiva publicly holding sessions in which he occupied himself with Torah, Pappus asked him: Akiva, are you not afraid of the government?

https://townhall.com/columnists/michaelbrown/2019/06/21/why-california-pastors-must-stand-up-to-government-tyranny-n2548765 

[ :: 7-11-04 pm service (fifth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Did I not warn you that the days would be like Sodom and Gomorrah as it was in the days of Lot? When America accepts this lifestyle and makes a law protecting them, she will be like Samson breaking her last vow. I will no longer stand with her neither will my blessing be upon her, then shall come to pass in my timing, the twenty four hour period of Babylon’s destruction. For you have not a leader of this country who follows my word or ways. They have gone the ways of the antichrist system and forsaken the religion of their forefathers of days gone by. etc..

:: 6-16-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Democrats Have Ensured God's Judgement Upon Our Country With Their Push To Turn America Into The Modern Day Sodom And Gomorrah

- World’s Leading Gay Biblical Theologian Defends Pete Buttigieg!

By Don Boys, Ph.D. - All News Pipeline June 16, 2019

Radical homosexuals, with missionary zeal, declare that David and Jonathan were lovers but the LGBTQ crowd must twist the Bible and common sense like a pretzel to spin their myth and excuse their foul practices. Homosexuals hope they can spin it enough to send one of their own to the White House but if Pete and Mrs. Pete make it to the White House, they are almost inviting God’s judgment on America.  Surely, sane, sensible, and sober Americans would not send a sodomite to the White House. I received a missive from a man who claimed to be “World’s Leading Gay BIBLICAL Theologian Who is Gay.” This was his reaction to my article titled, “Pete, Since You Brought it Up, How Gay Are You?” The “gay” theologian declared that David and Jonathan’s “first Gay marriage in the Bible is the MOST DOCUMENTED MARRIAGE and BEST DOCUMENTED MARRIAGE in the entire Bible.” Homosexuals do much yelling but he’s dreaming, disingenuous, or delusional. (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) In his first 10 lines, he managed to misspell Jonathan’s name twice. However, I am not concerned with his ignorance (or carelessness) or even his arrogance but his blasphemous, dishonest, and reckless treatment of the Bible. This dude is really ripe. He wipes the purple Kool Aid from his lips and asserts, “I especially like I Samuel 18:4 where Jonathon (sic) takes off all his clothes and shows David his naked genitals.” But, of course, the Bible does not say anything similar to that. It is a perversion of Scripture. That perversion is reflected by homosexuals in all areas—they pervert history, sex, the Bible, and common sense. Anything to justify their chosen, wicked lifestyle. My critic declares that this is the first “gay” marriage in the Bible and is “the most documented marriage and best documented marriage in the entire Bible, including the heterosexual ones.” He thinks that his hyperbole will impress me and hopes to appear almost normal by making the Bible say something it does not say. There was no marriage, no sex; only a brotherhood covenant between two friends. In I Samuel 18:4, Jonathan took off his outer garments and gave them to David along with his sword, girdle, and bow continuing a very ancient practice. For sure, he did not expose his naked body to David. David, having married Jonathan’s sister, had developed a relationship with him that was closer than a brother. This is shocking when you realize that Jonathan was the heir to the throne and David was a young, poorly dressed, awkward shepherd who was a rival to that throne. Yet, it was a friendship that grew so much that Jonathan loved him as his own soul. Jonathan was fearful that his mentally disturbed father might actually take the life of David.

Jonathan removed his robe and put it on David so that David was now clothed in princely attire instead of his rough, country attire. Such covenants of brotherhood were frequent in the East and were confirmed in the presence of witnesses that the persons covenanting would be sworn brothers for life.

Match Exact Phrase

Wednesday, June 19, 2019 [All News] [News] [Alt News]

Please Visit Whatfinger News - Conservative Frontpage founded by veterans.

"The Best Mix Of Hard-Hitting REAL News & Cutting-Edge Alternative News On The Web"

June 16, 2019

Democrats Have Ensured God's Judgment Upon Our Country With Their Push To Turn America Into The Modern Day Sodom And Gomorrah

- World’s Leading Gay Biblical Theologian Defends Pete Buttigieg!

By Don Boys, Ph.D. - All News Pipeline

Radical homosexuals, with missionary zeal, declare that David and Jonathan were lovers but the LGBTQ crowd must twist the Bible and common sense like a pretzel to spin their myth and excuse their foul practices. Homosexuals hope they can spin it enough to send one of their own to the White House but if Pete and Mrs. Pete make it to the White House, they are almost inviting God’s judgment on America.  Surely, sane, sensible, and sober Americans would not send a sodomite to the White House. I received a missive from a man who claimed to be “World’s Leading Gay BIBLICAL Theologian Who is Gay.” This was his reaction to my article titled, “Pete, Since You Brought it Up, How Gay Are You?The “gay” theologian declared that David and Jonathan’s “first Gay marriage in the Bible is the MOST DOCUMENTED MARRIAGE and BEST DOCUMENTED MARRIAGE in the entire Bible.” Homosexuals do much yelling but he’s dreaming, disingenuous, or delusional.

(If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) In his first 10 lines, he managed to misspell Jonathan’s name twice. However, I am not concerned with his ignorance (or carelessness) or even his arrogance but his blasphemous, dishonest, and reckless treatment of the Bible. This dude is really ripe. He wipes the purple Kool Aid from his lips and asserts, “I especially like I Samuel 18:4 where Jonathon (sic) takes off all his clothes and shows David his naked genitals.” But, of course, the Bible does not say anything similar to that. It is a perversion of Scripture. That perversion is reflected by homosexuals in all areas—they pervert history, sex, the Bible, and common sense. Anything to justify their chosen, wicked lifestyle. My critic declares that this is the first “gay” marriage in the Bible and is “the most documented marriage and best documented marriage in the entire Bible, including the heterosexual ones.” He thinks that his hyperbole will impress me and hopes to appear almost normal by making the Bible say something it does not say. There was no marriage, no sex; only a brotherhood covenant between two friends. In I Samuel 18:4, Jonathan took off his outer garments and gave them to David along with his sword, girdle, and bow continuing a very ancient practice. For sure, he did not expose his naked body to David. David, having married Jonathan’s sister, had developed a relationship with him that was closer than a brother. This is shocking when you realize that Jonathan was the heir to the throne and David was a young, poorly dressed, awkward shepherd who was a rival to that throne. Yet, it was a friendship that grew so much that Jonathan loved him as his own soul. Jonathan was fearful that his mentally disturbed father might actually take the life of David. Jonathan removed his robe and put it on David so that David was now clothed in princely attire instead of his rough, country attire. Such covenants of brotherhood were frequent in the East and were confirmed in the presence of witnesses that the persons covenanting would be sworn brothers for life. For an ordinary person to receive any part of the dress which had been worn by a sovereign, or his eldest son was deemed the highest honor which could be conferred on a citizen. The girdle, being connected with the sword and the bow, was considered as being part of the military dress, and great value was attached to it in the East. Jonathan was recognizing David as a dear friend and a military hero. After all, he had recently killed a giant that no one else was willing to attempt. If anyone in Israel had reason to dislike David, it was Jonathan. David was not trained for a royal court. He pitched aside his common staff and sling replacing them with Jonathan’s sword and bow. David was now ready for any court appearance and for any battle.

This giving of apparel by an authority is revealed in Esther 6:8, “Let the royal apparel be brought which the king useth to wear, and the horse that the king rideth upon, and the crown royal which is set upon his head.” Another biblical example is seen in Genesis 41:42 when Pharaoh removed his ring and put it on the finger of Joseph after Pharaoh had placed him over all the land of Egypt. The giving of clothes and military equipment was practiced in the days of Homer and the Trojan wars. This was done to confer dignity and distinction to a deserving person. Homer revealed this practice, among other examples, when Ulysses received a gift of the armor from Meriones. Obviously, sex was not involved in the ancient practice of covenant friendship by the giving of personal items as a token of brotherhood. David and Jonathan were not homosexuals. Obviously, homosexuals are not good Bible expositors—not even the “world’s leading ‘gay’ biblical theologian who is ‘gay’.” I wonder if our “leading ‘gay’ theologian” knows the meaning of superfluous. How about redundant? Surely he is familiar with unnecessary. Another reason David and Jonathan were not homosexuals is because the Bible condemned David's adultery with Bathsheba, so it would surely not be silent about sodomy. But there is no condemnation of David’s homosexuality because he was not a homosexual. You may remember that David was attracted to women especially Bathsheba. Moreover, he had seven wives plus concubines according to I Chronicles 3. David was not sexually attracted to men; however, God never approved of his multiple wives and concubines or of perversion between two men or two women. In fact, God showed hot anger at perversion as per the case of Sodom and Gomorrah. I remind my readers that the parties have stopped in Sodom. Sooner or later, they all end. God’s clear plan for the human race is for a man to have one wife and treat her like a queen for a lifetime. The “gay” clown posing as a Bible scholar even says King Saul accused Jonathan of “being gay and having sex with David in I Samuel 20:30-32. And Jonathan doesn’t deny it.” All right, I’ll admit that Jonathan did not deny it but he didn’t deny it because Saul never accused him of it. There was a very important annual family dinner that David missed causing a fuss at the royal table between Saul and Jonathan. Saul tried to kill his son and Jonathan left in a huff without eating. But it had nothing to do with sex. Have you noticed that with homosexuals everything has to do with sex? But it gets worse because the “World’s Leading Gay Biblical theologian Who is Gay” further wrote, “David and Jonathan laid in the field having sex until David climaxed.” He made that up out of I Samuel 20:41 which does not mention sex. National events were moving fast and King Saul was often mentally unstable and had tried to kill both his son and David. Soon, Israel would be humiliated and defeated in battle and Saul, Jonathan, and his brothers would be dead on the slopes of Mount Gilboa. Both David and Jonathan knew events were moving toward a showdown and they wept and kissed each other before they separated. The text says that David “exceeded” not “climaxed.” David was more emotional than Jonathan knowing that Jonathan would soon be dead. David knew he was about to lose his dearest friend and wept bitter tears more profusely than Jonathan. It was a climax but not a sexual climax. The only acceptable, appropriate, and approved sex in the Bible is between a married man and woman. All other sex is evil. Homosexuals, peddling their hokum like the world’s leading “gay” theologian, are trying to use darkness to extinguish the light but it won’t work—light expels darkness. That goes for Pete as well.

(Dr. Don Boys is a former member of the Indiana House of Representatives who ran a large Christian school in Indianapolis and wrote columns for USA Today for eight years and authored 18 books. His eBook Martin Luther King, Jr.: Judged by His Character, Not His Color! can be viewed and purchased here. Follow Dr. Boys on Facebook at Don Boys, Ph.D. and TheGodHaters, Twitter, and visit his blog.)

http://allnewspipeline.com/Dems_Invite_Gods_Judgement_On_America.php 

[ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::] 

John 15:20 Remember the word that I said unto you, The servant is not greater than his lord. If they have persecuted me, they will also persecute you; if they have kept my saying, they will keep yours also. (KJV)

:: 6--19 news.com.au :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Kmart blames ban on Christian words on ‘system error’

A Christian was outraged by an “error” on photos he printed in Kmart for his church group. Now a Sunrise host has angrily weighed in. A Kmart photo kiosk ban on the words “God”, “church”, “Jesus”, “Jewish” and “bible” has been blamed on a software issue, but not everybody is buying it. A quirk in the system emerged when shoppers tried to add captions to their photographs on Tuesday. Shoppers Anthony Dorsett and his wife Marelynda were stopped from captioning photographs with the words “church” and “Jesus”, the Daily Telegraph reported. An investigation that followed revealed a perceived bias. Words like “Islam”, “Allah” and “Koran” were all permissible. Kmart responded to the story by denying the ban was intentional. A spokeswoman said it was a “system error and it will be updated overnight”. “It in no way reflects our views as a business,” she said. “At Kmart, we support diversity and inclusiveness irrespective of race, religion, age, gender, ethnicity, ability, appearance or attitude and we want our teams and stores to reflect the communities in which we operate.” But Sunrise host Sam Armytage called that excuse “rubbish” and her guest, social commentator Jane Caro, said Kmart should apologise. “They just need to say ‘Wow, stupid, sorry. We’ve fixed it. We didn’t mean to give anybody offence’.” Sky News panellist Daisy Cousens took it a step further, calling it a “huge double standard”. “Fair dinkum. What do you say to that? It’s like something out of a kind of South Park parody of social justice,” she said. “It’s like it’s a joke. Sure, they’ve blamed it on a software error but isn’t that what you blame everything on when something goes wrong that’s somewhat controversial? This is just unbelievable. It’s such a huge double standard.” Mr Dowsett told The Daily Telegraph he was trying to print photographs for his church group. He said his wife was “offended” and she “thought it was disgusting”. “She is not a snowflake or anything, she doesn’t get offended by much but this offended her,” he said.

https://www.news.com.au/finance/business/retail/kmart-blames-ban-on-christian-words-on-system-error/news-story/84f22c818e4b32dd6f4423faee6a692a 

:: 6--19 The Burning Platform :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The future of men and marriage is bleak

Via The Washington Times

With Father’s Day upon us, the time has come to address as a nation what Heather Mac Donald noted earlier this year is “the greatest social catastrophe of our time”: fatherlessness. Fatherlessness is the No. 1 cause of nearly all social ills we face. We can’t afford to ignore it any longer. To be clear, father absence is the more accurate term, since fatherlessness implies that men have become “deadbeat dads” — nothing could be further from the truth. Sure, this faction exists, as do “deadbeat moms.” But the two most significant threats to a father’s presence in the home are divorce and out-of-wedlock births. It’s the breakdown of marriage, in other words, or the collapse of the family, that results in father-absent homes. Whether you feel its pain directly or not, it affects you. “Families are the building blocks of civilization,” writes Genevieve Wood at the Daily Signal. “They are personal relationships, but they greatly shape and serve the public good. Family breakdown harms society as a whole.” Indeed it does. And how, exactly, did the family fall apart? When we stopped valuing men and marriage. There was a time, believe it or not, when marriage was highly valued. Ergo, the majority of Americans married. They even looked forward to it! It was an honorable mark of adulthood to leave one’s family of origin and build a family of one’s own. Then came feminism. “And with it,” notes Dennis Prager in his “Fireside Chat” on marriage and children vs. career, “the notion that ‘a woman without a man is like a fish without a bicycle.'” This mantra was glamorized (though not coined) by Gloria Steinem in the 1970s and was quickly inculcated both in Prager’s generation and those that followed. Prager rightly defines America’s new narrative, which is directed specifically to women: “You don’t need a man; you need a career. Then you’ll be happy.” Since this narrative first took hold, America has undergone a sea change with respect to men and marriage. Marriage began to be viewed not as a given but as a possible accompaniment to a woman’s otherwise more important and exciting independent life — and men went along for the ride. What choice did they have? Then, sometime later, America upped the ante with a full-scale war on men and, more recently, with an attack on men’s very nature. Everybody Is Addicted. Men and boys have heard this message loud and clear, and as a result have stepped back or stopped trying. Boys are failing to grow up and make something of themselves because they lack fathers who can help them do just that. They lack fathers because America has made it clear that men are superfluous and even dangerous to women and children. As a result, half of America’s citizens have been marginalized, as evidenced by the meteoric rise of Jordan Peterson, who never set out to become a voice for men but inadvertently kicked over a hornet’s nest. The sheer number of males who cling to Peterson’s words of hope is staggering. He has become a lifeline to a lost generation of men. That’s really what we’re up against this Father’s Day: a lost generation of men. But it will be our loss in the end. We can’t afford for men to retreat any further than they have. The nuclear family is the foundation of America’s greatness; and a dearth of productive men invariably means, as Tucker Carlson noted in January, the subsequent disintegration of marriage. These two cannot be separated. Women don’t want to marry unemployed men or men who have no purpose. But women do want children and will go to great lengths to have them in unconventional ways. Thus, children (boys especially, since girls will still have their mothers) will remain fatherless, and the cycle will continue.

It is time for people to say “Enough!” We cannot survive as a nation without strong and competent men raising strong and competent boys who become the kind of men that women want to marry. We know those in power will do nothing about it; they’ve already proven it in spades. “The elites are absolutely unwilling to send the message that fathers are as important to their children as mothers,” Mac Donald told Carlson. “Their tongues are tied — they refuse to say it. It’s one of those truths that’s being completely denied by elite culture. Why? Because it violates the feminist nostrum that women can do it all.” And there it is. It has been 50 years since feminists first began to make the claim that women don’t need men, and by every statistical measure we are worse off because of it. How much longer are we willing to stay silent?

-----------------------------------------------------

The corrupt establishment will do anything to suppress sites like the Burning Platform from revealing the truth. The corporate media does this by demonetizing sites like mine by blackballing the site from advertising revenue. If you get value from this site, please keep it running with a donation. [Jim Quinn - PO Box 1520 Kulpsville, PA 19443] or Paypal

https://www.theburningplatform.com/2019/06/16/the-future-of-men-and-marriage-is-bleak/ 

:: 6-17-19 The Wall Street Journal :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Bitcoin Tops $9,000 as Crypto Rally Trounces Stocks, Bonds, Gold and Oil

Escalating U.S.-China trade tensions and Facebook’s plan to launch digital coin propel gains

By Steven Russolillo Updated June 17, 2019 10:57 pm ET

The price of bitcoin rose above $9,000, extending a rebound that has made cryptocurrencies far outperform traditional asset classes this year. Bitcoin on Monday reached $9,396.33, a 13-month high, according to CoinDesk, a research site. While stocks, bonds, gold and oil are all up this year, bitcoin’s rally trounces them all. Prices for bitcoin and rival digital currencies collapsed last year. Investors cite more institutional support for cryptocurrencies, escalating U.S.-China trade turmoil and Facebook Inc.’s planned digital coin as catalysts for the latest move higher. Facebook has signed up more than a dozen companies including Visa Inc., Mastercard Inc., PayPal Holdings Inc. and Uber Technologies Inc. to back its cryptocurrency, The Wall Street Journal reported last week. A digital coin, Libra, is set to launch next year. Though bitcoin and the underlying blockchain technology are rarely used for payments, Facebook is betting that its giant social network with billions of users will gravitate toward its crypto-based payments system. Investors, for their part, say a company of Facebook’s stature using a cryptocurrency gives the industry wider appeal. “When big, important companies get involved, crypto enters the zeitgeist in a different way,” said Rayne Steinberg, chief executive and co-founder at Arca, an asset-management firm that invests in digital currencies. He said the U.S.-China trade tensions have been a positive catalyst for bitcoin. The cryptocurrency was formed about a decade ago as a decentralized, autonomous network that isn’t controlled by any individual, company or government. That decentralized aspect has made it particularly attractive to some investors who have grown disenchanted with the world’s two largest economies engaging in a bitter trade dispute.

“In this digital world where you have an unseizable, unmanipulatable, uninflatable asset that acts as a store of value, there is going to be a demand for that,” Mr. Steinberg said. Crypto on TopBitcoin's performance this year has exceeded that of other more traditionalinvestments, such as U.S. shares or major commodities. Additionally, bitcoin has separated itself from most other asset classes on a performance basis. The S&P 500 is up 15% this year, U.S. crude-oil futures have gained nearly 15% and gold futures are up about 5%. Bitcoin has more than doubled, although it is well below its all-time high near $20,000. Hacks, scams and fraud remain key concerns. But there are bright spots. In a research report earlier this month, Anthony Pompliano, a founding partner at asset-management firm Morgan Creek Digital, said bitcoin was acting as a hedge against global instability and moving differently compared with other asset classes. SFOX, an institutional crypto prime dealer, found that there was “a near perfect negative correlation” between the S&P 500 and bitcoin in May after China announced plans to raise tariffs on $60 billion of U.S. goods. “This is the core argument for why institutional investors should have exposure to the cryptocurrency,” Mr. Pompliano said. Write to Steven Russolillo at steven.russolillo@wsj.com

Appeared in the June 18, 2019, print edition as 'Bitcoin Exceeds $9,000 as Support Broadens.'

https://www.wsj.com/articles/bitcoin-tops-9-000-as-crypto-rally-trounces-stocks-bonds-gold-and-oil-11560765681 

[ :: 4-22-12 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. The clock is ticking, the midnight hour is already striking, the horses have been riding and yet many see not the things I have told them. They understand not what my word has said, etc..

Rev 6:8 So I looked, and behold, a pale horse. And the name of him who sat on it was Death, and Hades followed with him. And power was given to them over a fourth of the earth, to kill with sword, with hunger, with death, and by the beasts of the earth. (NKJ)  (disease & famine)  

[ :: 2-8-02 At the altar after the pm service (second word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. a terrible dark cloud has covered the earth, sickness, pain, suffering, bloodshed, drought, hurricanes, tornadoes, hail, fire, famine, pestilences, heartaches and sorrow, the anti-christ rising to power and fame. Oh, what a day that has now come.

:: 6-16-19 The Ecomonic Collapse :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

“It’s A Disaster Like I’ve Never Seen Before”: 2019 Could Be The Worst Year EVER For U.S. Corn Farmers

June 16, 2019 by Michael Snyder

The amount of corn produced in the United States this year is going to be way below expectations. The Department of Agriculture just slashed its harvest estimates quite dramatically in its June report, but some farmers in the Midwest believe that those reduced projections are still way too optimistic. As I have previously detailed, millions upon millions of acres will go unplanted this year, but that is only part of the story. Much of the corn that has actually been planted is coming up very slowly due to the exceedingly poor conditions, and corn farmers all over the Midwest are reporting that their plants look absolutely terrible. If we get picture perfect weather between now and harvest time, this will simply be a terrible year. But if severe heat and/or an early frost hits the Midwest, this could very easily be the worst year that we have ever seen for corn farmers in the United States. The other day, Illinois farmer James McCune gathered a large number of his fellow corn farmers for a “Prevent Plant Party”, and the mainstream media showed up to cover it. The following is from CNBC’s coverage of the event… James McCune, a farmer from Mineral, Illinois, was unable to plant 85% of his intended corn acres and wanted to commiserate with his fellow farmers by hosting the “Prevent Plant Party” at The Happy Spot. He invited them to swap stories while tucking in to fried chicken and a keg of beer in Deer Grove, a village of about 50 people located 120 miles west of Chicago. “Everybody’s so down in the dumps,” McCune said. In addition, McCune told Fox Business that this year is “a disaster like I’ve never seen before”, and he said that some of his neighbors got even less corn planted than he did… “It’s a disaster like I’ve never seen before,” McCune told FOX Business. “My neighbors didn’t get 90 percent of their corn planted.” After non-stop rain plagued the region this spring – when corn farmers typically get seed in the ground – most have decided time is now too short and are choosing not to plant. As bad as things are in Illinois right now, the truth is that some neighboring states are in even worse shape. According to the latest Department of Agriculture report, 73 percent of the cornfields in Illinois have been planted, but in Indiana that figure is sitting at just 67 percent and in Ohio only 50 percent of the fields have been planted. 50 percent. That is an unmitigated disaster, because the time for planting corn has now passed. Needless to say, the farmers that were not able to plant crops have been absolutely flooding their insurance companies with claims. Just check out this quote… “We get pockets of claims every year,” said Luke Sandrock of the Cornerstone Agency insurance company. “We have 1-2 percent of our clients (who typically file). This year, it’s over 90 percent, and so we’ve just never dealt with it on this size of a scale before.” But it is imperative to remember that even if farmers were able to get their fields planted, that does not mean that everything is going to be okay. In fact, corn farmers all over the Midwest are deeply distressed by what is emerging from the ground. In his entire farming career, James McCune has never seen anything like this… A smartphone could fit in the space between James McCune’s index finger and thumb as the Illinois farmer describes the height of crops stunted by incessant rain and unseasonably cool weather. “Corn’s not supposed to be this tall” in mid-June, McCune, who can trace his family’s farm roots as far back as 1857, said. “It’s supposed to be this tall,” as he gestures just below his waist. And farmer Rob Sharkey used the word “ugly” to describe the condition of the corn on his farm… “We planted some stuff that was not pretty,” said corn farmer Rob Sharkey. “But I didn’t have a choice. We did not get conditions that were right for planting, so we went when we could. It’s ugly.” We’ll see what happens, but right now we are facing an unprecedented nightmare in the heartland of America. It is exceedingly difficult to grow corn in soil that is absolutely saturated with water. Some farmers are saying that it is literally going to take “years” to recover from this disaster, and many will never be able to go back to farming again because they have been financially ruined. Of course there are many farmers that are doing their very best to soldier on, but it is tough. Illinois farmer Mike Thacker was able to get 60 percent of his fields planted, but at this point he is not happy with a single field… Mike Thacker, a farmer in Walnut, Illinois, planted about 1,600 acres of corn, or 60% of what he planned. He is reluctant to plant more because yields typically decline the later a crop is planted. Thacker said corn that has started emerging from the ground is shorter than normal. He was not happy with even one field. “It makes you feel terrible,” Thacker said at the party. But like I said earlier, if the weather is ideal between now and harvest time, 2019 will just be a terrible year. However, a major heat wave this summer would be absolutely catastrophic, and if there is an early frost it “will turn this world upside down”… Farmers think more cuts are likely as the late-planted crop could face damage from hot summer weather and an autumn frost. “An early frost will turn this world upside down,” Rock Katschnig, a farmer from Prophetstown, Illinois, said at the party. So much of the corn that has been planted is way, way behind schedule, and so many Midwest farmers will push things for as long as possible when we get to harvest time. But an early snap of cold weather could ruin those plans. In any event, in the short-term U.S. consumers are going to be facing significantly higher prices at the grocery store. Beyond that, we could potentially be facing the sorts of scenarios that most people don’t like to think about. For the moment, more rain continues to hammer the middle of the country. In fact, there was more flash flooding in the Midwest on Saturday… The combination of two different frontal boundaries caused severe weather and flash flooding in parts of the Plains and Midwest on Saturday. There were over 130 reports of severe weather, including 17 reported tornadoes and numerous reports of straight-line winds of 70 to 80 mph across parts of Texas and Oklahoma. Sadly, even more “heavy rain” is on the way, and some areas could see over 4 inches of precipitation early in the week… Heavy rain is expected through Tuesday from Texas to Pennsylvania, with locally over 4 inches of rain expected and flash flooding in spots — especially parts of hard-hit Oklahoma and Arkansas. I have been repeatedly writing about this crisis for the last couple of months, and now the mainstream media is finally starting to grasp the true gravity of this disaster. In all of U.S. history we have never witnessed anything like this ever before. We have seen endless rain and catastrophic flooding month after month so far in 2019, and the middle of the country is still getting pummeled at this moment. Nobody knows exactly what the weather will look like during the critical summer months, but I have a feeling that the end result of this crisis will be far worse than any of the “experts” were anticipating. About the author:

Michael Snyder is a nationally-syndicated writer, media personality and political activist. He is the author of four books including Get Prepared Now, The Beginning Of The End and Living A Life That Really Matters. His articles are originally published on The Economic Collapse Blog, End Of The American Dream and The Most Important News. From there, his articles are republished on dozens of other prominent websites. If you would like to republish his articles, please feel free to do so. The more people that see this information the better, and we need to wake more people up while there is still time.

http://theeconomiccollapseblog.com/archives/its-a-disaster-like-ive-never-seen-before-2019-could-be-the-worst-year-ever-for-u-s-corn-farmers

[ :: 11-3-13 am service (first word)  ::  :: ::  ::  :: ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: ::  ::]

etc.. Learn about the silent bomb, study it, study the national grid, understand the things that I am saying to you because this shall not just be a day or a two-day or a three-day thing.  Make sure you can take care of yourself for at least three months, at least three months. etc..

[ :: 10-30-13 pm service (first word):: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Purchase a natural gas or a propane gas generator a hundred watts or larger that can be wired in that you may have your water supply. etc

[ :: 11-17-13 service :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc If you don’t know how to can, learn how to can, for your electrical power will not be sufficient to run everything. etc.

[ :: 12-1-13 am service (first word) :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. I have told you to have enough food, generator for three months, how long, for three months. Not three years, not six years, not seven years. Man says many things, but it does not line up with my word, but I shall be giving unto you my word that you may know, you must prepare now, you must get your house in order now, these things, these things are important. etc.. 

[ :: 12-31-17/1-1-18 New Year’s Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. you shall see more miracles in two thousand eighteen than you have ever seen in your life ever.  You may have heard of miracles, but you are going hear of more miracles more signs more wonders, you are going to see as they try to shoot down your satellites that are up there, you are going to see as they try to knock out your electrical grids, etc.

:: 6-17-19 Justus Knight News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Prepare For BLACKOUT! World’s Most MURDEROUS MALWARE Runs 20+ Probes On U.S. Sites As Argentina Goes DARK!

By Justus Knight on June 17, 2019

Please watch the video below for the full story!

For those of you that saw the headlines over the weekend concerning the blackouts in Argentina and Uruguay you understand the magnitude and devastation a blackout can cause. There are accidents, there are failures and then there are malicious attacks. What just happened to the U.S.’s power grid was no accident. Over 20+ probes / scans have been detected. Is someone testing the weakness in our grid? What are they preparing for? More important, what should you be prepared for?! Here is the information on what we know about the attacker and where they originate from.

DON’T FORGET TO ASSURE THE BELL IS CHECKED SO YOU ALERTED TO MY NEW BROADCASTS!!

As always, PLEASE HELP SHARE wherever you can; this broadcast truly deserves the awareness you help to assure it gets! Your thumbs up and comments are always appreciated!! God Speed and God Bless,    Justus

https://justusaknight.com/2019/06/17/prepare-for-blackout-worlds-most-murderous-malware-runs-20-probes-on-u-s-sites-as-argentina-goes-dark/ 

:: 6-17-19 Bloomberg News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Cyberattacks Make Smart Grids Look Pretty Dumb

An outage in South America is a reminder that connected devices can become easy entry points for hackers.

By David Fickling June 17, 2019, 4:26 AM EDT

Imagine if your thermostat led to a region-wide power blackout. It’s a scenario that’s looking increasingly plausible. Argentina isn’t ruling out a cyberattack as the possible cause for the mass outage that affected millions of people in five South American countries over the weekend. Even if that incident turns out to have a more innocent explanation, the U.S. government is stepping up digital incursions into Russia’s power grid, the New York Times reported Saturday, citing unnamed officials.  The growing threat from hacking is somewhat inevitable given the way our power systems are changing. Electricity networks are traditionally highly centralized, with limited ability to monitor and control supply and demand in real time, leaving grid operators dependent on forecasting unusual consumption spikes to prevent the system from falling over. The spread of smart metering and automated control systems has changed that landscape, with more than 10% of global grid investments – equivalent to some $30 billion a year – now dedicated to digital network infrastructure. The grids of the near future are likely to be increasingly decentralized: Owners of domestic refrigerators, air conditioners and industrial facilities will be compensated for switching off to smooth out demand peaks; home, vehicle, and utility-scale batteries will buy cheap electrons and charge up in times of excess generation. Grid and Bear It More than $130 billion has been spent on smart-grid technologies worldwide over the past five years The problem here is the vast amount of infrastructure needed to support such a setup. Any smart electrical grid needs a parallel telecommunications network to collect and harness the volumes of data it will generate, and that makes every connected thermostat or smart refrigerator a potential entry point for cyber intruders. About 588 million smart meters will be installed worldwide by 2022, according to a report last year by GlobalData UK Ltd., a consultancy. Once you include other connected devices and grid operators’ own control systems, that’s only the tip of the iceberg. Stuxnet, the worm that crippled Iran’s nuclear enrichment facilities in 2010, appears to have been initially spread via an infected USB drive smuggled into one of the plants and plugged into a computer. Danger Zone Identified cyber vulnerabilities in industrial-control systems have spiked in recent years Faced with that ever-growing and diversifying list of weak spots, industrial companies are only slowly waking up to the scale of the risk. Overall, about a third of businesses surveyed by Kaspersky Labs Ltd. had suffered at least one cybersecurity incident during 2018, but less than a quarter are compliant with regulations and guidance on preventing intrusions.

The good news is that the telecommunications and computing sector has been dealing with the same risks for a generation. If industrial and electrical systems can get their cybersecurity up to the standards of the technology sector, they stand a good chance of mostly keeping one step ahead of the hackers. Peripheral networks, for instance, provide a reasonably tried-and-tested method of quarantining vital internal networks from more vulnerable external ones, and are widespread in industrial control systems. The decentralization that smart grids enable could also make them more robust, allowing infected nodes to be isolated while the wider network keeps running or breaks up into smaller micro-grids. The bad news is that this might not be enough. For one thing, malicious hacks of electrical grids are far more likely to emerge from sophisticated state actors, who are better at covering their tracks and lying low for years until launching an attack. For another, the cost of leaving a door open could be far greater. A hack of an internet company or credit-card database will compromise personal information, but – as a 2015 attack on Ukraine’s power grid demonstrated – electricity network intrusions could leave hundreds of thousands without power for hours, or longer. Our lives are dependent on such utility systems operating in the background, cleanly and without incident. The outage in South America is a reminder of our vulnerability in a more uncertain world. This column does not necessarily reflect the opinion of the editorial board or Bloomberg LP and its owners. To contact the author of this story: David Fickling at dfickling@bloomberg.net

To contact the editor responsible for this story: Rachel Rosenthal at rrosenthal21@bloomberg.net

https://www.bloomberg.com/opinion/articles/2019-06-17/argentina-blaming-hackers-for-outage-makes-smart-grids-look-dumb 

:: 6-18-19 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Alaskan Super Wave - Mega Tsunami - BBC

Published on Aug 18, 2008 8,147,635 views BBC Studios

Two survivors of a Mega Tsunami tell their stories of the day the 1/2km high wave hit Lituya Bay.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yN6EgMMrhdI 

:: 6-16-19 End of the American Dream :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Earth Is Moving Toward The Same Meteor Swarm That Scientists Believe Caused The Tunguska Explosion Of 1908

June 16, 2019 by Michael Snyder

Over the next several weeks, our planet will have a close encounter with the Taurid meteor swarm. It will be the closest that we have been to the center of the meteor swarm since 1975, and we won’t have an encounter this close again until 2032. So for astronomers, this is a really big deal. And hopefully there will be no danger to Earth during this pass, but some scientists are absolutely convinced that the Tunguska explosion of 1908 which flattened 80 million trees in Russia was caused by an object from the Taurid meteor swarm. As you will see below, the last week of June will mark the point when we are the closest to the center of the meteor swarm, and so that will be when the risk is the greatest. According to CBS News, our planet “will approach within 30,000,000 km of the center of the Taurid swarm” by the end of this month… This summer, Earth will approach within 30,000,000 km of the center of the Taurid swarm, the study says. That would be Earth’s closest encounter with the swarm since 1975 and the best viewing opportunity we’ll have until the early 2030s. 30 million kilometers may sound like a great distance, but in astronomical terms that is not very far at all, and it is important to remember that distance is measured from the exact center of the meteor swarm. And there are some scientists that are convinced that giant rocks from this meteor swarm have been responsible for multiple “once-per-1,000-years catastrophic events on Earth” in the past. The following comes from Forbes… The remnants of a comet. As Earth orbits the Sun, its orbital path often goes through dust and debris left by comets, with matter no bigger than a grain of sand busting into Earth’s atmosphere and burning up as “shooting stars”. Mostly, they’re harmless, but the Taurid swam is an exceptionally large cloud of debris, probably from Comet 2P/Encke, that scientists think may be responsible for some once-per-1,000-years catastrophic events on Earth. The Taurid complex-giant comet hypothesis proposes that a giant comet fragmented in the inner solar system, producing dust and small Near-Earth Objects (NEOs), including 2P/Encke and other asteroids, still present today. Among the observational evidence is increased “fireball” shooting star activity when Earth gets close to the “Taurid Swarm”, and increased impacts on the Moon. In particular, it is now widely believed that the enormous object that exploded over Russia on June 30th, 1908 was from the Taurid meteor swarm. If you are not familiar with the Tunguska event, here is some excellent information about it from Wikipedia… Early estimates of the energy of the air burst range from 10–15 megatons of TNT (42–63 petajoules) to 30 megatons of TNT (130 PJ),[7] depending on the exact height of burst estimated when the scaling-laws from the effects of nuclear weapons are employed.[7][8] However, modern supercomputer calculations that include the effect of the object’s momentum find that more of the energy was focused downward than would be the case from a nuclear explosion and estimate that the airburst had an energy range from 3 to 5 megatons of TNT (13 to 21 PJ).[8] The 15-megaton (Mt) estimate represents an energy about 1,000 times greater than that of the atomic bomb dropped on Hiroshima, Japan—roughly equal to that of the United States’ Castle Bravo (15.2 Mt) ground-based thermonuclear detonation on 1 March 1954, and about one-third that of the Soviet Union‘s Tsar Bomba explosion on 30 October 1961 (which, at 50 Mt, is the largest nuclear weapon ever detonated).[9]

It is estimated that the Tunguska explosion knocked down some 80 million trees over an area of 2,150 km2 (830 sq mi), and that the shock wave from the blast would have measured 5.0 on the Richter magnitude scale. It is interesting to note that the Tunguska event happened during the last week of June in 1908, and right now researchers are telling us that the last week of June this year “will be the next occasion with a high probability for Tunguska-like collisions or near-misses”… Researchers from the Universities of New Mexico and Western Ontario warn we could be in for a similarly catastrophic event. “If the Tunguska object was a member of a Beta Taurid stream, then the last week in June 2019 will be the next occasion with a high probability for Tunguska-like collisions or near-misses,” the researchers wrote in a recent paper. Of course nobody is saying that something will happen during that time. It is simply a time when there is a heightened risk, and we should all be hoping that absolutely nothing happens. However, we should not completely dismiss this threat either. A couple of years ago, scientists discovered a “new branch” of the meteor swarm that contains “asteroids up to 1,000 feet wide”… Scientists have discovered a new branch of the Taurids meteor stream that could pose a major risk to Earth, with asteroids up to 1,000 feet wide flying past us every few years. If a 1,000 foot asteroid hit our planet tomorrow, we would be talking about the sort of civilization-changing event that I have been warning about for a very long time. But once again, it is probably not likely that something will happen over the next few weeks. In fact, scientists tell us that it is far more likely that there will be some sort of impact in 2032… In November 2032, Earth will pass through the Taurid Swarm, a cloud of debris from Comet 2P/Encke that makes brilliant fireballs when its gravelly particles occasionally hit Earth’s atmosphere. Previous encounters with the Swarm in 2005 and 2015 produced showers of bright meteors observed around the world; in 1975 the Swarm contacted the Moon, making Apollo seismic sensors ring with evidence of objects hitting the lunar surface. If forecasters are correct, we’re in for similar activity 13 years from now. In the end, we simply do not know when the next catastrophic meteor impact will happen, but scientists assure us that they will keep on happening.  Giant rocks go whizzing by our planet on a continual basis, and much of the time we do not even see them until they have already passed us. So we may get some advance warning before a civilization-killing rock hits us someday, but then again, we might not. About the author: 

Michael Snyder is a nationally-syndicated writer, media personality and political activist. He is the author of four books including Get Prepared Now, The Beginning Of The End and Living A Life That Really Matters. His articles are originally published on The Economic Collapse Blog, End Of The American Dream and The Most Important News. From there, his articles are republished on dozens of other prominent websites. If you would like to republish his articles, please feel free to do so. The more people that see this information the better, and we need to wake more people up while there is still time.

http://endoftheamericandream.com/archives/earth-is-moving-toward-the-same-meteor-swarm-that-scientists-believe-caused-the-tunguska-explosion-of-1908 

[ :: 4-22-12 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. The clock is ticking, the midnight hour is already striking, the horses have been riding and yet many see not the things I have told them. They understand not what my word has said, etc..

Rev 6:4
4 And another horse appeared, a red one. Its rider was given a mighty sword and the authority to remove peace from the earth. And there was war and slaughter everywhere. (NLT)

[ :: 9-23-12 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::  ::] 

etc. Throughout the world there is a struggle, throughout the world the antichrist pushes himself to the top, throughout the world the economy has gone over the hill into disaster zone.  Countries make ready for war and yet my people seem to be astonished, unlearned, not knowing, not understanding the things that are there or the things that are taught to them. Etc.

:: 4-18-19 Government Slaves :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

WHITE HOUSE INSIDER: War with Iran planned by Trump, to occur in the Fall of 2019

By Government Slaves on 04/18/2019

Emigrate while you still can!

UPDATE: White House insider who predicted Iran False Flag, David Goldberg found dead in his New York apartment President Donald Trump and his inner circle are planning an extensive invasion of Iran, according to a source working in the White House. The plan involves a ground invasion and the use of tactical nuclear weapons, in a campaign planned for the Fall of 2019. Iran will be “wiped off the map” according to the source, and the war effort is expected to cost “two and half times the Iraq War.” The war will be promoted by the news media and Trump will go right along with it, after an “expected False Flag pinned on Iran, probably something involving the boats in the Strait of Hormuz.” The False Flag is an “integral part of the plan” as Iran has reportedly no desire or intent to start a war, according to the whistleblower. The war plans have the White House staff “in an excited tizzy” as war-hawks like John Bolton put the “finishing touches” on the planned strike. President Trump initially showed resistance to the plan, but has since jumped on board with enthusiasm, convinced Iran is an “existential threat to Israel” and as such, a war is required to “eliminate them.”

Further details have been revealed, including: 100 tactical nukes will be used to eliminate the Iranian military.

120,000 U.S. ground troops will be used in the invasion.

France, the U.K., Canada, Saudi Arabia and Israel are expected to join a “coalition” in support of the war.

CIA assets and counter-intel efforts have been ramped-up over the past year in preparation.

A “False Flag” is being prepared to be used before the war with Iran.

Propaganda is being prepped by White House and Israeli counterparts.

Israel will support the effort and Benjamin Netanyahu was reportedly “smiling ear to ear” during a recent meeting with John Bolton.

There are concerns Trump’s “base” may resist or criticize the efforts, so further propaganda efforts are being made to “shore up support” for the war.

Expected casualties range between 1.2 Million and 2 Million Iranians and 5,000 US troops.

Due to President Trump’s close relationship with Jared Kushner, a sense of “sober import” has been placed on the war effort, which is being as a fulfillment of “Jewish prophecy” within White House circles. Many in the White House believe Jared Kushner is the “Messiah” or Jewish “Moshiach” who cannot attain his “throne” until Iran is wiped out. The White House source is a high level official who has been right about many other things in the past, and their identity has been verified.

Further information on the war with Iran is revealed in the video below:

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=v8OKDdEYMGk 

The information in this article was provided to David Goldberg, a Jewish advocate and fellow at the Jewish Center for Antisemitic Study, by a former White House employee only known by the name of “Isabel”. Her story has been aired on Mr. Goldberg’s YouTube channel, and she continues to provide valuable information about what is going on in the Trump White House. Antisemitic attacks against Mr. Goldberg continue, and are documented in his video series. Efforts to block this information and shut down the social media accounts of Mr. Goldberg continue to be an issue.  This article first appeared at ITN.

https://governmentslaves.news/2019/04/18/white-house-insider-war-with-iran-planned-by-trump-to-occur-in-the-fall-of-2019/ 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 6-16-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Boom Boom Boom! M6.1, M7.2, M6.3 earthquakes hits Tonga and Kermadec Islands north of New Zealand within 6 hours – Tsunami warning after strongest earthquake

By Strange Sounds - Jun 16, 2019

A tsunami warning has been issued for parts of the Pacific after a M7.2 earthquake struck the Kermadec Islands region on June 15, 2019 at 11pm UTC.

The powerful quake was followed about six hours later by a M6.3 earthquake approximately at the same place (June 16th, 5am UTC). The regional strong regional seismic activity started on June 15, 2019 at 10pm (UTC) with a M6.1 earthquake off Tonga.

M7.2 earthquake new zealand tsunami warning A massive 7.4 magnitude earthquake struck the Kermadec Islands the Pacific Ocean sparking a tsunami warning.

New Zealand’s Ministry of Civil Defence and Emergency Management issued a beach warning, telling locals to expect unusually strong, hazardous currents and unpredictable surges near the shore. The quake struck at about 9am (AEST) near the Kermadec Islands region – about midway between Auckland and Tonga. It was preceded by a M6.1 earthquake off Tonga one hour earlier: And followed by another strong M6.3 earthquake at the exact same location 5 hours later! 2 earthquake >M6.0 and a powerful >7.0 in the same region. That’s a lot of pressure released! Tsunami warning for New Zealand Preliminary investigations suggested New Zealand may avoid the tsunami, but Kiwi’s are urged to take care near the foreshore. The NZ Civil Defence redacted their initial warning shortly after with a statement on Twitter reading: ‘Based on current information, the initial assessment is that the earthquake is unlikely to have caused a tsunami that will pose a threat to NZ.‘ The severity of currents and surges in tide may be unpredictable in the coming hours. If a tsunami did hit New Zealand, it was predicted to arrive within two hours of the initial quake. The Pacific Tsunami Warning Center in Hawaii issued a statement warning a tsunami threat exists more urgently for parts of the Pacific located closer to where the earthquake took place. Based on preliminary investigations, coastlines within a 300km radius of the epicenter could be threatened. Concerned locals have been encouraged to keep updated by checking in with the website www.civildefence.govt.nz  and Twitter @NZCivilDefence.

http://strangesounds.org/2019/06/boom-boom-boom-m6-1-m7-2-m6-3-earthquakes-hits-tonga-and-kermadec-islands-north-of-new-zealand-within-6-hours-tsunami-warning-after-strongest

-earthquake.html 

[ :: 6-2-19 am service (fifth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc The Lord God says, the watered down churches some of those aren’t going to go to heaven, for did I not say man and woman not man and man or woman and woman, I said man and woman. etc

:: 6-17-19 Fellowship of the Minds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Teacher kicks student from class for saying there are only two genders

Posted on June 17, 2019 by Dr. Eowyn | 35 Comments

“O’Brien held up his left hand, its back towards Winston, with the thumb hidden and the four fingers extended. ‘How many fingers am I holding up, Winston?’ ‘And if the party says that it is not four but five — then how many?'” – George Orwell, Nineteen Eighty-Four

On June 14, 2019, someone on Reddit posted a link, since deleted, to a video on YouTube, with this claim: “My teacher kicked me out of class for saying there are only 2 genders“. Fortunately, I’d saved the link to the video before the Reddit poster deleted it. The video appears to have been taken by the student of his private meeting with the teacher after the teacher had kicked the student out of the class for insisting that there are only two genders, male and female. The video shows a visual of the teacher looming over the seated student. You can hear the back-and-forth argument between the two. The video begins with the teacher responding to the student: “You’re entitled to your opinion…. It’s not very inclusive…. I’m sorry, but what you were saying was not very inclusive and this is an inclusive school.”

The student apparently had defended himself by saying he got it from a website.

Teacher: “I’m saying that website has an agenda.”

Student: “Well, that’s your opinion.”

Teacher: “That is my opinion and that is an opinion which is acceptable in the school….”

Student: “There are just two genders.”

Teacher: “You are choosing to make an issue of this…. Keep quiet! …You were clearly given an opportunity not to pursue it. You choose to do so.”

Student: “Yeah, because I think it’s –”

Teacher: “You choose to do so.”

Student: “I think it’s silly to have anything other than two genders –”

Teacher, raising his voice: “Please keep that opinion to your own house, thank you.”

Student: “So you get to put your opinion out in the classroom….”

Teacher: “I’m not putting my opinion out. I am stating what is national school authority policy. Okay?”

Student: “Of course it’s not scientic whatsoever.”

Teacher: “Not every policy is scientific, sorry. Not every policy is scientific, buddy.” The teacher again points out that the student wasn’t being “inclusive”.

Student: “You can’t come out here and say that I’m not being inclusive.”

Teacher: “I said what you just said [was not inclusive]….”

Student says, as the teacher turns away: “If you want to have a discussion about it, we could have done it — had a discussion. You don’t have to kick me out of class…. I state something I believe in and you kicked me out of class. For 30 minutes I’m waiting….”

Teacher: “You can make an official complaint.”

Student: “I’m not gonna make an official complaint….”

Teacher: “I know what you think and I know what the authority thinks, the authority’s point of view. I know very clear that we make no discrimination on the grounds of gender….”

Student: “I wasn’t making a discrimination, I’m simply saying there are two genders, male and female. Anything else is a personal identification.”

Teacher: “I’m sorry, but you chose to make an issue of making a point which is contrary to policy.”

Student: “You made the issue when you complained about the website, sir. And I responded by saying there are only two genders.”

Teacher: “Yeah, you can choose, but you’re making bad choices.”

Student says, as the teacher walks out of the room: “I’m making bad choices. Okay. Well, can I take my bag and go to the…. Okay, I’ll stay here. Thanks for wasting my time.”

The teacher turns back to say: “Buddy, I am not wasting my time, you are.”

No one knows where the video was taken. The teacher has a Scottish accent, but the student sounds American. Assuming the school is in Scotland, when the teacher refers to “national school authority policy,” he probably means this — on May 8, 2019, the Scottish government issued the letter, “LGBT inclusive education: guidance to education authorities May 2019“. The letter says: On 8 November 2018, Scottish Ministers accepted in full the recommendations of the LGBTI Inclusive Education Working Group. The 33 recommendations cover the professional learning of teachers, practice and guidance, school inspections and anti-bullying…. The Scottish Government, in partnership with COSLA, is committed, through the delivery of the recommendations, to a fully inclusive education for Scotland’s children and young people. Many of you will already be taking steps to achieve this aim. We are issuing this intermediate guidance note to help you build upon existing good practice, make clear that education should be LGBT inclusive and encourage you to work collegiately and in partnership with your learners to enhance LGBT inclusivity…. Signed: John Swinney, Deputy First Minister and Cabinet Secretary for Education and Skills Stephen McCabe, COSLA Children and Young People spokesperson

WTF does “education should be LGBT inclusive” mean? Does it mean acceding to every lunatic idea of the Left? Someone on Twitter says the school in the video is Mearns Academy, a 6-year secondary (high) school in Laurencekirk, Aberdeenshire, Scotland. On its website is an emblem certifying the school as a “rights respecting school”: By “rights” is meant the United Nations Convention of the Rights of the Child (UNCRC). Among the “rights” stipulated in the UNCRC are the “right” of non-discrimination on the basis of gender, but also the “rights” of freedom of expression, and freedom of thought and belief. Clearly, the school in the video and all schools in Scotland do not include a respect for students’ right to freedom of thought, belief and expression among its “national school authority policy”.

https://fellowshipoftheminds.com/teacher-kicks-student-from-class-for-saying-there-are-only-two-genders 

:: 6-14-19 Gobal Research :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Video: “The 5G Rollout Is Absolutely Insane.” How Wireless Technologies Affect Human Cells. Dr. Martin Pall

By Dr. Martin Pall Global Research, June 14, 2019 Nick Pineault 7 August 2018

During the “Health in Buildings Roundtable” sponsored by the NIH & co-organized by the US CDC and several other organizations, Dr. Martin Pall from the Washington State University (WSU) concluded that the “5G rollout is absolutely insane”. In this short presentation, Dr. Pall confirms that the current 2G/3G/4G radiation the population is exposed to has been scientifically linked with:

Lowered fertility

Insomnia, fatigue, depression, anxiety, and major changes in brain structure in animals

Cellular DNA damage

Oxidative stress

Hormonal disruption

Cancer And much more

Dr. Pall briefly explains the mechanisms of how the electrosmog emitted by our cell phones, wifi routers, cell phone antennas and other wireless technologies affect human cells.

https://www.globalresearch.ca/dr-martin-pall-5g-rollout-absolutely-insane/5680544 

[ :: 8-17-14 pm service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. you see all the things that are going on in the world, you see the darkness, you see the troubles, etc.

[ :: 10-15-14 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For truly these are the end days and the end hours and darkness is all across the face of the earth and the enemy is fighting like mad because he knows that he has little time left. etc..

:: 6-16-19 Jihad Watch :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Georgetown, other universities accused of covering up millions taken from jihad-promoting Qatar

Jun 16, 2019 9:43 am By Robert Spencer

Georgetown University is a national disgrace, employing numerous apologists for jihad and professional dissemblers about the teachings of Islam that incite believers to commit acts of jihad violence. The millions it is alleged to have taken from Qatar may be a partial explanation for its steep decline from academic institution to Islamic dawah and propaganda outfit. The Department of Education is right to be (finally) looking into this. “FOREIGN MEDDLING: Department Of Education Going After Elite Colleges For Allegedly Taking And Hiding Foreign Cash,” by Luke Rosiak, Daily Caller, June 15, 2019: The Department of Education is going after U.S universities over supposed ties to foreign governments, after some allegedly took huge quantities of foreign cash and hid it from regulators.

At the top of the list are Georgetown University and Texas A&M, which have taken hundreds of millions of dollars from the government of Qatar, a middle eastern nation with suspected links to international terrorism. Both schools received letters from the Department of Education Thursday saying they should have disclosed that funding but their filings “may not fully capture” the activity, the Associated Press reported. The letter warned that they could be referred to the attorney general to “compel compliance.” Georgetown was also asked about possible ties to Russian cybersecurity firm Kaspersky Lab, as well as Saudi Arabian money. Both schools were ordered to disclose funding from Huawei and ZTE, Chinese firms suspected of spying….

https://www.jihadwatch.org/2019/06/georgetown-other-universities-accused-of-covering-up-millions-taken-from-jihad-promoting-qatar 

:: 6--19 The Organic Prepper :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

3 Brands of Flour RECALLED Due to E. Coli Concerns

by Daisy Luther

Attention Scratch Cookers and Bakers: You’re going to want to spread this information far and wide. The latest potentially tainted food being recalled is…flour. Multiple brands are pulling flour off the shelves around the country due to the possibility of E. coli contamination. King Arthur Unbleached Flour and Pillsbury Best Bread Flour join Baker’s Best Flour in being recalled. Below, find the specific products that have been called back. All of the potentially contaminated flours were milled at ADM Milling company. If you’re like me, you immediately repackage goods like flour. I pop mine right into a canister that lives on my counter. From now on, I’ll be keeping the clipping the UPCs off the packages and putting them in a drawer until the product is used up. Baker’s Corner Out of an abundance of caution, ALDI has recalled all best if used by dates and all lots of 5 lb. Bakers Corner All Purpose Flour products produced by ADM Milling Co. in Buffalo, N.Y. from store shelves in these states: Connecticut, Delaware, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, Ohio, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont and West Virginia. You can return your flour to Aldi for a full refund. If you have additional questions you may contact ADM Milling Co. Customer Service at 800-422-1688 between the hours of 8 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. CT. about Baker’s Corner flour. King Arthur Flour King Arthur Flour, Inc. is voluntarily recalling 14,218 cases of 5 lb. Unbleached All-Purpose Flour.a As per the FDA, the only product affected by this voluntary recall is Unbleached All-Purpose Flour (5 lb.) from these six specific lot codes and three Best Used by Dates, which can be found on the bottom of the side panel, below the nutrition facts panel. BEST USED BY 12/07/19 LOT: L18A07C BEST USED BY 12/08/19 LOTS: L18A08A, L18A08B

BEST USED BY 12/14/19 LOTS: L18A14A, L18A14B, L18A14C This product was distributed nationwide. If you have questions about this recall or King Arthur Flour products, call the King Arthur Flour Consumer Hotline 7 days a week/24 hours a day at 866.797.9178 Pillsbury Best Bread Flour Hometown Food Company has recalled its Pillsbury Best Bread label flour, as per the FDA. This bread was distributed to retailers in Connecticut, Delaware, Maryland, Maine, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, Ohio, Pennsylvania, and Virginia.

Pillsbury Best™ Bread Flour – UPC: 0 5150020031 5 – Lot Code: 8342 – Use by JUN 08 2020

Pillsbury Best™ Bread Flour – UPC: 0 5150020031 5 – Lot Code: 8343 – Use by JUN 09 2020

Hometown Food recommends you discard the product or return it to the store for a full refund. Their customer service phone number is 1-866-219-9333.

What is E. coli? E. coli is a bacterium found in the intestines of humans and animals. 17 people have become ill during the current outbreak from flour.

The CDC says: Symptoms of Shiga toxin-producing E. coli (STEC) infection vary for each person, but often include severe stomach cramps, diarrhea (often bloody), and vomiting. Some people may have a fever, which usually is not very high (less than 101˚F/38.5˚C). Most people get better within 5 to 7 days. Some infections are very mild, but others are severe or even life-threatening. Most people with a STEC infection start feeling sick 3 to 4 days after eating or drinking something that contains the bacteria. However, illnesses can start anywhere from 1 to 10 days after exposure. Contact your healthcare provider if you have diarrhea that lasts for more than 3 days or diarrhea that is accompanied by a fever higher than 102˚F, blood in the stool, or so much vomiting that you cannot keep liquids down and you pass very little urine. (source) Regarding the current outbreak, the CDC recommends: Consumers should not use any of the recalled flour. Throw it out. If you stored flour in another container without the packaging and don’t remember the brand or “use by” date, throw it away. Thoroughly wash the container before using it again. Eating raw dough can make you sick.

Any flour or raw eggs used to make dough or batter might be contaminated with harmful germs.

Bake or cook food made with raw dough or batter before eating it. Follow the recipe or instructions on the package. Do not use recalled flour in cooking or baking.

Do not taste raw dough or batter. Even tasting a small amount could make you sick.

Clean up thoroughly after baking.

Wash any bowls, utensils, and other surfaces that were used when baking with warm water and soap.

Wash your hands with water and soap before and after baking.

Contact your healthcare provider if you think you may have become ill from eating raw dough.

Restaurants and other retailers should not use, sel,l or serve any of the recalled flour.

If you stored flour in another container without the packaging and don’t remember the brand or “use by” date, throw it away.

Restaurants and retailers should thoroughly wash flour storage containers before using them again. (source)

You know the old adage: when in doubt, throw it out!

Do you have any of the affected products?

Do you have any of these flours on hand? What do you think about the abundance of recalls that have occurred recently? Let us know in the comments.

https://www.theorganicprepper.com/flour-recall-e-coli/ 

:: 6-17-19 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Africans Coming Across The Southern Border Have "Rolls Of $100 Bills"

by Tyler Durden  Mon, 06/17/2019 - 13:45

Authored by Kyle Olson via The American Mirror,

The “poor huddled masses” coming across the southern border may not be so poor after all...

Swiss journalist Urs Gehriger recently visited African migrants who breached the border and hung out on the streets of San Antonio, Texas, waiting to go elsewhere in the country, and he met hostility from people who didn’t want to share details about their experiences, conflicted each other, and had rolls of $100 bills. In a recording played on Fox News, Gehriger asks a migrant from Congo how she got to America. She refused to say. “We are here now in the United States. Why do you ask about Ecuador?” a woman said, referring to the reported country they passed through. As Gehriger continued to ask simple questions, he said they backtracked and “were not answering at all.” “They wouldn’t tell me anything about how they got here, and then they started to get aggressive and they were contradicting each other,” he told Laura Ingraham. “One said they ran through the forest, and another said no, there was no forest, and they were actually arguing among themselves,” Gehriger said. He said they started to get “aggressive” after questions about money and help. Gehriger believes the illegals were coached on giving answers to authorities. “I had the impression that somebody told them not to speak about it,” and acting like “now we’re here, you have to help us, give us money.” “What I found from an aid worker there, they actually do have money. Quite a few of them, because he spotted them under a tree, right in front of the shelter, counting a roll of money with hundred dollar bills,” Gehriger told Ingraham. Hundreds of migrants Congo and Angola were transported to San Antonio the week before, and city officials say they received no warning from the feds that they were coming. KENS published a story showing dozens of people milling around downtown, saying they arrived at the southern U.S. border by way of Ecuador.

https://www.zerohedge.com/news/2019-06-17/africans-coming-across-southern-border-have-rolls-100-bills 

:: 6-16-19 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Big Pharma, Forced Vaccinations & Population Control

What does the globalist medical-industrial-complex have in store for humanity?

Greg Reese | Infowars.com - June 16, 2019

In 1986, The National Vaccine Injury Compensation Program was established to protect the Vaccine manufacturers from any liabilities. This program insured that the taxpayer would pay for all injuries the public suffered from Vaccines. Once this protection was set in place, the government took control of the vaccine industry and Big Pharma profits increased by over 600%. Is it all about money? Or is there something more nefarious at play?

https://www.infowars.com/big-pharma-forced-vaccinations-population-control/ 

:: 6-16-19 Sharyl Attkisson :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Organs from Chinese prisoners harvested: Insider account

June 16, 2019 by Sharyl Attkisson

A horrifying practice is happening in China: dissidents in prison are being killed for their organs. That’s according to Steven W. Mosher, president of the Population Research Institute, who writes about the practice in an article published the New York Post. Mosher documents a graphic and terrifying account from Zheng Qiaozhi, once an intern at China’s Shenyang Army General Hospital. The former hospital worker is quoted as saying he saw the following as part of an organ-harvesting teamThe prisoner was brought in, tied hand and foot, but very much alive. The army doctor in charge sliced him open from chest to belly button and exposed his two kidneys. “Cut the veins and arteries,” he told his shocked intern. George did as he was told. Blood spurted everywhere. The kidneys were placed in an organ-transplant container. Then the doctor ordered George to remove the man’s eyeballs. Hearing that, the dying prisoner gave him a look of sheer terror, and George froze. “I can’t do it,” he told the doctor, who then quickly scooped out the man’s eyeballs himself.

“Chinese dissidents are being executed for their organs, former hospital worker says” by Stephen W. Mosher for The New York Post According to Mosher, Zheng says he quit his job almost immediately, horrified by what was asked to do and what he saw. Zheng is also quoted as saying he fled China, fearful of the possibility that he could one day end up like the prisoners he’d seen. Human rights observers say specific groups that go against China’s policies are targeted, such as Falun Gong – a Buddhist sect that was deemed harmful by the Chinese government in 1999. Many members were arrested, imprisoned and never seen again. Mosher says Muslim minorities could be next, with millions of Uighur and Kazakh men being sent to Chinese concentration camps.

Read more here: Disappearing dissidents harvested for organs.

https://sharylattkisson.com/2019/06/organs-from-chinese-prisoners-harvested-insider-account/ 

:: 6-16-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Pupils at an elite primary school in China wear brainwave-detecting headbands that allow teachers to track concentration levels in real-time

By Strange Sounds - Jun 16, 2019

It’s like a scene out of a horror movie… But pure reality! An elite primary school in Hangzhou, China is making its students wear brainwave-reading headbands that can supposedly detect their attention levels in the classroom. The practice was exposed in a series of photos, showing students at Jiangnan Experimental School wearing black electronic headbands while in class. The devices are produced by BrainCo Inc., a Harvard University-backed startup based in Boston. According to sponsored content, the high-tech company is dedicated to developing Brain Machine Interface technology with a focus on big data and brain science. The students in Hangzhou were given the Focus 1, a flagship product of BrainCo, which detects and quantifies students’ attention levels. The headbands come with a portal called Focus EDU, which the company boasts as “the world’s first classroom portal for teachers to assess the effectiveness of their teaching methods in real time and make adjustments accordingly.” As the photos suggest, the analytical system seems to be working pretty well at the school. One photo shows a digital screen that displays real-time ranking of students’ concentration levels. At the end of a class, the portal provides a report that highlights students with the three highest scores. A bit of research reveals that Jiangnan Experimental School is far from the only educational institution in China that has embraced the brain-machine interface. The Paper.cn reported (in Chinese) in February that in the city of Jinhua, Zhejiang Province, a primary school introduced the same products in its classrooms. Teachers are able to tell what students are not paying attention based on colors that light up on their headbands. BrainCo’s sales strategy appears to be heavily China-focused, perhaps targeting Chinese parents who are overbearing and grade-obsessed. PRNewswire notes that BrainCo locked a lucrative multi-million dollar deal with one of China’s leading import and export companies in 2017. According to another 2017 article, a website focused on education technology, the company scored $15 million in venture funding from Chinese investors. The photos provoked a wave of angry reactions on Chinese media. Some found the revelation especially eerie after the recent news about street cleaners in Nanjing being forced to wear digital wristbands that monitor their job performance.

China’s ‘social credit system’ is a dystopian nightmare, a real-life example of Orwell’s “1984” and a potential future if increasing government surveillance is left unchecked. By the way, I would suggest adding an electroshock feature to wake up sleepy students in class :-).

http://strangesounds.org/2019/06/school-student-brainwave-detection-headbands-track-concentration-levels-teachers.html 

:: 6--19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Mobile phones are changing the human skeleton: People spend so much time hunched over screens that 'bony spikes' are developing on the backs of our skulls

Sam Blanchard 3 days ago

People spend so much time looking down at smartphones and tablets they are growing bony 'spikes' on the backs of their heads, scientists say. Researchers said growing numbers of people have growths called enlarged external occipital protuberances at the base of their skull. Considered rare when they were first discussed in the 1800s, we may now be able to feel the bony lumps with our fingers or see them on bald people. And younger people are developing them faster, with research showing the bumps are most common among 18 to 30-year-olds. Scientists at the University of the Sunshine Coast in Queensland, Australia, have done detailed research into the phenomenon. They scanned more than a thousand skulls belonging to people ranging in age from 18 to 86, BBC Future reports. The lead researcher, Dr David Shahar, told the BBC: 'I have been a clinician for 20 years, and only in the last decade, increasingly I have been discovering that my patients have this growth on the skull.' Dr Shahar suggests the reason for the bony spike becoming more common is the amount of time people – particularly the young – spend looking down. Hours spent scrolling on smartphones, tablets and laptops could be putting so much strain on lesser used parts of the body that the body parts actually change. Specifically, the muscles which connect the neck to the back of the head are overused as they try to hold still the skull – an average adult head can weigh around 5kg (11lbs). In response to those muscles getting bigger and stronger, Dr Shahar suggests, the skeleton grows new layers of bone to reinforce and widen the area. YOUNGER GENERATIONS MAY DEVELOP 'TEXT NECK'  A leading Australian chiropractor last year warned he is seeing an 'epidemic of people developing what he calls 'text neck'. Teenagers and children as young as seven are developing hunchbacks and abnormally curved spines because of an addiction to smartphones, according to Dr James Carter.

Dr Carter, who is based in Niagara Park on the coast of New South Wales, said children are changing the shapes of their skeletons by bending over for hours at a time. 'I have started seeing lots of cases over the past two years, especially in young schoolchildren and teenagers,' Dr Carter told Daily Mail Australia. 'The condition is called "text neck" because it is often caused when people sit with their heads dropped forward looking at their devices for several hours at a time. 'Instead of a normal forward curve, patients can be seen to have a backwards curve. It can be degenerative, often causing head, neck, shoulder and back pain. 'Many patients come in complaining they have a headache, but we actually find text neck is the cause of it. They often fail a simple heel-to-toe test and tend to fall over.' On average the EOPs measured 2.6cm (1in), which the scientists said was 'significantly larger' than the average in 1996. The reason for this, they suggest, is a 'hand held technological revolution'.

According to research revealed last year, the average person in the UK spent 24 hours per week – about three-and-a-half per day – on their smartphones in 2017. On average, people check their phones every 12 minutes, disturbing stats from communications regulator Ofcom revealed. Some 78 per cent of Britons own a smartphone and one in five adults spend 40 hours or more online every week. Dr Shahar and colleagues wrote in their study that 'repetitive and sustained mechanical load' leads to adaptation of the tendons and connective tissues. They said: 'The development of [enlarged] EOP may be attributed to, and explained by, the extensive use of screen-based activities by individuals of all ages, including children, and the associated poor posture. 'Musculoskeletal disorders related to poor posture while using computers and tablets have been investigated extensively and were identified as a risk factor for the development of related symptoms at the neck, shoulders and forearms.' And Dr Shahar said that, although the bony lumps are unlikely to cause any damaging effects themselves, they may never go away. He added: 'Imagine if you have stalactites and stalagmites, if no one is bothering them, they will just keep growing'.

https://www.msn.com/en-au/news/techandscience/mobile-phones-are-changing-the-human-skeleton-people-spend-so-much-time-hunched-over-screens-that-bony-spikes-are-developing-on-

the-backs-of-our-skulls/ar-AACTGFY?li=BBU56Hl 

[ :: 10-13-13 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. For the days are numbered pertaining to this world, they are numbered, they are numbered and they get down to a seven year period as you know by studying my word and you have entered into that and I have told you those times. I have spoken unto you many things, but at times it seems like man does not want to believe. But I say, beware of the beast, beware of the antichrist, beware of the six six six, beware; for the hour is running down, time is closing out. etc..

[ :: 4-9-17 am service  (third word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

etc. it is that time and it is that hour, the clock cannot be stopped, the clock cannot be turned back, man has made their own minds up, they have made decisions and have not counseled with me, your Father God, therefore I cannot hold things back any longer. etc.

:: 6-17-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

2019: What's Next?

By Hal Lindsey

A New Year’s Day Politico headline encapsulated the dread filling the political world: “Yes, 2019 Is the Year You Were Worrying About.” Markets are rattled by a looming trade war with China, a Fed that seems determined to relegate prosperity to America’s rearview mirror, and a level of instability in Washington rivaled in American history only by the runup to the Civil War…. Any of these things could translate into a full-blown recession…. Meanwhile, the rest of the world remains dependent on the teetering American economy for their prosperity. The North Korea denuclearization deal seems to be falling apart before it even begins…. China is building weapons designed to destroy US aircraft carriers…. The overall buildup of the Chinese military is one of the largest ever undertaken. It includes a heavy emphasis on space weapons and the destruction of the digital infrastructure that America and the West depend on for their very survival…. Russia remains a nuclear superpower, and its President, Vladimir Putin, seems determined to build a new generation of exotic superweapons. In Washington, a power base entrenched for generations is intent on bringing down this President. They may or may not have legitimate legal arguments against him. We will see as reports finally surface in 2019. But instability in Washington — with fault on both sides — was the hallmark of 2018 and looks to grow even worse in the new year. Bible prophecy is being fulfilled in dramatic, even spectacular ways. That’s good news because it means that the return of Jesus is getting closer. But the Bible makes it clear that the buildup to Christ’s return will be anything but pleasant. At some point, those of us who are in Christ will be raptured out of here. But between now and the rapture, difficulties will increase. America’s power and influence may be destroyed even sooner than we had imagined. What about you? What about your family, neighbors, and friends? What about your church and community? What happens now? What happens to you and those you love? Here’s the thing to remember. Psalm 23 still applies. “The Lord is my shepherd.” He’s still my shepherd, even in the end times. “I shall not want.” He still provides for my needs even in economic hard times. “He makes me lie down in green pastures; He leads me beside quiet waters. He restores my soul; He guides me in the paths of righteousness For His name’s sake.” It’s all still true. And if things become extremely bad, remember verses 4-6. “Even though I walk through the valley of the shadow of death, I fear no evil, for You are with me; Your rod and Your staff, they comfort me. You prepare a table before me in the presence of my enemies; You have anointed my head with oil; My cup overflows. Surely goodness and lovingkindness will follow me all the days of my life.” I don’t know what will happen in 2019. But I know goodness and mercy will follow me. And if you’re in Christ, they will follow you, too. I believe we will continue to see a fulfillment of the general trends laid out in scripture. Yet, even with that, Jesus said there would be an ebb and flow like with the labor pains of childbirth. That means we can’t make precise, year-by-year predictions. But if you are in Christ, I know a great deal about your future. The big one is this. You’re headed for heaven! The 23rd Psalm ends with an eternal beginning. “And I will dwell in the house of the Lord forever.”

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-1-5-2019/ 

:: 6-17-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

As the Day Approaches

By Hal Lindsey

Just over two years ago, the Barna Group polled Americans about the end times. They found that 41 percent agree with the sentence, “The world is currently living in the ‘end times’ as described by prophecies in the Bible.” This is more than a vague awareness that things are off-track; more than an ill-defined sense of looming apocalypse. This is a specific belief that the events of our time match the Bible’s description of the end time. 2 Peter 3:10-13 says, “But the day of the Lord will come like a thief, in which the heavens will pass away with a roar and the elements will be destroyed with intense heat, and the earth and its works will be burned up. Since all these things are to be destroyed in this way, what sort of people ought you to be in holy conduct and godliness, looking for and hastening the coming of the day of God, on account of which the heavens will be destroyed by burning, and the elements will melt with intense heat! But according to His promise we are looking for new heavens and a new earth, in which righteousness dwells.” (NASB) Peter asked, “What sort of people ought you to be?” The King James Version translates it, “What manner of persons ought ye to be?” (KJV) Through Peter, the Holy Spirit tells the reader that the things of this world we get hung up on — money, houses, cars and other luxuries — will not last. He’s telling us to take the long view of history. Look at the big picture. See your life in context — not just the context of tomorrow or next week, but of eternity. Peter asked, “Since all these things are to be destroyed in this way, what sort of people ought you to be?” Those words were hardly on the page when he began giving the answer. “In holy conduct and godliness, looking for and hastening the coming of the day of God.” (2 Peter 3:11-12 NASB) Forty-one percent believe we are in the end times as described in the Bible. So why don’t they live “in holy conduct and godliness?” Forty-one percent is not a majority, but it is such a large minority that mainstream advertisers would never want to offend it. The celebration of evil that permeates American entertainment would not hold — at least not in the mainstream. But even Christians can lose the ability to blush. The world is falling into a pit of violent debauchery, and a large percentage of people who believe Jesus is coming soon, are following the world down. We desperately need another Great Awakening in the United States. That doesn’t just mean sinners being saved. An awakening includes reformation and revival. Christians, including the clergy, need to renew their love for God and His word — to love Him more than money, prestige, or comfort. Hebrews gives us a great picture of how to live our lives, and then says that it is especially true for those who live in the end times. “Let us hold fast the confession of our hope without wavering, for He who promised is faithful. And let us consider one another in order to stir up love and good works, not forsaking the assembling of ourselves together, as is the manner of some, but exhorting one another, and so much the more as you see the Day approaching.” (Hebrews 10:23-25 NKJV) Two years ago, 41% of Americans said they could “see the Day approaching.” So why aren’t the 41% holding fast the confession of their hope without wavering? Why aren’t we stirring up love and good works in one another? Why do so many forsake the assembling together of those with like faith? I’ve spent much of my life pointing out just how near we are to “the Day.” It’s heartening that so many Americans now agree with that basic message. I pray that this glorious belief will begin to manifest itself in our attitudes and actions. When that happens, we will see miracles!

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-3-2-2016/ 

:: 6-13-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Famine in the Land

By Hal Lindsey

A study released late last year showed that in the United States, 3-in-5 millennials believe life is more stressful now than ever before. We are not in the middle of a recession or a world war. We are not presently experiencing famine, plague, or bloody revolution. So why do they think they are the most stressed generation in history? Slow wi-fi, not enough “likes” on social media, battery power running low on their smartphones, fear of identity theft, and the check engine light coming on in their cars all made the list. Imagine telling someone from two hundred years ago about such problems. It would be difficult for them to imagine a future that includes computers, social media, cellphones, smartphones, or cars — much less check engine lights. Imagine trying to explain the implications of these things to someone whose letter might take months to get to its destination. “You say that you can just pull a little machine from your purse and talk to any of your family whenever you want? You can send the image of a letter anyplace in the world and it will arrive in seconds? This machine gives you access to vast catalogues and old friends? You can talk face to face if you want? You have a carriage that goes 70 miles in an hour, keeps you warm in winter and cool in summer, and it doesn’t have horses? These things must make life easy!” In other words, they would see the tools that induce our stress as utopian dreams. We might ask if millennials really understand what previous generations encountered. But, in fact, I agree with them. I think American young people today are under more stress than previous generations. The number of suicides and the magnitude of the mental health crisis back up their claim. But I disagree with them on the source of the stress. Yes, modern gadgets do increase the pace of life. But they also make life easier. The primary stress on today’s young comes from a battle — a great spiritual battle being waged all around them and even in them. They sense the battle and sometimes feel engulfed by it. But our society gives them no context in which to process an understanding of what they feel. They are being taught (in some cases the word brainwashing is not too strong) to laugh off God’s answers to their predicament. The spiritual battle rages between the forces of good and evil. As we go deeper into the end times, the battle will widen, deepen, and intensify. The answer is Jesus Christ — not a politically correct pseudo-Jesus — but the real and living Lord of the universe. To most Americans, few things sound as commonplace or dull as Sunday School. But America must take to heart the lessons being taught there — even to small children. Those lessons include prayer, Bible study, and most of all, a turn to Jesus as Lord and Savior. Seven hundred and fifty years before Christ, God spoke to the nation of Israel through the farmer-turned-prophet named Amos. “‘Behold, days are coming,’ declares the Lord God, ‘When I will send a famine on the land, Not a famine for bread or a thirst for water, But rather for hearing the words of the Lord.’” (Amos 8:11) In today’s media landscape, we can pick and choose what we want to see and hear. We can avoid anything that makes us uncomfortable. So, despite Bible preaching across more media than ever, much of America is experiencing a self-induced famine of God’s word. And its effect on the young is profound. In verse 13, God says, “In that day the fair virgins And strong young men Shall faint from thirst.” That prophecy was directed toward ancient Israel, but with clear implications for us. We’re experiencing it right now in the United States. The young faint from thirst for the word of God.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-6-13-2019/ 

:: 6-16-19 CBS news :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hong Kong makes history as black sea of protesters denounce city's leader and Beijing

By Ramy Inocencio June 16, 2019 / 5:41 PM / CBS News

In Hong Kong's biggest protests since Britain handed this former colony back to China in 1997, organizers said nearly 2 million people took to the streets Sunday to denounce their own government and, by extension, Beijing and China's Communist party. Angry yet peaceful demonstrators, clad in black to signify their fury, shouted slogans and showed off placards demanding the revocation of controversial extradition proposals, the release of student demonstrators who were arrested after violent clashes in the past week and the resignation of the city's top leader, Chief Executive Carrie Lam.  Government figures estimated the number of protesters as closer to 1 million, though disparities are common with such head counts. CBS News walked the route with protesters from Victoria Park, the site of the city's June 4 vigil commemorating the 30th anniversary of the Tiananmen Square massacre, to Hong Kong's Central Government Offices about 2 miles east, to Admiralty near the city's central business district. At the heart of this massive storm, Hong Kong's citizens say they fear that suggested changes to current extradition laws would subject them to mainland China's legal system. Lawyers claim fair trials and due process across the soft border are questionable, with people having been accused of crimes they did not commit. In 2014, several Hong Kong booksellers critical of China also infamously disappeared, inexplicably reappearing in custody across the border. Legal critics say the passage of Lam's proposals would be tantamount to opening the door to legalized kidnapping. On Saturday, Lam responded to the rising pressure and pulled a major reversal on her proposals, indefinitely suspending future debate on extradition. She refused to apologize, however, for the fallout that rained down on the city in the week prior. Several dozen people — both protesters and police — were injured in some of the most violent clashes in recent memory that involved tear gas, bricks, rubber bullets and batons. Protests consumed the city again Sunday afternoon — for the third time in just one week — with people demanding a complete withdrawal and end to any discussion linked to changes to the city's extradition arrangements. The first death of a protester, who fell from a building onto one of the city's main thoroughfares after hanging an anti-extradition banner, further spurred people to demonstrate in force. Late Sunday evening, Lam made yet another concession that only served to rile her detractors further. A text-only statement from a government spokesperson was released, saying "the Chief Executive apologizes to the public and promises to accept criticism with the utmost sincerity and humility, to improve and serve the general public." The opposition Civil Human Rights Front, a loose organization of anti-extradition and anti-establishment leaders, quickly released its own statement: "This is a total insult ... Hong Kongers will not accept this!" Beijing, for its part, issued its own text statement Saturday, claiming that officials "support, respect and understand" the decision by Hong Kong's chief executive and "stressed that the Central Government has fully affirmed" her work. Yet as Hong Kong's protests began Sunday, China Central Television seemingly ignored the issue at hand, instead broadcasting a report on President Xi Jinping's visit to the former Soviet republic of Tajikistan. The protests, violence and backtracking of the past week appear to be the biggest crisis in Hong Kong's ties with mainland China since its return from colonial rule. The city, currently governed under a "one country, two systems" policy, is scheduled to officially revert to total mainland Chinese control in 2047. Critics say the past week's events and the rising tensions of the past 22 years show that system may be failing. Erin Lyall in Hong Kong and Grace Qi in Beijing contributed to this report.

https://www.cbsnews.com/news/hong-kong-makes-history-black-sea-of-protesters-denounce-carrie-lam-beijing-government-extradition-bill-2019-06-16/ 

[ :: 2-8-02 At the altar after the pm service (second word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. a terrible dark cloud has covered the earth, sickness, pain, suffering, bloodshed, drought, hurricanes, tornadoes, hail, fire, famine, pestilences, heartaches and sorrow, the anti-christ rising to power and fame. Oh, what a day that has now come.

:: 6-16-19 AP :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Ugandan medics now tackling Ebola say they lack supplies

By RODNEY MUHUMUZA June 15, 2019

BWERA, Uganda (AP) — The isolation ward for Ebola patients is a tent erected in the garden of the local hospital. Gloves are given out sparingly to health workers. And when the second person in this Uganda border town died after the virus outbreak spread from neighboring Congo , the hospital for several hours couldn’t find a vehicle to take away the body. “We don’t really have an isolation ward,” the Bwera Hospital’s administrator, Pedson Buthalha, told The Associated Press. “It’s just a tent. To be honest, we can’t accommodate more than five people.” Medical workers leading Uganda’s effort against Ebola lament what they call limited support in the days since infected members of a Congolese-Ugandan family showed up, one vomiting blood. Three have since died. While Ugandan authorities praise the health workers as “heroes” and say they are prepared to contain the virus, some workers disagree, wondering where the millions of dollars spent on preparing for Ebola have gone if a hospital on the front line lacks basic supplies. “Even the gloves are not enough,” the hospital administrator said Thursday. “I give them out small small.” A nurse nodded in agreement. The World Health Organization on Friday said the Ebola outbreak is an “extraordinary event” of deep concern but does not yet merit being declared a global emergency . Such a declaration typically triggers more funding, resources and political attention. WHO said $54 million is needed to stop the outbreak. And yet both Congo and Uganda appeared to lobby against a declaration, with Congo counting the Uganda-related Ebola cases as its own, saying Congo was where the family members began developing symptoms. Ugandan authorities on Friday said they had only one suspected Ebola case remaining in the country. More than 1,400 people have died since this outbreak was declared in August in eastern Congo, one of the world’s most turbulent regions, where rebel attacks and community resistance have hurt Ebola response work. The virus can spread quickly via close contact with bodily fluids of those infected and can be fatal in up to 90% of cases, and identifying people who might have been exposed is crucial. While Ugandan health workers aren’t facing the violent attacks that have killed several Ebola responders in Congo, they remain at risk as they seek to isolate, test and treat for the virus. Basic equipment such as gloves is essential. At least two nurses at Bwera Hospital might have been exposed as they offered first aid to the infected family. They and some other contacts have since been quarantined in their homes. WHO says at least 112 such contacts have been identified in Uganda since the outbreak crossed the nearby border. A nurse, who spoke on condition of anonymity to avoid possible retribution, questioned why some people who might have been exposed to Ebola are allowed to stay at home. “I wish we could coordinate,” the hospital administrator said of the apparent confusion over how to manage the outbreak. Ugandan Health Minister Jane Aceng told the AP on Saturday that district officials in Kasese were to blame for limited medical supplies after delaying in submitting their budget. “It is clearly the responsibility of the district to order supplies,” she said. “If they haven’t done the orders we can’t supply because we don’t know how much they need.” As for upgrading the makeshift isolation ward in the hospital garden, she said “it is not economical. It is not cost-effective” to build permanent structures. Uganda has faced multiple Ebola outbreaks and is a regional leader in battling Ebola, even if this part of the country has never experienced an outbreak. Some Ugandan physicians were deployed to the West African outbreak of 2013-2016, the deadliest in history. Health workers in this outbreak now have the benefit of an experimental but effective Ebola vaccine that is being widely used, with more than 130,000 doses distributed. Uganda has vaccinated nearly 4,700 health workers, with more vaccinations beginning on Saturday. Still, corruption is rampant, and many local people are scornful of government officials seen as out of touch. As Bwera Hospital tried to arrange a safe burial on Thursday for one of Uganda’s first Ebola victims, officials quickly realized there was no vehicle. The burial took place hours later and in darkness , which some residents called a sign of the government’s shortcomings. “This should have been done by the health office, the district health office,” said Moses Mugisa, clerk of the border town of Mpondwe-Lhubiriha, who eventually found transport for the corpse. In addition, he said, voluntary health teams screening for Ebola on the border have gone unpaid for about four months. He criticized the decision of government officials from Kampala, the capital, to visit only briefly after Uganda’s first Ebola case was announced. “We have a lot of work to do,” he said.

Follow Africa news at https://twitter.com/AP_Africa 

https://www.apnews.com/9be2288e0bad444c86d00e3d0bef806c 

:: 6-16-19 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump thanks Netanyahu as sign for 'Trump Heights' goes up on Golan

Step is first toward establishment of new community.

By Herb Keinon June 17, 2019 04:30

Less than three months after US President Donald Trump recognized Israel’s sovereignty over the Golan Heights, the cabinet on Sunday started the bureaucratic ball moving toward establishing a new community on the Golan Heights called Ramat Trump (Trump Heights). Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu, who pushed to name a settlement in the area after Trump in appreciation of his recognition of Israel’s sovereignty over the Golan, as well as moving the US Embassy to Jerusalem and his strong support for Israel, unveiled the sign “Ramat Trump” on a plot of synthetic grass near the existing community of Kela. “We are proud to have the opportunity to establish a new community, and also to honor a big friend,” Netanyahu said at the opening of the special cabinet meeting held on the Golan Heights. In addition to recognizing Israeli sovereign of the Golan and Jerusalem as Israel’s capital, Netanyahu also mentioned as reason for appreciation Trump’s withdrawal from the Iranian nuclear deal. Trump responded to the gesture on Twitter: “Thank you PM @Netanyahu and the State of Israel for this great honor!” Netanyahu, along with US Ambassador David Friedman, unveiled the sign at the site of the future community, near Kela Alon in the northern Golan Heights. “This is a festive moment that will be remembered for generations as a milestone in the history of the Golan Heights,” he said at the ceremony. “Many years have passed since a new settlement was established in the Golan Heights. Today it is happening.” Friedman, who was present at the meeting and the naming ceremony, thanked Netanyahu for the “extraordinary gesture that you and the State of Israel are making to the president of the United States.” “It is well deserved, but it is much appreciated,” he said. Friedman said that the US-Israel relationship was a “dynamic” one that was “critical for both countries.” He pointed out that it is very rare anywhere in the world for a country to name a community after a sitting US president, and that the only time this was done in Israel in the past was Kfar Truman, a moshav near Ben-Gurion Airport, named after US President Harry Truman in 1949. The resolution passed on Sunday calls on the Construction Ministry to initiate professional staff work regarding the new settlement that will be presented to the national planning commission. It also mandates the Finance Ministry to give its economic perspective on the new settlement within 30 days to the national planning commission. Yael Cohen, the deputy legal adviser to the Prime Minister’s Office, said material circulated to the minister that the actual decision to establish the new community will need to be taken by the next government, and that this decision was to start the process moving toward its establishment. Because no final decision on the establishment of the new community was made, nor any budget set aside for it, MK Zvi Hauser, of the Blue and White Party who served as cabinet secretary under Netanyahu from 2009 to 2013, called the measure “Israbluff.” “Whoever reads the fine print in this ‘historical decision’ will understand that it is nothing more than a fictitious and non-obligatory resolution (fake policy),” Hauser said. “There is no budget, there is no plan, there is no location for the settlement and there isn’t really any binding decision to execute the project.” Netanyahu, Hauser said, “must decide if he really wants to establish a new settlement and deepen our roots in the Golan Heights or whether he is content with creating virtual reality for the purposes of a photo opportunity. After 52 years in the area, there are only 25,000 Israelis in the Golan and the population growth rate is negligible. This is not how a government wants to settle the Golan.”  In April, two weeks after the elections, Netanyahu toured the Golan and said a community in the Golan should be named after the US president. The community, to be a mixed secular-religious settlement which in its first stage is expected to number some 120 families, will be set up in the northern Golan at Beruchim. Tamar Beeri contributed to this report.

https://www.jpost.com/Israel-News/Sign-for-Trump-Heights-goes-up-on-Golan-592725 

:: 6-16-19 BBC news :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Argentina and Uruguay reel after massive power outage

17 June 2019

Power has been restored to much of Argentina and Uruguay after a massive electrical failure left tens of millions of people in the dark. Argentine President Mauricio Macri has promised a full investigation.  Argentine media said the power cut occurred shortly after 07:00 (10:00GMT) on Sunday, causing trains to be halted and failures with traffic signalling. The blackout was prompted by a failure in an electrical grid that serves both Argentina and Uruguay. The outage occurred as people in Argentina were preparing to go to the polls for local elections, delaying voting in several regional provinces. Parts of Paraguay and Chile were also affected, a state energy company said. What do we know about the blackout? "A massive failure in the electrical interconnection system left all of Argentina and Uruguay without power," electricity supply company Edesur said in a tweet. Alejandra Martinez, a spokeswoman for the company, described the power cut as unprecedented. "This is the first time something like this has happened across the entire country," she said. Citing official sources, Argentine media reported that the outage was linked to a failure in the transmission of electricity from the Yacycretá hydroelectric dam. Argentina's Energy Minister Gustavo Lopetegui insisted that the country's electrical system was "very robust," but added that the exact cause of this failure was unclear. "At the moment we're not ruling out any possibility. But we don't think it is down to a cyber attack," he told reporters. Power has been restored to more than 80% of customers in Argentina, officials say. Uruguay's energy company, UTE, said power had been restored to 88% of customers.  How have people been affected? The combined population of Argentina and Uruguay is about 48 million people. Among the affected provinces in Argentina were Santa Fe, San Luis, Formosa, La Rioja, Chubut, Cordoba and Mendoza, reports said. Tierra del Fuego in the far south was the only area that remained unaffected because it is not connected to the power grid. In neighbouring Paraguay, parts of Ayolas, Pilar, Villalbín and the border areas of Misiones and Ñeembucú were also without power. One of Argentina's biggest water companies, Agua y Saneamientos Argentinos, warned those without power to conserve water, as the distribution of drinking water had been affected by the outage. Social media reports of the power outage were widespread - from the capital Buenos Aires in the north, to Mendoza in the west and Comodoro Rivadavia in the south, among many other cities. Residents posted pictures of dark towns and cities and long lines of cars queuing at petrol stations. "Everything came to a halt. Elevators, water pumps, everything. We were left adrift," Juan Borges, who lives in Buenos Aires, told the BBC. "There are some elderly people on the eighth floor but nothing happened, because the power cut was short. If it had gone on for longer it would have been a whole different story." he said.

Local media have been showing voters casting their local election ballots in the dark, with mobile phones being used as lanterns.

https://www.bbc.com/news/world-latin-america-48652686 

[ :: 7-30-08 pm service (first Word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc For truly in the world right now, saith your Father God, is much trouble, trouble that they know not how to deal with. They know not how to stop the drought, the global warming, the flooding, they know not how to stop the rains, the forest fires, they do not know these things. They do not know how to stop the wars, the troubles that are taking place in the world and the troubles yet to come. etc.

:: 6-16-19 India Today :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Sudan crisis: How protest over bread prices led to more than 100 dead, bodies floating in Nile

In December, protests broke out in Sudan after an economic crisis emptied bank machines and forced the government to triple the price of bread. What started as a fight for bread prices soon morphed into a nationwide movement, resulting in President Omar al-Bashir being ousted. On June 3, the military council in Sudan tried to disperse the pro-democracy protesters in Khartoum by opening fire on the crowds and killing over 100 people, according to local doctors.

India Today Web Desk

New Delhi

June 16, 2019 UPDATED: June 16, 2019 19:01 IST

Humanity is facing a crisis in Sudan following a crackdown in Khartoum when Sudanese security forces brutally cleared a protest camp in the area in the early hours of June 3. The protesters were calling for the Transitional Military Council to hand power over to a civilian-led government. According to Human Rights Watch, protesters were chased, whipped, shot at and, according to several reports, raped. It is yet to be confirmed exactly as to how many people have died so far. But the Central Committee of Sudanese Doctors has estimated the death toll at 118 people as of June 12. However, the military-controlled health ministry has put the toll at 61. The list did not include around 40 bodies repeatedly fished out of the Nile river after the Khartoum massacre. Why were the people protesting? In December, protests broke out in Sudan after an economic crisis emptied bank machines and forced the government to triple the price of bread. What started as a fight for bread prices soon morphed into a nationwide movement demanding the resignation of Omar al-Bashir, the Islamist-backed military dictator who had ruled the country since 1989. A baker prepares bread in Khartoum, Sudan. (Photo: Reuters) Omar al-Bashir was overthrown in April, after a sit-in camp outside military headquarters in Khartoum forced top generals to mount a coup against him. Ousted Sudanese President Omar al-Bashir. (Photo: Reuters) However, talks between the protesters, who demanded democracy, and the Transitional Military Council, who have taken over the country, soon came to an end. On June 3, the military unit in Sudan tried to break the protests of the revolutionaries in Khartoum by opening fire on the crowds and killing over 100 people, according to local doctors. One of the first victims of the massacre was 26-year-old engineer Mohamed Mattar. Mattar was allegedly fatally shot by the Sudanese paramilitary Rapid Support Forces during the 3 June attacks. He was reportedly trying to protect two women at the time. His favourite colour was blue, prompting a social media movement where the users turned their Twitter and Instagram profiles blue to honour his memory. Using the hashtag #BlueForSudan, thousands of users have since joined the movement, including US singers Rihanna and Demi Lovato, who have shared statements of support with protesters. (Photo: Twitter)  Rise of civil disobedience movement in Sudan Army officers who overthrew President Omar Hassan al-Bashir in April after four months of protests have cancelled all agreements with the civilian opposition alliance and scrapped talks over power-sharing. "The military council destroyed the political process," said Amjad Farid, spokesman for the Sudanese Professionals Association (SPA), which had been leading talks with the Transitional Military Council (TMC). A campaign of civil disobedience has emptied Khartoum's streets. Security forces fired in the air to disperse demonstrators in the north of the city. One of the leading protesters, Alaa Salah come to symbolise the protest movement in Sudan. She is a 22-year-old architecture student in Khartoum. Alaa Salah said she does not come from a political background, and has taken to the streets to fight for a better Sudan. "Our country is above any political parties and any sectarian divisions," she said. The scenario unfolding in Sudan seems straight out of the playbooks of generals in Egypt who manipulated the 2011 Arab Spring to their advantage instead of introducing greater freedoms. Field Marshall Hussein Tantawi pushed veteran Egyptian President Hosni Mubarak aside after security forces could not contain protests focused on Tahrir Square in central Cairo. But it became clear that Egypt's generals, who ruled during a turbulent and sometimes violent transition, had no appetite for democracy. In 2013, Armed Forces Chief Abdel Fattah al-Sisi, backed by the United Arab Emirates and Saudi Arabia, overthrew Mohamed Mursi of the Muslim Brotherhood, Egypt's first democratically elected president, after mass demonstrations against his rule. Sisi, who received financial support from the UAE and Saudi Arabia to keep Egypt's economy afloat, outlawed the Brotherhood and declared it a terrorist group. Security forces dispersed two Brotherhood protest camps in Cairo weeks after Mursi was toppled. Rights groups said 800 people were killed. Egypt said the protesters were armed. Who is in charge in Sudan now? The Transitional Military is headed by Lt-Gen. Abdel Fattah Abdelrahman Burhan, a career officer in the regular army seems to be calling the shots in the country. However, it is also suspected that the real power is under Lt-Gen Burhan's deputy, Lt-Gen Mohammed Hamdan Dagalo, who is also known as Hemedti. Hemedti commands the RSF - an irregular force outside the regular military chain of command. Hemedti's troops control the capital and he has apparent financial backing from regional super powers Saudi Arabia and the United Arab Emirates - which could end up making him the next military dictator in Sudan. Shut down of internet services by the military government in Sudan The military government, which is in power in the country, has shut down most of the internet, citing "national security" - a move apparently designed to prevent protesters using social media to organise their movement and hinder reporting on what is going on inside the country.  On Friday, Sudan's military council admitted for the first time that it was responsible for dispersing the sit-in in Khartoum. "We ordered the commanders to come up with a plan to disperse this sit-in. They made a plan and implemented it...but we regret that some mistakes happened," spokesperson Shamseddine Kabbashi said. "We feel sorry for what happened," Kabashi said, while adding, "We will show no leniency and we will hold accountable anyone, regardless of their rank, if proven to have committed violations." Sudan's ruling Military Council spokesperson Shamseddine Kabbashi makes a speech as he holds a press conference at the Presidential Palace in Khartoum. (Photo: AP) What about outside powers? The African Union (AU) has suspended Sudan until the establishment of civilian rule, intensifying global pressure on its new military leaders to stand down after the worst violence since Omar al-Bashir's fall in April. Ethopian PM Abiy Ahmed has been going back and forth across Khartoum in a desperate bid to broker some kind of compromise with the generals and pro-democracy forces and appointed a special envoy. Ousted Sudan president to face trial soon Ousted Sudanese President Omar al-Bashir will stand trial soon on corruption charges, while 41 former officials from his government are being investigated for suspected graft, the chief prosecutor said on Saturday. Bashir's trial will be a test of how serious the country's transitional military council is about trying to erase the legacy of Bashir, ousted in April after 30 years of autocratic rule that saw South Sudan secede and the economy deteriorate. Chief prosecutor Alwaleed Sayed Ahmed Mahmoud said the former president would be referred for trial after a one-week period for objections expires. What will happen now? All eyes are on Sudan as the coming days will be very crucial for the country. It remains to be seen whether the opposing forces will come to some kind of terms and move on to a shaky, uncertain path towards democracy. If not, then the clashes between the Rapid Support Forces and the unarmed protesters will continue. And if we have learned one thing from our history, it is the fact that balance of power is always tipped towards forces holding the guns.

Also Read | Streets empty in Sudan's capital after deadly army crackdown

Also Read | African bloc suspends Sudan, demanding end to military rule

Also Watch | Radio conversation of Indian forces caught in crossfire in S Sudan

https://www.indiatoday.in/world/story/sudan-crisis-protest-bread-prices-bodies-floating-nile-1550055-2019-06-16 

[ :: 10-26-14 am service  (2d word)  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Even though darkness is so great, even though it seems like there is no understanding I, your Father God, have given you my children the understanding. etc.

:: 6--19 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Bizarre video of creature resembling Dobby the elf of 'Harry Potter' caught on home camera

By Anna Hopkins | Fox News

An online video shows an elf-like creature many are saying resembles the character Dobby An online video shows an elf-like creature many are saying resembles the character Dobby from the ‘Harry Potter’ films. A strange video circulating online shows an elf-like creature many are saying resembles the character Dobby from the "Harry Potter" film franchise. The short clip has gone viral after being posted to Twitter on Friday by a user who says it was put up on the Facebook page of a woman named Vivian Gomez. A security camera at the home captured the clip, which shows a small figure with skinny legs and large ears walk down a driveway and do a dance.

https://www.foxnews.com/us/bizarre-video-of-creature-resembling-dobby-the-elf-of-harry-potter-caught-on-home-camera 

[ :: 11-18-01 pm Service (forth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. Rioting, looting, stealing and rape will be the common news for America. More people than ever before will buy guns and defense weapons. Welfare will crash with no money to pay the bills. The new type money system shall come into being. Those holding gold and silver to be safe will throw it in the streets, as it will be of no value. This will set the stage for the anti-christ and his system. But my people shall not suffer, as I will take them safely through, etc.

[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word]  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America.  If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc

[ :: 2-2-16 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. the whole world can tell you right now that Russia and North Korea has declared war on the United States of America.  The whole country can tell you an invasion is coming, the whole country can tell you the cashless monetary system is ready to start, the banks will have no money, the mark of the beast will be here.  But I am trying to protect you by placing one that can protect you, but even if that is not so and cannot be, I will still protect you and take you through this time safely. etc    

:: 6--19 American Freedom Union :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The State of the Economy

by Paul Craig Roberts

We live in a Matrix of Lies in which our awareness is controlled by the explanations we are given. The control exercised over our awareness is universal. It applies to every aspect of our existence. In the article below I show that not only is our understanding of the economy controlled by manipulation of our minds, but also the markets themselves are controlled by official intervention. In brief, you can believe nothing that you are officially told. If you desire truth, you must support the websites that are committed to truth.

The State of the Economy

Paul Craig Roberts

The story line is going out that the economic boom is weakening and the Federal Reserve has to get the printing press running again. The Fed uses the money to purchase bonds, which drives up the prices of bonds and lowers the interest rate. The theory is that the lower interest rate encourages consumer spending and business investment and that this increase in consumer and business spending results in more output and employment. The Federal Reserve, European Central Bank, and Bank of England have been wedded to this policy for a decade, and the Japanese for longer, without stimulating business investment. Rather than borrowing at low interest rates in order to invest more, corporations borrowed in order to buy back their stock. In other words, some corporations after using all their profits to buy back their own stock went into debt in order to further reduce their market capitalization! Far from stimulating business investment, the liquidity supplied by the Federal Reserve drove up stock and bond prices and spilled over into real estate. The fact that corporations used their profits to buy back their shares rather than to invest in new capacity means that the corporations did not experience a booming economy with good investment opportunities. It is a poor economy when the best investment for a company is to repurchase its own shares. Consumers, devoid of real income growth, maintained their living standards by going deeper into debt. This process was aided, for example, by stretching out car payments from three years to six and seven years, with the result that loan balances exceed the value of the vehicles. Many households live on credit cards by paying the minimum amount, with the result that their indebtedness grows by the month. The Federal Reserve’s low interest rates are not reciprocated by the high credit card interest rate on outstanding balances.  Some European countries now have negative interest rates, which means that the bank does not pay you interest on your deposit, but charges you a fee for holding your money. In other words, you are charged an interest rate for having money in a bank. One reason for this is the belief of neoliberal economists that consumers would prefer to spend their money than to watch it gradually wither away and that the spending will drive the economy to higher growth. What is the growth rate of the economy? It is difficult to know, because the measures of inflation have been tampered with in order to avoid cost-of-living adjustments for Social Security recipients and the payment of COLA adjustments in contracts. The consumer price index is a basket of goods that represents an average household’s expenditures. The weights of the items in the index are estimates of the percentage of the household budget that is spent on those items. A rise in the prices of items in the index would raise the index by the weight of those items, and this was the measure of inflation. Changes were made that reduced the inflation that the index measured. One change was to substitute a lower price alternative when an item in the index rose in price. Another was to designate a rise in price of an item as a quality improvement and not count it as inflation. Something similar was done to the producer price index which is used to deflate nominal GDP in order to measure real economic growth. GDP is measured in terms of money, and some of the growth in the measure is due to price increases rather than to more output of goods and services. In order to have a good estimate of how much real output has increased, it is necessary to deflate the nominal measure of GDP by taking out the price rises. If inflation is underestimated, then real GDP will be overestimated. When John Williams of Shadowstats adjusts the real GDP measure for what he calculates is a two-percentage point understatement of annual inflation, there has been very little economic growth since 2009 when a recovery allegedly began, and the economy remains far below its pre-recession level in 2008. In other words, the belief that the US has had a decade long economic recovery is likely to be an illusion produced by underestimating inflation. Indeed, every day experience with the prices of food, clothing, household goods, and services indicates a higher rate of inflation than is officially reported. The low unemployment rate that is reported is also an illusion. The government achieves the low rate by not counting the unemployed. The economic and psychological cost of searching for a job are high. There are the economic costs of a presentable appearance and transport to the interview. For a person without a pay check, these costs rapidly mount. The psychological costs of failure to find a job time after time also mount. People become discouraged and cease looking. The government treats discouraged workers who cannot find jobs as no longer being in the work force and omits them from the measure of unemployment. John Williams estimates that the real rate of US unemployment is 20%, not 3.5% The decline in the labor force participation rate supports Williams’ conclusion. Normally, a booming economy, which is what 3.5% unemployment represents, would have a rising labor force participation rate as people enter the work force to take advantage of the employment opportunities. However, during the alleged ten year boom, the participation rate has fallen, an indication of poor job opportunities. The government measures jobs in two ways: the payroll jobs report that seeks to measure the new jobs created each month (which is not a measure of employment as a person may hold two or more jobs) and the household survey that seeks to measure employment. The results are usually at odds and cannot be reconciled. What does seem to emerge is that the new jobs reported are for the most part low productivity, low value-added, lowly paid jobs. Another conclusion is that the number of full time jobs with benefits are declining and the number of part-time jobs are rising. A case could be made that US living standards have declined since the 1950s when one income was sufficient to support a family. The husband took the slings and arrows of the work experience, and the wife provided household services such as home cooked nutritious meals, child care, clean clothes, and an orderly existence. Today most households require two earners to make ends meet and then only barely. Saving is a declining option. A Federal Reserve report a couple of years ago concluded that about half of American households could not produce $400 cash unless personal possessions were sold. As the Federal Reserve’s low interest rate policy has not served ordinary Americans or spurred investment in new plant and equipment, who has it served? The answer is corporate executives and shareholders. As the liquidity supplied by the Federal Reserve has gone mainly into the prices of financial assets, it is the owners of these assets who have benefited from the Federal Reserve’s policy. Years ago Congress in its unwisdom capped the amount of executive pay that could be deducted as a business expense at one million dollars unless performance related. What “performance related” means is a rise in profits and share price. Corporate boards and executives achieved “performance” by reducing labor costs by moving jobs offshore and by using profits and borrowing in order to buy back the company’s shares, thus driving up the price. In other words, corporate leaders and owners benefited by harming the US economy, the careers and livelihoods of the American work force, and their own companies. This is the reason for the extraordinary worsening of the income and wealth distribution in the United States that is polarizing the US into a handful of mega-rich and a multitude of have-nots. The America I grew up in was an opportunity society. There were ladders of upward mobility that could be climbed on merit alone without requiring family status or social and political connections. Instate college tuition was low. Most families could manage it, and the students of those families that could not afford the cost worked their way through university with part time jobs. Student loans were unknown.

That America is gone. The few economists capable of thought wonder about the high price/earnings ratios of US stocks and the 26,000 Dow Jones when stock buy-backs indicate that US corporations see no investment opportunities. How can stock prices be so high when corporations see no growth in US consumer income that would justify investment in the US? When President Reagan’s supply-side economic policy got the Dow Jones up to 1,000 the US still had a real economy. How can it be that today with America’s economy hollowed out the Dow Jones is 25 or 26 times higher? Manipulation plays a role in the answer. In Reagan’s last year in office, the George H.W. Bush forces created the Working Group on Financial Markets, otherwise known as the “plunge protection team,” the purpose of which was to prevent a stock market fall that would deny Bush the Republican nomination and the presidency as Reagan’s successor. The Bush people did not want any replay of October 1987. The plunge protection team brought together the Federal Reserve, Treasury, and Securities and Exchange Commission in a format that could intervene in the stock market to prevent a fall. The easiest way to do this is, when faced with falling stock prices, to step in and purchase S&P futures. Hedge funds follow the leader and the market decline is arrested. The Federal Reserve now has the ability to intervene in any financial market. Dave Kranzler and I have shown repeatedly how the Federal Reserve or its proxies intervene in the gold market to support the value of the excessively-supplied US dollar by printing naked gold contracts to drop on the gold futures market in order to knock down the price of gold. A rising gold price would show that the dollar support arrangements that the Federal Reserve has with other central banks to maintain the illusion of a strong dollar is a contrived arrangement rejected by the gold market. What few, if any, economists and financial market commentators understand is that today all markets are rigged by the plunge protection team. For at least a decade it has not been possible to evaluate the financial situation by relying on traditional thinking and methods. Rigged markets do not respond in the way that competitive markets respond. This is the explanation why companies that see no investment opportunities for their profits better than the repurchase of their own shares can have high price/earnings ratios. This is the explanation why the market’s effort to bring stock prices in line with realistic price/earnings ratios is unsuccessful. As far as I can surmise, the Federal Reserve and plunge protection team can continue to rig the financial markets for the mega-rich until the US dollar loses its role as world reserve currency.

https://www.paulcraigroberts.org/2019/06/06/the-state-of-the-economy/ 

http://www.americanfreedomunion.com/the-state-of-the-economy/ 

 :: 10-3-12 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. But it is a very, very dark hour, a very wicked hour, a very evil hour with much going on every day, every moment of the day.

:: 6-9-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Another Cluster Of Mysterious Deaths! Arkansas Judge Seals Police Records On Murder Of Former Arkansas State Senator Who Was Allegedly Investigating CPS Child Trafficking Ring

- At Least 5 Mysterious Deaths In Week: Is A Nationwide 'Clean Up Job' Being Carried Out?

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die  June 9, 2019

Over the last several years dating back to the launch of ANP during the administration of Barack Obama, we have published numerous stories about clusters of mysterious deaths hitting bankers, scientists, biologists, holistic health practitioners, people tied to the DNC and Hillary Clinton and numerous other seemingly odd professions to experience sudden outbreaks of mysterious deaths. And we're sad to report in this new story that another such outbreak may now be unfolding before our eyes. As Infowars reports in this new story, within two days of each other this past week, the bodies of two former state Senators were found within their own homes, both of them shot dead. With the body of former Republican state Senator Linda Collins Smith found the day before the body of former Oklahoma state Senator Jonathon Nicols, one commenter on the Infowars story instantly picked up on the fact that Collins Smith was from the state of Arkansas while commenting "Old friends of the Clintons no doubt :( ". Another commenter simply stated: "Arkancide=Clintons." Those mysterious deaths were just 2 of at least 5 this past week. Quite interestingly, Arkansas Circuit Court Judge Harold Erwin has sealed all police records surrounding the death of former Senator Linda Collins Smith and 'coincidentally', or not, Erwin 1st became a Circuit Court Judge in Arkansas in 1987, while Bill Clinton was governor there. With the Arkansas swamp one of the deepest, dirtiest and most corrupt in the nation, is another full scale cover up taking place? And adding another piece to the puzzle, back on March 5th of 2019, the website Right Wing Watch did a hit piece story on Collins Smith, claiming that she had recently called into a youtube show put on by "Patriots Soapbox" and spoke about what RWW called all of the so-called 'conspiracy theories' that are floating around within 'right wing circles'. 'Theories' which we now understand were right on the money as they correctly painted the 'deep state' as treasonous under Barack Obama in their attempted coup against President Trump. Collins Smith was also very outspoken in her views on illegal immigration. And as we hear in the 2nd and final video at the bottom of this story, Collins Smith had also allegedly been investigating Child Protective Services in Arkansas and had apparently discovered a massive underground child trafficking ring hidden within private organizations but funded by Federal Grants. And while we are unable to confirm it at this moment, the 'Clinton cartel' was allegedly involved in that as well. In the first video at the bottom of this story, videographer Ken Yang from Conduit News also takes a look at the mysterious death of Linda Collins Smith and while he doesn't mention Bill or Hillary, one commenter on his video pointed out: "Arkancided!!! She knew too much on OBAMA AND CLINTONS.." So before we go on to the next section of this story which will take a look at the genesis of the strange patterns of mysterious deaths over the past several decades surrounding Hillary and the 'Clinton crime family', we have to mention here that the murders of Collins Smith and Jonathon Nicols were not the only mysterious deaths to happen last week. As the NY Times had reported back on June 6th, two Veteran New York City law enforcement members recently 'took their own lives' within 24 hours of each other. The alleged 'suicides' of Veteran Police Chief Steven Silk, who was only one month away from retirement, and a homicide detective were immediately picked up upon by users of the website 4Chan who claimed that Silk was the Police Chief who handed over Anthony Weiner's laptop to the FBI and had seen the contents of it. And while this Heavy story reports that they found no evidence suggesting Silks was involved in handing over Weiner’s laptop, does anybody really believe that we'll be getting any truth at all about 'deep state crimes' or the 'Clinton crime family' from leftist media? It sure looks to us like someone is cleaning up loose ends, and with the mysterious death of Hillary Clinton's youngest brother Tony Rodham also happening on Saturday, and coming during the same week as all of these other mysterious deaths, one dissenter commenter hit the nail on the head on this Hillary tweet announcing his death, "Let me guess: He committed suicide by shooting himself twice in the back of the head? The Borgia's have NOTHING on the Clinton Crime Family. You are a cold, dangerous b*tch..." Any story about mysterious deaths over the past several decades would not be complete without once again taking a look back at the beginning of the mysterious deaths that have surrounded Bill and Hillary Clinton. From Conservapedia. The Clinton body count originated with the 1987 Ives/Henry double homicide case and the subsequent violent deaths of seven witnesses or suspects in the investigation. Drug smuggling continued at the Mena Airport after the CIA terminated the Contra supply operation and left Arkansas. All nine of these murders in the vicinity of Mena remain unsolved, and three were originally ruled "suicides" by the state's chief medical examiner. Law enforcement and prosecutors also participated in the coverup, some receiving pay raises and promotions in the Clinton Arkansas political machine. The BCCI, Inslaw, and a small Little Rock bank data processing company known as Systematics also figure prominently in a string of unusual deaths. Once in the White House, many premature deaths related to "accidents" (most likely the result of sabotage) and "suicides" (staged by hired thugs) coincide with investigations into illegal fundraising. Since leaving the White House, several witnesses in corruption probes have been "suicided" or met bizarre "accidents" only days before giving sworn testimony. Other mysterious deaths are related to the Clinton Foundation and fundraising. Much of the early work on the subject was done by journalist Danny Casolaro writing The Octopus, and Victor Thorn author of The Clinton Murder Volume, both who met suspicious and untimely deaths. Future researchers will build upon their work, with the caveat of associated risks.  The Clinton body count spawned the neologism 'Arkancide', defined as neither traditional suicide nor homicide, but "suicide" by two bullets to the back of the head. While numbering over 33 according to this August of 2016 WND story, the 'body count' continued to grow into the 2016 election and well beyond with the still unsolved murder of Seth Rich likely one of the biggest 'Clinton killings'. As Fox News had reported back in August of 2016, many believe it was Rich who fed Julian Assange and Wikileaks the data from the DNC hack, a hack long blamed upon Russia that cast the 2016 US election into the twilight zone and helped lead to the 'Russian collusion witch hunt'. Why are so many mysterious deaths seemingly grouped in huge clusters? As Erin Elizabeth over at Health Nut News began reporting nearly 4 years ago back in June of 2015 following the murder of Dr. Jeff Bradstreet, we've now reached the point where the lives of over 90 holistic doctors have come to mysterious and untimely ends. Why so many dead holistic doctors? And Steve Quayle has been keeping track of mysteriously dead chemists, biologists, engineers, infectious disease experts and other scientists going all the way back to 1994 with 46 dead on this list alone which charts the deaths until 2003 with another 30+ on this list which covered the years 2004 to 2015. Why so many mysteriously dead scientists over the years? What did they know that we don't know? Were they secretly developing some kind of 'doomsday' race specific bio weapons? Those questions will probably never be answered.  And then as the NY Post had asked in a story back in 2016, "Why are so many bankers committing suicide?" Reporting within that story that at least 40 bankers had 'killed themselves' within a 17-month period which started in March of 2013, as Casey Research reported back in November of 2016, all of those mysterious deaths should have told us a great deal of information about the instablility of the banking system in general and clearly pointed towards deep corruption. So with this latest mysterious death cluster seemingly pointing at the 'Clinton crime family' and happening at a time when the treasonous deep state has been fully exposed and the entire Russian collusion hoax narrative has shifted, now pointing directly to Obama and Hillary and deep state criminality, anybody who has had any kind of dealings with 'Bill and Hill' in the past should probably hire an extra body guard or three and station them around the house, well armed, prepared for anything with what looks like a possible 'clean up job' of people who 'knew too much' now taking place across the country.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Recent_Mysterious_Deaths_Are_A_Sign_Of_Trouble.php 

[ :: 10-15-14 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For truly these are the end days and the end hours and darkness is all across the face of the earth and the enemy is fighting like mad because he knows that he has little time left. etc..

:: 6--19 Now the End Begins :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Goal Of Hollywood And The Entire Entertainment Industry Is To Normalize Satanism And That Mission Is Now Nearly Complete

People, we are losing this battle, and maybe from a biblical point of view these things cannot be stopped. But what can be stopped is you and I being a part of it. After you watch these videos, you will see how pervasive satanism in America truly is, and shockingly, you will see how perhaps you have been a part of it because it is just so deeply ingrained in our culture by this point. These videos will show you that America is firmly in the grip of the occult and satanism to a degree that you never thought possible. And it gets worse every day. In 1988, I left my parent’s home in New Jersey and headed west to California. In A very short period of time I found work as an actor, became a stand-in and double for then-stars like Richard Gere and Matt Dillon, acting in dozens of commercials and enjoyed small roles on many of the popular shows of the day. I was a card-carrying member of SAG and AFTRA for 18 years. From what I personally saw during the 6 years I was actively involved, before the Lord called me out of it in 1994, it was not an overly wholesome place. Many crazy things were done behind closed doors. But in 2019, not only are those things now done openly, you can also see that Hollywood, the music industry, and even formerly family friendly companies like Disney are working to normalize the occult in general and satanism in particular. “…but this is your hour, and the power of darkness.” Luke 22:53 (KJV) Never before has the influence of mass culture and the media been so predominant or so powerful. 24 hours per day, we are bombarded by ads, videos, sound bytes, music, billboards, with our every move being tracked on our mobile phones. People are shocked to find that after they had a conversation in the living room with a friend about buying a new Chevy, the next time they use their computer or mobile device, there’s an ad for the exact car they were just discussing. How can this be? Simple, your phones are listening to you, even when turned off, and ads are sent to you based on what you were talking about. It happens to me multiple times per week. “For what shall it profit a man, if he shall gain the whole world, and lose his own soul?” Mark 8:36 (KJV)

This article is not going to contain a lot of words, because words will not be nearly as effective as the videos you are about to see. And after you watch them, if you can watch them all the way through, you will no longer be under the illusion of America being a “godly nation” or about Americans being “one people under God” because we are not under God. These videos will show you that America is firmly in the grip of the occult and satanism to a degree that you never thought possible. And it gets worse every day. “And we know that we are of God, and the whole world lieth in wickedness.” 1 John 5:19 (KJV)

Nearly every Hollywood and music superstar now claims association with the Illuminati, Freemasonry, OTO or the Church of Satan. They flash occult signs and symbols in all their music videos, and we the same in nearly all films and movies. But it is useless for me to spend overly many words telling you when I can show you. “Wherein in time past ye walked according to the course of this world, according to the prince of the power of the air, the spirit that now worketh in the children of disobedience:” Ephesians 2:2 (KJV) GRAPHIC WARNING: The images you will see in these videos are beyond disturbing, and the language at times equally so. Please pray before watching any of them. I would say to not let your children watch them, but guess what? They have probably been seeing them for years as well as buying their occult-themed music. Jay-Z just became a billionaire because millions and millions of people buy his music. People like your kids, people like you maybe, too. “And the great dragon was cast out, that old serpent, called the Devil, and Satan, which deceiveth the whole world: he was cast out into the earth, and his angels were cast out with him.” Revelation 12:9 (KJV) People, we are losing this battle, and maybe from a biblical point of view these things cannot be stopped. But what can be stopped is you and I being a part of it. After you watch these videos, you will see how pervasive satanism in America truly is, and shockingly, you will see how perhaps you have been a part of it because it is just so deeply ingrained in our culture by this point. Satan’s Grip Over America And The Entertainment Industry This first video is an excellent overview proving beyond the shadow of any doubt that the music and entertainment industry is controlled by Satan. So you think you listen to “clean” rock music, do you? You like your favorite “christian” heavy metal band, yes? No such thing as you will see here. If you have watched some of all of these videos, then by now you know the true state of America, our culture, and who it is that is running it. God has given me this amazing platform of NTEB, this ‘pulpit’ if you will, that allows me to reach deeply into the whole world. I am using it to warn you in the hopes you will start disconnecting from Hollywood, from the music industry, even from organized sports. These things are being used to program us, to control us, to accept as normal things that are perversely abnormal.

KATY PERRY ADMITS SHE SOLD HER SOUL TO THE DEVIL

JAY-Z AND BEYONCE ARE MEMBERS OF ALEISTER CROWLEY’S SATANIC CULT OTO

MADONNA DANCES OVER PIT OF HORNED DEMONS AT 2015 GRAMMYS

ACTOR CHRISTIAN BALE WINS GOLDEN GLOBES ‘BEST ACTOR’ FOR HIS PORTRAYAL OF DICK CHENEY IN ‘VICE’ MOVIE GIVES THANKS TO SATAN IN ACCEPTANCE SPEECH

OPRAH WINFREY AND STEPHEN COLBERT TAKE TURNS MOCKING GOD, JESUS AND THE BIBLE ON THE LATE SHOW

What do you think Pride Month is, anyway? It is a celebration of the normalization of everything that hates God and hates the Bible. Why are transgenders being pushed so heavily now? The symbol of Baphomet in satanism has both male and female genitalia, it is transgender. Do you get it now, are you starting to see what I am talking about? It is everywhere you look, in everything you purchase, and in everything that comes over the airwaves or the wifi. “He beholdeth all high things: he is a king over all the children of pride.” Job 41:34 (KJV) I will leave you with this last thought. Stop making excuses as to why you can’t witness for the Lord Jesus, turn off the television set, get some gospel tracts and get busy. Because as you can see in this article, things are getting ready to ‘wrap up’ soon, with you or without you. Make a stand or be forever on the sidelines, the choice is yours. You have free will, use it. But know this. While you’re sitting back praying “Lord, make me willing to be willing” and all the rest of that Laodicean junk, people are dying and going to Hell. 151,000 minimum per day every day. Tick, tock.

When this bright world would tempt me sore, When Satan would a victory score;  When self would seek to have its way, Then help me Lord with joy to say;  Only one life, ’twill soon be past, Only what’s done for Christ will last.

Now The End Begins is your front line defense against the rising tide of darkness in the last days before the Rapture of the Church HOW TO DONATE: Click here to view our GoFundMe page

When you contribute to this fundraising effort, you are helping us to do what the Lord called us to do. The money you send in goes primarily to the building of the recording studio, but it also goes to the overall daily operations of this site. When people ask for Bibles, we send them out at no charge. When people write in and say how much they would like gospel tracts but cannot afford them, we send them a box at no cost to them for either the tracts or the shipping, no matter where they are in the world. Even all the way to South Africa. We even restarted our weekly radio Bible study on Sunday nights again, thanks to your generous donations.

https://www.nowtheendbegins.com/how-hollywood-entertainment-industry-is-normalizing-occult-satanism-in-america/

:: 6-10-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

As Ebola Emerges, the Use of Medical FEMA Camps Will Be Accepted-Do You Know Your Odds of Surviving In a FEMA Camp?

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Monday, June 10, 2019 - 16:37.

The Chicken Littles are rearing their ugly heads and telling us that there is nothing to worry about. I have asserted in the past 48 hours that weaponized immigrants are being turned loose inside the United States. Weeks ago, I published a report in which I recounted the stories of both DHS and the DEA in which several immigrants from the Congo had tested positive with Ebola only to have them disappear into the night. Earlier this Spring, I published a report which described a joint medical martial law program between HHS, 17 other Federal agencies and the United Nations to set up containment camps to house people who were sick. If one is not familiar with this report, click on the link, this is a very important read in terms of understanding what is coming. The only problem with this program, is that there was not a medical group associated with the setting up of these so-called containment facilities and one could be forcibly sent off to one of the containment camps with minimal symptoms with no prospect for meaningful treatment. As previously reported, I have an alphabet soup agency agent who has told me that there are FEMA camps being built outside 5 major Texas cities. I further reported that in a Washington Post, April 9, 2019 story, that the United Nations was training a newly formed, Mexican National Guard, in humanitarian response to a crisis. Not long after, this same Mexican National Guard was involved in the snatching of two American soldiers on the US side of the border in what must be considered to be an act of war. In short, everything I said regarding the creation of FEMA Camp incarcerations for medically impacted persons is being legitimized. “Robert Redfield, the director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention said that people need to be prepared for the worst.” Redfield said the Democratic Republic of Congo’s newest Ebola outbreak may not be containable.  Tom Inglesby, the director of the Johns Hopkins Center for Health Security in Baltimore, said that if the Ebola outbreak becomes endemic in the Congo’s North Kivu province, it shows “we’ve lost the ability to trace contacts, stop transmission chains and contain the outbreak.” In this situation, Ebola could spread, which could negatively impact both trade and travel, according to a report by Becker’s Hospital Review.” This was said over a year ago and it is unfolding just as predicted. We have a crisis that is brewing and Ebola is that crisis. When we consider the facts that have already been documented on the CSS, it should be apparent to all that have eyes to see, that the loss of the Congolese Ebola-detainees was no accident. Immigration is being weaponized. Daniel Horowitz writes in the June 3 issue of Conservative Review: “While the problems of mumps, tuberculosis, scabies, and chicken pox from Central America are bad enough, the influx of African migrants takes the concern of contagious diseases to an entirely new level.” Thomas Homan, former Acting Director of Immigration and Custom Enforcement (ICE), said that House Speaker Nancy Pelosi needed to “love your country a little more than you hate this president.” The perfect storm is forming. FEMA camps will become normalized under medical pretenses. To those that wonder, can you survive in a FEMA camp? I did some historical research on this and here is what I found.' WHAT ARE THE ODDS OF SURVIVING IN A FEMA CAMP? Are you ready for the coming tyrannical crackdown and the complete evisceration of our constitutional liberties? Have you taken the proper precautions that will ensure the safety of you and your family? It is not likely that very many of us have taken any meaningful steps to maximize our chances for survival in what will prove to be humanity’s darkest days. Do you have what it takes to survive in a re-education camp? When the Wackenhut bus rolls into your neighborhood at 3AM, are you prepared to deal with what lies ahead? Let’s assume for a second that martial law is fully enacted and you were not able to find a safe sanctuary and that you are arrested by the powers that be. Have you considered what will happen? Your family members will be separated by the authorities as a prelude to sending you to their detention facilities, and that means that men will go to one facility, and women will go to another. Children will have their own facility awaiting them. Remember, the state owns your children and they have declared so in their Agenda 21 documents. In all likelihood, this will mark the last time you will ever see your family. How do I know this? Read the Rex 84 documents. The government tells you in plain language what they plan to do with you and your family. The Two Biggest Threats to Your Survival Are Psychological Imagine how a man who is deprived of everyone he has ever cared about, and at the same time this man has lost his house and all of his possessions, how will he survive? There are two primary dangers facing detainees and the biggest danger consists of bad luck and your showers will actually emit cyanide instead of water. And the second danger detainees will face is the loss of hope as we succumb and let go of life. For how will you find meaning in your life, when you’re separated from everything you’ve ever known and loved? If you are sent to the camps in the upcoming clamp down, there are things you can do to exercise control over the things of which you have influence. The Jews, placed in the NAZI death camps, were a very resilient people and were able to manufacture their own subculture while in the death There Were Resisters to the Forced Incarcerations There were those, however, that did resist as they ran from the relocation trains, and/or attacked their captors. In almost every instance, resisting authorities at the time of arrest was almost 100% fatal most often ending with a bullet in the back of their head. Within the death camps, a legitimate subculture appeared as the people played cards and actors, musicians, comics, singers, and dancers all entertained small groups who came together for a few hours to forget their dehumanization. Inmates formed close relationships with one another and this was their grass roots form of resistance. The voices of history are clear, if you’re ever forced into a re-education camp, pray for good luck and develop meaningful relationships among your fellow detainees and find pleasure in the small things over which you will have some measure of control. Some Inmates Resisted If you allowed yourself to be taken to a camp, could you organize a resistance and somehow win your freedom? There were some that tried just that. However, the results were not promising. In Treblinka, seven hundred Jews were successful in blowing up the camp on August 2, 1943. All but 150 of the inmates perished in retaliation for their efforts. Only 12 Treblinka inmates survived the war. In Sobibor, Jewish and Russian inmates mounted an escape on October 14, 1943. One in ten successfully escaped, about 60 out of 600. The prisoners involved in the escape survived to join the Soviet underground. In Auschwitz, on October 7, 1944, one of the four crematoria was blown up by Jewish workers, whose job it was to clear away the bodies of gas chamber victims. The workers were all caught and 100% of them were killed. The lesson seems clear, if you allow yourself to be taken, you’re probably not coming out of the experience alive. What is the lesson that one should draw? First, do not get caught and I know that is easier said than done. Secondly, some will survive, not many, by choosing to go along to get along. Third, you can try to escape. To survive by going along to get along, requires a fair amount of luck to survive. From my perspective, I believe history teaches that mounting an organized escape effort may be the best chance for survival that an inmate has coming out of the death camp experience, alive. Community Resistance? Can a community mount a successful resistance? Despite the stereotype which betrays all Jews as meekly going to their death, there were plenty of communities which mounted a resistance. For example, on September 3, 1942, seven hundred Jewish families escaped from the Tuchin Ghetto, located in Ukraine. However, the Nazis hunted them down, and only 15 survived. By 1943, the residents in the famous Warsaw Ghetto, had organized an army of about 1,000 men, mostly unarmed and without military equipment. In January 1943, German soldiers entered the ghetto to round up more Jews for shipment to the death camps. They were met by a volley of bombs, Molotov cocktails, and a few bullets from the sparse number of firearms which had been smuggled into the ghettos. Twenty German soldiers were killed. The action encouraged a few members of the Polish resistance to support the uprising, and a few machine guns, some hand grenades, and about a hundred rifles and revolvers were smuggled in. The Germans returned with almost 3,000 veteran German troops and overcame the resistance. It is true that nearly 300 Germans were killed. However, Jewish losses were estimated at 15,000. Some Jews survived and some actually did escape, but not many. More Thoughts What is the takeaway from these experiences? Unfortunately, it is an almost certain death sentence if one allows themselves to be incarcerated by a ruthless totalitarian regime. We have seen that resistance at the point of arrest is futile. Armed and organized resistance which includes community involvement, produces long odds for survival, but some do survive. Resisting captors inside of the concentration camp, by any means necessary, is nearly fatal in every case. Acquiescing to authority, while one carves out a life under very dire circumstances, provides the best chance for survival. And for those of us who are naturally resistant to tyranny. this is a bitter pill to swallow! However, and even under these conditions, one’s survival is highly dependent on being lucky. The best chance for survival if you are ever transported to a detention center, is to avoid being caught in the first place. Two out of every three Jews that hid, survived the war. The lesson here is that as society begins to fragment, parents can enhance the survival of their children by bequeathing them to close friends who are not “enemies of the state”. The Independent reported, that at least 764 people escaped the Holocaust by leaping from trains, a surprising figure, but it is based on data drawn from new research. It appears that escaping during transport, although not commonplace, does provide one with one of the best chances for survival. Was this the escape proof loophole closed by FEMA, in 2012, when they ordered 102,000 boxto cars with shackles? Then of course, there are the incessant stories about guillotines. A Hollywood movie could not create a more anxiety-filled plot than what is unfolding. Conclusion I don't think that the Ebola "pandemic" will reach a major crisis stage. I believe that the perception will be created to make the public believe that a pandemic is at hand. The perception of a pandemic will get the public to accept the use of containment camps (ie FEMA Camps). the creation of this perception will minimize resistance to the forced incarcerations that will follow. I predict that there will come a time in America when we will regret the day that we did not resist the bankster controlled government while we still had the means. Perhaps your survival instinct should kick in and stand up the tyranny that is staring us square in the face. Cover your mouth, don't cough and prepare for the worst. The UN is just south of our southern border training the Mexican National Guard for humanitarian purposes. perhaps these will be the FEma camp guards. Soon, the UN will be here and the camps will be legitimized under the guise of being for medical purposes.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/agenda-21-conspiracy-immigration/ebola-emerges-use-medical-fema-camps-will-be-accepted-do-you-know-your-odds-surviving-fema-camp 

[ :: 12-31-11 / 1-1-12 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Have you read my word, do you know that Ezekiel thirty eight and thirty nine is knocking on the door, as a matter of fact, its got a battering-ram and it is knocking the door down, but you are not aware of that.  Are you aware of how they are removing the Bible, are you aware of how they are fighting Christians, are you aware of the countries that are killing every Christian that is there?  And then you think I can delay another five years or another ten years.  Have you not read in my word where they are laying under my altar and they are crying out, how much longer, how much longer?  Oh what a sad state the world is in. etc.

[ :: 11-3-13 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.  for the world hates the Christians more now than at anytime in history.  Even during the days Jesus walked on earth, it is much worse now and it is not going to get better because those that don’t believe the truth are going to come against you like never before because they don’t want you to know the truth etc.

:: 6-7-19 CBN News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Christian School Hit with SWAT-Style Raid, CA Demands They Allow Sexual Exploration or Be Shut Down

06-07-2019 Andrea Morris

A Christian school in California is facing a huge battle with the state. Pacific Justice Institute (PJI) is representing River View Christian Academy in northern California. The school was raided earlier in the year, SWAT style, by the state. According to PJI, the raid was carried out by 16 armed law enforcement from California Highway Patrol, two canine units and 17 social workers. Students and staff were horrified by the sudden and unexpected attack. The state was misled into thinking that the school was harboring illegal drugs, amassing ammunition, and preparing for doomsday. RVCA works under the ministry Teen Rescue, which has offered programs for struggling teenagers in need of full-time supervision and redirection since 1989. Students are taught to focus on their education, change destructive behavior and strive for success. Even though results from the raid did not uncover any apocalyptic, end-times type of scenario, the state has not stopped and is fining the school daily with claims of improper licensing. The state is now saying that, due to recent legislation, it is no longer possible for a private boarding school to operate without a considerable amount of licensing and oversight by the Department of Social Services. With the increase in licensing, the Christian school would have to abandon their biblical values. The state requires that licensed facilities allow students to have the right to engage in spiritual and sexual exploration, which contradicts the standards set by RVCA and the morals of many parents, the Pacific Justice Institute said. PJI attorney Kevin Snider says the school is being targeted because it's part of a ministry for at-risk youth. He wrote, "In 25 years of practice, I have never seen this level of aggressive, militant, and ideologically-driven conduct by a state agency against a religious institution." In April, a federal judge dismissed part of the case saying that it must go through the state's administrative process. Fines continue to collect for RVCA and PJI has begun pursuing an administrative appeal. Did you know? God is everywhere—even in the news. That’s why we view every news story through the lens of faith. We are committed to delivering quality independent Christian journalism you can trust. But it takes a lot of hard work, time, and money to do what we do. Help us continue to be a voice for truth in the media by supporting CBN News for as little as $1.

https://www1.cbn.com/cbnnews/us/2019/june/christian-school-hit-with-swat-style-raid-ca-demands-they-allow-sexual-exploration-or-be-shut-down 

:: 6-10-19 Justus Kninght News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Why 1+MILLION Hong Kong Extradition PROTEST Is A WARNING To America! Google aka “GONGLE” Art Tells All!

By Justus Knight on June 10, 2019

If you were tuned in this weekend to the mass protest involving Hong Kong’s pending Extradition bill you saw a look into America’s future. This is how a population reacts when a few of it’s final freedoms are being shredded away. The terrifying part of this story is the involvement of Google (aka Gongle) and an artist called Badiucao. What is exposed in their story shows exactly what we are in store for here is our County…SILENCE TO ALL THAT DISAGREE!! As always, PLEASE HELP SHARE wherever you can; this broadcast truly deserves the awareness you help to assure it gets! Your thumbs up and comments are always appreciated!! God Speed and God Bless, Justus For More Information (references) See: References Can Be Found At www.justusaknight.com (please subscribe while you’re there)

https://justusaknight.com/2019/06/10/why-1million-hong-kong-extradition-protest-is-a-warning-to-america-google-aka-gongle-art-tells-all/ 

:: 6-11-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Futuristic rifle with 'Google Maps for drones' software can hack into remote controlled aircraft and force them to fly back to their owners

Australian firm DroneShield has developed a rifle that deactivates flying drones

It can do this from more than 10,000 feet away by using jamming frequencies

A portable monitor covers a designated zone and pinpoints drones in the air

The system is also able to reveal where the drones are being flown from

By Tim Collins For Mailonline Published: 09:59 EDT, 10 June 2019 | Updated: 02:51 EDT, 11 June 2019

A defence company has invented a new futuristic 'rifle' that stops rogue drones by hacking into them - and forcing them to fly back to their pilots. DroneShield has developed a software similar to 'Google Maps' for drones that instantly locates any drones - and sends them back to their pilots. The firm has previously worked with the British Army and provided assistance to the 2018 Korean Winter Olympics, and their tech is in use at airports. CEO Oleg Vornik remains tight-lipped on the exact cost of the system, but confirmed it ranges from five to seven figures. Mr Vornik also says the system could be used to protect airports from drone incursions - such as the one that brought chaos to Gatwick Airport, bringing it to a standstill for 33 hours before Christmas. A portable monitor covers a designated zone and pinpoints drones while revealing where they are being flown from. DroneShield - based in New South Wales, Australia - created other products such as the Gun after the booming popularity and availability of drones among the public. The Gun is able to deactivate flying drones from more than 3,000 feet (10,000m) by using jamming radio frequencies - shot from a futuristic-looking black rifle.

When asked about the use of the new software in situations like the Gatwick drone incident, Mr Vornik said: 'That was our idea. It works a bit like Google Maps, showing us a picture of an area and an accurate identification of the drone pilot's location. 'The system can detect when a pilot communicates with a drone by accessing the 'uplinks' and corresponding 'downlinks'. 'The location of the pilot can be found and they can be arrested, it would save a lot of money. 'It can also watch the drone's video feed using radio frequency detection sensors - there is nothing on the market like this.'

The firm's new system has been hailed as the 'first of its kind' for its added ability to return a drone safely to its point of origin. Mr Vornik said: 'The system is completely passive, it emits no frequency and can be safely used in airports despite the use of "jammers". 'We are active in UK, but I can't share additional details due to confidentiality, but we previously announced trials with UK Army.' A company spokesman said: 'The browser-based monitoring application lets you view and control DroneShield detection and response activity from anywhere. 'While secure cloud-based processing allows operators to access their sites from anywhere, anytime. 'The Live Dashboard allows operators to observe and understand the drone activity around their site immediately. 'Vast amounts of environmental data is processed and distributed to the operator only when required, in a form that is easy to understand. 'Detection, disruption and exclusion zones can be set up within allowing the user to establish accurate protection of their facility.' Defence expert Will Geddes, of International Corporate Protection, warned of a 'false sense of security', however. He added: 'We would not want people to get a false sense of security - there is a range of drone threats - the big question is the response time after the pilot is identified. 'Those using rogue drones range from stupid clowns, to organised criminals and then terrorists at the sharp end. 'Some drones are actively designed to stop users flying into specific areas but these can be re-engineered. 'However there are some racing drones used that are incredibly quick. 'This is the first I've heard of this system, if a vector could be established this is pretty phenomenal, especially if the pilot was unaware. Shocking test footage shows a drone bursting a grapefruit-sized hole in an aircraft's wing This shocking footage shows the potential danger posed by a small drone if it crashes into a passenger jet by puncturing a hole in the aircraft's wing. Experts from the University of Dayton Research Institute's Impact Physics lab simulated a collision between a drone and an aircraft wing under test conditions. The footage shows the drone punch through the outer skin of the aircraft's wing as it disintegrates. Experts fear that even an impact between a small drone and a passenger aircraft could lead to a catastrophe Such an impact on take off or landing could potentially lead to serious control issues endangering the safety of the aircraft and those on the ground. The drone appears to punch a grapefruit-sized hole into the wing - into an area many aircraft use to carry part of their fuel supply. A drone hit a small charter plane in Canada in 2017; it landed safely. In another incident that same year, a drone struck a U.S. Army helicopter in New York but caused only minor damage. Mexican authorities are investigating reports that a Boeing 737-800 was struck by a drone while on approach to Tijuana airport in December 2018. Photographs taken after the passenger jet safely landed show extensive damage to the aircraft's nose cone which houses some of its radar equipment. Airline pilot Patrick Smith of askthepilot.com said: 'This has gone from being what a few years ago what we would have called an emerging threat to a more active threat. 'The hardware is getting bigger and heavier and potentially more lethal, and so we need a way to control how these devices are used and under what rules.' John Cox, former airline pilot and now a safety consultant warned drones posed a greater threat to smaller aircraft and helicopters but could cause problems with a passenger jet. In a small aircraft the drone could smash through the windscreen into the pilot's face. It could also be sucked into an aircraft's engine or damage the rotor of a helicopter. Mr Cox said: 'On an airliner, because of the thickness of the glass, I think it's pretty unlikely, unless it's a very large drone.' A study by the US Federal Aviation Authority warned drones posed a greater risk than birds to aircraft as the drones carried batteries and motors which could cause more damage than a bird's bones. Marc Wagner, CEO of Drone Detection Sys in Switzerland said jamming systems could disrupt a drone, but such technology is illegal in Britain. He said Dutch police trained eagles to swoop down on drones and knock them out of the sky near aerodromes or large concerts, but the program was ended as the birds did not always follow orders. According to Wagner: 'The only method is to find the pilot and to send someone to the pilot to stop him.'

British authorities are planning to tighten regulations by requiring drone users to register, which could make it easier to identify the pilot. But Wagner warned: 'If somebody wants to do something really bad, he will never register.'

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/sciencetech/article-7124385/Futuristic-rifle-Google-Maps-drones-software.html 

[ :: 10-26-14 am service  (2d word)  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Even though darkness is so great, even though it seems like there is no understanding I, your Father God, have given you my children the understanding. etc.

:: 6--19 Jesus is Savior :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Kabbalah/Cabala/Quabala/Cabalah

The Biblical Truth about the Kabbalah

Theosophy & Kabbalah

Theosophy & Kabbalah

The Hidden Agenda of the Kabbalah

Most people do not Knowingly go towards Lucifer (who is appropriately called Satan). So those who end up worshipping Lucifer essentially have to be tricked into doing this. Theosophy spends a great deal of time with the Kabbalah (caballa/quabalah), because the books of the Kabbalah pretend to be about Jewish History. The premise of those who study the Kabbalah is that they are reading an ancient series of books, usually containing HIDDEN knowledge about the Bible, and about the Universe.

The problem is - that is not ACTUALLY what the Kabbalah is doing. The system of the Kabbalah claims to be based on Jewish Mysticism. But we have to look at that claim very closely. Some people who hear the term "Jewish Mysticism" think that this applies to Jewish Spirituality that is derived FROM the Old Testament, from the Bible. That is NOT true ! It is confusing because books About the Kabbalah are written in a style which is confusing, designed to lead readers to think that they are studying DEEP things, when the only event that is truly taking place - is that readers [of books about the Kabbalah] are being deceived.

The Kabbalah is based on a series of Visions delivered to a person in a Trance. To Christians, THAT should be raising alarm bells. The Kabbalah is based on a series of books, that are called THE ZOHAR. This is usually published in 4 to 6 volumes. It claims to be a revelation from the God of the Old Testament. The implications are immense ! According to those involved in the Kabbalah (and there are many), the Zohar is essentially A commentary on the Old Testament, but it was written by people who are clearly SPIRITUALISTS: A Spiritualist is a person who consults the dead, and who consults familiar spirits. In other words, the Zohar - which is what the Kabbalah is based on - is actually a work of the Occult.

The Zohar is not even OLD. That may be very disapointing to those who are Jewish. But the Zohar did NOT exist before the Middle Ages. It claims to be authentic, but it is not. There has never been any copy of the Zohar ever found, that is earlier than the Middle Ages. The Zohar is a counterfeit book, a book that was written in Medieval Europe, so that some people would FEEL closer to God. Only the way that the author of the Zohar was getting close "to God" is by going into a trance and writing things - without knowledge of what their hand was writing.

This is called "Automated Writing". This phenomena does not happen by itself. It is not a normal force of nature. It cannot happen - in fact - until a spiritual entity possesses the Body of a human being, takes over their body, and begins to write through them. The Bible has a term for that: IT is called "demonic possession"!

That is the true origin of the Zohar AND the Kabbalah.

The Authors of the Kabbalah are themselves Occult Authors. The Kabbalah was Not translated for English Speaking audiences until the late 1800s. And who translated it ? Were they Godly men who had a passion to save others, and show them that the real way to Eternal Life is by the shed blood, sacrifice and resurrection of Jesus Christ, who truly came to Earth to save those who accept to believe in Him? No, Not at all. Those who translated the Kabbalah were Occult authors who were steeped in Demonic Worship and Demonic books - They were writing them !

It is NOT hard to learn who the authors of the Kabbalah were. We know. They are mainly:

1. Eliphas Levi

2. MacGregor Mathers

3. H.P. Blavatsky

4. A.E. Waite

These are the main authors of books about the Kabbalah.

Eliphas Levi is the author who led the Occult Revival of the 1800s, that revived Satanism and Luciferianism. He wrote many books about Ritual Black Magic and how to have contact with Demonic Spirits...because he was seeking them.

MacGregor Mathers goes by several names. He is one of the Three founders of the Occult Society - known as the society of the Golden Dawn. This is a demonic society, not because we say so, but because THEY say so. This is one of the occult societies that covets demonic possession. Christians would consider their teachings to be Satanic. MacGregor Mathers is also one of the mentors of the Great Satanist Aleister Crowley. The first Translation of the Kabbalah into English was by MacGregor Mathers. (He lived in the U.K. for most of his life, where he recruited a lot of the elites into his occult Golden Dawn society).

H.P. Blavatsky is the founder of Theosophy. This is the view that Lucifer is truly an angel of light and he is the one who deserves our worship and allegiance. Blavatsky came from an occult family, and was already a Medium when she was a teenager. She sought out evil and the company of demonic spirits all of her life. She wrote many books about the occult. She believed that the Jews - through books like the Kabbalah - had stolen books of black magic that had previously come from the Chaldeans. She denied that Jesus was the Christ. She also denied that salvation could come through Jesus Christ. She remained extremely hostile to Jehovah/Yahweh - the God of the Jews.

A.E. Waite is an occult author. He played a large role in helping many occult authors in the early 1900s. He was involved in Many occult societies including the Golden Dawn.

All of these authors are devoted to the Kabbalah and other forms of the Occult. These authors deliberately sought to be involved with demonic spirits.

Surely the Real God of the Universe has better ways of dealing with mankind, than to operate through those who consciously willfully oppose the Bible and the teachings of Salvation by Faith alone in Christ Jesus. The Zohar is a book that claims to have been written by forces, which can only be identified as Demonic.

This kind of material is Exactly what the Bible commands us to stay away from. Those who have been involved in the Study of the Kabbalah would do well to ask God to forgive them of their involvement in it, and to open their eyes and help them to return to the God of the Bible.

The God of the Kabbalah and the God of the Bible are 100% in Opposition to each other. They cannot both be right. Christians know that the God of the Bible Is the one true God. Anyone is entitled to their views, and to their choice of what to believe. But as far as what Christians believe, the God of the Bible can be found, by reading the Bible (such as the gospel of John in the New Testament), Not by reading occult material such as the Kabbalah.

Christians and others should maintain a strong vigilance against being deceived.

Kabbalah Center Exposed   Prayer of Occult Renunciation

"Kabbalism is a system of Jewish mysticism and magic and is the foundational element in modern witchcraft. Virtually all of the great witches and sorcerers of this century were Kabbalists." -William J. Schnoebelen, The Dark Side of Freemasonry

Kabbalah Refuted

Kabbalah's Pagan Origins

Inside Hollywood's Hottest Cult -Kabbalah

The Crazy World of Kabbalah

The Deadly Fruit of Kabbalah

Mormonism and the Kabbalah

http://jesus-is-savior.com/False%20Religions/Kabbalah/kaballah_truth.htm 

:: 6-10-19 Neon Nettle :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Archbishop Who Called for Pope Francis to Resign Now in Hiding Archbishop Carlo Maria Viganò alleged Pope Francis covered up sexual abuse 

By: Pippa Monroe |@NeonNettle on 10th June 2019 @ 2.00pm

An Archbishop who wrote an explosive letter last year calling for Pope Francis to resign on the grounds he knew about Cardinal Theodore McCarrick sexual abuse, is now in hiding. Archbishop Carlo Maria Viganò alleged Francis covered for McCarrick and claimed he repealed sanctions imposed by Pope emeritus Benedict XVI in the late 2000s, despite Viganò telling the Pope about the abuse. But after Viganò published his letter, he turned off his phone, told friends he was disappearing and is now at an undisclosed location. Almost a year later, Viganò refused still refuses to disclose his location or shed light on his self-imposed exile. According to the corresponding emails between Viganò and The Washington Post, he maintains his criticism on Francis saying “it is immensely sad” that the pope was “blatantly lying to the whole world to cover up his wicked deeds.” The Vatican did not give much official response to Viganò. TRENDING: Illegal Drug Trafficking From Mexico Generates More Money Than Walmart Pope Francis was silent about McCarrick’s homosexual abuse until last month where he told a Mexican reporter Valentina Alazraki in an interview released by Vatican News. “About McCarrick, I knew nothing, obviously, nothing, nothing,” the pope said. Viganò claimed he informed Francis that McCarrick had “corrupted generations of seminarians and priests.” “How could anybody, especially a pope, forget this?” Viganò wrote to The Post. Viganò added that he has become “more careful about whom I meet and what I say.” He said questions about him were “irrelevant to the serious problems facing the Church.” “My life is quite normal, thank you for asking,” he wrote. In response to questions about where he was living, Viganò replied, “n/a,” which suggests he believes his safety is under threat. He added he was an “old man” who “will be appearing in front of the Good Judge before too long.” Viganò was two years into his retirement before he wrote the letter, and at 78 years old, he said, “My silence would make me complicit with the abusers, and lead to yet more victims." Viganò’s letter focused on McCarrick, which lifted the veil of corruption and abuse in the Catholic church. According to a source affiliated with the Institute of the Incarnate Word seminary, Cardinal Donald Wuerl was fully aware of allegations against Cardinal Theodore McCarrick but continued to assist in his luxury lifestyle. A source who is familiar with McCarrick’s abuse case spoke with anonymity claiming that Wuerl was informed of the investigation of McCarrick 's alleged sexual abuse in New York in 2017. Meanwhile, the seminary had assigned seminarians to live with McCarrick as his aides and take him on various trips, including ones to the casino. Viganò sais the “truth will eventually come out” for Francis as it did for Cardinal Theodore McCarrick but continued to assist in his luxury lifestyle. A source who is familiar with McCarrick’s abuse case spoke with anonymity claiming that Wuerl was informed of the investigation of McCarrick 's alleged sexual abuse in New York in 2017. Meanwhile, the seminary had assigned seminarians to live with McCarrick as his aides and take him on various trips, including ones to the casino. Viganò sais the “truth will eventually come out” for Francis as it did for Cardinal Donald Wuerl. Viganò has become a revered symbol for traditional Catholics. “He’s certainly acquired a solid moral leadership in the Catholic world,” said Virginia Coda Nunziante, president of Italy’s March for Life committee.

READ MORE: https://neonnettle.com/news/7761-archbishop-who-called-for-pope-francis-to-resign-now-in-hiding

:: 6-9-19 Forbes :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hundreds Of U.S. Flights Canceled As GPS-Based Aircraft Navigation System Fails

Zak Doffman Contributor  Jun 9, 2019, 11:39pm

Cybersecurity

I write about security and surveillance.

"Does anyone know what happened to GPS/ADS-B last night?" one aviation commentator asked Twitter on June 9, a Sunday. "The issue seemed to be quite wide-spread, with a lot of aircraft grounded... Had this happened on a weekday, it would have been leading headlines on national news⁠—some sort of GPS fault grounded a chunk of the U.S. commercial fleet and hardly anybody noticed." But at the time of publishing that issue remains unresolved and the weekend is all but over. According to the FAA, "certain aircraft equipped with the Rockwell Collins GPS 4000-100 and select ADS-B out GPS receivers are indicating 'ADS-B fail, unavailable, TCAS fail or transponder fail' messages." Aircraft without working transponders were directed to coordinate with the FAA before departure, a prior directive had instructed those planes not to fly above 28,000 feet. Rockwell Collins, acquired by United Technologies last year, provides avionics and information technology systems and services. The issue appears to center on some of the company's ADS-B (Automatic Dependent Surveillance-Broadcast) systems that send flight data to be picked up by ground stations. "The ADS-B system depends on GPS data to function properly," explained Hackaday, "but a problem with the quality of the GPS data has disrupted normal ADS-B features on some planes." Whether the issue was caused by poor GPS data or a software upgrade to affected systems remains speculation, nothing has yet been confirmed. But, whatever the cause, the issue has led to a significant number of flight cancellations. According to CNBC, regional carriers in the U.S. "canceled about 400 flights scheduled for Sunday." A Delta spokeswoman said "about 80 of its regional flights were canceled," and American and United regional carriers were hit by the same issue. Various online reports suggested impacted planes were mostly CRJ jets made by Canada’s Bombardier, but also some Boeing 737s, 717s and possibly a 767 as well. "We are working to determine the cause of the problem," the FAA said in a statement, "which may have resulted from a software update to the aircraft navigation systems." A Collins Aerospace spokesperson told me by email that "we identified a technical issue with our recently released GPS product(s) impacting availability, and have since determined the root cause and the resolution. We are engaging with our customers to ensure continued safe operational capability." "GPS isn’t down," Hackaday reported, as anyone with a smartphone can see easily enough. "However, it is degraded. How a plane’s GPS system reacts to that depends on the software built into the GPS receiver. If the system fails, the pilots will have to rely on older systems like VOR to navigate. But ADS-B will have even more problems. An aircraft ADS-B system needs position data to operate. If you can’t transmit your position information, air traffic controllers need to rely on old fashioned radar to determine position. All of this adds up to a flight safety problem, which means grounding the aircraft." There has been online speculation that military testing of GPS jamming might be responsible, although that seems to have been discounted⁠—such tests are heavily publicized beforehand. There was also apparent confusion for some airline passengers, with disruption being blamed on the weather rather than on system issues. "Hey Delta," one passenger tweeted, "some updates would be nice. Y’all keep saying weather but our pilot just said the military is jamming Delta’s GPS which is why we were diverted." What is clear, is that the issue is more widespread than its lack of publicity might suggest. This comes just as extensions have been announced to the grounding of Boeing 737 Max aircraft following accidents that killed 346 people, as well as speculation around aircraft drone safety measures. And so the quality and reliability of aircraft flight support and navigation tools have been very much headline news. At the time of writing, the situation is evolving, and we will soon find out if this weekend issue is set to cause Monday morning travel chaos.

Follow me on Twitter or LinkedIn.

https://www.forbes.com/sites/zakdoffman/2019/06/09/hundreds-of-u-s-flights-canceled-as-gps-based-aircraft-navigation-system-fails/#7afc57003878 

[ :: 5-26-02 At the altar after the pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Now concerning the terrorists and the terrorist’s attacks, there is no way in the natural that man can stop this. For you have two borders, Mexico, Canada, you have open traffic from Cuba to Florida, you have freighters, you have oil tankers, they come into the harbor daily, sometimes in large numbers. Realize that your prayers cannot turn this back, it is part of the end-time events that shall take place. But your prayers can save lives, your prayers can warn people, but realize that this is going to be part of a lifestyle until the anti-christ establishes a peace treaty throughout the world. etc

[ :: 12-31-15/1-1-16 New Year’s Eve Service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Watch, know what my word says, and there shall be terrorist’s attacks, for they cannot be put off, for you allow the terrorists to come in like Trojan horses and they are here and nobody wants to deal with them. etc.

:: 6-7-19 Liberty Headlines :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

TSA Lets Illegals Skip Airport Security Lines Ahead of Citizens

June 7, 2019 Joshua Paladino

The TSA lets illegal aliens board with a Form I-862, Notice to Appear…

(Joshua Paladino, Liberty Headlines) In violation of its own policies, the Transportation Security Administration (TSA) is allowing illegal aliens to fly on commercial airlines without proper identification, a privilege not afforded to American citizens. The TSA lets illegal aliens board with a Form I-862, Notice to Appear, which informs them about their immigration court date—a court date that about 40 percent of illegal aliens will never attend, the Center for Immigration Studies reported.

The TSA allows 15 different forms of identification for security purposes, but Form I-862 is not among them, The Washington Examiner reported. A group of Republican Congressmen sent a letter to Kevin McAleenan, the Acting Secretary of Homeland Security, to inquire about the TSA’s guidelines for transporting illegal aliens. “Some of us have heard additional, unverified stories of groups of aliens being allowed to bypass TSA screening altogether and board flights prior to both the traveling public and federal law enforcement, the latter of whom are normally allowed to board first,” wrote Reps. Biggs, Babin, Gaetz, Cloud, Roy, Gosar, Duncan, and Hice, according to a press release. They asked what, if any, form of identification illegal aliens need to board planes. “Are aliens who are not traveling in ICE custody permitted to use a Form I-862 or any other form of identification that is not among the 15 acceptable forms identified by TSA?the group wrote. They also inquired about where DHS is transporting the illegal aliens, who is funding their air travel, what health screenings they undergo, and whether they have to pass through “TSA screenings, including x-rays or full body scans and search of baggage,” as Americans citizens do.

https://www.libertyheadlines.com/tsa-illegal-aliens-identification/ 

[ :: 6-2-19 am service (fifth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

The Lord God says, if you are in a church that has watered down, if you are in a church that does not use my word that I use, my King James, if you are in a church that uses the NIV or something that waters the services down, get out of there and get into a church that is Holy Spirit filled. etc

:: 6-9-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

When Pastors Become the Instrument of Your Oppression-The Clergy Response Team, FEMA Camps and Bioterrorism

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Sunday, June 9, 2019 - 07:22.

Christians are under attack like never before in this country. Local government is getting involved and the abuse of preachers has even spread to Canada. At the forefront of this abuse of the Christian religion are the remnants of the Deep State that control various agencies like the Department of Homeland Security. At the forefront of the coming oppression will be the Clergy Response Team. I first made note of their formation in 2009, under the early days of the Obama regime. The group is still active and reports that Jeff Sessions was a participant when he served as Attorney General.  Your Pastor and 30 Pieces of Silver We all know the story about how Judas betrayed Jesus for a relatively small amount of money. Today, almost all churches place money over spreading the true word of God. If you doubt the veracity of this statement then ask yourself when was the last time that your pastor spoke to you about the evils of abortion, Planned Parenthood selling aborted fetus body parts for profit, our government's wars of occupation for corporate profit and the unwarranted attacks upon Christianity by various levels of government? If your pastor isn't speaking to you about the evils of these and other contemporary issues in American society, presented Godless entity whose primary purpose is to extract then your church has a significant financial motivation to not truthfully interpret the true message of the Bible. The tax-exempt status of being a 501(c)(3) organization is the other cornerstone of this shift away from allegiance to God and towards worshiping our new Savior, the federal government. A 501(C)(3) church was formerly prohibited from being politically active even when the message was inline with church doctrine. Animal trainers will tell you that when they chain an animal to a tree (eg elephant), for the purposes of training, they can later remove the chains and the animal will still act like they are still chained. This is called learned helplessness. Today, we still find the same behaviors 21/2 years following Trump’s relaxation of the draconian restrictions of being a tax-exempt church. Further, there is also no guarantee that the same freedom will be in place after the 2020 Presidential election. Unless I missed the fact that God personally rewrote sections of the Bible, your pastor’s failure to stand up to the liberalism of the New World Order should have tipped you off that something was terribly wrong with your church. If the government continues to expand its infanticide policies by extending the murder of babies to include post-delivery abortion, and the church remains silent. If this is the case in your church, it is time to find a new church because it is likely that your pastor is compromised and serves government over God. FEMA Camps I recently authored an article on the fact that Ebola is poised to enter the country in a big way through illegal immigration stemming from transported Africans to America's southern border. Additionally, I have previously reported that a trusted DHS source told me that they are aware that FEMA camps are being constructed outside of five Texas cities. These two events are related. And also related is an interview with someone who was trained to be a part of the government's Clergy Response Team. Previously, I interviewed Pastor Walter Mansfield, who emphasized that when martial law is enacted, the enforcement would be immediate. In other words, family members will be separated from each other and part of the training that the clergy received was how to comfort separated family members. Pastor Mansfield emphasized that the FEMA/DHS drills were predicated on bioterrorism. This is exactly what a FEMA source told me before he and his family left Phoenix and relocated to remote area to avoid what he knew was coming. The pastors were trained to go to homes were people refused to be relocated by the authorities and their immediate job was to convince the reluctant to willingly go to the relocation camps. Ostensibly, this was to be done in lieu of sending in the SWAT teams. I asked Mansfield if FEMA camps were real and he stated that much of the clergy training focused around this scenario of pastors operating within the forced relocation centers. The main goal of a pastor assigned to a FEMA Camp was to bring order and encourage compliance with DHS requests, hence, the emphasis on Romans 13. The pastors were forced to sign non-disclosure. Interesting, the pastors were told not to quote Scripture. The DHS document which was prepared for the pastors clearly stated that Scripture had been used to “oppress” people in the past and the presenters strongly discouraged the its use. Please see the following excerpt from one of the DHS training manuals: Healing Scripture and Prayer In the Pastoral Crisis Intervention “During a time of crisis people do go through a “crisis of faith.” Sometime quick mention of God and scripture may not be helpful. As we all know the Scripture has been used to oppress, dominate and at the same time used for healing and reconciliation- renewing of relationship with God and people. If the pastor senses it is appropriate to use the scripture and prayer, it must carefully be done for healing of victims not to uphold pastoral authority.” (Page 14) In other words, all legitimate pastoral authority was abrogated by the pastors who participated in the roundup of American citizens. Also on page 14 of the same training document, pastors were admonished to avoid “Unhealthy God talk….” Specifically pastors are ordered to avoid using references to God when helping people cope with the loss of a loved one: “4. God must have needed him/her more than you.” “5. God never gives more than we can handle.“ Mansfield emphasized that when martial law is enacted, the enforcement would be immediate. In other words, family members will be separated from each other and part of the training that the clergy received was how to comfort separated family members. Pastor Mansfield emphasized that the FEMA/DHS drills were predicated on bioterrorism. This is exactly what my relocated FEMA source told me before he and his family left. The pastors were trained to go to homes were people refused to be relocated by the authorities and their immediate job was to convince the reluctant to willingly go to the relocation camps. Ostensibly, this was to be done in lieu of sending in the SWAT teams. I asked Mansfield if FEMA camps were real and he stated that much of the clergy training focused around this scenario of pastors operating within the forced relocation centers. The main goal of a pastor assigned to a FEMA was to bring order and encourage compliance with DHS requests, hence, the emphasis on Romans 13. The pastors were forced to sign non-disclosure. Interesting, the pastors were told not to quote Scripture. The DHS document which was prepared for the pastors clearly stated that Scripture had been used to “oppress” people in the past and the presenters Pastor Mansfield also revealed that pastors will be issued badges under the Clergy Response Team program. Any pastor not displaying the badge, indicating that they have been trained under these guidelines, will not be permitted into the established and designated “DHS safety zones”. This reminds me of the banishment of religious figures from Plymouth Colony who, in good conscience, refused to go along with some of the extremism of that day. Along these lines, the Clergy Response Team is also a “Kool-Aid drinking program”. Pastors are absolutely forbidden to publicly to speak about any aspect of the program. If you were to ask your pastor if they are a FEMA trained pastor, they will not likely tell you. Disturbingly, Pastor Mansfield reiterated several times that the number one job of these pastors is to calm down people and encourage their compliance within the people’s new surroundings. Pastor Mansfield also stated that pastors will be utilized as informants. This violates the legal privilege of confidentiality between pastor and church-goer, that is currently recognized by law. All church-goers can no longer trust the sanctity of personal confessions and revelations made to pastors, priests or rabbis’. This one illegal act by DHS completely undermines the Christian Church in America! American Christians will be the most hunted in the near future. Everywhere, and at every level of our society, we are seeing discrimination against Christians. There are legislative bills no assigned to silence the voices of Christians with regard to behavior that is antithetical to the principles of Christianity as evidenced by the content in the following video. Conclusion This is the time where the legends of FEMA camps, bioterrorism, extreme political persecution and the Clergy Response Team comes together to form America's biggest nightmare in her history. At one time in American history, churches were viewed as sanctuaries for the downtrodden. That is not the case any longer for most churches and their pastors. Most of the medium to large size churches are completely compromised and are serving as virtual agents of the government. Pastor Mansfield told me that as many as 28,000 pastors have been recruited by the Clergy Response Team. Other estimates place this number as high as a 100,000 pastors have forsaken their duty God and have sold out to the dark side in order to save a little bit of tax money. If what I am being told is correct and the Pope is declaring a New World Order by September 15, 2019 and the global currency reset will follow in a month and your money will be devalued by 90%, what will you do? Please allow me to suggest that if these people are correct in their projections, you have one month to obtain what you need to survive. Secondly, you should scrutinize your place of worship and leave if they are not preaching the unadulterated word of God. Form home Bible study groups, take back the salvation of your soul. This life is temporary, Hell is forever! Is your church going to turn into a FEMA camp? For most of us, it already has and the prisoner is your soul. DHS may not build bars around your church and confine your body, but the move on your soul has already been made. Exercise the free will to say no to this illegitimate authority. Dave Hodges has been publishing the Common Sense Show since 2012. The Common Sense Show features a wide variety of important topics that range from the loss of constitutional liberties, to the subsequent implementation of a police state under world governance, to exploring the limits of human potential. The primary purpose of The Common Sense Show is to provide Americans with the tools necessary to reclaim both our individual and national sovereignty.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/agenda-21-conspiracy-education/when-pastors-become-instrument-your-oppression-clergy-response-team-fema-camps-and-bioterrorism 

[ :: 12-31-01 New Years Eve Service (fifth word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc But you must listen and understand what I have said. Your southern states will become a place far too hot to live and with the power shortages that will be there. The seashores shall be gone as far as twelve miles inland and further in some places. Hear what I have to say and listen. The northeast shall become a good place because of its water supplies, milder winters and not as hot summers. Larger cities will not be a place to live. I say unto you, wake up and hear and make some changes that it will be well with you. Soon the great earthquake that shall cause the West Coast to be unrecognized shall take place. Oh, that my people would listen and live. etc

[ :: 6-16-13 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Therefore, I say unto you, fear not, fear not the warnings, but I must speak to my people that they flee the places that I have told them to flee, that they move from the ocean at least seventy five miles, that they do the things that I have already told them etc

:: 6-10-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

West Coast Is Becoming Very Unstable As 'Unusual' Earthquake Activity Causes Concern For Experts - The U.S. Gov Prepares For 'The Big One'

West Coast Is Becoming Very Unstable As 'Unusual' Earthquake Activity Causes Concern For Experts - The U.S. Gov Prepares For 'The Big One'

By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine June 10, 2019

Earthquake swarms behaving unexpectedly, volcano activity, and tar pits that are flowing into the streets, all signs indicating that the West Coast is becoming very unstable and the much talked about "big one" could be closer that anyone could have imagined. Sometimes we note a number of individual stories, bits of news here and there, but when looked at together a bigger picture emerges and watching the earth activity of late, we felt it would be prudent to document the activity all in one piece because it is all related. According to the LA Times there have been more than 700 earthquakes in the Fontana area, which is a city in San Bernardino County, California, since May 25. While experts are fast to stem any panic by assuring the public that the chances of a huge destructive quake hitting the coast imminently because of these swarms, is low, they also make it clear there is "cause for concern," and the likelihood of a larger seismic event, given how many quakes that have occurred over such an extended period, is "higher than normal." There have been more than 700 earthquakes recorded in the Fontana area since May 25, ranging from magnitude 0.7 to magnitude 3.2, recorded Wednesday at 5:20 p.m., according to Caltech staff seismologist Jen Andrews. Three of the quakes have been of magnitude 3 or greater. The swarm initially moved northward, but something unusual began Friday when the swarm turned around and went south, back toward the middle of the activity and the 60 Freeway. “This is somewhat of an unexpected evolution,” Hauksson said. Furthermore, an analysis of the earthquakes shows that activity is fading pretty slowly — slower than would be expected for a typical sequence of aftershocks following a main shock, he said. “That would suggest it’s going to continue for — I don’t know — at least several weeks,” Hauksson said. “We’re watching what’s happening and trying to track that activity.” Hauksson said that, given all the seismic activity, residents should be ready and make sure to store “plenty of water, make sure there’s nothing that can fall on them.” Also, looking at the tracking of seismic activity by the Pacific Northwest Seismic Network that Steve Quayle linked to on June 9th, the clusters in the Washington state and Oregon areas are also indicative that it isn't just the California earthquake swarms that are concerning, but the entire West Coast appears to be more active than usual seismically. (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) The reason Quayle highlighted the activity being seen in the Washington state area was to show the extreme importance of another piece of news regarding the U.S. military, in conjunction with local authorities, conducting massive training exercises at Sunset Beach in Warrenton, Oregon and across the sand at Oak Harbor, Washington, in preparation for a major Cascadia Subduction Zone earthquake event, most often referred to as "the big one." The headline of the piece describing these training exercises is "Navy Hovercraft Storm Beaches In Oregon And Washington In Preparation For "The Big One," and it details the extraordinary ability of these crafts to bring resources to areas which have been completely devastated by natural disaster such as a Cascadia Subduction Zone event. The level of destruction we are talking about here in small communities with limited resources is largely unfathomable. Roads that snake through the coastal mountain ranges will be unpassable for days, weeks, and even months. Bridges and overpasses will be dropped all over the states and especially along and near the coast. Channels will be unpassable and docks will be destroyed. This leaves few options for evacuating citizens and conveying absolutely essential supplies in large quantities to devastated coastal locales. The Navy's mighty LCACs and the amphibious ships that tote them around are Oregon and Washington's best potential lifeline during what would be both states' darkest hour. This is largely what's behind these exercises. The region is well overdue for this horrible event and predictions keep getting worse as to what it will actually look like when it occurs as well as its protracted aftermath. So, seeing the military getting serious about the reality that this emergency call will come sometime in the future and only it really has the capacity to make large-scale and rapid impacts when it comes to saving lives and beginning a recovery effort that will take place over a huge stretch of territory where infrastructure will be completely obliterated, is very much a good thing. In fact, it's baffling that the LCACs haven't arrived on Oregon and Washington shores for this type of training years ago. Agreed, it is baffling. We have heard for decades that we are overdue for the "big one," a major event that will devastate the West Coast, one which by all accounts, they are woefully unprepared for, yet the U.S. government suddenly decides now is the time to start training for it, just as earthquake swarms are behaving abnormally, and other strange things are happening? Steve's note after one of the links says it all: "Huge telegraphing of what's coming." We are also cautioned to keep our eyes on a number of other areas, such as volcano activity and the La Brea tar pits, as well as the axial seamount off the Oregon Coast, which is incredibly active. VOLCANO ACTIVITY Starting with volcano activity, the map below shows the number of active volcanoes. The ones in yellow are marked as "unrest." The ones in orange are marked as "warning/minor activity." The red are "eruptions." The next map has the Earthquake activity overlaid on top of the volcano activity. Red is the last 24 hrs and orange the past 48 hours. It isn't called the "ring of fire" for nothing. On June 3rd it was reported that the Popocatepetl volcano in Mexico saw it largest eruption in years, sending up an ash column to approximately 37,000 feet. Another bit of volcanic news comes via Newsweek on June 6, where an "extinct" Russian volcano has awoken and scientists are warning "it could produce an eruption similar to the one that wiped out Pompeii and Herculaneum almost 2,000 years ago." LA BREA TAR PITS ACTING STRANGELY Another item we have been warned to keep our eyes on is the tar pits in La Brea, California, as tar is overflowing from the tar pit onto the sidewalk and natural gas is rising up from the street on Miracle Mile in Los Angeles. Local residents that are accustomed to seeing a little tar rise up through the sidewalks are saying they have never seen this much of it. “I’ve lived here for about 20 years,” said Andrea Ross-Greene, “and this is the worst it’s ever been.” Miracle Mile resident Matthew Kogan concurred. “You see a little bit of tar oozing up between the pavement,” Kogan says, “all over the neighborhood. That’s not unusual but this seems to be flow tar. I’ve never seen this before.” Not to mention the constant hissing sound coming from the ground — it’s methane. “I can smell it. I thought a car broke its oil pan out here,” says Patrick Myer. BOTTOM LINE As stated at the beginning of the piece, seeing each story individually, while interesting, doesn't build the big picture of the type of earth activity we are seeing develop, and how unstable the Cascade area, as well as the entire West Coast is becoming. Top that off with the U.S. government choosing this moment in time to conduct a massive training exercise, for the first time using the hovercrafts, to prepare for a Cascadia Subduction Zone event, or "The Big One," as it has been dubbed, and the seriousness of this cannot be overstated. Despite the training exercises, it would seem to be common sense that if the government is choosing this time to prepare, perhaps West Coast residents should do the same, water, emergency survival food, and medical kits, because when that "big one" does hit, it could be weeks before any resources get to their area.

Below Steve Quayle touches on the earthquake and volcano activity, along with a variety of other topics, where he shares that he finds this issue so important he has an aerial film guy filming volcanoes from Rainier to Mt. Shasta to Mount Lassen. Steve is also planning to try to get these Q Files published multiple times a week, so make sure to subscribe to his YouTube channel and hit the little bell icon so you can be notified by email every time he publishes a video.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Gov_Preparing_For_The_Big_One.php 

:: 6-10-19 RB Ministeries :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A Video/Article - World Latest Prophetic News Presentation ...

[Search domain rbministries.com.au/a-videoarticle-world-latest-prophetic-news-presentation-monday-june-10th-2019/]  https://rbministries.com.au/a-videoarticle-world-latest-prophetic-news-presentation-monday-june-10th-2019/ 

CASCADE REGION OF PACIFIC SEISMIC NETWORK-LOOK AT THIS IN LIGHT OF THE ARTICLE POSTED ONE MY WEBSITE, :Navy Hovercraft Storm Beaches In Oregon And Washington In Preparation For 'The Big One'-HUGE TELEGRAPHING OF WHAT'S COMING! Navy Hovercraft Storm Beaches In Oregon And Washington In Preparation For 'The Big One' SQ; IMPORTANT ...

https://rbministries.com.au/a-videoarticle-world-latest-prophetic-news-presentation-monday-june-10th-2019/ 

:: 6-5-19 Oregon Coast.co :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Navy Hovercraft Storm Beaches In Oregon And Washington In Preparation For "The Big One"

Posted on June 5, 2019 by admin

A few days ago, U.S. Navy Landing Craft Air Cushions, or LCACs, roared onto Sunset Beach in Warrenton, Oregon and across the sand at Oak Harbor, Washington, offloading trucks, construction equipment, and other cargo, as well as Sailors, Marines, and other personnel. But the force wasn’t conducting a mock amphibious assault. It was training to respond to a potential natural disaster that could, and by most predictions would, be on a scale the United States hasn’t seen in modern times—a major Cascadia Subduction Zone earthquake event, often referred to as “the big ...read more at https://www.thedrive.com/the-war-zone/28396/navy-hovercraft-hit-the-beach-in-oregon-and-washington-in-preparation-for-the-big-one 

http://oregoncoast.co/2019/06/05/navy-hovercraft-storm-beaches-in-oregon-and-washington-in-preparation-for-the-big-one-2/ 

:: 6-8-19 CBS 2 KCAL CBS LosAngeles :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Tar, Natural Gas Rises Up Onto Streets Near La Brea Tar Pits

June 8, 2019 at 10:49 am

Filed Under:La Brea Tar Pits

LOS ANGELES (CBSLA) – A large puddle of tar encroached on the sidewalk and natural gas appeared to rise from the street of the Miracle Mile in Los Angeles Friday. CBSLA’s Brittany Hopper was standing near the puddle located across the street from The La Brea Tar Pits and Museum, a national natural landmark where tar has been seeping up from the ground for tens of thousands of years. When CBSLA reached out to the Los Angeles Police Department, they said they were unaware of the situation. The Page Museum, who reportedly runs the tar pits, has not been in contact regarding the situation. As of Saturday morning, it was unclear if and when crews would begin to stop the tar from seeping out further. And on Saturday, more seepage. Enough to draw the interests of tourists and residents alike. CBS2’s Jake Reiner said tourists and residents alike have been coming to the area marveling at the bubbling tar. Resident Natalie Vota stopped to document it Friday and Saturday. “This is the worst I’ve seen,” she said Saturday. But the tourists — like Rick Stahl from the Pacific Northwest — had one more story to tell when he gets back home. “We’re from Seattle,” Stahl said, “and you don’t see this oozing out of the streets. It’s amazing.” That sentiment was echoed by tourist Don Van Cleave from Nashville. Reiner asked him if he thought he’d be smelling tar this day? “Mission accomplished. I can check that off my list as a tourist of LA.” Saturday evening, locals told KCAL9’s Jeff Nguyen that they have become quite accustomed to seeing tar oozing up through the sidewalks — just not this much of it. “I’ve lived here for about 20 years,” said Andrea Ross-Greene, “and this is the worst it’s ever been.”

Miracle Mile resident Matthew Kogan concurred. “You see a little bit of tar oozing up between the pavement,” Kogan says, “all over the neighborhood. That’s not unusual but this seems to be flow tar. I’ve never seen this before.” Not to mention the constant hissing sound coming from the ground — it’s methane. “I can smell it. I thought a car broke its oil pan out here,” says Patrick Myer.

https://losangeles.cbslocal.com/2019/06/08/la-brea-tar-pits/

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

[:: 8-20-17 am service (second word)  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::   ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

From this day forth, says your Father, the true news, the true news is going to have to come from me, because even those stations that at one time were true are now turning and going the other direction because of the power, because of the money people, because of those that want the one world government etc

:: 6-9-19 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Facebook bans Natural News; Health Ranger responds with message for humanity

Sunday, June 09, 2019 by: Mike Adams

(Natural News) In response to a coordinated, heavily-funded smear campaign against Natural News and myself, the Health Ranger, Facebook has now permanently banned Natural News from posting content. The channel name that has been banned is Facebook.com/healthranger, which was our primary channel reaching over 2.5 million people. This is on top of the permanent bans of Natural News content from Twitter, YouTube, Pinterest, Google News, Apple and other techno-fascists that now represent the greatest threat to human freedom the world has ever seen. The techno-fascists, including Wikipedia, have decided that no speech that questions any official narrative will be allowed on any platform. Anyone who questions the safety of toxic vaccines, 5G cell towers, geoengineering, chemotherapy or glyphosate weed killer chemicals is now maliciously attacked, smeared and de-platformed. You’re not even allowed now to talk about nutrition, anti-cancer foods or nutritional supplements without being labeled a “vitamin” website accused of pushing fake cures. (That’s right: The left-wing authoritarian tyrants are now anti-nutrition on top of everything else.) Every website or individual who expresses any view of dissent against the corrupt scientific establishment is immediately labeled “fake news,” even as the left-wing media routinely pushed total fabrications about President Trump and anyone who supports Trump. As I have repeatedly pointed out, the tech giants and their CEOs are truly enemies of humanity. Remember: As all this censorship is taking place, the tech giants somehow claim they aren’t censoring anyone at all. They claim to have a monopoly on “facts” or “truth” and proclaim themselves to have the King’s unique right to decide who gets to speak and who must be silenced. These criminals like Zuckerberg, Dorsey and Cook are un-elected, subject to zero transparency and offer no mechanism for due process whereby channels who are banned might defend themselves against unfair, dishonest smears or fake news attacks run by left-wing journo-terrorism hacks. In essence, the entire internet is now run by the most lawless evil war criminals imaginable, and they have zero respect for human rights, human dignity or free speech. I have posted a video response to the Facebook ban on Brighteon.com, the video platform we created following YouTube’s de-platforming of natural health and conservative channels. More videos about the “online ethnic cleansing” now being carried out by the evil tech giants in an effort to enslave humanity and create Hell on Earth via thought control, censorship, intimidation and authoritarian tyranny: Also see this video from Stephen Crowder about Vox and its bully tactics for de-platforming all conservatives:

https://www.naturalnews.com/2019-06-09-facebook-bans-natural-news-health-ranger-responds.html 

:: 6-9-19 Grable News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Google CEO: New YouTube Restrictions Coming, We Want To ‘Really Prevent “Borderline” Content’

‘None of us want harmful content on our platforms’

Jun 9, 2019 8:30 PM By Tom Elliott

Google’s CEO says he wants to see YouTube expand its crackdown on content. The company’s chairman, Sundar Pichai, said he’s hoping to take Google’s model of prioritizing of “quality content” over to YouTube. Pichai spoke with Axios’ Ina Fried, who expressed concern the tech company wasn’t taking a harder line against offensive content, pointing out a video she had seen of a “teenager who appeared to be donning Muslim garb, spewing a lot of anti-Muslim, anti-Semitic, homophobic hate.” “I don’t know all the details of this specific video, but in general, look, I mean all of us, you know, none of us want harmful content on our platforms,” Pichai said. “Last quarter alone we removed 9 million videos from the platform.” The CEO then said he wants to expand YouTube’s view of what’s prohibited. “And so we are bringing that same notion [from Google] and approach to YouTube, so that we can rank higher quality stuff better and really prevent borderline content — content which doesn’t exactly violate policies, which need to be removed, but which can still cause harm.” In a move Pichair said acknowledged would be controversial, “fact checkers” will be brought in to monitor YouTube videos. “The thing we are trying to do is to bring more authoritative sources and fact checks on videos, which may be controversial,” Pichair admitted. “It’s a case where we got it wrong, but that’s what we are trying to do and we are working hard to improve.” The interview aired on Axios’ HBO show, “Axios on HBO.”

(Editor’s Note: After Grabien News published this post, Axios updated its report to note than the interview was conducted before YouTube’s recently announced restrictions.)

https://news.grabien.com/story-google-ceo-new-youtube-rules-we-want-really-prevent-borderli 

:: 6-10-19 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The David Knight Show: New Insurrection Against Trump And Millions Protest In Hong Kong

Share this highly censored broadcast and show Big Tech they don’t control your speech

David Knight | Infowars.com - June 10, 2019

On this Monday edition of The David Knight Show, you’ll get the latest updates on this weekend’s top stories as well as today’s breaking news. Watch Live: New Insurrection Against Trump And Mi

https://www.infowars.com/watch-live-new-insurrection-against-trump-and-millions-protest-in-hong-kong/ 

:: 6--19 The Fringe :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Why Sitting on Your Butt and Waiting to Vote Republican in 2020 is NOT Enough

Wake up people. The fix is already in for 2020.

The powers that be, Deep State, establishment, or whatever you want to call them have a plan and it’s not one that will make most Americans happy.  Accoring to Gallup, conservatives still outnumber liberals by a healthy margin, although that margin has dwindled: Latest: Why Sitting on Your Butt and Waiting to Vote Republican in 2020 is NOT Enough Since 1992, the percentage of Americans identifying as liberal has risen from 17% then to 26% today. This has been mostly offset by a shrinking percentage of moderates, from 43% to 35%. Meanwhile, from 1993 to 2016 the percentage conservative was consistently between 36% and 40%, before dipping to 35% in 2017 and holding at that level in 2018. If we still outnumber liberals by double digits, how did we lose the House in 2018?

Laziness and complacency were a big part of it. We must always assume that the liberals will cheat to win, because they often (if not always) do. A quick read, <4 mins. but worth it

https://dcdirtylaundry.com/why-setting-o...ot-enough/ 

It starts with the primaries. Make sure the GOP isn't running asshats. We have to get real Constitutionalists, MAGA, and assorted other freedom and liberty minded people into the mix. No more Romneys or Kristols. At every level. From your county sherriff, district judges, mayors, governors, state legislators, school boards, on up to the Fed level Senate and Congress. Research those candidates. If you don't like them, back the other guy. If he/she is better that is. If there is no 'better choice' then arm twist some buddy of yours into do it. But you have to be there for the primaries. There are some states that don't block cross party voting in primaries. Make sure of your state. If you're in one of 'those' states, just for fun, go to their primaries and vote Biden. He'll be mudholed much easier than any of the others except maybe Bernie. Lieawatha has some actual policies and being the Vag Vote, may actually have some backing from the pussy hat crowd. We want a complete and total blow out so muck them up good. Vote Swalwell or Buttgeiger. Both useless propaganda shouters. Heck, I think Avanti is still in it. Vote for the creepy porn ambulance chaser. Now you've got candidates you can back. Do so. Not just a check. Get out and stomp some ground. Knock on doors. Put up signs. Talk to people. Get online on social media and promote. Run ads in the paper. Do what it takes to get them voted into office.  Remember, the DNC will cheat. I have a whole thread on that. Volunteer for polling duty and keep your eyes open for shenanigans. Report them. Press charges. Do what it takes to shed light on this. Go above and beyond to make sure the elections are fair and the votes counted honestly. It's going to be work. Hard work. But if people pitch in, many hands will make it lighter. And we need this. The country needs this. Trump needs this. We need to turn the DNC into the next Green Party and the GOP into what the Libertarians once were before the anarchists took over. We need people in office that respect the Constitution, the flag, and the country. Those willing to give it away to La Raza and China do not need to be anywhere near the halls of power in this country. No more safe spaces in DC for the DNC.

https://the-fringe.com/thread-why_sitting_on_your_butt_and_waiting_to_vote_republican_in_2020_is_not_enough 

:: 6-10-19 Q 13 Fox :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

190,000 pounds of Tyson chicken fritter products recalled for foreign material

Posted 6:08 AM, June 10, 2019, by Tribune Media Wire

The U.S. Department of Agriculture’s Food Safety and Inspection Service has announced that Tyson Foods, Inc. is recalling about 190,757 pounds of ready-to-eat chicken fritter products that may be contaminated with hard plastic. The nation-wide recall comes after three consumer complaints from schools regarding foreign material within the breaded chicken fritter product. The ready-to-eat chicken fritter products were made February 28, 2019. The following products are subject to the recall: 32.81-lb. cases containing four 8.2-lb. bags of “FULLY COOKED, WHOLE GRAIN GOLDEN CRISPY CHICKEN CHUNK FRITTERS-CN” and case code 0599NHL02. No adverse reactions stemming from the consumption of these products have been confirmed. Food service locations who have purchased these products should throw them away or return them to the place of purchase. Consumers with questions regarding the recall can contact Tyson Foods Consumer Relations at (888) 747-7611.

https://q13fox.com/2019/06/10/190000-pounds-of-tyson-chicken-fritter-products-recalled-for-foreign-material/ 

:: 6-10-19 The Big Wobble :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

What is killing the grey whales? Dead gray whale radiation levels were higher than many of the salmon and halibut Bill Laughing-Bear has tested off the coast of Alaska

Bill testing the whale for a radiation reading

Monday, 10 June 2019

Dear Gary and Readers of The Big Wobble,

Greetings from Alaska once again. On the second of June, I had to make a road trip which took me along Turnagain Arm and rounding a bend on the Seward Highway, just right before a bridge on one of the tributaries, I noticed on my right, a gray whale that was lying dead on top of the silt. I had heard that several whales have recently died and people had asked if radiation was a possible cause. The “Authorities” had said, “absolutely NOT!” Driving slowly by, I counted approximately two-dozen cars examining the whale. My first thought was, “I should test this thing for radiation.” But seeing all the people, I decided it would be best to do it when I would have more privacy. I just so happened to have with me my meter (a Quarta, Radex, model RD 1503, made to test gamma radiation in homes, offices, food products, construction materials, soil and etc.). A few hours later on my trip back home, I pulled over to test the whale. I had two major concerns. One is that the silt on Turnagain Arm has been the cause of death of many people over the years because they get stuck in it and drown. It seems like every year we lose at least one person. I could see the water was pretty much surrounding the bulk of the whale’s body and decided I would not be able to get good readings further down the body of the whale because I would need to wear my waders to stay dry and they can be difficult to get out of when stuck in the silt. The second major concern I had was that the rotting whale reeked. Bears love dead meat. And I had heard rumours that bears had been down by the whale. A friend who was with me told me they would take a picture but I made sure we were prepared to defend ourselves, in the event we encountered an unwanted visitor while backing away from it with a 12-gauge shotgun with slugs and a sidearm. Regrettably, as the picture shows, I could only – without getting my boots wet – take a scan of the whales tail. As I had suspected, the whale definitely read positive for radiation. The radiation levels were higher than many of the salmon and halibut levels I have tested. I pondered – since I am not a marine biologist – “would the readings be higher up toward the stomach area of the whale?” I could not go into the water that far to test it. I am planning to return in a few days when the tide is out and assuming the whale will still be there, for more in-depth readings along its length. I will also bring Vicks to shove up my nose because the stench will almost make a person vomit. I can positively state that this gray whale was radioactive and although I do not know if that was the cause of its death, I am highly suspicious it was a factor. I do not believe this is the only whale that has recently died that was radioactive. As of today, I have not been able to find one salmon or halibut that was not radioactive. I guess I’m not eating any more Muktuk (whale blubber)! ☺

I apologize it has taken me several days to get this article to you. As readers of The Big Wobble know, I am dependent on dictating over the phone to my Mum to write my articles and she has been unavailable. I have been made aware there are some readers of The Big Wobble who would like to help me obtain a computer that would not place me at high risk of having seizures, due to my Photo-sensitive Epilepsy, and would allow me to stay in direct contact with you, Gary, with my articles and research. Whether or not that ever becomes a reality, just the thought warms my heart greatly.  That’s it for now! Bill Laughing-Bear

Alarmed by the high number of gray whales that have been washing up dead on West Coast beaches this spring, the federal government on Friday declared the troubling trend a wildlife emergency. The declaration by the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration - technically, the agency dubbed the deaths an "unusual mortality event" - kicks in a provision of federal law that provides funding for scientists to figure out the cause when such die-offs of marine mammals occur, from whales and dolphins in the Pacific or Atlantic to manatees off Florida. So far this year, at least 70 gray whales have been found dead and stranded along the coasts of California, Oregon, Washington and Alaska - the most in nearly 20 years, scientists from NOAA said Friday. In recent weeks, whales have washed up in Marin, San Francisco and San Mateo counties. On average about 35 of the giant marine mammals wash up dead on the West Coast in a year, or around three per month. Last year, 45 were found. But the average number found dead for the first five months of the year on the West Coast is 15, so this year is seeing five times the average rate. "There have been juveniles but adults as well. There have been males and females. It's been all across the board at this point," said Justin Viezbicke, NOAA's California Stranding Coordinator. The last time this many gray whales were found dead off California, Oregon, Washington and Alaska was in 2000, when 83 had washed up by May 31. That year, 131 died. Scientists say they don't yet know why the whales are dying, although many have been found malnourished, leading to theories that warmer ocean waters from climate change might be disrupting their food supply, particularly in the Arctic. "We are seeing lots of live gray whales in unusual locations, clearly emaciated, trying to feed," said John Calambokidis, a research biologist with the Cascadia Research Collective in Olympia, Washington. Among those unusual locations: San Francisco Bay, Los Angeles Harbor and Puget Sound, he said. Closer to shore, whales are more at risk from dying by being hit by freighters, oil tankers and other large commercial ships. The whales that wash up dead on the shore may represent only 10 per cent of the whales that are dying in the open ocean off the West Coast. "Most whales and especially emaciated whales will tend to sink when dead," said a NOAA expert. "So the numbers that wash up represent a fraction of the total. The vast majority go unreported."

http://www.thebigwobble.org/2019/06/dead-gray-whale-radiation-levels-were.html

[ :: 10-3-12 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. But it is a very, very dark hour, a very wicked hour, a very evil hour with much going on every day, every moment of the day. You see it not maybe here in the sense that others are seeing it around the world. But I say unto you, open your spiritual eyes, open your spiritual eyes, see, see, see what is taking place. etc..

[ :: 8-17-14 pm service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. you see all the things that are going on in the world, you see the darkness, you see the troubles, etc.

[ :: 10-15-14 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For truly these are the end days and the end hours and darkness is all across the face of the earth and the enemy is fighting like mad because he knows that he has little time left. etc..

[ :: 3-11-15 pm service (third word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc darkness is only going to continue to grow darker, the turmoil and the disaster in the world is only going to continue to get worse and every week you see how my word is being fulfilled even more so, saith the Lord. etc

:: 6-9-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

As Darkness Falls

by Hal Lindsey

A shadow descends over our world. Spiritual in origin, this deepening darkness attacks human minds and thought. It diminishes, then destroys the ability to see things for what they are. Put simply, it inhibits people from thinking straight. We see the process described in the 1st chapter of Romans, beginning at verse 18. The words are both historic and prophetic. Romans 1 does not contain a phrase identifying it as a “last days” scripture. Nevertheless, as we will see, it has great prophetic significance.  Verses 20 thru 22 show that even pagan people understand basic truths about God, and are responsible for what they know. “…so that they are without excuse. For even though they knew God, they did not honor Him as God, or give thanks; but they became futile in their speculations, and their foolish heart was darkened. Professing to be wise, they became fools.” Verse 24 says, “God gave them over in the lusts of their hearts to impurity.” In this judgment, God allows human beings to receive in themselves the things they want. He gives them the very evil for which they lust — along with the deadly consequences. The next verse is especially fascinating given the times in which we live. “They exchanged the truth of God for a lie, and worshiped and served the creature rather than the Creator.” [Romans 1:25] The Greek word translated “creature” — “ktisis” — can also be translated “creation.” Creation-worship at first sounds ancient and pagan. But it’s going on right now. Exalting the creation above the Creator has become the catalyst for massive changes in how the world will soon be governed, taxed, and policed. The environmental movement has begun to rule the world because creation-worship isn’t just ancient and pagan. It is also modern… and still pagan. Romans 1:26-27 has become controversial because of what it says about homosexuality. Many who call themselves Christian are now trying to discredit all the teachings of the Apostle Paul because of what he wrote in these two verses. Under the inspiration of the Holy Spirit, Paul depicted homosexuality as toxic for individuals, but also as a sign of deep moral decay on a societal level. Romans 1:28 says, “And just as they did not see fit to acknowledge God any longer, God gave them over to a depraved mind.” A “depraved mind” is a mind so perverted it can no longer think in its own best interest. At this hour, many prominent and intelligent people are pushing agendas that amount to societal suicide. That is the depth of darkness now falling on the world. Civilizations rise.… Moral decay erodes their strength.… And then they fall. Romans 1 explains the phenomenon that has been going on for thousands of years. But it is also specific to the end times, and here’s why. In Matthew 24:37, Jesus said, “For the coming of the Son of Man will be just like the days of Noah.” Scripture depicts the times approaching the return of Jesus as a period when moral decay spreads among all peoples — just as in Noah’s day. Romans 1 explains the reasons and consequences of moral breakdown. Since we know that such a breakdown will become global in the end times, we can look to the 1st chapter of Romans for a picture of the entire world as it nears the end of the age. Here’s what happens. Depravity of mind spreads as more and more people fail to acknowledge God. Spiritual darkness invades human thinking at all levels. To those in that state, the obvious becomes obscure. Morality is the lens through which we see the world. As that lens grows cloudier and filthier, humanity ceases to see the road signs left for us by the God who loves us — signs essential for secure and meaningful lives. Sadly, this darkness is also spreading within the Church. When they continually compromise with sin, professing believers in Jesus become confused and turned around. Some just want to be liked. Others have been deeply influenced by the entertainment and educational industries. For whatever reasons, there are some from all major Christian denominations who are falling under the mind-shroud of the world’s darkness. But we have the answer! Jesus said, “You shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free.” [John 8:32] From those words, we can infer that slavery and bondage await all who reject the ultimate truth. And the ultimate truth is Jesus Himself. In John 14:6, He said, “I am… the truth.” Psalms 119:130 says, “The entrance of Your words gives light; It gives understanding to the simple.” [NKJV] Psalm 19:7 says that God’s word takes the simple and makes them wise. Psalms 107:20 says, “He sent his word, and healed them.” That refers to mental as well as spiritual and physical healing. In John 8:12, Jesus said, “I am the light of the world; he who follows Me shall not walk in the darkness, but shall have the light of life.” The world desperately needs Jesus and the revelation of Him found in the Bible. In times of darkness, the answer is light. And Jesus is the light.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-10-29-2015/ 

:: 6-9-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

As the Day Approaches

By Hal Lindsey

Just over two years ago, the Barna Group polled Americans about the end times. They found that 41 percent agree with the sentence, “The world is currently living in the ‘end times’ as described by prophecies in the Bible.” This is more than a vague awareness that things are off-track; more than an ill-defined sense of looming apocalypse. This is a specific belief that the events of our time match the Bible’s description of the end time. 2 Peter 3:10-13 says, “But the day of the Lord will come like a thief, in which the heavens will pass away with a roar and the elements will be destroyed with intense heat, and the earth and its works will be burned up. Since all these things are to be destroyed in this way, what sort of people ought you to be in holy conduct and godliness, looking for and hastening the coming of the day of God, on account of which the heavens will be destroyed by burning, and the elements will melt with intense heat! But according to His promise we are looking for new heavens and a new earth, in which righteousness dwells.” (NASB) Peter asked, “What sort of people ought you to be?” The King James Version translates it, “What manner of persons ought ye to be?” (KJV) Through Peter, the Holy Spirit tells the reader that the things of this world we get hung up on — money, houses, cars and other luxuries — will not last. He’s telling us to take the long view of history. Look at the big picture. See your life in context — not just the context of tomorrow or next week, but of eternity. Peter asked, “Since all these things are to be destroyed in this way, what sort of people ought you to be?” Those words were hardly on the page when he began giving the answer. “In holy conduct and godliness, looking for and hastening the coming of the day of God.” (2 Peter 3:11-12 NASB) Forty-one percent believe we are in the end times as described in the Bible. So why don’t they live “in holy conduct and godliness?” Forty-one percent is not a majority, but it is such a large minority that mainstream advertisers would never want to offend it. The celebration of evil that permeates American entertainment would not hold — at least not in the mainstream. But even Christians can lose the ability to blush. The world is falling into a pit of violent debauchery, and a large percentage of people who believe Jesus is coming soon, are following the world down. We desperately need another Great Awakening in the United States. That doesn’t just mean sinners being saved. An awakening includes reformation and revival. Christians, including the clergy, need to renew their love for God and His word — to love Him more than money, prestige, or comfort. Hebrews gives us a great picture of how to live our lives, and then says that it is especially true for those who live in the end times. “Let us hold fast the confession of our hope without wavering, for He who promised is faithful. And let us consider one another in order to stir up love and good works, not forsaking the assembling of ourselves together, as is the manner of some, but exhorting one another, and so much the more as you see the Day approaching.” (Hebrews 10:23-25 NKJV) Two years ago, 41% of Americans said they could “see the Day approaching.” So why aren’t the 41% holding fast the confession of their hope without wavering? Why aren’t we stirring up love and good works in one another? Why do so many forsake the assembling together of those with like faith? I’ve spent much of my life pointing out just how near we are to “the Day.” It’s heartening that so many Americans now agree with that basic message. I pray that this glorious belief will begin to manifest itself in our attitudes and actions. When that happens, we will see miracles!

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-3-2-2016/ 

:: 6-9-19 New Brunswick News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

From the writings of the Rev. Billy Graham

Dear Dr. Graham:

I heard someone compare a computer virus to sin. Isn’t that making light of something as serious as sin? — S.V.

Dear S.V.: When flu season comes around each year people live in dread of getting this terrible virus, because the flu invades the whole body. Weakness sets in making it difficult to function or even rest.  Sin is the most serious thing man will ever deal with. Sin is a spiritual virus that invades our whole being. It makes us morally and spiritually weak. It’s a deadly disease that infects every part of us: our body, our mind, our emotions, our relationships, our motives — absolutely everything. We don’t have the strength on our own to overcome its power. But when we come to Christ, the Holy Spirit comes and dwells in us. When this happens, any sin that comes in begins to fester and God’s Spirit reveals it to us. The Holy Spirit tugs at our souls to get our attention, telling us that we are not right with God. The cause of trouble, the root of all sorrow, the dread of every man lies in this one small word — sin. We all have this terminal disease and it’s far worse than the flu or even cancer. It has crippled the nature of man and has caused man to be caught in the devil’s trap! People don’t willingly expose themselves to the flu virus — people generally run from it. This is what we should do with sin — flee. Sin is the great clogger, and the blood of Christ is the great cleanser. We don’t need to be crippled any longer by the disease of sin because God has provided the cure. “The blood of Jesus Christ ... cleanses us from all sin” (1 John 1:7) and He will give us the power to turn from sin.

https://thebrunswicknews.com/opinion/advice_columns/sin-is-a-spiritual-virus-and-christ-is-the-cure/article_a698da26-6dae-5c33-912e-0489096f1849.html 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 6-9-19 Jewish News Syndicate :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Report: Syrian general with ties to Hezbollah and Iran assassinated

Brig. Gen. Jamal al-Ahmad, one of a group of Syrian officers tasked with maintaining ties with Hezbollah and its Golan Heights commander, was gunned down by unknown assailants in the Sweida area in southwest Syria.

By Neta Bar

(June 6, 2019 / Israel Hayom) A high-ranking Syrian army commander was assassinated on Tuesday near the city of Sweida in the war-torn country’s southwest, dozens of miles from the border with Israel. Brig. Gen. Jamal al-Ahmad was gunned down by unknown assailants while touring the sector, the intelligence blog Intelli Times and London-based pan-Arabic daily Asharq Al-Awsat both reported on Wednesday. According to the Intelli Times, Ahmad was among a group of Syrian officers tasked with maintaining ties with Hezbollah in the Sweida area, and particularly with Hezbollah’s commander in southern Syria, Munir Ali Naim Shaiti,also known as Hajj Hashem, who is responsible for building the Lebanese terrorist organization’s military infrastructure in the Syrian Golan Heights. Although the identity of Ahmad’s assassins is still unknown, the enemies of the Syrian regime and its Iranian and Hezbollah allies are Israel and rebel groups still active in the country. The ability of these insurgent groups to carry out an assassination of this type has drastically decreased over the past year and their presence in southern Syria has been virtually eradicated. Another possible suspect is armed Druze groups who have quarreled in the past with the regime but have since made amends with it following the expulsion of the rebels from the area. A day before the assassination, a Syrian opposition website exposed several Syrian army brigades and divisions that are hosting Hezbollah and Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps fighters in the country’s south, and in Sweida in particular. The reports expose the deep entrenchment of the Iran’s Islamic Revolutionary Guards Corps and Shi’ite militias within the Syrian army’s combat units on the Golan border with Israel. This article first appeared in Israel Hayom.

https://www.jns.org/report-syrian-general-with-ties-to-hezbollah-iran-assassinated/ 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 6-10-19 The Weather Channel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Earthquake Rattles Cleveland Area

By Jan Wesner Childs3 hours agoweather.com  

Earthquake Strikes Near Cleveland, Ohio

More than 200 people felt the 4.0 magnitude earthquake Monday morning.

At a Glance Preliminary estimates from the USGS say a 4.0 magnitude quake shook parts of the Cleveland area. There were no immediate reports of damage or injuries. Residents in the Cleveland area got an unusual jolt on their Monday morning. Residents across the area reported feeling an earthquake just before 11 a.m. EDT. The U.S. Geological Survey gave the quake a preliminary rating of 4.0 magnitude and said it was centered in Lake Erie north of the metropolitan Cleveland area.  There were no immediate reports of damage or injuries.

https://weather.com/news/news/2019-06-10-earthquake-cleveland 

[ :: 3-22-15 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. You are seeing the pressure that the whole world is putting on my people Israel and only the true Christians are standing with them now, etc

[ :: 8-28-16 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Babylon destroyed in twenty-four hours, and you shall see the other earthquake on the west coast, you shall see the one in the middle and that shall come unto you soon, just as soon as they divide my land again, saith your Father God, you shall see that.  For it is that hour and it is that time and it shall come to pass, etc.

[ ::10-1-17 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Do not allow the enemy to divide you again, for I have spoken to you time and time again the land is mine, not yours, do not allow it to be divided again. Even though they put pressure on you stand strong, for when you stand strong then you become victors, you become overcomers. Stand, I say, stand, for it is the hour, it is the time to stand, therefore, stand.

:: 6-9-19 Y net :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Germany: 2 states is 'only solution' to Israeli-Palestinian conflict

The remarks of the country's foreign minister, Heiko Maas, come only a day after U.S. ambassador to Israel said the Jewish state has the right to annex at least 'some' of the West Bank

i24NEWS|Published: 06.09.19 , 19:10

Germany's foreign minister on Sunday reaffirmed Berlin's support for a two-state solution to the Israeli-Palestinian conflict, as the United States is set to release the economic portion of its peace plan later this month. "We are still in agreement that reaching a two-state solution through negotiations is the only solution," Heiko Maas said during a press conference in Amman with his Jordanian counterpart. President Donald Trump's team in charge of the plan has said the initial summit will address the economic issues related to the conflict, specifically focusing on how foreign investment can improve the economic situation of the Palestinian people. The conference's itinerary, which has not been publicized in detail, has already been heavily criticized for failing to address political concerns, which detractors see as the primary barriers to peace. "We and Germany agree that the two-state solution is the only way to end the conflict," Jordanian Foreign Minister Ayman Safadi said.

Mass and Safadi met a day after U.S. Ambassador to Israel David Friedman was quoted by the New York Times as saying Israel had the "right" to annex at least parts of the West Bank. The Palestinians have all but frozen diplomatic relations with Washington since Trump announced the US embassy would move from Tel Aviv to Jerusalem, effectively recognizing the disputed city as Israel's undivided capital. Palestinian officials have continuously slammed all US efforts to mediate, citing the more recent U.S. recognition of Israel's sovereignty in the Golan Heights as further evidence that Trump's administration is irredeemably biased. Trump's son-in-law and senior adviser Jared Kushner, who is heading the peace plan's construction, has hinted that it will not endorse international calls for the creation of a Palestinian state.

https://www.ynetnews.com/articles/0,7340,L-5522464,00.html 

:: 6-4-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

America's Scorecard: The Six Phases of a Coup:

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Tuesday, June 4, 2019 - 13:01.

There are different aspects of any coup that overtakes a country. I am shocked and stunned that more Americans are not clearly see what is indeed transpiring inside our country. As Steve Quayle has frequently stated, “what is coming is no longer coming, it is already here”. At least it is here for those with eyes to see and ears to hear.

The Development of Collective Consciousness As a Precursor for a Coup

The United States is undergoing a coup of monumental proportions that will likely result in regime change, a cultural coup and the formation of re-education camps and all that this entails. History demonstrates that there are precursor elements for any coup followed by extreme and radical regime change. Many of these prerequisite elements have already been met. First, a country entering the realm of a coup and must have a rising tide of collective consciousness that many people are part of a persecuted minority. This is being accomplished by the pronouncement that America is not beyond Jim Crow laws that plagued our country forever, despite the fact that Trump’s economic policies have lifted Blacks to unprecedented wage increases and employment levels. I fail to see the “Jim Crow” in this administration. Women are told over and over in the media that they live under a President that hates women despite the record-setting employment gains achieved by women under this President. Blacks and women are oppressed, and white Christians are their oppressors. An artificial division has been created. This will likely be the spark of extreme civil unrest. The goal of the globalists controlled Deep State as manifested in the ideals of the Democratic Party have the goal of unseating the Constitution and turning American culture upside down. And the globalists have successfully found a way to make Americans pay for their own demise (eg funding illegal immigrants welfare, healthcare, etc.). The globalists, as expressed through the mainstream media have been successful in painting people who want to preserve American ideals (eg freedom), in which the belief system should be labeled as nationalism/patriotism, have instead been cast as white supremacy, which makes no sense whatsoever. However, as the Nazis used to say, repeat a lie often enough and the lie becomes reality (ie confirmation bias). This, again, plays into the artificially created racial divisions that could explode in this country. The Jussie Smollett fake racial attack was designed to be the next Jefferson in which racial divisions would be artificially inflated. Please take note how quickly the Smollett fraud story was removed from the mainstream media. Divisions among gay and straight people have been accelerated and artificially embellished. Most Americans, right or wrong, do not care what people do behind closed doors. Yet, the gay movement, which legitimately fought for the Constitutional right to not be discriminated against is being infiltrated and being used as a source of artificial division. Child molesters, who are nothing but pure and evil criminals, are trying to attach themselves to the freedom-seeking efforts as afforded by the Constitution by the LGBT movement. Very few reasonable people would ever argue against constitutional rights for everyone. However, letting the perverted child molesters into their group is political suicide for the LGBT movement and division is going to occur as a result. Before I am branded as homophobic, please allow me to state that many LGBT members have expressed the same concerns. This is all about creating division amongst our people where very little disagreement would ever occur, otherwise. People with money are under attack. Most have achieved their wealth by hard work and providing services and products that are needed by the public. However, the Democratic Party is creating division amongst poor and middle class against the rich, not realizing it is the rich that provides most of them with employment opportunities. Talk about biting the hand that feeds you. I could go on and on about artificially contrived strategies to divide America in order to perpetuate a cultural revolution designed to end up in a civil war.

The Six Phases of a Coup History teaches that a coup follows a similar pattern:  The creation of a victim mentality to exacerbate differences in society to perpetuate a division among people and groups. This “rules for radicals” approach has already been achieved.  Once a certain threshold has been met, an attack upon the leaders of the traditional status quo is accelerated. Reasons to implement violence, usually through false flag attacks, is initiated. We are on the cusp of this happening. The Jussie Smollett case just missed being a large catalyst to this end. There will be more in the near future. White privilege and Christian theology are becoming the scapegoat phrases and targets. When real persecution begins, I just told you who will be most victimized. This process is near completion.  The existing regime is overwhelmed and radical elements of the coup take over the government.  Purges begin, which many of the people welcome, because of the relief from the widespread violence that is offered. This phase is well underway. Want to test the legitimacy of this claim? Wear MAGA clothing and see how long it will be until you are victimized in a violent manner.  Media scapegoats are created (eg Jews in Nazi Germany) and these people must be re-education in special camps that many of these people will never leave alive. As I mentioned above, the first half of this stage has already been met. We know who the targets will be. Once can see that elements #3, 4, and 5 are in process.  Genocide of the enemies of the state ensues and eventually the New (World) Order is established. The goal was entirely the elimination of resistance to the most repressive, transhumanism regime ever instituted on the planet.  Conclusion Is there anything that will slow the demise of America down? The answer is a resounding yes, but the implementation is problematic. So what is one to do? The better question is what should most of us be willing to do. The first step is to spread awareness. People may initially reject your message, however, there will come a time for most, where they will begin to see the proof for the coup as the facts are self-evident once people are exposed to the information. Then, there will come a time when we will have to engage in our own civil disobedience. More on that in a later post. Right now, sunlight is the best disinfectant.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/activism-agenda-21-conspiracy/americas-scorecard-six-phases-coup 

:: 6-4-19 Sky Watch TV :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

AMAZON DEVICE TO ANALYZE YOUR SOUL, ‘READ HUMAN EMOTIONS’

June 4, 2019 by SkyWatch Editor

With Amazon’s humble bookseller beginnings far in the rearview mirror, the internet retail giant is working on a wrist-worn, voice-activated device that supposedly can read human emotions. Bloomberg reported a source reviewed internal Amazon documents that show the Alexa voice software team and Amazon’s Lab126 hardware division are collaborating on the device. In coordination with a smartphone app, it will have microphones that can “discern the wearer’s emotional state from the sound of his or her voice.” (READ MORE)

https://www.skywatchtv.com/2019/06/04/amazon-device-to-analyze-your-soul-read-human-emotions/ 

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

:: 5-31-19 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Tech giants now pushing ANTI-knowledge to keep humanity dumbed down and trapped in mental prisons

Friday, May 31, 2019 by: Mike Adams

(Natural News) Far from helping people access knowledge and facts, search engines like Google now push anti-knowledge — the opposite of knowledge — in order to keep people dumbed down. The evil tech giants are now systematically de-platforming all channels and sources of real human knowledge, awakening and truth. For the topics that really matter, the only information that’s allowed to be found on Google, Wikipedia, iPhone apps, YouTube or Twitter is anti-knowledge, or “false facts” that defy reality and indoctrinate the masses to believe in delusions rather than see what’s really happening in the world around them. In other words, on every topic that matters — science, medicine, vaccines, climate, history, politics, biology, culture and more — Big Tech systematically suppresses useful knowledge that might empower humans and replaces it with anti-knowledge that keeps people dumbed-down and trapped in mental prisons. We are now living in the Age of Anti-Knowledge that’s pretending to be the Age of Information. But the information is controlled, shaped, twisted and engineered to dumb you down and keep you easily controlled with false narratives and fake facts. Google, Apple, Facebook, Twitter, YouTube, Wikipedia, Pinterest and Snapchat are all enemies of human awakening, which makes them enemies of humanity. Because truth is treason in an age of deceit. See my full video here for more details: Brighteon.com/6042840694001

Stay informed. Read NaturalNews.com for a daily dose of useful, practical knowledge that keeps you healthy and aware. Find over a hundred thousand free speech videos at Brighteon.com, the YouTube alternative for free speech.

https://www.naturalnews.com/2019-05-31-tech-giants-now-pushing-anti-knowledge-to-keep-humanity-dumbed-down.html 

:: 6-3-19 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China's Internet Lockdown Intensifies Ahead Of Tiananmen Anniversary

by Tyler Durden Mon, 06/03/2019 - 21:45

Chinese social media sites have been placed on a lockdown ahead of the 30th anniversary of the Tiananmen Square massacre, according to Bloomberg. While Beijing already employs highly restrictive controls over their internet, Chinese censors typically intensify their efforts ahead of the June 4 anniversary of the bloody student protests in 1989.  This year, Tencent Holdings Ltd.’s messaging app WeChat and micro-blogging site Weibo barred users from changing their profile photos and other personal information. Video-streaming service Bilibili said it suspended real-time comments and other features for “technical upgrades.” -Bloomberg  As we noted on Sunday, Twitter voluntarily banned the accounts of hundreds, if not thousands of Chinese dissidents - explaining later that it was 'inadvertent' and promising to restore them. Reacting to the crackdown, Secretary of State Mike Pompeo said in a Monday statement: "the Chinese Communist Party leadership sent tanks into Tiananmen Square to violently repress demonstrations calling for democracy, human rights and an end to rampant corruption," adding "China’s one-party state tolerates no dissent and abuses human rights whenever it serves its interests." The editor-in-chief of China's CCP mouthpiece, the Global Times tweeted in defense: "Around this time 30 years ago, clashes broke out between protesters and military on the way to Tiananmen. In the following 30 years, China has developed quickly. This glorious achievement changed how people look at Tiananmen incident." If that's true, we wonder what Beijing's response would be if a few thousand students gathered in Tiananmen Square for an anniversary protest?

https://www.zerohedge.com/news/2019-06-03/china-ramps-internet-lockdown-ahead-tiananmen-anniversary 

:: 5-30-19 Chicago Trubine :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Indiana salmon hatchery to raise nation's first genetically modified animal cleared for human consumption

By Tony BriscoeContact ReporterChicago Tribune

On a winding road on the outskirts of a small Rust Belt town in eastern Indiana, a fish hatchery is poised to raise the country’s first genetically engineered animal approved for human consumption by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration. AquaBounty Technologies, a Massachusetts-based biotechnology company, altered the genetic makeup of the Atlantic salmon to include a gene from chinook salmon and DNA sequence from an eel-like species known as an ocean pout. The result is a salmon that grows to market size about twice as fast as its natural counterpart. The company, which already breeds the salmon in Canada, received its first batch of bioengineered eggs Wednesday at its indoor facility in Albany, Indiana, , and the first salmon fillets raised there could appear in U.S. supermarkets in late 2020. AquaBounty’s decision to raise the salmon in Indiana is a landmark moment for the Midwest, a region known globally for its agricultural prowess but one where land-based fish farming operations have struggled mightily to become profitable. AquaBounty purchased the complex about 10 miles northeast of Muncie where yellow perch and steelhead trout had previously been raised and renovated it for Atlantic salmon. Before Wednesday’s shipment, the 16-person staff, which includes factory workers who were laid off in recent years, had been overseeing 100,000 conventional Atlantic salmon from eggs until they reach market size. With around 150,000 bioengineered eggs currently inside the facility’s incubator trays, production is expected to grow. Commercially raising seafood, a process known as aquaculture, will be necessary to feed the planet’s growing population at a time when rising seafood demand is pitted against plateauing wild fisheries burdened by overfishing, pollution and climate change, according to industry experts. The U.S., which imports over 90% of its seafood, has lagged behind much of the world in aquaculture production, and proponents hope the introduction of genetically engineered fish might help promote the industry, relieve pressure on ocean fisheries and scale back the United States’ $16 billion seafood trade deficit.  There are GMO animals all around us — from glowing pet fish to ‘friendly’ mosquitoes » “Because this fish grows faster, you can use the same facility and produce twice as much product, and the overhead cost is halved,” said William Muir, a professor emeritus at Purdue University who has researched genetically modified animals. “That’s really where we’re going with it: Can we produce fish more cheaply? The fact is, aquaculture is expensive and it’s not competitive with ocean-caught fish, because the ocean is free. But if you can produce salmon cheaply inland, large urban centers like Chicago would love to have fresh salmon next door.” However, some consumer groups remain fiercely opposed to the production and sale of genetically modified organisms. These organizations have been vocal crusaders against AquaBounty, pressuring many mainstream retailers into pledging they won’t carry the product they have maligned as “Frankenfish.” “This is purely a commercial decision to make the fish grow faster,” said Megan Westgate, executive director of The Non-GMO Project, a Washington state-based nonprofit. “They’ve succeeded in proving that desired trait. But there's no benefit to the consumer or the environment. I think that’s why a lot of average people would rather eat salmon as nature intended.” To date, there’s no scientific evidence concluding that genetically modified foods are harmful to human health. The FDA says AquaBounty salmon are as safe to eat as conventional salmon. Muir, who studied the risks of the salmon being exposed to the wild population based on government data, said many of the fears surrounding GMO foods are overblown. “These people who are anti-GMO are not data-driven, they are agenda-driven. And their agenda was to make sure a GMO product was never on a dinner plate,” he said. However, one of the foremost complaints against AquaBounty has been transparency. In Canada, where the company sells conventional eggs and genetically modified salmon, it has sold tons of the fish, although it wouldn’t disclose to which retailers, and there are no requirements for labeling in that country. After the genetically modified salmon was approved to be raised and sold in the U.S. in 2015, egg shipments were blocked until labeling guidelines were established, which allowed for the import ban to be lifted two months ago. Still, the U.S. labeling mandate won’t take effect until 2022, creating uncertainty about whether AquaBounty will voluntarily label its salmon in the interim. AquaBounty CEO Sylvia Wulf argues there’s no need for labeling in Canada because both wild and genetically modified salmon are the same nutritionally. But Westgate, of The Non-GMO Project, said a lack of disclosure robs consumers of choice. “People should know what’s in their food,” Westgate said. “It’s a transgenic species, a combination of three fish. A lot of people just feel it’s unnatural, and it’s not fish they’d want to feed to their children.” Common in crops But gene-editing is nothing new in the U.S. Since the 1990s, American farmers have cultivated genetically engineered crops to be resistant to pesticides and insects. While the pesticide-immune strains have come under fire for allowing farmers to use more insect- or weed-killing sprays that can cause soil contamination and kill off vital organisms like bumblebees, today, about 90% of corn and soybeans grown in the U.S. are genetically altered strains.  Experts say the progression to genetically engineering animals has been slower due to public perception and nascent federal instruction. While scientists have had the ability to retool genomes for decades, the FDA didn’t issue guidance on genetically engineered animals until 2008.  What is an Enviropig, a GloFish and a Friendly Mosquito? Since then, the agency has approved only a few animal-related bioengineering applications, including a genetically altered goat that produces a drug in its milk used to prevent a rare blood-clotting condition in humans. The agency also signed off on the entry of the “GloFish,” a pet zebrafish with a gene from a jellyfish that makes it glow under natural and ultraviolet light. The AquaBounty salmon was initially developed in 1989 after Canadian scientists attempted to develop an Atlantic salmon that could withstand the country’s frigid temperatures. Incorporating a DNA sequence from an ocean pout, a species with antifreeze proteins in its blood that allows it to survive in near-freezing waters, researchers thought they could make a more cold-tolerant salmon. The genetic medley was unsuccessful. But scientists found the antifreeze DNA sequence helped accelerate development when used in tandem with a growth hormone gene from chinook salmon. And subsequent research continued along those lines. The salmon grows to roughly 10 pounds in 16 to 18 months, compared with as long as 32 months in the wild. While salmon already depend on much less food to grow than cattle, swine or chicken, the AquaBounty salmon requires 20 to 25% less feed than ordinary Atlantic salmon. The company’s Indiana facility features a recirculating water filtration system, which minimizes water use. And shipping salmon from Indiana to other U.S. cities within a 500-mile radius will have as much as a 25 times smaller carbon footprint compared with other major salmon importing routes (Norway to New York and Chile to Miami). Pete Bowyer, farm manager of the Indiana facility, said these kinds of operations make sense environmentally and businesswise, especially considering salmon is a perennially popular seafood choice in the United States, along with shrimp and tuna. “The thing about recirculating aquaculture is that you are not really constrained by climate or topography, which traditionally fish farming has been,” Bowyer said.  In 2017, over 356,000 tons of salmon were imported to the U.S. with a value of $3.5 billion. “It’s produced in Chile, Norway and Scotland. It’s absurd. In my personal opinion, this is the direction that the U.S. is headed in,” Bowyer continued as he walked into the hatchery sporting waterproof boots and waders. ‘GMO is scary’ Still, not everyone is convinced. Not long after AquaBounty salmon was approved in 2015, Costco Wholesale Corp., one of the largest retailers in the world, announced it had no intention of selling the AquaBounty salmon after backlash during public hearings from consumers. The corporation joined dozens of U.S. supermarket chains that have vowed not to sell GMO salmon, according to anti-GMO nonprofit Center for Food Safety. “I think public perception in the U.S. is that GMO is scary,” said Tomas Hook, director of the Illinois-Indiana Sea Grant. “I think it’s a pledge that is intended to placate some of the public and people who are anti-GMO. At the surface, it might seem scary to eat genetically modified foods, but when it comes to the way AquaBounty produces salmon, in a lot of ways, it’s more environmentally friendly than the way we traditionally produce salmon.” Seafood is the most popular meat in the world, with global consumption surpassing all land animals combined. But while cows, pigs and chickens have been raised on farms for ages, fish have been largely wild-caught for human consumption, as aquaculture didn’t become a significant contributor to the seafood market until the latter part of the 20th century. Experts say the time is now to bring aquaculture into the mainstream. In 2015, 93% of the world’s marine fish stocks were categorized as overfished or fished at peak sustainable levels. Meanwhile, the global population is projected to rise to over 9 billion by midcentury, and ocean productivity is expected to decline as rising concentrations of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere create warmer and more acidic waters. How will climate change affect Chicago and the Midwest? Here's what the experts are telling us. » “If you look at the trajectory of fishery harvests around the world, we see a big increase after World War II through the 1970s, as new technologies, particularly in oceans, have helped us get better at catching fish,” Hook said. “But sometime around the late 1990s, early 2000s, even though we have all these fishing fleets and technology, we basically saw a plateau and decline in fishery harvest. That’s despite a growing population and more people on planet Earth that need protein from fish. The solution that we need to feed people is in aquaculture.” Aquaculture had largely taken place in coastal areas where fish were raised in open water pens. But that approach has declined as regulators cracked down on these operations because they created hot spots for animal waste that caused deterioration in water conditions. Businesses have tried to move inland where waste can be treated more effectively, but the upfront investments have been a deterrent. In 2011, Illinois had more than 100 licensed aquaculture operations, according to the state Department of Natural Resources. As of this month, only 45 enterprises are in business. AquaBounty hopes to buck this trend in Indiana. While the company has persistently recorded net losses on its quarterly reports in recent years, the arrival of the GMO salmon could significantly bolster production at that site, helping to improve the balance sheet. CEO Wulf said the company may sell its patented and trademarked salmon to other fish farms. Lengthy process  AquaBounty embarked on the arduous journey toward regulatory approval in 1995. Two decades later, the FDA determined the fish was safe to eat and the modifications were safe for the fish itself. Although the FDA also found the fish posed no significant threat to the environment, there were concerns early on about the possible impacts if it escaped into open waters. Muir, the Purdue professor, theorized that if the fish were ever to breed in the wild, it could spell doom for salmon populations because of the so-called Trojan gene effect. “If you are a female and are looking for the male that’s the most fit, one of the most obvious signs is size,” Muir said. “If you’re a big male, you must have survived, you must have been able to get food and have all the good genes. But in the case of transgenic salmon, I hypothesized this was false advertising. It was big, but not because it had the good genes or that it could find a lot of food. It’s big because of the transgene, and it actually has lower fitness than the wild type. So females would be mating with less fit males and it would perpetuate fewer offspring to maturity.” Upon further testing, however, those initial worries were assuaged when the genetically altered salmon proved to be an ineffective breeder, according to Muir. “It turned out the fish was not at all dangerous because it didn’t have any mating advantage,” Muir said. “In fact, it had a lot of disadvantages. It was very, very difficult to keep alive because it doesn’t have any of the natural mating dances or attraction that the fish have. Like birds, when they’re mating, males have to have a certain display and dance, because the female has to choose wisely. The transgenic male is too fat or heavy, and it doesn’t court them very well and loses out on all the mating.” Precautions are also in place. All of AquaBounty’s facilities have a number of measures intended to prevent the escape of eggs and fish, including metal screens and jump nets installed on tanks. And the FDA bans the genetically altered salmon from being raised in ocean net pens. The company also employs a breeding technique in which only female fish are produced, and the fertilized eggs are also pressure-shocked to make them sterile. So far, there hasn’t seemed to be an issue. In addition to its new breed of salmon, AquaBounty was recently authorized to sell genetically altered tilapia in Argentina. While the salmon will be the first animal of its kind in the United States, experts like Muir said it’d be foolish to think it will be the last. “The thought was that once (FDA approval) went through, it would open the gates to other transgenic animals to come to market,” Muir said. “In my opinion, we’re way overdue.”

https://www.chicagotribune.com/news/ct-met-genetically-modified-salmon-indiana-hatchery-20190502-story.html 

:: 6-4-19 The Free Republic :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Civil War II Weather Report: Spicy Time Coming

Burning Platform ^ | June 4, 2019 | John Wilder Posted on 6/4/2019, 9:19:05 AM by vannrox

Way back in 1998, I ended up with one of the neatest jobs that I had – assessing risks to a major corporation. The Internet was new at work, and I was being paid to research potential disasters. It was so interesting and so much fun I felt guilty. In researching disasters and risk, I came across Y2K. For those that don’t remember, there was a concern that, as a result of programmers only using two digits to store year information in computers, that many computers and computer programs would cease to function when the calendar flipped over to 00. There were multiple websites and personalities that were writing about Y2K, and one that I went to from time to time was Cory Hamasaki’s Y2K Weather Report. Hamasaki was a programmer (he has since passed away) and he had an inside perspective of the ongoing work that was required to keep the systems working. As a result of his insider knowledge he bought an AR, a lot of food, and spent New Year’s Eve at his remote cabin. Obviously, the systems kept working. We live, however, in spicy times, with the potential for them becoming even spicier (I got the Spicy Time meme from Western Rifle Shooters (LINK), which really should be on your daily reading list). I’ve written several articles about the potential for Civil War, and studied and thought quite a bit about it. As such, this is the inaugural edition of John Wilder’s Civil War II Weather Report. I anticipate putting it out monthly. This first issue will probably be a bit longer than later issues, since I’m putting the framework together and explaining the background. I’m attempting to put together a framework that measures where we are on the continuum between peace and war. I’ll even try to develop some sort of measures that show if the level of danger is increasing or decreasing. Civil wars don’t happen all at once, and like a strong storm, they require the atmosphere to be right. A weather report is probably a good metaphor. So, to review the future, let’s start by looking at Civil War I so we understand what happened, and what the potential differences are. Civil War I was: Based on philosophical differences – the views of the people, North and South were pretty similar, except that the Northerners were descended from Puritans who sailed on the Mayflower, and the Southerners were descended from the Norman conquerors that took England in 1066 but got booted out after having lost a war in England. Although the North and South were the same people, more or less, with the same heritage, there were enough differences to lead to a war. And it was a doozy. Civil War II is different because:

Certainly we are not the same people today compared to when we generally unified ethnically. Civil War II will likely be fought on the basis of conflicting culture, identity and ideology. Civil War I was: Fought by armies, mostly, with identified geographical centers. Civil War II is different because: At the early stages, at least, Civil War II won’t be fought by armies, and there won’t be defined geographical concentrations. Armies are better at killing people and breaking stuff, but irregulars are way better at atrocity. Expect the initial stages of hot war to be filled with some pretty rough stuff. Civil War I was:

Characterized by a general adherence to the rules of war, though there were some war crimes on either side. Civil War II is different because: There has been a tendency of civil wars in this century to have increasing levels of atrocity during the war. This will continue. Civil War I was: Fought with the intent of reunification (by the North), and separation (by the South). The basic desire of the North was to reunify the country, admittedly under more comprehensive Federal control. Reconstruction sucked, but the goal was a single country. That’s why all the Confederate statues were tolerated, and even encouraged. Civil War II is different because: I expect whoever wins to pursue a policy of revenge at the end, especially if it’s the Communists. This is founded based on every single communist revolution ever. The end of Civil War I occurred in a growing young country with the opportunity to move West. Now? Whoever wins will cleanse whatever areas they take. Civil War I was: Fought by organized, elected governments. Civil War II is different because: I’m thinking that one side might be a Caesar-type leading a partial military coalition versus Leftist irregulars, but I might be wrong on this one. I decided to see what other studies had been done about more recent civil wars, and found that James Fearon and David Laitin (from Stanford) did a study in 2003 on civil wars during the 20th Century (LINK). Here’s what they found:

Civil Wars had a median duration of six years  Sub-Saharan Africa: 34 wars  Asia: 33 wars

North Africa and the Middle East: 17 wars  Latin America: 15 wars

Eastern Europe/Former Soviet Union: 13 wars

The West: 2 wars

Why do civil wars develop? It’s my bet that political scientists are like economists – six political scientists will generate 15 incorrect theories over coffee each morning, although I, for one, have no idea why we would think we would have a more stable country if we import people who keep having civil wars all of the time. Fearon and Laitin came up with three different types of civil wars:

Ethnic: “You other people suck.”

Nationalist: “We want our own country, because you other people suck.”

Insurgent: “We want to be the boss, because you suck.”

Civil wars were non-existent in ethnically homogeneous and rich countries during the time period of Fearon and Laitin’s study. As the United States was essentially ethnically homogeneous and rich during Civil War I, you can see that, just like the Revolution, something unique was going on here. We decided to fight over principles. Fearon and Laitin had several graphs that pointed out that increased wealth makes up for a portion of ethnic diversity – wealthier, non-homogeneous societies were less likely to go to war than poorer non-homogeneous ones. Oddly, the very poorest ($48 to $800 a year) societies were less likely to go to war than societies that made just a little more money. I guess just living was tough enough and going to war against other people who also had nothing was pointless.

One conclusion that Laitin and Fearon found was that civil war onset was no less frequent in a democracy. Discrimination is not linked to civil war. Income inequality is not linked to civil war. Grievances aren’t the cause of civil war – they’re caused by civil wars. What are risk the factors?

New nations. I guess they haven’t developed the “don’t kill the president” tradition yet.

People can hide in mountains. I guess.

Higher (absolute) population numbers. I told you big cities were bad.

Oil exporting.

High proportion of young males.

Exporting commodities – risk seemed to peak at about 30% of GDP coming from commodity export.

So where does the United States stand as a country today? I guess I’d throw out the thought that the first prerequisite for Civil War II is economic stress. Why? Average Joe won’t pick up an AR to go kill people in the next county if Joe has beer in the cooler and another episode of Naked and Afraid® next week. If Joe has a job and a wife and a mortgage, well, there just won’t be action. I meant war, silly. Get your mind out of the gutter. Our risk now is relatively low based on economics. The United States is developing a higher absolute population. That puts us at risk. With immigration, the United States is forming a higher proportion of young males. That puts us at risk. State weakness is generally correlated with civil wars. I’m torn on this one. On one hand, we have the largest number of laws ever, along with a very large enforcement mechanism. On the other? Laws, both state and Federal are increasingly just ignored. Victor Davis Hanson describes this paradox in California (LINK). Nearby civil wars are associated with having a civil war. Latin America is a civil war factory . . . so we’re at risk. From the above five predictors of civil war, we have four of them. Obviously this doesn’t tell the whole story. The United States has a peaceful history, and, unlike a less established nation, the general populace is going to assume that today was good, so tomorrow will be pretty good, too. And, generally that’s a good way to predict the future: tomorrow will look like today. Building the conditions for civil wars generally take years and what was abnormal becomes normal and tolerated as time goes by. I’m going to attempt to try to make a metric showing the rise in various societal factors that I think might lead to civil war. Some of the obvious are:

Economic metrics – economic growth, unemployment, average wealth.

Organized violence metrics – news of riots, other organized violence and protests.

Political instability metrics – use of the term “impeach”, “civil war”, “electoral college.”

Sites banned – numbers of political speakers silenced.

Number of illegal immigrants per month. This shows greater economic stress or greater problems at their actual home.

I’ll then combine them into an index. If you have other items that you think can be tracked and should be tracked, let me know, and I may incorporate them, especially if they’re easy find and to incorporate, because I’m lazy. Finally, Civil War won’t show up all at once, it may take years to get people to the idea that war is better than dealing with your weird neighbor by going into your house and watching a marathon of YouTube® videos where people turn $40 of propane and a bunch of aluminum cans into $10 worth of aluminum ingots. It’s easier than fighting, right?

Following is my take on the steps that will lead to actual civil war. I humbly call it the Wilder Countdown to Civil War II™.

Things are going well.

People begin to create groups.

People begin to look for preferential treatment.

Opposing ideology to the prevailing civic ideology is introduced and spread.

Those who have an opposing ideology are considered evil.

People actively avoid being near those of opposing ideology. Might move from communities or states just because of ideology.

Common violence. Organized violence is occurring monthly.

Opposing sides develop governing/war structures. Just in case.

Common violence that is generally deemed by governmental authorities as justified based on ideology.

Open War.

I bolded number six. That’s where I think we are right now. Violence is occurring, but it’s not monthly, so I don’t think we’re at step seven. Yet. And I think we can live at step nine for a long time as long as we don’t have the bottom drop out of the economy. Might there be some trigger that takes us to nine in a hurry? Sure. But I’m willing to bet that we see it take a few years, rather than a few months. My bet is no sooner than 2024, but I’ve been wrong before, way back in 1989. This is a project where I’m not only very open to contributions and anonymous contributions, I’m actively soliciting them. Let me know if you’ve got commentary, criticism, news stories, or suggestions to make issue two (probably in early July) better, either down below or at my email, movingnorth@gmail.com While we can’t predict catastrophic storms with 100% accuracy, it’s probably about time that someone started looking at the horizon to see what they could see. Because I see what might be a storm coming.

http://freerepublic.com/focus/f-chat/3754335/posts 

[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word]  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America.  If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc

:: 6-3-19 King World News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

“Mayhem Rules” Right Now And Gold May Rise Very Rapidly Because Of It

On the heels of another rally in the gold market, it appears that “Mayhem rules” right now and gold may rise very rapidly because of it. Mayhem Rules

By Bill Fleckenstein President Of Fleckenstein Capital June 03, 2019

June 3 (King World News) – As I’m sure everyone knows, over the weekend the Chinese expressed their view of the current trade situation via a “white paper” — the net of which is that the possibility of a trade deal between the U.S. and China appears to be less likely now than ever.  It’s Always Dumbest Before the Dawn Of course, in any “negotiation” like this, it often looks like there will never be a deal and then suddenly there is. That doesn’t imply that a deal is imminent, but it is almost assuredly going to look impossible before it actually occurs, if and when it does. Meanwhile, I’m sure by the time the G-20 meeting rolls around later this month there will be all sorts of hopes that something good will come out of it, but I’m not going to hold my breath. As for today, the futures were barely lower as the casino opened for business (after trading down almost 0.75% lower overnight) and the dip buyers showed up to produce a gain of a bit less than 0.5% for the SPOOs in the first hour, followed by a little selling. The proximate cause for the rally was perhaps mindless money flowing in at the start of the month, and a little excitement that Infineon has decided to pay a stupid price to acquire Cypress… Partly Cloudy That certainly enlivened the chip sector, which seems to do well on days that cloud and/or FAANG stocks are getting hammered (the Google/DOJ news this weekend caused problems for Amazon and Facebook). In any case, by midday, the S&P and Dow were slightly green, while the Nasdaq sported about a 0.5% loss. In the early afternoon, the market began sinking again when St. Louis Fed head James Bullard chirped that a rate cut might be warranted soon, which caused a bounce that didn’t last long. Also around the same time Apple tanked from $177 to $172 in about two minutes as Tim Cook couldn’t blow enough smoke at their developer conference. (I make note of that because it was a big move, involving a lot of market cap, all happening in the blink of an eye — something people should start getting used to, as there will be much more.) All of that followed the earlier announcement that the FTC was launching an investigation into Facebook. In sum, a lot of hand grenades were rolling around on the floor at the same time while visions of rate cuts danced in bull’s heads, the net of which was lower stock prices by about 1.5% for the Nasdaq (while the Dow/S&P just sort of marked time a little lower). From there, another rally was attempted based on rate cut hopes. Perversely, however, we will likely need to see lower stock prices to get them, which is exactly what happened next, i.e., the rally fell apart and with an hour to go the Nasdaq had fallen almost 2%, with the other two major indices joining in somewhat as they fell around 0.5%. Next, the market slid some more to new lows, only to bounce hard late in the day to close with the Dow/S&P essentially unscathed compared to a 1.5% loss for the Nasdaq. Away from stocks, green paper was weaker, and I would point out again that the concept of being long the dollar is one of the more crowded trades at the moment, along with being long the stock market in general. That could cause some extra indigestion at some point. Turning to fixed income, it was higher, and the metals came to life, each gaining 1.5%-plus while the miners put in a very respectable performance as well. A Bend in the Trend

I noted on Friday that MSA’s technical work suggested more upside for the metals, because its triggers were hit, and in the report over the weekend Mike Oliver (the founder of MSA) suggested that the move could be rather rapid, based on his analysis. He also feels that a break in the stock market could be rather wild and violent, due to the technical structure. That fits exactly with my view, but he has the technical data to back it up. In any case, it is quite likely that we are going to see bigger and wilder moves as the trend changes and folks are forced to adjust the positions they have spent so long putting in place. To subscribe to Michael Oliver’s Gold, Silver & Mining Stock Report at the special KWN discounted rate of only $269 CLICK HERE.

https://kingworldnews.com/mayhem-rules-and-gold-may-rise-rapidly-because-of-it/ 

:: 6-2-19 Clive P. Maund :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

BLOODBATH LOOKS IMMINENT - FULL DEFENSIVE MODE...

originally published Sunday, June 02, 2019

The market is now in position to crash. This is not something that will arrive as “a bolt out of the blue” – it has been setting up to do this for a long time. On the 6-month chart for the Dow Jones Industrials below we can see that on Friday it broke down from a Head-and-Shoulders top that had been forming since February, and the longer-term 5-year chart for the S&P500 index lower down the page makes clear that a giant top started to form with the January 2018 peak, which means that it has been setting up for a bearmarket for fully 16 months now. A few weeks back we had spotted the H&S top forming but we weren’t sure whether a symmetrical Right Shoulder to complete the pattern would develop, which would have it holding up for perhaps another month, but by last week it had become clear that it would likely settle for a shorter stunted Right Shoulder, which is why we decided to “put our best foot forward” and go for both inverse ETFs, and selected Puts. In the event this is what happened and the breakdown on Friday beneath “last ditch” support means that it is likely to crash next week. What very often happens when markets crash is that key support is breached on a Friday, after which traders have the weekend to brood about it and many decide to hit the sell button the following Monday, and a near tsunami of sell orders hits the market at once forcing a steep self-feeding decline. That is what looks set to happen this Monday. Last week Wall St and the MSM were singing the praises of strong earnings to be reported in coming weeks, and suggesting that this would buoy the market, but unfortunately the market looks a lot further ahead than that, typically up to 9 months ahead, and it has discerned nasty storm clouds on the horizon, presaged by the inverted yield curve and partly resulting from fallout from the trade war. The Neocons, being adversarial by nature, view both Russia and now China as enemies, because they stand in the way of global hegemony, and since they cannot defeat them militarily are attacking them economically. Unfortunately however, trade is a two way street and the attempt to inflict damage on your trading partners is going to drag you and everyone else down too. This is why what is going on now is very similar to what went down in the 1930’s with protectionism, trade wars and then depression leading to a major war, and we have the perfect flashpoint for a major war in the form of Iran, which China and Russia cannot afford to see taken down, because if it is, the balance of power will shift and they will be next. The Neocons (and Israel) have a sense of urgency about attacking Iran, because they know they have a limited time window to do it. This is because China is set to grow much faster than the US, and the other major powers are moving to de-dollarize, knowing that if they succeed the dollar will crash, and the debt-wracked US economy will implode, which will make it impossible to fund the US military-industrial complex at current levels and the vast global US military machine whose mission is to impose the US’ will on the rest of the world. The impending crash will be much more severe and have much more serious consequences than any hitherto, because of the catastrophic debt overhang that has built up. In this situation gold will become the best investment because it has an intrinsic value that cannot be eliminated. We had surmised before Friday that gold would probably be taken down near-term during the crash phase because of a dash into cash driving a temporary spike in the dollar, but on Friday at least that didn’t happen and instead the Precious Metals sector showed strength, suggesting that the dollar may already be in trouble for the reasons mentioned above. This may just have been a “pop” on the part of the PM sector, which could yet turn and drop with the market. We will have to wait and see what happens next week – if the broad market drops hard and the PM sector advances it will mean that it has already acquired safe haven status, and in general it will be safe to buy the sector with stops beneath recent lows. To conclude, a devastating crash looks imminent and full defensive mode is the order of the day.

https://www.clivemaund.com/article.php?id=5064

[ :: 4-22-12 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. The clock is ticking, the midnight hour is already striking, the horses have been riding and yet many see not the things I have told them. They understand not what my word has said, etc..

Rev 6:8 So I looked, and behold, a pale horse. And the name of him who sat on it was Death, and Hades followed with him. And power was given to them over a fourth of the earth, to kill with sword, with hunger, with death, and by the beasts of the earth. (NKJ)  (disease & famine)  

:: 6-4-19 Ray Gano :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

BREAKING NEWS – Ebola is NOW in Texas

June 4, 2019/in Featured, News, Survival & Preparedness /by admin

By Ray Gano

Ebola has hit Texas thanks to our open borders.

Right now, there are 9 and possibly up to 15 people sitting on the US/ Mexico border in quarantine who are from Congo, Africa. Those are the people that they caught, what if there are others that got through? My name is Ray Gano; I am a prepper and have been a prepper pretty much all my life. My mother was raised during the great depression, and because of that she was always a frugal person. She would can up and dehydrate food, always setting it aside for “a rainy day.” One of my most vivid memories growing up was during the economic recession we had in the mid-1960s. Life for us was pretty hard. I remember us going behind grocery stores and picking out old fruit and vegetables. We would pick mustard greens, black berries, crab apples, anything that was growing on the side of the road we would stop and pick it. There was a butcher in town that used to save beef bones for us, and my mom would gather us around the stove and make “nail soup.” Nail soup was a big deal back then. We all helped clean up the old vegetables, cut away bad pieces and keep the good parts. Mom would then have us carefully put the veggies we cut up into the pot. Finally, she would pick on of us kids to take the magic nail from the windowsill and put it in the pot. See, the nail was magic and that is what made the “Nail Soup” tastes so good. The real ingredient was the best of all; it was my mother’s love. Another point when I was growing up was when my father contracted Hong Kong Flu. This was around the same time in the mid to late 1960’s. I remember my mom quarantining the room and keeping us kids away. Only she could go into the room and she worked hard to keep the house sterile and germ free. Many people died from the Hong Kong Flu, which come to find out was a strain of H1N1 Spanish Flu. The same H1N1 that we still have today that many believe will eventually mutate again, into a more harmful form of H1N1. Over the years I was drawn to home remedies, and back woods cures. I started to learn about all the edible plants in our area and also learned how to use them medically. As time went on I would buy books on the different plant always trying to increase my knowledge. When I went into the army, I would always try to learn the different plants in the area and in Germany I was learning the flora and fauna that was offered there. In fact, when I was in Germany I would teach the men under my command how to use the different plants and such if they were put in the position to have to live off the land. Once I got out of the army, I still maintained my interest in learning how to live off the land and also, the medicinal uses many plants had. Fast forward to today and with the outrageous cost of medical treatment, I became our family’s first line medical care giver. I started to expand learning about all of the natural herb, vitamins and other supplements that are out there. Nurse Amy of “Doc Bones & Nurse Amy” introduced me to essential oils and I started learning more on how to use these effectively, in conjunction with my herbal cures. Back in 2005 I diagnosed my son’s Type 1 Diabetes. Ever article, book and website that I was reading pointed to T1 but did not believe it till I finally told Tracye that we needed to get him to the hospital. From what I could tell he was already in the very dangerous stages of diabetic ketoacidosis. We got him to the emergency room, I told the nurses what I suspected, and they congratulated me on catching it. They said that they see many first time T1 kids already passed out due to DKA. I want to say that I am not a doctor and I have nothing but the highest respect for doctors. All the things they have to study and to stay up to date. I never thought that I had the calling to be a doctor, but I do enjoy the study of folk medicine and the cures and remedies our great grandparents once used. Many of those cures and remedies are making a comeback today. I think it is very prudent that those of us who are preppers have as much understanding about medicine as we are able. We need to return to having the skills of mending wounds, binding cuts and giving proper first aid. I think the skill of diagnosing basic illnesses is also something that has been forgotten. It amazes me how many people do not even know the symptoms of a common cold and then rush to the ER thinking they are about to go to their grave. I have made it a personal responsibility to be the best care giver that I could for the sake of my family. To this date, whenever we are with our kids and grandkids, I am always asked to look at some cut or scratch or help diagnose some belly rumblings, fever or runny nose. In fact, my Grandson thinks that if I do not have my flashlight in hand when looking at that splinter, then something must be wrong. No matter what the little prick or scratch, I must look at it with my flashlight so that I can make the proper diagnosis and provide him the proper treatment. Most times it all comes down to a little Neosporin and Band-Aid. Sometimes I will use lavender oil or thieves’ oil just to help it speed the healing. My grandson likes it because it smells good and is “good medicine” not the bad medicine that “tastes yucky”. Today we have Ebola that is trying to break free from the boarders of Africa and getting to the point where it is becoming impossible to contain. I think back when I was watching Fox News reporting on Dr. Brantly, who has just arrived in the US at the university hospital outside of Atlanta. Dr. Kent Brantly, who is believed to be the first patient with the deadly virus ever to be treated at a hospital in the United States, landed at Dobbins Air Reserve Base around 11 a.m. August 2nd 2014. The Ebola outbreak that is taking place right now is the largest outbreak in known history and has been going on since 2014. Past Ebola outbreaks were not as devastating and the current outbreak. I believe that is because this strain of Ebola has mutated in one form or another like many immunosuppressive diseases do over time. Because our world has gotten smaller due to jet planes flying all over the world, the probability of a virus crossing over into other countries has become much easier. As with past outbreaks of Ebola, this strain is showing that the virus can live outside the body for up to 10 hours, which increases the ability to infect people. A victim who is carrying the virus could be walking around in an airport can cough, sneeze, spit, vomit and the virus cells will remain active for up to 10 hours on whatever surface they landed on. That is 10 hours that tens if not hundreds of people could come in contact with those virus cells. Once the person comes in contact with those cells, all they would need to do is touch their mouth, their eye, scratch an open sore and that person is infected. The Key to Living Through This is Prevention. Once a family member contracts this horrible disease the outcome is pretty grim. Studies show that there is a 40% chance of survival where 60% of those who contract the disease will die. If you have not done so, I HIGHLY RECOMMEND that you read my first book, “Survive The Coming Storm – The Value of a Preparedness Lifestyle.” If people are going to truly make it, they will need to self-quarantine and if one does not have enough food, water and other items to ride this storm out, they will have to go out into the public more and more and that is exactly where you do not want to be. To go out into the public means that you will be exposing yourself to Ebola and the person leaving will have increased risk in contracting the disease. This is why I wrote my second book “Survive The Coming Storm – Ebola Crisis – Preparing Now Before It is To Late” which is still a “best seller” in the medical book and nursing categories. In this book I make MANY recommendations from herbal supplements to OTC medicines. I also make recommendations on getting Hazmat Suits, facemasks, and rubber gloves. At a minimum having a N95 facemask will be a necessity along with bottles of Purell to constantly keeping your hands sterile. On top of that all of us will have to break that horrible habit of touching our face, eyes, nose or mouth. Do that during a pandemic and you sign your own death sentence. If you and your family are not prepared by then, odds are increased in contracting the deadly Ebola virus. If you are only able to give subpar care to that infected family member, they will probably die and odds are good that others, including yourself will probably catch the disease. It is my hope that this book helps you and equips you with information that will help you prepare NOW instead of waiting till the pandemic starts. You still have time, do what you have to do and even if nothing happens, you have gained valuable supplies that most likely will be needed. Every 100 years our world suffers a deadly global pandemic. The last killer was the Spanish flu in 1918. In 2018 it will be 100 years from that last deadly pandemic. This makes the odds extremely high that a killer pandemic is just around the next corner. Ebola is Now Here in Texas There is a serious Ebola alert in Laredo Texas after 3 illegals from the Congo crossed over into US Territory. There are also 6 in custody in Laredo Mexico and what appears to be another 6 in Juarz as well. This is 9 people confirmed with a possibility of 15 people total from the Congo who have contracted the Ebola virus. This is serious. How many people did these 9/15 people come in contact with? Is it possible that there are now people in the US that came over the border illegally and are carriers of Ebola? If so, then how many people have they come in contact with and then those people come in contact with others. Can you see how fast this could turn into an epidemic?  On Friday, ABC News reported that the World Health Organization is claiming the Ebola outbreak in the Congo is of “deep concern, ” while stopping short of declaring it a global emergency. Following a meeting of its expert committee, the U.N. health agency called for efforts to be redoubled to stop the deadly virus, noting that the recent spike in Ebola cases raises the risk of spread to other countries. A public health official in Laredo, Texas, said 20 Congolese migrants were monitored for Ebola and other diseases in shelters in his city and across the Mexican border in Nuevo Laredo, Tamaulipas. “We have 8 Congolese right now in one of our shelters and a dozen in Nuevo Laredo,” Laredo Health Director Dr. Hector Gonzalez told the Laredo City Councilman George Altget during a council meeting on April 4. So you can see my concern. How many people did these people come in contact with once they arrived in Central America? In fact, where did they land? Did they land in Mexico from the Congo? Maybe Belize, Guatemala, Honduras? If they landed in one of those countries, then they had plenty of chances to come in contact with a lot of people as well as people who were also crossing the border illegally. Now, how many Congolese individuals did not get captured and are possibly here in Texas or have moved further up north to escape detection? Again, we may be looking at a serious epidemic / pandemic. Latest data indicates a total of 1,206 confirmed and probable cases of Ebola in this latest deadly outbreak in Congo which began last August, while 764 people have died up to last Wednesday, making the outbreak – which is endemic in the Congo – the worst in the country’s history. The numbers spiked this week, with 20 new cases on Wednesday alone. The concern for health officials is that Congo is right in the heart of Central Africa and has borders with a large number of countries: Angola, Kenya, Zambia, Gabon, Nigeria, Ethiopia, Rwanda, Tanzania, Sudan, Burundi and Uganda. What To Do? As you know, I wrote my preventative book about battling Ebola and you can battle it if you are prepared.

The key is being prepared NOW and not wait. I have pulled together 10 PDFs that I will give you FOR FREE when you purchase my ebola book (in PDF format) for only $25.00 All I am asking is $25, but if you would like to donate more, it would help. Tracye and I still have a shortfall to make up, so not only are you helping yourself, but helping us further our ministry and keeping people like yourself informed.

ORDER NOW With Your Gift of $25 + And I Will Email You The Special Ebola Offer

https://tinyurl.com/Stand-In-The-Gap 

Please share this information with friend and family,

it might save their lives if there is a outbreak.

https://www.raygano.net/ebola-is-now-in-texas/ 

:: 6-3-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Instagram crashes for users around the world, leaving them unable to log in or refresh their feed

Instagram began experiencing a global outage starting around 11:30 p.m. (ET)

Users had issues logging into the app as well as viewing their dashboard

By Annie Palmer For Dailymail.com Published: 14:00 EDT, 3 June 2019 | Updated: 18:02 EDT, 3 June 2019

Instagram has been hit by an outage that's preventing users from accessing the app around the world.  The app began experiencing problems around 11:30 p.m. (ET), leaving Instagram users from the United States to Europe unable to access their feeds. As of late evening on Monday, there were fewer reports of outages, but some users appeared to still have trouble accessing the app. It comes one day after Google suffered from a massive outage that caused Gmail, G Suite and YouTube to go down for hours. The app appears to be down for users in some parts of the US, as well as regions in Europe, South America, Japan, India and Australia, according to Down Detector. Instagram users who have tried to post photos this afternoon have instead been hit with an error message: 'Something went wrong. Please try again later.' One user said their Instagram dashboard wouldn't refresh, while another said their captions wouldn't show up after publishing a post to the app. The issue seems to have primarily affected the app, though a small percentage of users said the Instagram website wasn't online either.  A Twitter user said: 'Snapchat down yesterday and Instagram down today, will Twitter or Facebook be tomorrow?' Other social media platforms like Facebook and WhatsApp didn't appear to be affected by the issue. The Instagram outage has hit the app just a few hours after Google said it would investigate the outage that lasted for several hours on Sunday. The search giant said YouTube, G Suite and Gmail were disrupted as a result of 'high levels of network congestion,' but that it intended to examine the issue further and make improvements to its systems to prevent a similar event from happening again.

Google also insisted that the widespread outages, which primarily affected service in the Eastern United States, but also stretched across the globe, were not a result of cyberattacks.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/sciencetech/article-7100353/Instagram-crashes-users-world.html 

[::  6-2-19 am service  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

For let your spiritual ears be open and listen very carefully to the things that I say unto you this day, saith your Father.  For the hour is very late, many things are changing extremely fast, the enemy is on a great warfare and you may not realize this, but you need to be prepared.  If you don’t have a good King James Bible get one before they change that, trust in the amplified before they change that.  For they are making bibles now that are gender friendly, they’re changing many things causing them to be extremely unscriptural etc.

:: 6-1-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Catholic schoolgirls are being taught that God is GENDER-NEUTRAL and are banned from using the words 'Lord', 'Father' and 'Son' in prayers

Brisbane Catholic schools are removing male-centric terms from their prayers

The Catholic Office for the Participation of Women director said she is 'thrilled'

Queensland Catholic Education Commission doesn't give a guide on language

By Claudia Poposki For Daily Mail Australia Published: 20:00 EDT, 1 June 2019 | Updated: 20:06 EDT, 1 June 2019

Catholic schoolgirls are being taught that God is gender-neutral and banned from using the words 'Lord', 'Father' and 'Son' in prayers. A number of elite Catholic schools in Brisbane are making moves to teach their students to use inclusive language when referring to God. Top schools including All Hallows, Stuartholme, Loreto College and Stuartholme School are leading a push towards a feminist interpretation of the Christian Bible. Students at Stuartholme School in Brisbane's inner-city, which charges upwards of $40,000 a year, are taught to use the word 'Godself' instead of 'himself'. Catholic schoolgirls are being taught that God is gender-neutral and banned from using the words 'Lord', 'Father' and 'Son' in prayers. A number of elite Catholic schools in Brisbane are making moves to teach their students to use inclusive language when referring to God. Top schools including All Hallows, Stuartholme, Loreto College and Stuartholme School are leading a push towards a feminist interpretation of the Christian Bible. Students at Stuartholme School in Brisbane's inner-city, which charges upwards of $40,000 a year, are taught to use the word 'Godself' instead of 'himself'. Ms Wickham said the school had a commitment to inclusive language, but admitted there were instances where gendered language is appropriate. St Rita's College Clayfield tries to use gender-neutral terms but for traditional prayers still uses gendered language. The assistant principal Richard Rogusz said context is important and helps decide what language is appropriate. The Catholic Office for the Participation of Women director Andrea Dean told the publication that she was 'thrilled' and it was 'terrific' schools were moving towards inclusive language. The Queensland Catholic Education Commission does not provide guidelines for what language is appropriate but the Australian Catholic Bishops Conference did suggest schools use gender-neutral terms where appropriate. Brisbane's top Catholic boys' school St Joseph's College has replaced the term 'brothers' with 'sisters and brothers' and 'brotherhood' with 'international community'. 'This has been an area of growth for us in recent times,' a spokesman told Sunday Times. 'We have made changes to a number of prayers to be more gender-inclusive.'

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-7094893/Catholic-schoolgirls-taught-God-gender-neutral.html 

:: 6-4-19 https://www.catholicsarenotchristians.com/ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :

Vatican Embraces Mark of the Beast Currency and Technology!

June 4, 2019 by Jon Watkins

Catholic church jumps head first into blockchain technology and cryptocurrency

Mac Slavo | SHTF – ICOx Innovations Inc., which designs, builds and manages digital currencies so organizations can grow their businesses by attracting, engaging and retaining customers through the creation of their own digital currency, announced today a new customer, Cathio. Cathio is a public benefit corporation founded specifically in service of the Catholic economy. Cathio is applying blockchain technology to offer an easy-to-use payment solution that responds to the needs of the Catholic community, non-profits, and institutions. Cathio was founded in 2018 and is working to transform the way the Catholic community moves money. By bringing innovative technology and best practices from the tech world, Cathio is providing a turnkey solution for Catholic organizations to bring their financial transactions into alignment with their beliefs. Cathio was created to address the needs of the Catholic church. –Cathio‘s websiteA blockchain-based charity and non-prot cryptocurrency, Catholiccoin seeks to provide an all-in-one solution to how we donate transparently on the Ethereum Blockchain. We are aware of the disruptive power of Blockchain technology and that the adoption of cryptocurrencies will significantly influence how we donate to charity in the future. As a result, Catholiccoin aims to play a tremendous impact on this innovative period of fundraising. –Steemit

Important Ministry and Website Info! Click Here “We are excited to announce our new customer Cathio, which will provide the first of its kind payment, remittance, and funding platform that will enable the Catholic economy to save money and position it to provide greater transparency of financial transactions and to connect the Catholic community,” said ICOx Innovations President Bruce Elliott according to an ICOx press release. Through our ecosystem of services with a user-friendly interface, Catholiccoin connects the non-prot and charity community while enabling traceability and full transparency of donations. –Steemit That’s a pretty big step for an entity as wealthy as the Catholic Church. While Cathio is attempting to make it very clear that this cryptocurrency will make payments and donations easier for Catholics worldwide, one can’t help but wonder just why they need more money, to begin with. No one really knows how much wealth the Catholic Church controls, and the organization’s secrecy and obfuscation of the facts surrounding its wealth continue to confuse many. The Vatican’s cash flow is in the hundreds of millions a year, individual holdings in the Vatican Bank total perhaps $15 billion, property held by the Vatican may be worth over a billion dollars, and the Church owns the largest store of the world’s most priceless art.

https://www.catholicsarenotchristians.com/vatican-embraces-mark-of-the-beast-currency-and-technology/ 

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

:: 6-3-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Journalism 2019: Target And Destroy Trump Supporters - Daily Beast Stalks, Harasses And Doxxes Black Trump Supporter Over Silly 'Drunk' Nancy Pelosi Viral Video

June 3, 2019 By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine

Liberal media in the year 2019 has become nothing more than "do everything in your power to destroy President Trump and his supporters." We have seen this pattern time and time again from the Covington Catholic students demonized and targeted for harassment and death threats by the mainstream media, because they pushed a fake news narrative that sent unhinged liberals into homicidal rages, sending the students death threats, threatening to burn them in their school, and much more. Because of the liberal media's war against half the population in the United States, we have seen and documented violence against Trump supporters, threats, censorship, harassment, stalking and doxxing of random intenet users. Doxxing: Search for and publish private or identifying information about (a particular individual) on the Internet, typically with malicious intent. DAILY BEAST WRITER TAKES PAGE FROM CNN AND DOXXES BLACK TRUMP SUPPORTER Two days ago The Daily Beast headlined a piece, written by Kevin Poulson, with "We Found the Guy Behind the Viral 'Drunk Pelosi' Video." The Daily Beast promoted it heavily on their Twitter account, as well as their editor-in-chief Noah Shachtman, pushing it more with commentary like "Shawn Brooks is a day laborer, sports blogger, and Trump superfan from the Bronx. He's currently on probation for domestic battery."  Via the report: [Shawn] Brooks, a 34-year-old day laborer currently on probation after pleading guilty to domestic battery, claims that his “drunk” commentary on an unaltered Pelosi video had no connection to the now-infamous fake clip that premiered less than 15 minutes later. “I wasn’t the individual who created that Pelosi video,” he insisted in a telephone interview. It’s conceivable that someone else actually edited the clip. But a Facebook official, confirming a Daily Beast investigation, said the video was first posted on Politics WatchDog directly from Brooks’ personal Facebook account.

So, the Daily Beast has joined with the likes of CNN in determining that a silly video, slowed down to make Pelosi's normal slurred and stuttering sound even worse, was worthy of time, energy and money being spent to hunt down the man who may, or may not have created the slowed down version, because he dared share it, and Oh, yeah, he is a Donald Trump supporter. In their piece they also admitted to harassing and stalking the man, saying they called, emailed, over and over until he finally responded. The online liberal Twitter mob, seeing nothing wrong with a publication doxxing a private citizen, took it and ran with it, sharing information to the others in the online lynch mob, such as "A review of Brooks’ personal fan page reveals him as an avowed conservative and a proud member of Trump’s razor-thin African American support base. A couple of Brooks’ Instagram posts feature misogyny." Another user declared "This ought to be a criminal offense. He's so typical of the usual suspect-a knuckle-dragging trump lover. Worst of all, every bit of subsequent reporting can't undo what's been done. There really ought to be a law." Others took the writer and The Daily Beast to task for targeting Brooks for harassment. Next thing you know, the threats began against Brooks, with Twitter users such as Hokie NYC posting "Shawn Brooks .. NYC peeps. Go do your thing," as just one example.  To their credit, some other outlets, left and right, spoke up against what Poulson and The Daily Beast did, with Huffington Post and New York magazine contributor Yashar Ali tweeting "[I]t sets a really bad precedent when a private citizen, particularly someone who is working a blue collar job, has their identity publicly revealed simply because they made a video of a politician appearing to be drunk. His identity offers nothing to this story." More via Fox News: The Wrap media editor Jon Levine described the story as "[a] hit job on a completely private citizen ... over a joke video of Pelosi that happened to go viral." Fox Business Network's Charlie Gasparino tweeted: "The @thedailybeast spends a lot of time telling us everything we don't need to know about the guy behind the dopey Pelosi video, which is so far from the real story of our shoot-first, facts later social media culture (see covington boys and a lot more)." Former FoxNews.com opinion contributor Stephen Miller mocked Poulsen's tweet about "looking for the Russian troll" behind the Pelosi video. "[L]iterally no one thought that [Russians created the Pelosi video]," Miller tweeted. "Media using their bylines to go after and intimidate private citizens for internet videos they don’t like is literally enemy of the people s--t." Kudos to the journalists that are speaking out against the tactics utilized by the Daily Beast and CNN.

Related: Man Claims Daily Beast Wrongly Identified Him As Creator of Pelosi Video

Journalist Glenn Greenwald tore into the Daily Beast, and reporters from other liberal outlets that were defending the Daily Beast, in a series of Tweets, which is perhaps the best takedown out there over the liberal medias' growing habit of doxxing private citizens. Drag an African-American day laborer into the spotlight and try to ruin his life because he made a trivial video about Nancy Pelosi. The only worse part is how you're celebrating yourselves like you did something brave and important. Nauseating The justifications being offered by rank-closing journalists to justify a major media outlet having investigated, doxxed and exposed an anonymous day labourer for the crime of posting a mocking video of Nancy Pelosi are almost more repugnant than the journalistic bullying itself. Can't believe (honestly) that journalists don't see why it's so repellent to unleash the resources of a major news outlet on an obscure, anonymous, powerless, quasi-unemployed citizen for the crime of trivially mocking the most powerful political leaders This peasant made a full $1,000 from his irreverent video about the Speaker of the House! The NYT should partner with the Daily Beast and assign a full-time team to tail him 24 hours a day and report on all the places where he finds day labor. Democracy dies in darkness. There are multiple instances of massive media corporations turning their huge megaphones & investigative powers onto ordinary citizens - exposing their identity, holding them up for vilification, trying to ruin their lives - because they have the wrong politics. It's power abuse. CNN has done this twice: it investigated an anonymous Reddit user who made an anti-CNN meme & *threatened him with public exposure* if he ever spoke out again. Then a CNN reporter confronted a Florida woman on TV for unwittingly posting a "Russian FB ad" Anyway, I would offer my heartfelt congratulations to the the super-brave, intrepid, speaking-truth-to-power journalistic warriors of the Daily Beast for finally exposing this African-American day laborer/Pelosi Facebook critic but they're so endlessly congratulating themselves. Worse: the previously anonymous laborer whom the Daily Beast maliciously exposed - as punishment for having bad politics - denies he even committed the Thought Crime of making the Pelosi-mocking video, insisting he just posted it. Who cares? His politics are wrong: ruin his life. Journalism principles aren't complex: go report on people, agencies and corporations that wield actual power and leave ordinary, powerless citizens alone unless they engage in serious wrongdoing. Anonymously mocking Dem politicians you revere doesn't count as serious wrongdoing. This is the new normal for liberal media outlets. This is journalism in the year 2019.

ABOUT THAT DAILY BEAST WRITER............................. Tom Pappert over at Big League Politics gave the Daily Beast writer, Kevin Poulson, a taste of his own medicine by reporting a bit on his own history, which included being indicted for 19 counts of conspiracy, fraud, wiretapping and money laundering, back in 1989. He was later convicted, imprisoned five years for his crimes, then banned from the internet until 2004 after convincing his probation officer to give him back his internet privileges.

BOTTOM LINE - MEDIA GOAL: TARGET AND DESTROY TRUMP SUPPORTERS

The media has not gotten over the fact that they lost control of the masses and Donald Trump won the 2016 election. They have made it their mission to not only try to destroy the president, but to target his supporters for harassment and destruction. They have failed over the last three years to take down the President, so they are literally stalking, harassing and doxxing his supporters.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Target_And_Destroy_MSM_Stalking_Trump_Supporters.php 

:: 6-3-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Shocking New Information On Hillary Clinton Investigations Revealed By AG Barr In CBS Interview, Downplayed And Ignored By Liberal Media

June 3, 2019 By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine

Conservative media and former federal prosecutors are highlighting a portion of the recent CBS News interview with Attorney General William Barr, where Barr informed the public that after U.S. Attorney John Huber was tapped to investigate the FISA applications to target the Trump campaign for spying and the subsequent electronic surveillance of Carter Page, Huber "stood back and put that on hold while the Office of Inspector General was conducting its review." Coverage of that statement has been highly critical of Huber's inaction despite the AG stating directly after that this "would've been normal for the department," but what is being downplayed and in many cases totally ignored, is the rest of AG Barr's answer, where he describes what Huber has been working on while awaiting the IG to conclude his investigation. Here is the entire answer, the emphasis in bold type mine, via the full transcript at CBS News: JAN CRAWFORD: Um, what's the status of Huber's investigation in Utah? I think the former Attorney General Sessions had asked him to look at this. WILLIAM BARR: Right, so Huber had originally been asked to take a look at the FISA applications and the electronic surveillance but then he stood back and put that on hold while the Office of Inspector General was conducting its review, which would've been normal for the department. And he was essentially on standby in case Mr. Horowitz referred a matter to him to be handled criminally. So he has not been active on this front in recent months and so Durham is taking over that role. The other issues he's been working on relate to Hillary Clinton. Those are winding down and hopefully we'll be in a position to bring those to fruition. In the short clip below, viewers can hear Barr's full answer, as well as former federal prosecutor Rudy Giuliani blasting Huber's choice to await the IG report and referrals. (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) Other former federal prosecutors like Joe diGenova agree with Giuliani and have been openly critical of Huber's actions or lack of action while working in coordination with the DOJ's Office of Inspector General in regards to the FISA warrants and spying of the Trump campaign, but we are seeing an almost-total media blackout on what AG Barr says Huber has been investigating in the meantime....specifically the myriad of Clinton-related issues. While multiple congressional investigations are ongoing into the FISA warrant issues and the actions on the part of former senior level members of the intelligence community (IC) under Obama, in regards to spying, as well as an ongoing review of the same matters by the DOJ's Inspector General's office, with U.S. attorney John Durham being appointed to take over Huber's role for AG Barr's investigation into the same matter.... Huber's team of senior prosecutors are the only group we are aware of to date, that are still investigating a number of Clinton-related legal issues. TIMELINE OF EVENTS - THE HUBER INVESTIGATIONS What many observers are not aware of is that while it wasn't until March 2018, the general public found out that John Huber was appointed to work with the DOJ IG's office to investigate potential wrongdoing on the part of senior level IC officials under Obama, Huber was originally tasked with investigating a number of Clinton-related issues back in November 2017. In October 2017, John Solomon at The Hill revealed that the "FBI uncovered Russian bribery plot before Obama administration approved controversial nuclear deal with Moscow, in where he also exposed the following: Federal agents used a confidential U.S. witness working inside the Russian nuclear industry to gather extensive financial records, make secret recordings and intercept emails as early as 2009 that showed Moscow had compromised an American uranium trucking firm with bribes and kickbacks in violation of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, FBI and court documents show. They also obtained an eyewitness account — backed by documents — indicating Russian nuclear officials had routed millions of dollars to the U.S. designed to benefit former President Bill Clinton’s charitable foundation during the time Secretary of State Hillary Clinton served on a government body that provided a favorable decision to Moscow, sources told The Hill. The racketeering scheme was conducted “with the consent of higher level officials” in Russia who “shared the proceeds” from the kickbacks, one agent declared in an affidavit years later. Rather than bring immediate charges in 2010, however, the Department of Justice (DOJ) continued investigating the matter for nearly four more years, essentially leaving the American public and Congress in the dark about Russian nuclear corruption on U.S. soil during a period when the Obama administration made two major decisions benefiting Putin’s commercial nuclear ambitions. Due to a Freedom of Information Act request by the liberal group American Oversight Org., it wasn't until March 2019 that it was finally revealed that former AG Jeff Sessions originally appointed Huber to investigate a number of issues, unrelated to FISA/Obama-era intelligence officials, but rather his primary mandate was investigations into a number of Clinton related matters, including Uranium One. June 3, 2019

Shocking New Information On Hillary Clinton Investigations Revealed By AG Barr In CBS Interview, Downplayed And Ignored By Liberal Media Attack_on_others.png By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine

Conservative media and former federal prosecutors are highlighting a portion of the recent CBS News interview with Attorney General William Barr, where Barr informed the public that after U.S. Attorney John Huber was tapped to investigate the FISA applications to target the Trump campaign for spying and the subsequent electronic surveillance of Carter Page, Huber "stood back and put that on hold while the Office of Inspector General was conducting its review." Coverage of that statement has been highly critical of Huber's inaction despite the AG stating directly after that this "would've been normal for the department," but what is being downplayed and in many cases totally ignored, is the rest of AG Barr's answer, where he describes what Huber has been working on while awaiting the IG to conclude his investigation. Here is the entire answer, the emphasis in bold type mine, via the full transcript at CBS News: JAN CRAWFORD: Um, what's the status of Huber's investigation in Utah? I think the former Attorney General Sessions had asked him to look at this. WILLIAM BARR: Right, so Huber had originally been asked to take a look at the FISA applications and the electronic surveillance but then he stood back and put that on hold while the Office of Inspector General was conducting its review, which would've been normal for the department. And he was essentially on standby in case Mr. Horowitz referred a matter to him to be handled criminally. So he has not been active on this front in recent months and so Durham is taking over that role. The other issues he's been working on relate to Hillary Clinton. Those are winding down and hopefully we'll be in a position to bring those to fruition. In the short clip below, viewers can hear Barr's full answer, as well as former federal prosecutor Rudy Giuliani blasting Huber's choice to await the IG report and referrals. (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) Other former federal prosecutors like Joe diGenova agree with Giuliani and have been openly critical of Huber's actions or lack of action while working in coordination with the DOJ's Office of Inspector General in regards to the FISA warrants and spying of the Trump campaign, but we are seeing an almost-total media blackout on what AG Barr says Huber has been investigating in the meantime....specifically the myriad of Clinton-related issues. While multiple congressional investigations are ongoing into the FISA warrant issues and the actions on the part of former senior level members of the intelligence community (IC) under Obama, in regards to spying, as well as an ongoing review of the same matters by the DOJ's Inspector General's office, with U.S. attorney John Durham being appointed to take over Huber's role for AG Barr's investigation into the same matter.... Huber's team of senior prosecutors are the only group we are aware of to date, that are still investigating a number of Clinton-related legal issues. UraniumOneInvestigations3.jpg TIMELINE OF EVENTS - THE HUBER INVESTIGATIONS What many observers are not aware of is that while it wasn't until March 2018, the general public found out that John Huber was appointed to work with the DOJ IG's office to investigate potential wrongdoing on the part of senior level IC officials under Obama, Huber was originally tasked with investigating a number of Clinton-related issues back in November 2017. In October 2017, John Solomon at The Hill revealed that the "FBI uncovered Russian bribery plot before Obama administration approved controversial nuclear deal with Moscow, in where he also exposed the following: Federal agents used a confidential U.S. witness working inside the Russian nuclear industry to gather extensive financial records, make secret recordings and intercept emails as early as 2009 that showed Moscow had compromised an American uranium trucking firm with bribes and kickbacks in violation of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, FBI and court documents show. They also obtained an eyewitness account — backed by documents — indicating Russian nuclear officials had routed millions of dollars to the U.S. designed to benefit former President Bill Clinton’s charitable foundation during the time Secretary of State Hillary Clinton served on a government body that provided a favorable decision to Moscow, sources told The Hill. The racketeering scheme was conducted “with the consent of higher level officials” in Russia who “shared the proceeds” from the kickbacks, one agent declared in an affidavit years later. Rather than bring immediate charges in 2010, however, the Department of Justice (DOJ) continued investigating the matter for nearly four more years, essentially leaving the American public and Congress in the dark about Russian nuclear corruption on U.S. soil during a period when the Obama administration made two major decisions benefiting Putin’s commercial nuclear ambitions. Due to a Freedom of Information Act request by the liberal group American Oversight Org., it wasn't until March 2019 that it was finally revealed that former AG Jeff Sessions originally appointed Huber to investigate a number of issues, unrelated to FISA/Obama-era intelligence officials, but rather his primary mandate was investigations into a number of Clinton related matters, including Uranium One. HillyBeastyU1.jpg Huber was appointed originally in November 2017 and the FISA-related investigations were tacked on at a much later date. On November 22, 2017, Sessions sent a letter to John Huber tasking him with reviewing issues that Congressional members had asked the AG to investigate. Attached to that letter were response letters that Sessions had sent to congressional members, which stated "This responds to your letters dated July 27, 2017, and September 26, 2017, in which you and other Members request the appointment of a Special Counsel to investigate various matters, including the sale of Uranium One, alleged unlawful dealings related to the Clinton Foundation and other matters........" Those letters informed members of congress that senior federal prosecutors had been tasked with reviewing the issues brought to his attention by Congress. In order to determine what other investigations Huber had originally been charged with leading a team of senior federal prosecutors to investigate, we go to the July 27, 2017, and September 26, 2017, letters from Congress to former AG Sessions. In the first letter, signed by 20 members of Congress, they asked a Special prosecutor be appointed to investigate items they believed Special Counsel Robert Mueller was not investigating, calling them a "plethora of matters connected to the 2016 election and its aftermath," unrelated to Russia interference, including "actions taken by previously public figures like Attorney General Loretta Lynch, FBI Director James Comey and Former Secretary of State Hillary Clinton." Those issues, as stated in that letter, include:

1) Then-Attorney General Loretta Lynch directing Mr. Comey to mislead the American people on the nature of the Clinton investigation;

2) The shadow cast over our system of justice concerning Secretary Cliton and her involvement in mishandling classified information;

3) FBI and DOJ's investigative decisions related to former Secretary Clinton's email investigation, including the propriety and consequence of immunity deals given to potential Clinton co-conspirators Cheryl Mills, Heather Samuelson, John Bentel and possibly others;

4) The apparent failure of the DOJ to empanel a grand jury to investigate allegations of mishandling of classified information by Hillary Clinton and her associates;

5) The Department of State and its employees' involvement in determining which communications of Secretary Clinton's and her associates to turn over for public scrutiny;

6) Wikileaks disclosures concerning the Clinton Foundation and its potentially unlawful international dealings;

7) Connections between the Clinton campaign, or the Clinton Foundation, and foreign entities, including those from Russia and Ukraine;

8) Mr. Comey's knowledge of the purchase of Uranium One by the company Rosatom, whether the approval for the sale was connected to any donations made to the Clinton Foundation, and what role Secretary Clinton played in the approval of that sale that had national security ramifications.

9) Disclosures arising from unlawful access to the Democratic National Committee's (DNC) computer systems, including inappropriate collusion between the DNC and the Clinton campaign to undermine Senator Bernie Sanders' presidential campaign;

The other five issues addressed include what Comey and Lynch knew of president Trump being wiretapped, Comey's reliance on Fusion GPS, Comey leaks, and the unprecedented amount of "unmasking" of individuals on the trump campaign, transition team or both by Comey, Lynch, Susan Rice, Samantha Powers and others. Note: Some of these issues are will possibly be addressed in the upcoming IG report to some extent, which any criminal referrals will then be handed over to Durham, but any that is outside the IG's scope in his investigation that are not handed over to Durham will fall under the purview of the Huber investigation. The September 26, 2017 letter focuses on the premature exoneration of Hillary Clinton, before she and other witnesses had even been interviewed by the FBI. Both letters can be seen here (PDF). Because of the overlapping investigations, Durham and Huber are working in direct coordination with the DOJ's Inspector General's Office, which is why both are awaiting the final report, along with any criminal referrals may be attached. The Epoch Times highlights another interesting detail in regards to the Uranium One investigation: "Notably, Uranium One had significant holdings in Utah, where Huber is based, including a small town, a uranium mill, and more than 10,000 acres of uranium claims." BOTTOM LINE The most shocking of statements by AG Barr in his CBS News interview is the one sentence that almost all liberal media outlets are completely ignoring, which is that Hillary Clinton, Uranium One, the actions of former IC members unrelated to Russia or the the actions taken against President Trump by those former officials, is still pending, was and still is John Huber's primary mandate, handed to him well before the public was first informed and months before Sessions piled the FISA investigation onto Huber's plate. According to AG Barr, those Clinton-related investigations are "winding down and hopefully we'll be in a position to bring those to fruition." One has to wonder what "bring those to fruition" actually means. It is apparent that none of those results and/or reports will be issued before the IG issues upcoming report within the next few weeks. Editors Note: While I am not holding my breath for this to take us directly to the top of the Obama administration corruptness, I am also not going to join in with the chorus of critics that are more than willing to speculate that nothing at all will be done about the corrupt actions of a number of individuals before the investigations are complete and the results known to the public. We do not have the results, the reports, or the criminals referrals referenced by many that are expected to be attached, so to me, preemptively criticizing documents that aren't even released yet, along with "expected" action or inaction, seems a bit premature, and frankly, too much like what liberals did the entirety of the Mueller investigation by "assuming" they knew what would or would not happen.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Shocking_Info_Barr_Interview_Clinton_Investigation.php 

:: 5-31-19 Common Dreams :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Edward Snowden: With Technology, Institutions Have Made 'Most Effective Means of Social Control in the History of Our Species'

NSA whistleblower says "new platforms and algorithms" can have direct effect on human behavior

by Andrea Germanos, staff writer Published on Friday, May 31, 2019 by Common Dreams

NSA whistleblower Edward Snowden said Thursday that people in systems of power have exploited the human desire to connect in order to create systems of mass surveillance. Snowden appeared at Dalhousie University in Halifax, Nova Scotia via livestream from Moscow to give a keynote address for the Canadian university's Open Dialogue Series. Right now, he said, humanity is in a sort of "atomic moment" in the field of computer science. "We're in the midst of the greatest redistribution of power since the Industrial Revolution, and this is happening because technology has provided a new capability," Snowden said. "It's related to influence that reaches everyone in every place," he said. "It has no regard for borders. Its reach is unlimited, if you will, but its safeguards are not." Without such defenses, technology is able to affect human behavior. Institutions can "monitor and record private activities of people on a scale that's broad enough that we can say it's close to all-powerful," said Snowden. They do this through "new platforms and algorithms," through which "they're able to shift our behavior. In some cases they're able to predict our decisions—and also nudge them—to different outcomes. And they do this by exploiting the human need for belonging." "We don't sign up for this," he added, dismissing the notion that people know exactly what they are getting into with social media platforms like Facebook. "How many of you who have a Facebook account actually read the terms of service?" Snowden asked. "Everything has hundreds and hundreds of pages of legal jargon that we're not qualified to read and assess—and yet they're considered to be binding upon us." "It is through this sort of unholy connection of technology and sort of an unusual interpretation of contract law," he continued, "that these institutions have been able to transform this greatest virtue of humanity—which is this desire to interact and to connect and to cooperate and to share—to transform all of that into a weakness." "And now," he added, "these institutions, which are both commercial and governmental, have built upon that and... have structuralized that and entrenched it to where it has become now the most effective means of social control in the history of our species." "Maybe you've heard about it," Snowden said. "This is mass surveillance." Listen to Snowden's full remarks below. (He begins speaking around the 25-minute mark.) Edward Snowden; Live from Moscow, Russia from SpiderVideo on Vimeo. Proceeds from the event went to the Montreal-based organization For the Refugees, which is working to obtain refugee status in Canada for the three families who sheltered Snowden in Hong Kong when he fled the U.S. to avoid being charged with violations under the Espionage Act. Two of Snowden's "guardian angels" arrived in Canada in March. The other five are still stuck in Hong Kong, the organization says, where they face the threat of deportation to their home countries of Sri Lanka and the Philippines, where they could face continued threats of persecution, torture, and possible death. Snowden, in his remarks Thursday, said, "I owe them a debt that I'll never be able to repay." Our work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License. Feel free to republish and share widely. This is the world we live in. This is the world we cover.

Because of people like you, another world is possible. There are many battles to be won, but we will battle them together—all of us. Common Dreams is not your normal news site. We don't survive on clicks. We don't want advertising dollars. We want the world to be a better place. But we can't do it alone. It doesn't work that way. We need you. If you can help today—because every gift of every size matters—please do. Without Your Support We Won't Exist.

https://www.commondreams.org/news/2019/05/31/edward-snowden-technology-institutions-have-made-most-effective-means-social-control 

:: 6-4-19 DC Clothesline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

How George Soros Controls The Media: Invests $250 Million to Save Struggling Vice.com

June 4, 2019 Dean Garrison

George Soros is a very large investor in a group that has just committed $250 Million to save struggling Vice.com

According to Todd Spangler of Variety. back in early February Vice announced it would be cutting 250 jobs amidst a slowdown:

Vice Media CEO Nancy Dubuc has set plans to lay off 10% of the company’s employees — resulting in the elimination of 250 jobs across all departments — as it looks to slash costs amid a revenue slowdown. The cuts aren’t surprising: Brooklyn-based Vice last fall instituted a hiring freeze and was hoping to avoid layoffs by winnowing down its headcount through attrition. With the restructuring, Dubuc is de-emphasizing focus on Vice’s web properties and is looking to bulk up efforts in film, TV production and branded content centered on its millennial-skewing audience and counter-cultural ethos. That was February 1st. On June 3rd the same Todd Spangler reported again for Variety: Vice Media, looking to revitalize its flagging business, has gotten a $250 million cash infusion from an investment consortium that includes billionaire George Soros. The company’s new debt financing was led by 23 Capital, a financing firm focused exclusively on sports, music and entertainment sectors, with participation by Soros Fund Management, Fortress Investment Group and Monroe Capital, as first reported by the Wall Street Journal Friday. “With this capital investment, Vice’s growth plans can be accelerated, allowing us to execute our new leadership’s strategic vision for the company,” a Vice rep said in a statement. The once high-flying Vice has suffered a shortfall in revenue goals, and laid off about 250 employees, or 10% of its staff, earlier this year. Once again, George Soros is slapping some lipstick on an ugly pig. Keep in mind that Vice was, and probably still is, on the way down. Globalists can not allow their mouthpieces to go away. Otherwise the movement slows or even reverses direction.

So, people like Soros, who profit billions of dollars from their investments, step in and start bailing water out of the sinking ship. AND Soros will still find a way to profit, whether Vice sinks or swims.  He ALWAYS does. The Business Insider Reports: Vice Media, the digital news outfit, whose counterculture magazine beginnings have morphed into a globally-focused media conglomerate, reportedly raised another round of funding, according to The Wall Street Journal. Vice Media raised $250 million in debt from a group of investors “led by 23 Capital and includes Soros Fund Management LLC, Mr. Soros’s investment fund, as well as Fortress Investment Group LLC and Monroe Capital,” The Journal reported on Friday. In March, Variety reported Vice Media was seeking to raise roughly$200 million as it works toward turning a profit. At the end of 2018, Vice Media, like other digital news organizations including BuzzFeed, announced it was shrinking its workforce between 10 and 15% — which was around 250 people, according to Variety. Its 2017 revenue was stagnant compared to 2016; the company was projected to make between $600 and $650 million, The Journal reported last year. CEO Nancy Dubuc took over after former CEO and cofounder Shane Smith stepped down in March 2018, following a December 2017 New York Times report alleging sexual harassment and a toxic culture. Smith is still with the company as executive chairman. $250 Million Dollars will probably buy more of the same for Vice. But hey, who are we to judge? So long as this rag keeps pumping out fake news aimed at America’s degenerates, maybe they can return to profitability. And if not… George Soros has some very deep pockets and lots of connections. Make no mistake, George Soros usually gets what he wants, and even if Vice fails, he will find a way to make money from it. Dean Garrison is the publisher of DC Clothesline and DC Dirty Laundry+

https://www.dcclothesline.com/2019/06/04/how-george-soros-controls-the-media-invests-250-million-to-save-struggling-liberal-rag/

[ :: 7-30-08 pm service (first Word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc For truly in the world right now, saith your Father God, is much trouble, trouble that they know not how to deal with. They know not how to stop the drought, the global warming, the flooding, they know not how to stop the rains, the forest fires, they do not know these things. They do not know how to stop the wars, the troubles that are taking place in the world and the troubles yet to come. etc.

:: 6-3-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Federal Agents Agree That Military Action Against Mexico Is Needed

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Monday, June 3, 2019 - 15:16.

We are all aware that the President is hitting Mexico with what should be some devastating tariffs in response to the Mexican government’s sponsoring of the massive wave of immigrants that is presently crossing our border. The leftist, Sinoloan drug cartel supporting President Obrador responded by demanding that Trump admit everyone and anyone wanting to cross our Southern border. Of course, the Mexican President would hate to see the profits from drug trafficking, child-sex-trafficking and gun-running be interfered with by slowing the rate of illegal immigration. To a corrupt Mexican governmental or LEO, losing cartel profits would be far worse than anything a tariff could do. Remember, the unfortunate Mexican people have had to live under a narco-terrorist-state regime for decades. The phrase “narco-terrorist state” is the operative term. Mexico Commits Multiple Acts of War Against the United States The Mexican government has committed multiple acts of aggression and even war against the government and the people of the United States. Just the deaths alone, from the opioid drug crisis is a blatant act of war against our youth and their parents. The Mexican military has repeatedly and illegally crossed our border and engaged in illegal terrorist and gang activities including shooting at a Marine, recently, and in an earlier incident, they captured two special forces troops. Mexico poses a major national security threat to our country as they are aiding and abetting, MS-13, ISIS, Cubans, South Americans (eg Columbia, Venezuela, etc) terrorists and gangsters, as well as the Sinoloa and other drug cartels crossing of our Southern border. Tariffs will not impact the drug cartels to any significant degree. And it is the drug cartels that is partnering with terrorist groups with regard to, in part sponsoring the criminal, terrorist elements crossing our border. These are the people that mean us harm. I previously reported on our Youtube Channel that DHS was being deployed to Guatemala. Happy days are here again. At last the US government can bring pressure to bear on the Guatemalan LEO’s to limit illegal crossings through country and into Mexico. Then I woke up. This is a false statement and the article that appeared on a popular website is disinformation. We Do Have Forces In Guatemala-It’s the CIA Not DHS This is indeed the cover story that was intentionally linked so it would be reported in the MSM and the Independent Media as fact. In actuality, I cannot find anyone in any of the alphabet soup agencies that knows this to be fact. However, there are plenty of sources that say that the CIA is on the Guatemala-Mexican border and have been through this entire crisis. Subsequently, and after several confidential conversations, I have learned that there is one of the alphabet soup agencies that is indeed involved with the Guatemalan LEO’s, but it is not the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) as is being falsely reported. While writing these words, I just had an conversational exchange with a well-place source within DHS and what this person said matches what I have been told by the DEA. My long-time DEA source said “we have no jurisdiction in Guatemala. They would not welcome us unless they could gain more direct US financial aid than they would from drug dealing and other criminal activities and that is not possible. Further, all of Central America is aligned with the cartel/terrorist paramilitary activity.” Kathy Rubio, DHS, DEA Accounts Match The above matches precisely with what Kathy Rubio has repeatedly told my audience on The Common Sense Show! She has been to the paramilitary camps. My DEA source knows of the paramilitary camps and was the first to inform me on this point. They are state-supported by all of Central America and most of South America. These entire economies are motivated by trafficking (eg drugs, human bondage and child trafficking). The Common Sense Show, has repeatedly stated this in a variety of articles. Who runs these camps? It is the CIA who runs these caps and the additional psyops that they are running is that they do so while US Army uniforms. I would encourage the reader at this point to use the search engine on the CSS and see for yourself the massive documentation that has been amassed since 2014 on these points. The conclusion is inescapable. Central America is geared toward illegal activity and preparation for paramilitary activity against the United States (ie Red Dawn). A DHS agent just told me as I am writing this article, that they would NOT be in Guatemala, but the CIA would be, and if the CIA is, “nothing good can come this”. African Terrorists Are Crossing US Border In Great Numbers Infowars is reporting that “African Hordes are Crossing the Texas border”. It is true, but not new. This is has been going on since October of 2018. This is part of the alliance between drug cartels and terrorist groups that I first reported on back in 2010 with documentation dating back to 2006 (Tucson, AZ). Please allow me to remind the reader that the FBI busted an ISIS base camp in Alabama two weeks ago. Trump’s tariffs will do no good. Meanwhile, America is being carved up like the proverbial Thanksgiving turkey. As you drive on the highway today, look over in the next lane and there is a good chance that you will see one of these narco-terrorists. I recently asked an FBI agent how many terrorists and paramilitary troops are there in the US and this person said “probably over 500,000 people”. Before the liberal Democrats can snicker at that statement by an agency that their Deep State benefactors control, let me remind the readers that on July 4, 2016, then FBI Director, James Comey, said there were ISIS cells in all 50 states. Implications Based on the existing evidence, here is what I have concluded: The CIA is in Guatemala to facilitate Red Dawn activities. The CIA also needs to ensure that the drug, child and gun running activities that they profit from, must continue unabated. The release of the story on DHS going to Guatemala is a disinfo cover story. There will be severe terrorist activity inside the United States before much longer, the forces and weapons caches are in place. I agree with Trevor Loudon and Paul Preston, the Democratic leadership is part of this betrayal (eg Feinstein, Pelosi, Harris, Booker, Biden, Obama, Clinton, Podesta, Warren, Schumer, Nadler, etc). They will continue to work keep the borders open for these narco-terrorists. These “Democratic” traitors will continue to try disarm America so we cannot defend ourselves when the so-called “fun” begins. Let me clear, the Democratic leadership and their Deep State allies are in league to overthrow the United States. The Russian-collusion-delusion was the first step in this process. Why do you think that the Democrats will not agree to any kind of screening of illegal aliens into our country? What does that, alone, tell you about their true agenda? One thing that has not previously been mentioned is that an April 9, 2019 Washington Post article stated that the United Nations has taken over the training of the new National Guard. Therefore, when the invasion begins in earnest, we can bet the invaders will be wearing blue helmet. The present Mexican government is guilty of the following war crimes against America:

Promoting terrorism inside the United States. Promoting the entry of what will be Red Dawn forces

Drug trafficking that is destroying our youth and corrupting our law enforcement.

Child sex trafficking is not just affecting Mexican and Central American children, American children are being abducted off the streets everyday.

Plundering American taxpayer’s money to pay for this invasion.

Crushing the infrastructure of America (eg hospitals, schools, welfare, use of roads and other infrastructure).

This represents multiple acts of war against our country. Since the inception of the drug cartels, a half a million people have been murdered. Is that what we want here? No wonder the good people in Mexico so badly want to leave and who could blame them? Finally, there is not one source that I speak with that does not agree that military action against Mexico is called for. The 19th century Mexican War was not justified and was illegal. However, President Trump should immediately move to seal the Guatemalan-Mexican border. A naval and air blockade should be enacted. And finally, the most technological equipment we possess should be employed to seek out drug tunnels coming into the United States and they should be immediately destroyed. The Southern border should immediately be closed. The Democrats listed in this article should be indicted on sedition and treason for the reasons stated. Remember, it was Trevor Loudon who discovered that eighty of these Democratic bastards are members of front groups for the Muslim Brotherhood and/or the American Communist Party. America, if we are to survive, the actions described above is the minimum that must happen. If these measures do not work, then we need to invade Mexico and initiate a regime change to stop these acts of war.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/agenda-21-conspiracy-economics/federal-agents-agree-military-action-against-mexico-needed 

:: 6-3-19 Neon Nettle :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Mexican President Gives In To Trump, Says He's Ready To Deal With Border Crisis Andres Manuel Lopez Obrador caves to President to avoid tariff hikes 

By: Jack Murphy |@NeonNettle on 3rd June 2019 @ 2.00pm

Following president Donald Trump's threats to hit Mexico with tariff hikes if the country fails to stem the flood of illegal immigrants, Mexican President Andres Manuel Lopez Obrador responded by saying they could be "prepared to reach out the deal." White House Chief of Staff Mick Mulvaney reaffirmed that Trump is "deadly serious" about levying a 5% tariff on Mexican goods if the Mexican government if they don't step up enforcement on the southern side of the border, Mulvaney insisted that the president's threat was not an empty one, according to Fox News "He is absolutely, deadly serious," Mulvaney said, Politico reported. "I fully expect these tariffs to go on to at least the 5 percent level on June 10." Trump is about to hit the country where it hurts; the US won't tolerate Mexican officials not cooperating. He described how the White House had been working alongside the Mexican government to encourage immigration forces to block "caravans" of migrants from Central America. But now Trump is about to hit the country where it hurts; the US won't tolerate Mexican officials not cooperating. TRENDING: Sanctuary Illegal Aliens Get Light Sentences for Killing Couple Raping Child "The reason we're doing things people don't expect is that we're facing things at the border we never experienced before," Mulvaney added in a later appearance on NBC. "We're using extraordinary tools because there is extraordinary circumstances that dictate those." The 5% tariff goes into effect this week. IF Mexico doesn't comply with stemming illegal immigration, the tariffs will increase each month they refuse to help: But if Mexico doesn't comply, the tariffs will increase each month they refuse to help: 10 percent on July 1 15 percent on Aug. 1 20 percent on Sept. 1 25 percent on Oct. 1 Mulvaney said that the Mexico government would need to show development in policing their own southern border, to prove they have taken on board the US demands. Mexican President Andres Manuel Lopez Obrador "hinted his country could tighten migration controls to defuse U.S. President Donald Trump’s threat to impose tariffs on Mexican goods," according to The Associated Press. Lopez Obrador said that the Mexican government has ramped up immigration enforcement and they are now turning back migrant caravans. “The main thing is to inform about what we’re already doing on the migration issue, and if it’s necessary to reinforce these measures without violating human rights, we could be prepared to reach that deal,” Lopez Obrador said Sunday. “We’re doing all we can to reach a deal through dialogue,” he added. “We’re not going to get into a trade war, a war of tariffs and of taxes.” Only last week López Obrador slammed Trump saying he is "turning the United States, overnight, from a country of brotherly love for immigrants from around the world, to a bolted space, where there's stigmatizing, mistreatment, abuse, persecution, and a denial of the right to justice to those who seek -- with sacrifice and hard work -- to live free from misery." The plan is working.

READ MORE: https://neonnettle.com/news/7684-mexican-president-gives-in-to-trump-says-he-s-ready-to-deal-with-border-crisis 

:: 6-3-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

It’s the wettest planting season American farmers can remember – And the flood season isn’t coming close to an end with Colorado’s snowpack being 437% of normal

By Strange Sounds - Jun 3, 2019

There has never been a spring planting season like this one. Rivers topped their banks. Levees were breached. Fields filled with water and mud. And it kept raining.  “You hear words like biblical, unprecedented,” said Sherman Newlin, a corn and soybean farmer in Illinois. “That’s all true.” It was raining when U.S. farmers, a year into being squeezed out of the world’s largest soybean market by the trade war with China, were supposed to start putting down crops. It was raining when President Donald Trump risked starting a feud with Mexico, the biggest buyer of U.S. corn, by threatening to slap tariffs on its exports. The storms and rains may soon lift, but the layers of uncertainty just keep adding up. Farmers who have lost access to Chinese soy buyers don’t see relief on the horizon. Other countries may chip away at corn exports. With Brazil reaping a bumper crop while U.S. farmers watched the weather, buyers in Asia were shopping for South American grain. Now there are the fears about Mexico, which bought about $5.5 billion in U.S. grain and soy shipments last year. Tariffs could also upend ratification of the new trade agreement between Mexico, the U.S., and Canada, said Beth Ford, chief executive officer of Land O’Lakes Inc. “Stress is at a tipping point for many in farm country,” she said. “The last thing they need right now is more uncertainty.” The National Grain and Feed Association agreed, saying in a statement that the duties “unquestionably will jeopardize” the accord. “It is fair to say that there has never been a geopolitical situation in modern times like the one we have right now,” Matt Campbell, a risk management consultant at INTL FCStone, said in an email.  The wettest year in contiguous US There has never been weather like this, either. The 12 months that ended with April were the wettest ever for the contiguous U.S. That spurred other firsts: Corn plantings are further behind schedule for this time of year than they have been in records dating to 1980 and analysts are predicting an unheard-of 6 million acres intended for the grain may simply go unsown this year. “Every farmer that I talk to says, ‘I’ve never seen anything like this in my life,’ and these are not 20-year-olds,” said Tom Sleight, CEO of the U.S. Grains Council, a trade group. Business collapse, Prices soaring Ripple effects are already hitting businesses reliant on grains, especially corn, the most widely grown U.S. crop. Amid the deluge, prices slumped for cattle heading to feedlots to bulk up on corn, which surged 18% in May, the most in a month since 2015. And the grain rally sent shares tumbling for Tyson Foods Inc. and Pilgrim’s Pride Corp., whose chickens feed on corn. Meanwhile, demand for fertilizer and other crop chemicals has been slammed. Hedge funds who had made massive bets that corn prices would decline drastically cut those positions this week, U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission data showed on Friday. Even if the heavy rains do break, as forecast, through June 10, it may be too late for some. In Keota, Iowa, Lindsay Greiner sowed his 700 acres of corn toward the end of April – and then wasn’t able to get into his soaked fields for five weeks. He’s expecting much lower yields this year than last. The crop right now is yellow. “It should be green,” he said. “It looks so bad.” In Illinois, Newlin, whose farm is about a four-hour drive south of Chicago, said he has been rained out most days since he started planting on May 17. He did manage to sow about 60% of the 1,000 acres where he wanted to put down corn, but standing water and muddy conditions in those fields likely will drag down yields. His crop insurance coverage will begin to decline after June 5. Generally, insurance claims for crops that can’t be planted pay out at less than half of the value of what would have been the harvest. The $16 billion in farm aid that Trump has promised to help farmers won’t be of any help, as it’s now framed, to anyone who can’t get seeds into the ground.

Disaster Newlin called the planting season “a disaster.” “Anything in our area that had been planted looks like junk,” he said. “The weather just won’t give you a break.” Colorado’s snowpack out of the norm In Colorado, the statewide snowpack is 437% of normal, with highs peaking at 768% in the San Juan Mountains, according to the Natural Resources Conservation Service. A good thing for skiing and drought conditions… But heading into summer, the snowpack is likely to result in some flooding, according to the Colorado Water Conservation Board, which released a report this week on the outlook for snowmelt flood conditions. When we talk about snowpack, the snow water equivalent, or SWE, is the key figure to keep in mind. The SWE is the amount of water contained within the snowpack, or the depth of water that would result if all of the snow was melted at once. Flooding isn’t finished yet. There’s still a lot of snow around. Many farming businesses will disappear. Our grocery stores’s prices will soar.

http://strangesounds.org/2019/06/usa-flooding-economic-collapse-colorado-snowpack-abnormal-video.html 

[ ::  12-31-18/1-1-19 New Years Eve service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc hour is getting very close.  The earthquakes shall now get bigger, far bigger, far bigger, more powerful, the tornadoes and the hurricanes, oh you will see storms like the world has not seen, volcanoes like the world does not remember. Oh the things that are about to take place simply because it is my timing, etc

:: 6-3-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Largest eruption in years of Popocatepetl volcano, Mexico sends ash column 37,000 feet (11.3 km) a.s.l.

By Strange Sounds - Jun 3, 2019

Mexico’s Popocatépetl continued its explosive uptick in style today, June 03, by firing an ash column to approximately 37,000 feet (11.3 km) a.s.l.  This is the volcano’s largest eruption in years. The Volcanic Ash Advisory Center (VAAC) Washington has reported a “large ash emission to FL370”. Plumes of ash and gas that reach altitudes above 32,800 feet (10km) or FL328 have a direct cooling effect on the planet. Within the last 24 hours, the Popocatepetl volcano registered 37 exhalations accompanied by steam and gas. Additionally there were two explosions at 09:19 and at 09:47 today and 194 minutes of tremor. Due to bad weather conditions, it is not possible to observe the crater. In case of exhalations the wind will disperse to the southwest. CENAPRED emphasizes that people SHOULD NOT go near the volcano, especially near the crater, due to the hazard caused by ballistic fragments. In case of heavy rains leave the bottoms of ravines because of the danger of landslides and debris flows. Popocatépetl, whose name means Smoking Mountain in Nahuatl, the language of the Aztecs, sprang back to life in 1994 (solar minimum of cycle 22) after half a century of quiescence. The Popocatepetl volcano activity has been increasing over the last few weeks. Large eruptions like today could happen anytime. Be ready!

http://strangesounds.org/2019/06/popocatepetl-volcano-eruption-june-2019-video-pictures.html 

:: 6-3-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Unseasonal and extreme hailstorm buries Puglia, southern Italy in 6 inches of ice

By Strange Sounds - Jun 3, 2019

Snowploughs hit the streets of southern Puglia on Sunday in Italy’s latest case of extreme weather. Parts of the province of Lecce were turned white by an unseasonal hail storm, leading to surreal scenes as people in shorts and T-shirts were left digging out cars from up to 15 cm (6 inches) of ice. It looks like winter, but it’s early June. An exceptional hailstorm sees the streets Puglia, in Southern Italy, covered in several centimeters of ice. Snowploughs were brought out of storage to clear roads, while in other areas heavy downpours swept away cars and flooded houses. The storms also damaged crops in Puglia, which grows many of Italy’s olives, grapes and other fruits. By this time of year average temperatures in southern Puglia typically around the mid 20s, and many people would usually spend June 2nd – Italy’s Republic Day – at the beach. But this year has seen Italy swept by extreme weather, from floods in the east, high winds in the south and freezing temperatures in the north. The disturbances follow an unusually warm winter. While the sun has returned to Rome and most of either coast, Italy’s Civil Protection Department is warning of ongoing storms and heavy rains in the far south and north, as well as over the mountains running up the centre of the peninsula. In these parts of the country, the bad weather is forecast to continue until at least Wednesday. But temperatures could climb suddenly towards the end of the week, hitting 30°C in some parts. Unseasonal weather seems to become the new normal. Be ready and get prepared.

http://strangesounds.org/2019/06/hailstorm-puglia-italy-italia-video-pictures.html 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 6-3-19 CBN :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Jerusalem Day Marked by Parades, Riots on Temple Mount

06-03-2019 Julie Stahl

Tens of thousands of Israeli youths marched through the streets of the new and Old City of Jerusalem waving Israeli flags on Jerusalem Day. Israel celebrated Jerusalem Day on Sunday marking the 52nd anniversary of the reunification of the city under Israeli sovereignty as a result of the 1967 Six-Day War. Meanwhile, Palestinians who were marking the Muslim holy fasting month of Ramadan, rioted on the Temple Mount. Trouble broke out after police allowed 120 Jews to enter the Temple Mount as part of Jerusalem Day celebrations. It was the first time in decades that Jews were allowed on the Temple Mount during the last 10 days of Ramadan. Police spokesman Micky Rosenfeld said stones and chairs were thrown. Police units entered the area to deal with the disturbances. Both Jordan and the Palestinian Authority condemned the Israeli intervention against the rioters. (Israel maintains security control on the Temple Mount.) Meanwhile, Israel got backing from a pro-Israel Imam Mohamad Tawhidi. “We build a Mosque on top of their Solomon’s Temple, yet they’re the invaders. Explain how that makes any sense,” he tweeted. In the evening, Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu addressed the official Jerusalem Day ceremony at Ammunition Hill, where the big battle over the city took place in 1967. Netanyahu said that Iran transfers $700 million a year to Hezbollah to destabilize the region. “This is known to our neighbors. All the Arab countries know about this, and this is one of the things that brings them closer to us,” Netanyahu said. At the same ceremony, Israeli President Reuven Rivlin praised President Trump. “This is the time to thank President Trump and the American people for their steadfast friendship and for his groundbreaking decision,” Rivlin said. “The recognition of Jerusalem as Israel’s capital has penetrated into people’s hearts,” he said, adding that Israel much now also “recognize Jerusalem as our united capital, east and west.” Did you know?  God is everywhere—even in the news. That’s why we view every news story through the lens of faith. We are committed to delivering quality independent Christian journalism you can trust. But it takes a lot of hard work, time, and money to do what we do. Help us continue to be a voice for truth in the media by supporting CBN News for as little as $1.

https://www1.cbn.com/cbnnews/israel/2019/june/jerusalem-day-marked-by-parades-riots-on-temple-mount 

:: 6-3-19 Washington Examiner   :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Judge rejects Democrats’ attempt to block funds transfer for border wall

by Caitlin Yilek | June 03, 2019 06:50 PM

A federal judge rejected a request by House Democrats to stop President Trump from transferring funds to build his border wall. Judge Trevor McFadden ruled that one chamber of Congress cannot sue the executive branch over spending. “This is a case about whether one chamber of Congress has the ‘constitutional means’ to conscript the Judiciary in a political turf war with the President over the implementation of legislation,” McFadden wrote. “The Judiciary cannot reach the merits of this dispute, it contends, because the Constitution grants the House no standing to litigate these claims.” “And while the Constitution bestows upon Members of the House many powers, it does not grant them standing to hale the Executive Branch into court claiming a dilution of Congress’s legislative authority. The Court therefore lacks jurisdiction to hear the House’s claims and will deny its motion,” he continued. McFadden, a Trump appointee serving on the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia, said lawmakers have other options than the court system to stop the president’s proposals. Trump issued a national emergency this year, requesting Pentagon funding to be used to construct a wall along the U.S.-Mexico border.

https://www.washingtonexaminer.com/news/judge-rejects-democrats-attempt-to-block-funds-transfer-for-border-wall 

:: 6-3-19 Y net :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump says 'not happy’ about ‘messed up’ Israeli politics

U.S. president calls Israel to 'get their act together' ahead of September elections; Pompeo says peace deal may not 'gain traction' as Trump argues 'it can be done'

Associated Press, Reuters|Published: 06.03.19 , 09:36

U.S. President Donald Trump said Sunday that Israel has got to “get their act together” after Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu was unable to form a new governing coalition and a second election was set for later this year. Saying the political situation in Israel is “all messed up,” Trump added that the U.S. is "not happy about that.” Meanwhile, Trump said Secretary of State Mike Pompeo may be right in assessing that the administration’s forthcoming Mideast peace plan may not go anywhere. A Washington Post report quoted Pompeo as telling a group of Jewish leaders in New York that the long-delayed plan may not “gain traction.” “We’re doing our best to help the Middle East to get a peace plan,” Trump told reporters when asked about Pompeo's words. “I understand why (Pompeo) said that. Most people would say it can’t be done. I think it can be done.” Also Sunday, White House senior adviser Jared Kushner said in an interview broadcast that the Palestinians deserve "self-determination," but stopped short of backing Palestinian statehood and expressed uncertainty over their ability to govern themselves. Kushner, President Donald Trump's son-in-law and an architect of the White House's yet-to-be-released Middle East peace plan, told the "Axios on HBO" television program it would be a "high bar" when asked if the Palestinians could expect freedom from Israeli military and government interference. The Palestinian leadership has boycotted a diplomatic effort that Trump has touted as the "deal of the century." Although Kushner has been drafting the plan for two years under a veil of secrecy, it is seen by Palestinian and some Arab officials as tilting heavily in Israel's favor and denying them a state of their own. Kushner again avoided saying explicitly whether the plan would include a two-state solution, the bedrock of U.S. policy for decades, calling for a Palestinian state in the West Bank and Gaza Strip, with its capital in East Jerusalem. But he said: "I do think they should have self-determination. "I'm going to leave the details until we come out with the actual plan." The Palestinian Authority has said it will not attend a U.S.-sponsored investment conference in late June in Bahrain where the economic component is expected to be unveiled. U.S. officials have been vague about the timing for releasing proposals for resolving the thorny political issues at the core of the Israeli-Palestinian conflict. But experts are skeptical of the Trump administration's chances for success. With Israel heading for new elections in September, uncertainty is expected to further delay the plan's rollout. Asked whether he believed the Palestinians were capable of governing themselves without Israeli interference, Kushner said: "That's a very good question. That's one that we'll have to see. The hope is that they, over time, will become capable of governing." The Palestinians, he said, "need to have a fair judicial system ... freedom of press, freedom of expression, tolerance for all religions" before the Palestinian areas can become "investable." Asked whether he understood why the Palestinians might not trust him, Kushner said: "I'm not here to be trusted" and that he believed the Palestinian people would judge the plan based on whether "they think this will allow them to have a pathway to a better life or not." The Palestinian leadership has refused to deal with the Trump administration since late 2017 when the president decided to move the U.S. Embassy to Jerusalem from Tel Aviv and recognized Jerusalem as the capital of Israel.

https://www.ynetnews.com/articles/0,7340,L-5519395,00.html 

:: 6-3-19 News Max :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump, First Lady Meet Queen at Buckingham Palace

Monday, 03 June 2019 09:26 AM AP

President Donald Trump met with Queen Elizabeth II Monday during a three-day visit to Britain meant to strengthen ties between the two nations, although the trip was immediately at risk of being overshadowed by Brexit turmoil and Trump's feud with London's mayor. Trump and first lady Melania Trump flew to Buckingham Palace in Marine One, landing on a lawn where they were greeted by Prince Charles and his wife Camilla. They received a royal gun salute as they walked to the palace where the queen greeted the president with a smile. Even before Air Force One touched down north of London, Trump unleashed a Twitter tirade against London Mayor Sadiq Khan, leader of the world city where Trump will stay for two nights while partaking in a state visit full of pomp and circumstance. The move came after a newspaper column in which Khan said Trump did not deserve red-carpet treatment in Britain and was "one of the most egregious examples of a growing global threat" from the far-right to liberal democracy. "@SadiqKhan, who by all accounts has done a terrible job as Mayor of London, has been foolishly "nasty" to the visiting President of the United States, by far the most important ally of the United Kingdom," Trump wrote just before landing. "He is a stone cold loser who should focus on crime in London, not me. The president added that Kahn reminded him of the "terrible" leader of his hometown, New York City Mayor Bill de Blasio though "only half his height." De Blasio, a Democrat, is a longshot candidate in the 2020 presidential race. Khan supporters have previously accused Trump of being racist against London's first Muslim mayor. The president then added a few warm words for his hosts, tweeting that he was looking forward "to being a great friend to the United Kingdom, and am looking very much forward to my visit." The Trumps then boarded Marine One, the presidential helicopter, for the trip from Stansted Airport to the center of Britain's capital. The agenda for Trump's weeklong journey is mostly ceremonial: a state visit and the audience with the queen, D-Day commemoration ceremonies on both sides of the English Channel and his first presidential visit to Ireland, which will include a stay at his coastal golf club. During the Buckingham Palace welcome ceremony, Trump and Prince Charles inspected the Guard of Honor formed by the Grenadier Guards wearing the traditional bearskin hats. Royal gun salutes were fired Monday from nearby Green Park and from the Tower of London as part of the pageantry accompanying an official state visit, one of the highest honors Britain can bestow on a foreign leader. But the U.S. president arrived at a precarious moment. He faces a fresh round of impeachment fervor back home and uncertainty on the other side of the Atlantic Ocean. British Prime Minister Theresa May has faced months of political turmoil over Brexit and French President Emmanuel Macron is expected to use the 75th anniversary of the World War II battle that turned the tide on the Western Front to call for strengthening the multinational ties the U.S. president has frayed. A sense of deja vu quickly spread around London as Trump blasted British leaders. A year ago, Trump also took aim at his hosts before landing on English soil, blasting May in an interview hours before she hosted him for dinner. Though he has spared May so far this time, he has praised her rival, prime ministerial hopeful Boris Johnson, just days before May steps down as Conservative leader on Friday for failing to secure a Brexit deal. "I think Boris would do a very good job. I think he would be excellent," Trump told The Sun. "I like him. I have always liked him. I don't know that he is going to be chosen, but I think he is a very good guy, a very talented person." It was not clear if the Trump endorsement would hurt or help Johnson's chances of becoming Britain's next leader. Trump said he may also meet with Johnson this week. Trump also told the Sunday Times that Britain should "walk away" from Brexit talks and refuse to pay a 39 billion pound ($49 billion) divorce bill if it doesn't get better terms from the European Union. He said he might meet with another pro-Brexit politician, Nigel Farage, and claimed Farage should be given a role in the Brexit negotiations.  After lunch with the queen, Trump will be honored at an extravagant state dinner at Buckingham Palace. Demonstrators are expected, including the possible return of an inflatable balloon depicting the president as a baby. And even some of the pageantry could have awkward moments. The formal tea hosted by Prince Charles brings together a future king who has warned repeatedly about the perils of climate change with a president who is actively dismantling U.S. policies designed to slow global warming. In an interview with The Sun, Trump weighed in on the American-born Duchess of Sussex. The former Meghan Markle, who gave birth to a son in May and will not attend the week's events, was critical of Trump in the past, prompting the president to tell the tabloid, "I didn't know that she was nasty." Trump said later that he thought Markle would be "very good" as a royal and claimed he only meant her comments were "nasty." Trump will also make his first presidential visit to Ireland on Wednesday. Trump will spend two nights at his golf club in Doonbeg, which sits above the Atlantic. After Dublin balked at holding a meeting there, a deal was struck for Trump to meet Irish Prime Minister Leo Varadkar at Shannon Airport. The centerpiece of the president's visit will be two days to mark the 75th anniversary of the June 6, 1944, D-Day anniversary, likely the last significant commemoration most veterans of the battle will see. The anniversary events will begin in Portsmouth, England, where the invasion was launched, and then move to Normandy, France, where Allied forces began to recapture Western Europe from the Nazis. The day is normally a heartfelt tribute to unity and sacrifice, outweighing any national or political skirmish. But some on both sides of the Atlantic are nervous about Trump, who has shown a willingness to inject partisanship into such moments. Last November in France, Trump was heavily criticized for skipping a ceremony at an American military cemetery to mark the 100th anniversary of the end of World War I when rain grounded his helicopter. European leaders, meanwhile, stood in the rain to honor the dead.

Read Newsmax: Trump, First Lady Meet with Queen at Buckingham Palace | Newsmax.com

https://www.newsmax.com/politics/trump-uk-queen/2019/06/03/id/918650/ 

:: 6-3-19 One America :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Reeling from tariff threat, Mexico begins immigration talks in Washington

June 3, 2019 By Frank Jack Daniel

MEXICO CITY (Reuters) – Fighting to stave off punitive tariffs announced by U.S. President Donald Trump, a senior Mexican delegation was set to begin high level talks on Monday in Washington, where it will be pushed to do more to hold back Central American migrants. Trump says he will apply tariffs of 5% on all Mexican goods on June 10, and increase the rate in coming months to 25% if Mexico does not substantially halt illegal immigration across the U.S.-Mexican border, which is at a decade high this year. Global equities tumbled after Trump’s unexpected threat last week against the United States biggest trade partner, as investors feared his aggressive trade diplomacy could tip the United States and other major economies into recession. With just a week until the first tariffs bite, the delegation led by Foreign Minister Marcelo Ebrard may have a hard time convincing U.S. officials that Mexico is doing enough on immigration to avoid punishment, despite having signaled in recent days it was prepared to further tighten security. The U.S.-Mexican talks begin on Monday with a meeting between Mexican Economy Secretary Graciela Marquez and U.S. Commerce Secretary Wilbur Ross. On Wednesday, Ebrard meets U.S. Secretary of State Mike Pompeo. Trump on Sunday called Mexico an “abuser” of the United States and said he wanted action, not talk. Mexico has signaled it would retaliate to the tariffs, with targets likely to include farm products on Trump supporting states. In a possible sign of U.S. priorities in the talks, which are due to run through at least Wednesday, Department of Homeland Security (DHS) acting Secretary Kevin McAleenan said on Sunday that Mexico should deploy more personnel to interdict illegal migrants along a 150 mile (241.4 km) stretch of border with Guatemala. That border is a remote region of mostly jungle and river, and has traditionally been hard to police. The causes of Central American immigration are mainly related to lack of economic opportunity and rampant violence. McAleenan also said Mexico should bolster its own immigration screenings along its southern border, crack down on networks transporting migrants and enable more migrants to wait in Mexico while they apply for asylum in the United States. Since January the government of President Andres Manuel Lopez Obrador has ramped up detentions and deportations, but that has not been enough to stop the growing tide of families reaching the United States, mainly from Guatemala and Honduras. In May, numbers are expected to have outpaced the 99,000 people apprehended at the border in April, with many of those crossing in groups of families who will mostly be released to await asylum hearings in the United States. In its biggest concession to Trump so far, Mexico agreed in December to receive some Central Americans seeking asylum in the United States to await the resolution of their cases. So far more than 6,000 people have been sent into Mexico under the program, which operates at three crossings and is commonly known as “Remain in Mexico”. DHS intends to increase the number of returns under “Remain in Mexico”, a spokeswoman said on Saturday, saying there were plans to expand the program, although new crossings had not been officially designated. A more radical idea that has long been promoted by the DHS and may again be on the table in talks this week despite previously being a red line for Lopez Obrador, is to make Central Americans apply for Mexican asylum, not U.S. asylum. Under this policy, Mexico could be declared a “safe third country.” Rights groups argue that leaving asylum seekers in Mexico puts them at risk, since it suffers from similar levels of violence to the places they are fleeing. The ultimatum from Trump is the biggest foreign policy test to date for Lopez Obrador. Aside from struggling to combat migrant flows, Mexican security forces are also fighting endemic gang violence. In a series of tweets on Sunday, Trump extended his demands on Mexico beyond immigration, demanding it stopped an “invasion” of drug dealers and cartels. In April, Trump took a step back from an earlier threat to completely close the U.S. border with Mexico to fight illegal immigration, under pressure from companies worried it would cause chaos for businesses. Mexico’s economy, which is heavily reliant on exports to the United States, shrank in the first quarter and would suffer a lot more if Trump were to jack tariffs up all the way to 25 percent. Trump’s aggressive trade diplomacy, both with Mexico and China, has scared investors away from riskier assets in global markets, as they fear it could tip the United States and other major economies in to recession.

(Additional reporting by Kristina Cooke in San Francisco; Editing by Simon Cameron-Moore)

https://www.oann.com/reeling-from-tariff-threat-mexico-begins-immigration-talks-in-washington/ 

:: 5-27-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

There Is Something Terribly Wrong With Democrats In 2019: Their Deep Inner Sicknesses Are Revealing Many As Controlled And Inhabited By Demonic Entities

- The Choice Is Clear, America, Choose Wisely!

By William B. Stoecker - All News Pipeline May 27, 2019

I admit that Fox News is far short of the real alternative media outlet America needs, but they’re not as bad as the other networks, and Tucker Carlson tells the truth. I and my wife were watching Tucker and his guests the other night, and I noticed that conservatives, in general and with some exceptions, tend to be more physically attractive than leftists. Contrast some of the attractive women on Fox with Rachel Madcow and her like, or the shrieking hags on “The View,” or the perpetually enraged leftist women, most of them tattooed and mutilated in some way, who physically assault conservatives, or compare Macho ex-cops and martial artists like Dan Bongino with the girlymen and soy boys on the other networks. More and more I’m beginning to believe that the skin-deep ugliness of leftists is more than it seems, and is, in fact, caused by an inner, spiritual ugliness. This inner sickness (along with age and alcohol abuse) seems to be taking its toll on some prominent leftists. There is something terribly wrong with bug-eyed people like the Witch Hillary and the equally bug-eyed Nancy Pelosi and Adam Schiff. And have we forgotten that the Witch fainted during the campaign, or her other weird lapses, or the mumbling senility of Queen Nancy? And what is with Jerry Nadler’s fainting recently?  (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) Later on U-tube my wife and I watched as Jessie Waters and (in some older tapes) Jay Leno asked simple science, math, history, geography and civics questions of people on the streets of New York, a very large village with a surplus of idiots. Of course, most of us have also seen Mark Dice’s interviews with people, mostly in San Diego, who are eager to surrender their inalienable rights for the promise of security. But the NYC idiots believed that the Moon’s gravity keeps the Earth in its orbit around the Sun (after they were told that Earth orbits the Sun). People could not identify George Washington, nor tell which country America fought in our Revolutionary War, or which side won (or who the sides were) in our Civil War, or find any nation (or their home state) on a blank map. They didn’t know that water is a compound of the elements hydrogen and oxygen. Asked the hypothetical question “You had 114 sheep and all but eight died. How many sheep do you have left?” a man could not answer it. Told an item costs one cent each another man could not tell how many a dollar would buy. The public indoc centers formerly known as “schools” have done their work well, indoctrinating and dumbing down the people. And this is all the work of the ugly leftists, with their spiritual ugliness spreading and degrading many others. The Italian communist Antonio Gramsci (1/22 1891-4/27/1937) formulated the concept of incrementalism, the “long march through the institutions” that would permit the communists to gradually take over the media, schools, and other key components of a society and turn a formerly free republic into a communist (fascist) tyranny. Some patriot observers believe that what we consider the degradation of the arts, music, and architecture is part of that takeover. We Westerners are surrounded by and immersed in the ugliness created by the ugly people of the left. About music I have little to say, for the situation should be obvious. Anyone who imagines that rap is music is a lost soul. Beautiful music is still being written and produced, but the noise popularized and financed by our self-appointed elites serves only to help dumb down and degrade the people. Talented, even enlightened artists abound, but their marvelous paintings and sculptures seldom receive good reviews or museum space from the cultural gate keepers. A good deal of modern or abstract art is repulsive, even scatological, and this is deliberate. Note that this has been accompanied by the decline of comedy (once an art form) into crude and childish bathroom “humor” and angry political diatribes by leftists. And what of architecture? The buildings where we live and work can be efficient and economical and yet beautiful at the same time. Yet, despite gimmicky (and, hence, more costly) designs and the use of expensive materials, many modern buildings are repulsive, and slowly corrode the very souls of those condemned to live and work in them. This all seems to have begun early in the twentieth century with the internationalist style of architecture, pushed by Germany’s Bauhaus school of art, and such French designers as Le Corbusier (Charles Edouard Jeannet). The buildings tended to be undecorated, mostly white in color, and to feature flat roofs (even in areas prone to heavy, wet snow, with predictable results). Ceilings were low, rooms were large and few, and designs involved a great deal of glass. At their best, such designs were not without a certain beauty born of their very simplicity and the free admittance of natural light. But the architects tended to be socialist and communist and wished to impose their designs on everyone, ultimately by force. They imagined that their designs were “scientific,” even when wet snow collapsed their roofs and despite the fact that, usually, windows could not be opened (and no screens were provided) to provide fresh air, and the concept of passive solar heating (south-facing glass and overhanging roofs) was unknown to the internationalists. American author Tom Wolf’s "From our House to Bauhaus" exposes the phoniness and ugliness of internationalist architecture. Herbert Bangs’ "The Return of Sacred Architecture" addresses many of the same issues and also shows how incorporating sacred geometry (like the Golden Mean ratio) into buildings can make a world of difference, along with avoiding cheap gimmicks, and balancing the use of glass with the use of opaque materials. Such is my admiration for Mr. Bangs and his good work that I have been most gratified to learn that he and I both had articles published in Missing Connections, a collection of works by different authors.

Patriot author and video producer Paul Joseph Watson has often commented on the soul-destroying ugliness of much modern architecture. Perhaps it will be up to us patriots, if we win the final conflict and are able to rebuild civilization, to help create a world where art, architecture, and music are once again beautiful and provide a suitable environment for the growth of beautiful souls.

http://allnewspipeline.com/The_Ugly_People_Leftist_Insanity.php

:: 5-27-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Weaponizing of Education: Transforming Your Children Into Immoral and Ignorant Globalists

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Monday, May 27, 2019 - 14:13.

Over the past week, I have been engaged in writing about how the United States is being taken over from forces that are embedded within our country and of course, we are threatened by foreign forces.  The domestic-inspired insurgency is the most dangerous threat to our way of life because it seeks to remove the underpinnings of our society which forms the basis for which we would defend ourselves from those that would seek to enslave and destroy us. Before one can totally subjugate a country and force-feed the cancer that we call globalism upon the American people, the children must first be controlled. For if the children are not controlled, the ruling authority could face generations of rebellion. By gaining control of the education system, which is designed to dumb down students, the ensuing resistance will have a short shelf life. Any educational revolution must begin with undermining the system of government and turning the culture of the country upside down and this is exactly what we have seen with the implementation of Common Core as developed by the United Nations and handed off to the Obama administration. The mainstream media would have the country believe that Common Core is dead, however, nothing could be further from the truth. From Education Week: To date, 34 states and the District of Columbia have kept Common Core totally intact.  11 states announced a major Common Core rewrite. However, they still have the bulk of Common Core permeating their respective education systems.. Essentially these states have kept the bulk of Common Core concepts within its education systems. Four states never adopted Common Core.  One state only adopted Common Core in Language Arts. The net effect of Common Core is still forced upon unsuspecting students and parents which comprises over 90% of all students. So the claim that Common Core is dead and buried is false and misleading. Destroying the Culture By Eviscerating the Morals of Children Did you know that pedophilia is a sexual orientation? At least that is what government-based school officials in California believe and they are forcing this abomination, or should I say Obamanation, down the throats of our youngest and most impressionable people.  This perversion of becoming the mainstream belief in many school districts as evidenced by what is going on in the Brea Olinda School District (BOUSD). Amazingly, district officials are not even trying to hide this outrage. At a parent-orientation meeting earlier this year, the BOUSD , stated that teaching pedophilia as a sexual orientation is “no big deal”. At least that is what Assistant Superintendent of Curricula Kerrie Torres stated in a very matter-of-fact manner, where in effect, this District, like so many others, are stating that sex between a boy and a man is indeed nothing but an expression of a sexual orientation. To make it clear, the leading officials in the BOUSD have made it clear that they are ignoring the rape laws I every state and declaring this inhumane act as a sexual orientation. This represents the undermining of the American culture. This is the kind of propaganda that will open the door to more extremist positions that children are being forced to accept. Yet, there is another example how children's moral fiber is being threatened. Pretending to be teaching “media literacy” and other educational topics, there is a disguised and a new web series called the “Radical Cram School” that is indoctrinating young Asian girls and other “people of color” into becoming radical feminists, socialists, racists, revolutionaries, anti-American zealots, and full-blown social-justice warriors." This program also promotes gender confusion and “The Resistance” against President Trump. The intent is omnipresent. Trump is associated with populism and patriotism. The globalists seek to destroy these concepts and by linking these ideas to repugnant and false charges of racism and sexism, populism and patriotism is radicalized in children's minds. In one episode on “vocabulary” the creator of the program introduces the girls to something called “gender non-binary” and “gender fluid.” This concept, one of the young girls says, means that a child can choose to be any gender they want to be In this program, a child is not just a boy or a girl. They typically give answers that they are “gender fluid.” Dumbing Down the Masses It is a well-known fact that the early industrialists, when setting up the public education system designed to make immigrant children factory ready, they had some very well-defined goals. First, they did not want to educate children beyond the 6th grade. The reason was simple, these early globalists wanted their employees to be educated enough to do their job, but not so smart that they would challenge the status quo of society. The dumbing down of America, through such practices as Common Core are accomplishing this goal. Sadly, most administrators and school board members are ignorant to the systemic demise related to the cognitive development of our children. Even major contributors to Common Core are seeing the increasingly destructive role that Common Core is having on America's children, especially in the area of reading comprehension. On the SAT, reading comprehension has declined by 40 points and we owe it all to Common Core. Take the case of Common Core contributor, Dr Louisa Moats, who has lashed out at the final product. Moats has been tirelessly criticizing the U.S. Department of Education’s increasingly detrimental role in education. In an interview with Freedom Project Media’s The Newman Report, Dr. Moats slammed the early literacy component of the Obama-backed national standards for being deeply flawed and contributing to a national reading crisis An ignorant population will never know the difference when tyranny is forced upon them. Why do you think the Founding Fathers are being "phased out" of American education? The intent to dumb down the masses takes a quantum leap forward with the following: As government education gets more and more dumbed down, lawmakers in North Carolina are working on legislation to cement a grading scale into place for public schools in which a 40 percent is considered a passing grade. Yes, seriously. The proposed bill with the grading scale would not affect student grades — after all, students are routinely graduating from government schools unable to even read their high-school diploma so there is no need to mess with the phony grades being dispensed like candy. The reality of “grade inflation” is now well established as government increasingly rewards teachers and schools that give students the best grades while punishing those that give students grades reflecting their work. One teacher in Florida was even fired for objecting to the grade lunacy. Under the proposed North Carolina grading scale for schools, which has already been in use for years but would be made permanent with HB 145, an “A” school could earn an 85 percent and up, while B schools would need a 70 percent or more. Anything between 40 and 54 percent would secure a “D,meaning the school would be considered a “passing” school. Even with the ludicrous scale, one in five schools in some counties are “failing.” This is not just confined to North Carolina. In Arizona, the Deer Valley School District is embracing many of these concepts and are in the process of implementing grading practices which will leave their children intellectually defenseless. Conclusion These practices separate children from the moral guidance provided by parents and it separates children from God, which is the ultimate goal! This represents the weaponizing of American education. About the Author Dave Hodges has been publishing the Common Sense Show since 2012. The Common Sense Show features a wide variety of important topics that range from the loss of constitutional liberties, to the subsequent implementation of a police state under world governance, to exploring the limits of human potential. The primary purpose of The Common Sense Show is to provide Americans with the tools necessary to reclaim both our individual and national sovereignty.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/agenda-21-conspiracy-economics/weaponizing-education-transforming-your-children-immoral-and-ignorant-globalists

:: 5-27-19 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

“Sky High” Piles of Trash Making Downtown Los Angeles Unlivable

So far, in 2019, more than 50 cases of typhus have been reported

James Murphy | The New American - May 27, 2019

Typhus is a disease born of filth, most commonly spread by contact with the feces of fleas. It is most often reported in the third world or places such as POW camps where hygiene is of little concern. Last year, Los Angeles County reported a record 124 confirmed cases of the disease, enough to be classified as a full-blown outbreak. So far, in 2019, more than 50 cases have been reported. The reason? Fleas are attracted to rats and rats are attracted to huge piles of food-waste infused garbage, like the ones that currently litter vast portions of downtown Los Angeles. The overburdened sanitation department does the best it can, but it simply doesn’t have the manpower necessary to keep up with the gigantic piles of filth that spring up quickly and are left to grow and rot for months at a time. A spokesperson for the city’s Department of Public Works reports that the current backlog for trash pickups around the city’s homeless encampments stands at approximately 8,400, with an average of six calls per site.

https://www.infowars.com/sky-high-piles-of-trash-making-downtown-los-angeles-unlivable/ 

:: 5-27-19 The Economic Collapse :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

American Soil Is Being Globalized: Nearly 30 Million Acres Of U.S. Farmland Is Now Owned By Foreigners

May 27, 2019 by Michael Snyder

All across America, U.S. farmland is being gobbled up by foreign interests. So when we refer to “the heartland of America”, the truth is that vast stretches of that “heartland” is now owned by foreigners, and most Americans have no idea that this is happening. These days, a lot of people are warning about the “globalization” of the world economy, but in reality our own soil is rapidly being “globalized”. When farms are locally owned, the revenue that those farms take in tends to stay in local communities. But with foreign-owned farms there is no guarantee that will happen. And while there is plenty of food to go around this is not a major concern, but what happens when a food crisis erupts and these foreign-owned farms just keep sending their produce out of the country? There are some very serious national security concerns here, and they really aren’t being addressed. Instead, the amount of farmland owned by foreigners just continues to increase with each passing year. Prior to seeing the headline to this article, how much U.S. farmland would you have guessed that foreigners now own?  Personally, I had no idea that foreigners now own nearly 30 million acres. The following comes from NPR… American soil. Those are two words that are commonly used to stir up patriotic feelings. They are also words that can’t be be taken for granted, because today nearly 30 million acres of U.S. farmland are held by foreign investors. That number has doubled in the past two decades, which is raising alarm bells in farming communities. How did we allow this to happen? And actually laws regarding land ownership vary greatly from state to state. Some states have placed strict restrictions on foreign land ownership, while in other states it is “a free-for-all”… “Texas is kind of a free-for-all, so they don’t have a limit on how much land can be owned,” say’s Ohio Farm Bureau’s Ty Higgins, “You look at Iowa and they restrict it — no land in Iowa is owned by a foreign entity.” Ohio, like Texas, also has no restrictions, and nearly half a million acres of prime farmland are held by foreign-owned entities. In the northwestern corner of the state, below Toledo, companies from the Netherlands alone have purchased 64,000 acres for wind farms. But even in states where there are restrictions, foreign entities can get around that by simply buying large corporations that own land. For example, when the Chinese purchased Smithfield Foods in 2013 they instantly gained control over 146,000 acres of prime farmland. The following comes from Wikipedia… Smithfield Foods, Inc., is a meat-processing company based in Smithfield, Virginia, in the United States, and a wholly owned subsidiary of WH Group of China. Founded in 1936 as the Smithfield Packing Company by Joseph W. Luter and his son, the company is the largest pig and pork producer in the world.[4] In addition to owning over 500 farms in the US, Smithfield contracts with another 2,000 independent farms around the country to grow Smithfield’s pigs.[5] Outside the US, the company has facilities in Mexico, Poland, Romania, Germany, and the United Kingdom.[6] Globally the company employed 50,200 in 2016 and reported an annual revenue of $14 billion.[2] Its 973,000-square-foot meat-processing plant in Tar Heel, North Carolina, was said in 2000 to be the world’s largest, processing 32,000 pigs a day.[7] Then known as Shuanghui Group, WH Group purchased Smithfield Foods in 2013 for $4.72 billion, more than its market value.[8][9] It was the largest Chinese acquisition of an American company to date.[10] The acquisition of Smithfield’s 146,000 acres of land made WH Group, headquartered in Luohe, Henan province, one of the largest overseas owners of American farmland. [a] Of course this hasn’t happened by accident.  The communist Chinese government has actually made the purchase of foreign agricultural assets a top national priority in recent years, and this has been reflected in a series of key documents… The strategy is reflected in encouragements to invest abroad by various documents and articles issued by Chinese leaders. For example, a series of annual “Number one documents” from China’s communist party authorities stating rural policy have contained increasingly specific strategies for investment. A general exhortation to invest in agriculture overseas, issued in 2007, was followed by an initial surge in overseas farming ventures. In 2010, authorities called for supportive policies to encourage investment abroad. The 2014 document included a more specific mandate to create large grain-trading conglomerates, designed to give Chinese companies greater control over oilseed and grain imports. That was the same year COFCO acquired Nidera and Noble Agri, making COFCO one of the largest trading companies in the world based on value of assets. The 2015 document specifically called for policies to support facilities, equipment, and inputs for agricultural production in foreign countries. The 2017 document broadened the encouragement to include all types of agricultural conglomerates. The 2018 document repeated the general endorsement of overseas investment and instructions to create multinational grain-trading and agricultural conglomerates. In the end, how much Chinese ownership of our farmland would we be comfortable with? If they owned 20 percent of our farmland, would we be okay with that? Well, what if that figure surged to 30 or 40 percent? Would that still be okay? We need to start asking these sorts of questions, because foreigners are buying up more of our farmland with each passing day, and this is a very real national security threat. And after this absolutely disastrous year, thousands more U.S. farmers will be forced out of business and it is anticipated that more U.S. farmland will be up for sale than ever before. I extensively discussed the problems that farmers in the middle of the country are currently having yesterday, and today I would like to share with you a portion of an email that a friend in Missouri just sent meI work for a farmer in West-Central Missouri who raises corn, soybeans, and cattle and to say it’s been a challenging Spring would be the understatement of the year!!! We managed to get some corn planted in April but it started to rain and rain and rain and we still have more corn to plant. My boss doesn’t like to plant corn after May 15 and here it is May 27 and we still are not done planting corn. With each late day that passes by the yield goes down so what do you do??? Do we start planting soybeans if or when it dries up even though the price of soybeans is at a record low or do we plant corn that has risen in price but will have a reduced yield??? From April 28 through today (May 27) we have had 10 inches of rain. One day we had 4.5 inches with roads and basements flooded. Last week we had rain 4 out of those 7 days!!! It’s raining again today as I write this!!! We need warm, sunshine, dry, windy days and we get mostly cool, cloudy, rainy days. Next Thursdays low is supposed to be 57!!! If the weather pattern doesn’t change I don’t see how we can ever get the soybeans planted and we have 1,300 acres to plant. There are large farmers in my area that don’t have anything planted. This truly is a “perfect storm” for U.S. farmers, and many believe that what we have witnessed so far is just the beginning. Farm bankruptcies are already at the highest level that we have seen since the last recession, and do we really want foreigners gobbling up even more of our farmland from farmers that are incredibly desperate to sell? Our founders never intended for America to be for sale to the highest bidder, and hopefully more states will start passing laws that will make sure that U.S. farms stay in the hands of U.S. farmers. About the author: Michael Snyder is a nationally-syndicated writer, media personality and political activist. He is the author of four books including Get Prepared Now, The Beginning Of The End and Living A Life That Really Matters. His articles are originally published on The Economic Collapse Blog, End Of The American Dream and The Most Important News. From there, his articles are republished on dozens of other prominent websites. If you would like to republish his articles, please feel free to do so. The more people that see this information the better, and we need to wake more people up while there is still time.

http://theeconomiccollapseblog.com/archives/american-soil-is-being-globalized-nearly-30-million-acres-of-u-s-farmland-is-now-owned-by-foreigners 

:: 5-28-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

This Is Not Normal!! The LGBT Agenda Is Literally Killing Children. So Why Are Companies, Hollywood And Schools Deliberately Creating A Gender Confused Generation?

By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine May 28, 2019

Once again Gillette is pushing the so-called "woke" agenda, which is really just the LGBT agenda. The question is why? With such a small percentage of self-identified LGBT persons in the U.S., and the shocking increase in suicide among those that do self-identify as LGBT compared to those that do not, why are companies and educational systems pushing this agenda on the entire population? We'll start with the new push from Gillette where a young person, biologically born a female with XX chromosomes which means she has female sex and reproductive organs, is "transitioning" to look more like a man, obviously being given hormones if she is growing facial hair, is being taught by her father how to shave her face. Below readers can see this new Gillette commercial, interspersed with some very good commentary, which is why it is labeled parody, before we delve into the dangers to the very lives of these young men and women, who due to their gender confusion, are statistically more prone to taking their own lives than heterosexuals. (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) TRANSGENDER AND HOMOSEXUALS HAVE INCREASED SUICIDE RATES According to a study published at Pediatrics aa pubications in 2018, adolescents that identify with the gender they were born, are significantly less likely to attempt suicide. Nearly 14% of adolescents reported a previous suicide attempt; disparities by gender identity in suicide attempts were found. Female to male adolescents reported the highest rate of attempted suicide (50.8%), followed by adolescents who identified as not exclusively male or female (41.8%), male to female adolescents (29.9%), questioning adolescents (27.9%), female adolescents (17.6%), and male adolescents (9.8%). Identifying as nonheterosexual exacerbated the risk for all adolescents except for those who did not exclusively identify as male or female (ie, nonbinary). For transgender adolescents, no other sociodemographic characteristic was associated with suicide attempts. Other organizations and institutions studying the topic have shown the same type of pattern as the study above, as shown in the chart compiled with data from the The Williams Institute, shown below. The statistics do not lie, the more gender confused adolescents are, the more they attempt to take their own lives. Those pushing the LGBT agenda claim it is because of "bullying," or a lack of acceptance, but childish bullying has been going on forever, over someones name, their appearance, their clothing, looks and everything else under the sun, yet the national rates are far lower than this specific group of adolescents. Note - No matter how many drugs an adolescent, or adult is given, no matter how much surgery they obtain to change their appearance or attempt to change their "gender," those XX or XY chromosomes do not change, meaning biologically, each and every one of those "transgenders" are still the same sex as what they were born. BY THE NUMBERS According to Gallup, as of 2017, just 4.5 percent of the U.S. population identified as either lesbian, gay, bisexual or transgender. The expansion in the number of Americans who identify as LGBT is driven primarily by the cohort of millennials, defined as those born between 1980 and 1999. The percentage of millennials who identify as LGBT expanded from 7.3% to 8.1% from 2016 to 2017, and is up from 5.8% in 2012. By contrast, the LGBT percentage in Generation X (those born from 1965 to 1979) was up only .2% from 2016 to 2017. There was no change last year in LGBT percentage among baby boomers (born 1946 through 1964) and traditionalists (born prior to 1946). There is a reason that Millennials make up almost the entirety of the increase in those self-identifying as LGBT as opposed to the older generations. Our educational systems, companies like Gillette, and Hollywood, continue to push gender confusion into the minds of the younger generations. From elementary school to college, LGBT activists are creating the lesson plans, using the guise of "anti-bullying" initiatives, or "diversity," to push the agenda of just 4.5 percent of the population, to indoctrinate every child that attends one of these schools that are teaching there are dozens of genders, rather than teaching basic biology, which proves there are only two.... male and female. In Hollywood it is hard these days to find a movie or television show that isn't shoving the LGBT agenda into our faces, just as Gillette latest controversial advertisement is doing. THE LUCIFERIAN AGENDA Cardinal Robert Sarah, a prominent and respected voice at the Vatican, was recently quoted as saying "gender ideology is a Luciferian refusal" to receive the "sexual nature" given to each person by God. Cardinal Sarah was interviewed by the French publication La Nef, which was translated by the Catholic Herald: In this book, however, I want to suggest to Western people that the real cause of this refusal to claim their inheritance and this refusal of fatherhood is the rejection of God. From Him we receive our nature as man and woman. This is intolerable to modern minds. Gender ideology is a Luciferian refusal to receive a sexual nature from God. Thus some rebel against God and pointlessly mutilate themselves in order to change their sex. But in reality they do not fundamentally change anything of their structure as man or woman. The West refuses to receive, and will accept only what it constructs for itself. Transhumanism is the ultimate avatar of this movement. Because it is a gift from God, human nature itself becomes unbearable for western man. Read the entire interview. BOTTOM LINE - THEY ARE DELIBERATELY KILLING THE CHILDREN The numbers speak for themselves in almost every study, every research paper, graph and survey, the suicide rate for "transgender" adolescents is double that of those that identify as LGBT, and the LGBT suicide rate is triple that of the overall population. This Luciferian push to confuse children about their gender, in the schools, throughout Hollywood and companies like Gillette, is quite literally killing children. Advice: Homeschool your children if at all possible. If you are a family that requires both parents to work, then do the lesson plans in the evening, pay a neighbor to become a homeschooler for your child, or a find a family member willing to do so. Closely monitor what movies and television shows you allow your children to watch and what games they play. Also, it is very important to monitor your child's online activity, because it has recently been found that "Rapid-onset gender dysphoria might spread through groups of friends and may be a harmful coping mechanism."

http://allnewspipeline.com/This_Is_Not_Normal_FemTrans_Agenda_Killing_Kids.php 

:: 5-27-19 The Vigilant Citizen :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Symbolic Pics of the Month 05/19

Published 22 hours ago on May 27, 2019 By Vigilant Citizen

In this edition of SPOTM: Millie Bobby Brown, Greta Thunberg, a “drag kid” and Netflix doing its best to put the one-eye sign in our faces. The 16-year-old Swedish girl Greta Thunberg is currently (as media puts it) “one of the hottest names in global politics”. Since 2018, the self-declared autist has been constantly making headlines for her speeches and protests about climate change. Here, Thunberg is on the cover of i-D magazine. One of her eyes is hidden with a token saying “Save our Climate”. That one-eye sign is an indication that she is being used by the elite. In another pic, the shadow of an unidentified hand hides one of Greta’s eyes. That is how you drive a point home. But why would this girl be used by the elite? This headline sums it all. They want people to panic, especially young people. Panic leads to people submitting to the elite’s will. Here, Greta speaks at the World Economic Forum – one of the global elite’s meeting places. “Drag Kid” Desmond is Amazing is another young person on the autism spectrum that is being plastered all over mass media. As explained in my article about him, the 11-year-old drag kid was filmed dancing in a gay bar as patrons threw him dollar bills. Desmond was recently recruited by Converse to promote a new line of “LGBTQ+-friendly” shoes. This is exploitative of everyone involved. The Instagram account of The New Yorker Photography contains lots of strange pictures. This one features a naked man in drag holding a naked baby. The comments on the pic were disabled because 99% of them were about the baby’s terrified look and people wondering what the guy was holding in his hand. As usual, there were tons of one-eye signs all over mass media this month. To make sure the masses get exposed to these signs, they are often prominently displayed on the cover of magazines and right on the promotional posters of movies and TV series. I cannot even count the number of Netflix promotional posters featuring the one-eye sign. Netflix wants you to know that it is owned by the occult elite. However, this poster promoting the series Lucifer is the most blatant one ever. The series focuses on Lucifer Morningstar who rebels against his father (God) and abandons his kingdom for Los Angeles, where he ends up running his nightclub “Lux”. He then becomes a consultant to the LAPD. In short, the series is about making Lucifer cool and sympathetic to viewers. In the poster, Lucifer hides one eye of a woman – not unlike how the Luciferian elite partially blinds the world by brainwashing it. The promo image of the new season of Black Mirror – yet another “Netflix Original”. Read my article about Black Mirror here. Netflix even needs to show this sign when promoting a show about … baking cakes. This is the cover of Vogue Ukraine. Ironically, the words “non-conformist” are written in big letters. Doing the one-eye sign is the definition of conformity. Forums VC E-Book

Pics of the Month Symbolic Pics of the Month 05/19 Published 22 hours ago on May 27, 2019

By Vigilant Citizen Symbolic Pics of the Month 05/19

In this edition of SPOTM: Millie Bobby Brown, Greta Thunberg, a “drag kid” and Netflix doing its best to put the one-eye sign in our faces.

Symbolic Pics of the Month 05/19

The 16-year-old Swedish girl Greta Thunberg is currently (as media puts it) “one of the hottest names in global politics”. Since 2018, the self-declared autist has been constantly making headlines for her speeches and protests about climate change. Here, Thunberg is on the cover of i-D magazine. One of her eyes is hidden with a token saying “Save our Climate”. That one-eye sign is an indication that she is being used by the elite.

Symbolic Pics of the Month 05/19

In another pic, the shadow of an unidentified hand hides one of Greta’s eyes. That is how you drive a point home. But why would this girl be used by the elite?

Symbolic Pics of the Month 05/19

This headline sums it all. They want people to panic, especially young people. Panic leads to people submitting to the elite’s will. Here, Greta speaks at the World Economic Forum – one of the global elite’s meeting places.

Symbolic Pics of the Month 05/19

“Drag Kid” Desmond is Amazing is another young person on the autism spectrum that is being plastered all over mass media. As explained in my article about him, the 11-year-old drag kid was filmed dancing in a gay bar as patrons threw him dollar bills. Desmond was recently recruited by Converse to promote a new line of “LGBTQ+-friendly” shoes.

Symbolic Pics of the Month 05/19

This is exploitative of everyone involved.

Symbolic Pics of the Month 05/19

The Instagram account of The New Yorker Photography contains lots of strange pictures. This one features a naked man in drag holding a naked baby. The comments on the pic were disabled because 99% of them were about the baby’s terrified look and people wondering what the guy was holding in his hand. As usual, there were tons of one-eye signs all over mass media this month. To make sure the masses get exposed to these signs, they are often prominently displayed on the cover of magazines and right on the promotional posters of movies and TV series.

Symbolic Pics of the Month 05/19

I cannot even count the number of Netflix promotional posters featuring the one-eye sign. Netflix wants you to know that it is owned by the occult elite. However, this poster promoting the series Lucifer is the most blatant one ever. The series focuses on Lucifer Morningstar who rebels against his father (God) and abandons his kingdom for Los Angeles, where he ends up running his nightclub “Lux”. He then becomes a consultant to the LAPD. In short, the series is about making Lucifer cool and sympathetic to viewers. In the poster, Lucifer hides one eye of a woman – not unlike how the Luciferian elite partially blinds the world by brainwashing it.

Symbolic Pics of the Month 05/19

The promo image of the new season of Black Mirror – yet another “Netflix Original”. Read my article about Black Mirror here.

Symbolic Pics of the Month 05/19

Netflix even needs to show this sign when promoting a show about … baking cakes.

Symbolic Pics of the Month 05/19

This is the cover of Vogue Ukraine. Ironically, the words “non-conformist” are written in big letters. Doing the one-eye sign is the definition of conformity.

Symbolic Pics of the Month 05/19

This is the cover of Vogue Netherlands. Maybe someone should tell the model that’s not how one reads a book. Interesting fact: The model holds the French novel Viviane Élisabeth Fauville which is about a woman with multiple personalities who killed her psychoanalyst. In other words: MKULTRA. This is the cover of Glamour magazine featuring Stranger Things star Millie Bobbie Brown. Seeing her going deeper into the belly of the Hollywood beast is not fun to watch. Another one-eyed pic for Millie to make sure you understand that she is now owned by the occult elite. The cover of Country Town & House. Yes, even that magazine. This is an ad for Purbeck Art Weeks. Art NEEDS to be associated with this Illuminati Mind Control garbage. In previous SPOTM articles, I posted several other promo posters of art-related events and festivals around the world. Country singer Reid Perry posted this pic on Instagram with the caption “join the cult”. Wow. Here’s a weird observation: Nearly every news article about a person with a bionic arm features a prominent OK one-eye sign. Nearly every one of them is told to do this for the camera. Can’t they do anything else with that arm? I’m sure they can do other stuff. Is it because these arms are in line with the elite’s transhumanist agenda?

Special thanks to everyone who sent in pics!

P.S. If you appreciated this article, please consider showing your support through a small monthly donation on Patreon. If you prefer, you can also make a one-time donation here. Thank you.

Support The Vigilant Citizen on Patreon.

Scribe note: To get the full understanding click on the link below and view the pictures

https://vigilantcitizen.com/pics-of-the-month/symbolic-pics-of-the-month-05-19/ 

:: 5-28-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'These things would be out there all day': US Navy pilots say they saw UFOs that 'flew at hypersonic speeds at altitudes of 30,000ft over Virginia and Florida almost every day'

Several U.S. Navy aviators come forward to claim UFO sightings during training

They say objects were spotted over Eastern seaboard between 2014 and 2015

Pilots say objects flew at hypersonic speeds without leaving engine exhaust

They said that the UFOs were also able to stop quickly and turn suddenly

By Ariel Zilber For Dailymail.com and James Pero For Dailymail.com Published: 00:35 EDT, 28 May 2019 | Updated: 02:11 EDT, 28 May 2019

A number of pilots in the United States Navy reported seeing unidentified flying objects (UFOs) over American airspace between 2014 and 2015. One of them, Lt. Ryan Graves, said he saw UFOs on an almost daily basis in the airspace off the Eastern seaboard between Florida and Virginia. These UFOs would reach altitudes of up to 30,000ft and flew at hypersonic speeds without leaving any visible engine exhaust, Graves told The New York Times. Graves said he reported what he witnessed to the Pentagon and Congress. The Times story features video of two encounters Navy pilots allegedly had with UFOs. The videos include visual radar and voice recordings by pilots who are amazed at what they see. ‘These things would be out there all day,’ Graves said. ‘With the speeds we observed, 12 hours in the air is 11 hours longer than we’d expect.’ Graves said the most unusual thing about these UFOs was their ability to stop suddenly, turn on a dime, and immediately accelerate to hypersonic speeds. ‘Speed doesn’t kill you,’ Graves said. ‘Stopping does. Or acceleration.’ In 2014, a pilot operating a Super Hornet fighter jet reported that he nearly collided with a UFO. The pilot recalled that something which resembled a ‘sphere encasing a cube’ flew in between two fighter jets that were flying around 100ft apart from each other. Another pilot, Lt. Danny Accoin, said he noticed a flying object on his radar, missile system, and infrared camera, but he wasn’t able to see it in his helmet. ‘I knew I had it, I knew it was not a false hit,’ Accoin said. ‘[But] I could not pick it up visually.’ The pilots began to notice more activity after their radar systems were upgraded, but most thought they were false radar tracks. The UFOs were spotted in areas that were designated for fighter jet training, which makes it unlikely that these were commercial drones or other objects that are classified. But none of the pilots or the Pentagon would speculate as to what they believed the objects were. 'We’re here to do a job, with excellence, not make up myths,' said Lt. Accoin. The pilots' claims come a week after a Department of Defense spokesperson reportedly confirmed the Pentagon's interest in UFO's, citing the agency's investigation of 'unidentified aerial phenomena.' According to a report from the New York Post, a representative confirmed that the U.S. government studied and investigated the occurrence of mysterious and unexplained aircraft as a part of the Advanced Aerospace Threat Identification Program that was made public in 2017. Media commentator and former British defense official Nick Pope told the Post that the specific choice of words marks a major step in the way that the government talks about unidentified aircraft. 'This new admission makes it clear that they really did study what the public would call ‘UFOs,’ he told the Post. 'It also shows the British influence, because UAP was the term we used in the Ministry of Defence to get away from the pop culture baggage that came with the term ‘UFO.' The shift in terminology comes just weeks after the U.S. Navy unveiled new guidelines on collecting information about UFO sightings. As reported by Politico, the guidelines are designed to make it easier for sailors to report UFO sightings amid fears that mysterious unidentified flying objects could actually be 'extremely advanced Russian aircraft.' The Navy has reported an uptick in the number of 'highly advanced aircraft' encroaching on its air space. 'There have been a number of reports of unauthorized and/or unidentified aircraft entering various military-controlled ranges and designated air space in recent years,' a spokesperson for the Navy said to Politico in April. Throughout the last several years, the U.S. Government has shown an increasing willingness to acknowledge its investigation and interest of UFO's. In 2017, former Pentagon official Luis Elizondo made headlines when he detailed the existence of the UFO-focused Advanced Aerospace Threat Identification Program - a $22million government operation that studied UFOs. The secretive program sought to identify UFO sightings through U.S. surveillance and eyewitness reports and then 'ascertain and determine if that information is a potential threat to national security.' Among the sightings were reports from pilots of two U.S. Navy Super Hornet fighters who spotted a UFO on a training mission. The pilots reportedly spotted a mysterious vehicle, around 40ft long, oval-shaped and whitish, hovering erratically above the ground. The craft 'had no plumes, wings or rotors,' but traveled at a mile per second. When pilots approached the object, it easily outran the military jets. Elizondo resigned from his post in 2017 in protest over what he has termed excessive secrecy and internal opposition to the project. Although the Pentagon officially stopped funding the project in 2012, reports from the New York Times suggest the program is still operating. WHAT IS THE SECRET PENTAGON DEPARTMENT INVESTIGATION ON UFO ATTACKS? UFO enthusiasts have argued for decades that the U.S. government has been covering up the existence of unidentified craft containing alien visitors. The idea that a hush-hush government outfit was investigating sightings and other bizarre phenomena famously provided the basis for TV drama series The X-Files. Now, it seems the cult series wasn't such a flight of fancy after all. The shadowy Advanced Aerospace Threat Identification Program's existence was intentionally buried in the defense department's $600 billion (£448.76 bn) annual budget, as were its headquarters, deep within the labyrinthine Pentagon building. Based on the fifth floor of C Ring, the secret department has spent years investigating reports of unidentified flying objects. Although the Pentagon officially stopped funding the project in 2012, insiders told the New York Times it is still operating. And, more tantalizingly, intelligence experts who ran it, and politicians who backed it, insist its research has not been fruitless. Having investigated myriad reports from U.S. servicemen of encounters between unknown objects and military planes, they are convinced that nothing in this world can explain them.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-7076689/U-S-Navy-pilots-say-saw-UFOs-flew-hypersonic-speeds-altitudes-30-000ft.html

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 5-28-19 Common Dreams :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Published on Tuesday, May 28, 2019 by Washington Post by Glenn Greenwald

The Indictment of Assange Is a Blueprint for Making Journalists Into Felons

The First Amendment is meaningless if it only protects people the government recognizes as journalists.

The U.S. government on Thursday unveiled an 18-count indictment against WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange, charging him under the 1917 Espionage Act for his role in the 2010 publication of a trove of secret documents relating to the Iraq and Afghanistan wars and diplomatic communications regarding dozens of nations. So extreme and unprecedented are the indictment’s legal theories and likely consequences that it shocked and alarmed even many of Assange’s most virulent critics. The new indictment against Assange bears no relationship to WikiLeaks’ publication of Democratic Party and Clinton campaign documents or any of its other activities during the 2016 presidential campaign. Instead, it covers only publication of a massive archive of classified U.S. government documents that revealed a multitude of previously unknown, highly significant information about wars, government and corporate corruption, and official deceit. WikiLeaks, in 2010, published those materials in partnership with some of the largest media outlets in the world, including the New York Times, the Guardian, Der Spiegel, Le Monde and El Pais, outlets that published many of the same secret documents that form the basis of the criminal case against Assange. With these new charges, the Trump administration is aggressively and explicitly seeking to obliterate the last reliable buffer protecting journalism in the United States from being criminalized, a step that no previous administration, no matter how hostile to journalistic freedom, was willing to take. The U.S. government has been eager to prosecute Assange since the 2010 leaks. Until now, though, officials had refrained because they concluded it was impossible to distinguish WikiLeaks’ actions from the typical business of mainstream media outlets. Indicting Assange for the act of publishing would thus make journalism a felony. By charging Assange under the Espionage Act, the Trump administration proved that the asylum Assange obtained from Ecuador in 2012 — offered in the name of protecting him from persecution by the United States for publishing newsworthy documents — was necessary and justified. The argument offered by both the Trump administration and by some members of the self-styled “resistance” to Trump is, ironically, the same: that Assange isn’t a journalist at all and thus deserves no free press protections. But this claim overlooks the indictment’s real danger and, worse, displays a wholesale ignorance of the First Amendment. Press freedoms belong to everyone, not to a select, privileged group of citizens called “journalists.” Empowering prosecutors to decide who does or doesn’t deserve press protections would restrict “freedom of the press” to a small, cloistered priesthood of privileged citizens designated by the government as “journalists.” The First Amendment was written to avoid precisely that danger. Most critically, the U.S. government has now issued a legal document that formally declares that collaborating with government sources to receive and publish classified documents is no longer regarded by the Justice Department as journalism protected by the First Amendment, but rather as the felony of espionage, one that can send reporters and their editors to prison for decades. It thus represents, by far, the greatest threat to press freedom in the Trump era, if not the last several decades. If Assange can be declared guilty of espionage for working with sources to obtain and publish information deemed “classified” by the U.S. government, then there’s nothing to stop the criminalization of every other media outlet that routinely does the same — including The Washington Post, as well as the large media outlets that partnered with WikiLeaks and published much of the same material in 2010, along with newer digital media outlets like the Intercept, where I work. The vast bulk of activities cited by the indictment as criminal are exactly what major U.S. media outlets do on a daily basis. The indictment, for instance, alleges that WikiLeaks “encouraged sources” such as Chelsea Manning to obtain and pass on classified information; that the group provided technical advice on how to obtain and transmit that information without detection; and that it then published the classified information stolen by its source. The indictment also explicitly states that “part of the conspiracy [is] that ASSANGE and Manning used a special folder on a cloud drop box of WikiLeaks to transmit classified records containing information related to the national defense of the United States.” It includes as part of the criminal conspiracy the fact that Assange and his source “took measures to conceal Manning as the source” by using encrypted chat programs Outside the parameters of the Trump DOJ’s indictment of Assange, these activities are called “basic investigative journalism.Most major media outlets in the United States, including The Post, now vocally promote Secure Drop, a technical means modeled after the one pioneered by WikiLeaks to allow sources to pass on secret information for publication without detection. Last September, the New York Times published an article (titled “How to Tell Us a Secret”) containing advice from its security experts on the best means for sources to communicate with and transmit information to the paper without detection, including which encrypted programs to use. Many of the most consequential and celebrated press revelations of the last several decades — from the Pentagon Papers to the Snowden archive (which I worked on with the Guardian) to the disclosure of illegal War on Terror programs such as warrantless domestic NSA spying and CIA black sites — have relied upon the same methods which the Assange indictment seeks to criminalize: namely, working with sources to transmit illegally obtained documents for publication. The history of the WikiLeaks investigation, which was initiated by the Obama administration, proves how menacing this new indictment is. In the wake of the 2010 publications, Obama officials eagerly wanted to indict WikiLeaks and Assange. The Justice Department convened a grand jury in 2011 to investigate WikiLeaks, and that investigation endured for years. While the Obama administration was willing to hunt down and prosecute journalists’ sources using the Espionage Act, it never charged WikiLeaks simply for publishing classified information. Obama officials were willing to prosecute Assange only if they could find evidence that he did more than work with his source, Chelsea Manning, in the ways journalists typically collaborate with their sources, They searched for evidence showing, and pressured witnesses (including Manning) to assert that Assange actively instructed Manning on how to remove those documents. Years of searching found no evidence that this happened, so officials concluded that any prosecution of WikiLeaks or Assange would irrevocably endanger press freedoms because there was no way to prosecute WikiLeaks without also prosecuting the New York Times and the Guardian for publishing the same material. The Trump administration’s first indictment of Assange, filed last month, sought to circumvent this dilemma by masquerading as a narrowly crafted instrument that offered Assange’s adversaries an easy way to cheer the charges without being perceived as supportive of threats to journalistic freedom. That indictment pretended that it was prosecuting Assange for allegedly helping Manning hack into government databases to steal secret material. But even that first indictment was clearly a ruse. It did not allege that Assange attempted to help Manning “hack” into government databases to steal documents. It only alleged that he did that so to help her avoid getting caught, which is not merely a right but a duty of journalists when dealing with sources who are taking great risks to show the public what their governments and powerful corporations are doing. “Julian Assange is no journalist,” Assistant Attorney General John Demers pronounced in announcing the indictment. By this reasoning, imprisoning Assange for publishing documents poses no dangers to “real journalists” because press freedoms are inapplicable to Assange (or, presumably, anyone else denied the “journalist” designation). But this distinction between “real journalists” and “non-journalists” is both incoherent and irrelevant. The claim reveals a glaring — and dangerous — confusion about what press freedom means, how it functions and the reasons the Constitution guarantees its protection. Unlike doctors and lawyers, “journalist” is not some licensed, credentialed title which only a small, privileged set of professionals can legitimately or legally claim for themselves upon fulfilling a defined set of educational and professional requirements. Unlike those professions, the state does not license who is and is not a “journalist.” The opposite is true: a “journalist” can be, and is, anyone, regardless of education, credentials or employment status, who informs the public about newsworthy matters. The sole requirement to be a “journalist” is to engage in an act of journalism, with in turn is best defined as the reporting to the public of events in the public interest, particularly when such revelations inform the public about what democracy’s most powerful factions are doing behind a wall of secrecy. ‘ In a 1977 Supreme Court opinion documenting the limitless scope of the constitutional free press guarantee, Chief Justice Warren Burger wrote: “In short, the First Amendment does not ‘belong’ to any definable category of persons or entities: It belongs to all who exercise its freedoms.”  The historical context for the First Amendment’s press freedom guarantee was the advent of the printing press, which empowered any citizen to speak out against, or reveal information about, political authorities. It was the right to engage in that activity that the Constitution’s framers sought to protect — not just for a small group called “journalists” but for all citizens. Indeed, the First Amendment’s “press freedom” guarantee was available to everyone precisely because it was a reaction to the British Crown’s attempt to limit who possessed this right by licensing who is and is not a “journalist,” as Burger wrote for the Supreme Court in 1977. Of course, even if the court had not established, over and over, that the act of publishing information in the public interest is protected no matter who does it, much of WikiLeaks’ work is obviously journalism. Many of WikiLeaks’ publications, particularly the 2010 blockbuster stories which the Trump administration is trying to criminalize, fall squarely within anyone’s definition of “the free discussion of governmental affairs,” as a 1966 Supreme Court decision put it. Indeed, WikiLeaks won prestigious journalism awards around the world for those stories, becoming a sought-after journalistic partner by the world’s most influential media outlets. The 2010 stories helped bring about highly consequential reforms: Former New York Times editor Bill Keller credits release of the diplomatic cables with sparking the Arab Spring by revealing systemic corruption on the part of Tunisia’s ruling regime. Others say those documents helped end the Iraq War by exposing such horrific abuses by U.S. forces that the Iraqi government’s intention to extend its authorization for U.S. troops to remain on Iraqi soil became politically untenable. Justifying Assange’s prosecution on the grounds that he is “not a journalist” reveals a grand, dark irony: To declare that publishing relevant materials about powerful actors is a right possessed only by those designated by the government to be “real journalists” is itself an obvious threat to press freedom. That was the historical danger the First Amendment sought to avoid. Is there anyone who trusts Trump (who has dismissed an entire cable outlet and several newspapers as “Fake News”), or the federal judiciary — or any politician — to sit in judgment of who does and does not merit this vague honorific, without which publishers can be jailed? Critically, this newest indictment vindicates the fears expressed for years by WikiLeaks, its supporters and the government of Ecuador, which in 2012 granted political asylum to Assange in its London embassy to protect him from political persecution.  Assange first went to the Ecuadoran embassy when he was facing charges of sexual assault in Sweden, and his critics had always claimed it was those charges he hoped to dodge by “hiding out” in the embassy. But both Assange’s lawyers and Ecuadoran officials had vowed from the start of that saga that Assange would immediately leave the embassy and board the next flight to Stockholm if Swedish authorities promised not to use his presence in their country as a pretext to extradite him to the U.S. to be prosecuted for publishing documents. The Swedish government, despite having the authority to make such a promise, refused to do so. That led Assange and Ecuador to conclude that luring Assange to Sweden, a close U.S. ally, would result in his extradition and eventual prosecution for the “crime” of publishing documents and thus be threatened with life in a U.S. prison for doing so. Ecuador, along with press freedom groups around the world, viewed that threat as classic political persecution, and concluded it was not only the country’s right but its duty under international treaties to protect Assange by offering him asylum. The British authorities who arrested Assange in London last month after Ecuador rescinded his asylum are now in discussions to do exactly what WikiLeaks defenders had always feared: send him to the United States for prosecution under the Espionage Act. That fear was long mocked by Assange critics as a paranoid pretext to avoid facing the case in Sweden, and it’s now been quite obviously vindicated. The Obama administration had given ample reason for Assange to be concerned, by pursuing criminal charges and empaneling a grand jury that stayed active for years. But the Trump administration, from the start, escalated that threat severely and quite publicly. In April 2017, Mike Pompeo, then the CIA director and now the secretary of state, delivered a blistering speech about WikiLeaks suffused with threats. Pompeo proclaimed that “we have to recognize that we can no longer allow Assange and his colleagues the latitude to use free speech values against us.” adding that while WikiLeaks “pretended that America’s First Amendment freedoms shield them from justice . . . they are wrong.” He concluded: “To give them the space to crush us with misappropriated secrets is a perversion of what our great Constitution stands for. It ends now.” Trump has often openly mused about measures designed to make it easier to punish journalists for what they published. His first attorney general, Jeff Sessions, told the Senate in 2017 that he would not rule out prosecuting not only government sources but also journalists for national security leaks. The criminal case against Assange, if it were to succeed, would provide the perfect blueprint, the most powerful precedent imaginable, for criminalizing journalism in the United States. Once it is established that working with sources to publish classified information is no longer journalism but espionage, it will be impossible to limit that menacing principle. When governments seek to eliminate core civic liberties, a common tactic is to begin by targeting a figure who is deeply marginalized and unpopular, with the hope that personal animosity toward him will lead people to cheer his punishment rather than oppose such efforts due to the dangerous precedent it is designed to create. But supporting a dangerous precedent because of contempt for the initial target is the ultimate act of irrationality: Once the precedent is legally consecrated, the ability to oppose its subsequent application to more popular figures disappears. Assange has few allies left in the United States. The 2010 leaks that exposed war crimes by the Bush administration and the War on Terror generally made him a hero among many leftists, but the enemy of Republicans and hawkish Democrats alike. His remaining support among U.S. liberals subsequently disappeared, and was replaced by seething contempt, when his 2016 leaks revealed corruption at the DNC and harmed Hillary Clinton’s campaign. The Trump administration has undoubtedly calculated that Assange’s uniquely unpopular status across the political spectrum makes him the ideal test case for creating a precedent that criminalizes the defining attributes of investigative journalism. Now every journalist and every citizen must decide whether their personal animus toward Assange is more important than preserving press freedom in the United States.

Glenn Greenwald is a Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist, constitutional lawyer, commentator, author of three New York Times best-selling books on politics and law, and a staff writer and editor at First Look media. His fifth and latest book is, No Place to Hide: Edward Snowden, the NSA, and the U.S. Surveillance State, about the U.S. surveillance state and his experiences reporting on the Snowden documents around the world. Prior to his collaboration with Pierre Omidyar, Glenn’s column was featured at Guardian US and Salon. His previous books include: With Liberty and Justice for Some: How the Law Is Used to Destroy Equality and Protect the Powerful, Great American Hypocrites: Toppling the Big Myths of Republican Politics, A Tragic Legacy: How a Good vs. Evil Mentality Destroyed the Bush Presidency, and How Would a Patriot Act? Defending American Values from a President Run Amok. He is the recipient of the first annual I.F. Stone Award for Independent Journalism, a George Polk Award, and was on The Guardian team that won the Pulitzer Prize for public interest journalism in 2014.

https://www.commondreams.org/views/2019/05/28/indictment-assange-blueprint-making-journalists-felons 

:: 5-27-19 The Daily Caller :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Lindsey Graham: Obama Officials Worried About Being ‘Exposed’ By Declassification

11:16 AM 05/27/2019 | USChuck Ross | Investigative Reporter

Senate Judiciary Committee Chairman Lindsey Graham asserted Sunday that the former government officials opposing declassification of Russia probe documents “are worried about being exposed.” In an interview on “Fox News Sunday” with Chris Wallace, Graham also argued Democrats are unconcerned with whether the FBI misled the federal surveillance court in order to obtain Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act (FISA) warrants against Trump campaign adviser Carter Page. “I want all the documents around the FISA warrant application released. I want to find out exactly how the counterintelligence operation began,” Graham said. “I think transparency is good for the American people. Not one Democrat seems to care.” “I wish some Democrat would come forward to find out if the FISA court was defrauded by the FBI and the Department of Justice.” On Thursday, President Trump granted Attorney General William Barr the authority to declassify documents from the Russia probe. He also instructed the heads of several federal agencies, including the CIA and FBI, to provide documents to Barr as part of his review of the origins of the investigation. (RELATED: Ex-CIA Officials Fume About Declassification Order, Ignoring Previous Leaks Of Secret Sources And Methods) Barr is looking into the origins of the FBI’s Russia investigation, as well as the surveillance activities carried out by the FBI and CIA against Trump associates. Republicans have sought declassification of documents related to the FBI’s handling of the Steele dossier. The bureau relied on the document, which was unverified and funded by the Clinton campaign and DNC, in applications for the Carter Page FISA warrants. Trump’s order has prompted a backlash from numerous Obama administration officials, including former CIA Director John Brennan. In an interview on Friday, Brennan said he was worried that Barr might begin releasing source and method intelligence in “willy nilly” fashion. He also said that he was concerned that declassification might endanger national security. “The people who are worried about this are worried about being exposed for taking the law into their own hands. It doesn’t surprise me that the people we’re looking at, they don’t want transparency.” One argument put forth by Brennan and other Obama era officials is that the CIA’s confidential human sources could be exposed and put in danger. The New York Times on Friday pointed to one CIA asset inside the Kremlin whose safety is of particular concern. The source reportedly provided the intelligence that Vladimir Putin directed the Russian government’s attacks on the 2016 presidential campaign. But Graham claimed that the declassification order will not jeopardize national security. “We’re not compromising national security here. We’re trying to create a system to make sure this never happens again by shedding light on what happened with the FISA warrant process, the counterintelligence investigation. Did they have a lawful reason to surveil President Trump’s campaign? Did they lie to the FISA court? Every American should want to find that out,” he said.

https://dailycaller.com/2019/05/27/lindsey-graham-declassification-brennan/ 

:: 5-27-19 Neon Nettle :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Anti-Trump Judge Suspended for Attacking President in Court & on Social Media The state Supreme Court concluded Judge Michael Kwan undermined public confidence 

By: Daniel Newton |@NeonNettle on 27th May 2019 @ 4.00pm

A municipal judge, who disparaged President Donald Trump during official judicial proceedings and on social media, has been given a six-month suspension without pay by The Supreme Court of Utah. The state Supreme Court concluded that Taylorsville Justice Court Judge Michael Kwan undermined public confidence in the courts by intervening in the political process. Utah Supreme Court Justice John Pearce wrote in an opinion upholding the sanctions against Kwan: “Fulfillment of judicial duties does not come without personal sacrifice of some opportunities and privileges available to the public at large." "and as a person, the public entrusts to decide issues with the utmost fairness, independence, and impartiality, a judge, must at times set aside the power of his or her voice.” According to one of Kwan's social media posts, he suggested that congressional Republicans were similar to the rubber-stamp parliament of Nazi Germany Formal charges against Kwan were brought by the state Judicial Conduct Commission (JCC) after he disparaged the president on social networks and even in his courtroom throughout official proceedings. According to one of Kwan's social media posts, he suggested that congressional Republicans were similar to the rubber-stamp parliament of Nazi Germany. TRENDING: First ever 18 foot Private Border Wall Built in New Mexico “Welcome to the beginning of the fascist takeover,” Kwan wrote. “We need to be diligent in questioning congressional Republicans if they are going to be the American Reichstag and refuse to stand up for the Constitution, refuse to uphold their oath of office, and enable the tyrants to consolidate their power.” The judge also dismissed a defendant’s assertion that he would pay off overdue court fines with his tax rebate, saying that the president only grants tax cuts for the wealthy The JCC concluded that Kwan’s statements in court and on social media were “prejudicial to the administration of justice” and suspended the judge without pay for six months. Kwan argued that his social media commentary is protected First Amendment speech. But the court rejected Kwan’s argument stating that state precedent provides that judges cannot raise their first constitutional challenge to a JCC rule in a disciplinary proceeding. Pearce did, however, seem to acknowledge that precedent is problematic and could be revisited in a future case. According to Pearce’s opinion: Kwan in the past has already been sanctioned by the JCC and the Utah bar association for inappropriate political commentary and misuse of judicial authority.

READ MORE: https://neonnettle.com/news/7613-anti-trump-judge-suspended-for-attacking-president-in-court-on-social-media 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 5-28-19 The Organic Prepper :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

5 Million Without Power After Catastrophic Tornadoes Devastate Towns in Ohio and Indiana (PHOTOS)

by Daisy Luther

Update: One fatality has been reported. An 81-year-old man named Melvin Delhanna died when his car was blown into his home in Celina, Ohio. The City of Dayton issued a boil water advisory for water customers in all of Dayton and Montgomery Counties. (11:41, May 28, 2019) A line of tornadoes crossed Indiana and Ohio last night, so close together that one crossed through the path of another. This morning, 5 million are without power. Towns outside of Dayton, Ohio were the hardest hit. The damage is nothing short of catastrophic. The AP reports: The National Weather Service tweeted Monday night that a “large and dangerous tornado” hit near Trotwood, Ohio, 8 miles (12 kilometers) northwest of Dayton. Several apartment buildings were damaged or destroyed. Just before midnight, not 40 minutes after that tornado cut through, the weather service tweeted that another one was traversing its path, churning up debris densely enough to be seen on radar… …In Indiana, at least 75 homes were damaged in Pendleton and the nearby community of Huntsville, said Madison County Emergency Management spokesman Todd Harmeson. No serious injuries were reported in the area or other parts of the state. Madison County authorities said roads in Pendleton, about 35 miles (56 kilometers) northeast of Indianapolis, are blocked with trees, downed power lines and utility poles. (source) Many of the places where people took shelter were hit hard by the tornadoes and officials are going door to door looking for people who may be trapped in the rubble. (Here’s how to survive a tornado if you’re at home, in your car, or out and about.) This tweet shows one of the massive tornadoes approaching in the distance. Recovery efforts have already begun. Utilities are out for the immediate future. At least 5 million people are without power during the current heat wave and Dayton Power and Light said residents should expect a “multi-day restoration effort.” And because the power is out to the water plants and pumping stations, Dayton residents are urged to conserve water. (Here’s how to survive a hot-weather power outage.) The Ohio Department of Transportation has dispatched snowplows to help remove rubble from Highway 75 and city streets according to spokesperson Matt Bruning. Trying to clear the debris in the middle of the night is a difficult task, complicated by darkness and downed power lines, Bruning said. “We’ll do a more thorough cleaning after we get lanes opened,” he told The Associated Press by text early Tuesday, noting that tow trucks would have to haul off damaged vehicles along the roadway, too. (source) The damage Here are some photos people took of the swath of destruction. This massive tornado touched down in Dayton, Ohio (via Daily Mail) Widespread damage from the outskirts of Dayton (via Daily Mail The side of this apartment building was ripped off (via Daily Mail) Currently, there are no reports of fatalities. The National Guard has been deployed and first responders are searching the rubble for survivors. In Beavercreek, just outside of Dayton, there are mandatory evacuation orders. 911 has been overwhelmed with calls for help. No number has been released yet of people injured in the tornadoes. Homes, apartment complexes, businesses, and schools have been completely destroyed. (Here’s what it’s like after your home is hit by a tornado.) Tenley Taghi was in tears as she filmed what was left of her family’s home. Taghi, who said there were no sirens before the tornado hit, told WDTN that a light pole fell through her home and injured her father, who was pulled out by firefighters. Taghi was in disbelief seeing what had happened to her home, saying repeatedly in her video, “Our house is gone. Oh my God.” “I saw the clouds spin backwards, and the trees began to sway uncontrollably, and we took shelter,” she told WDTN. “I was standing on the porch that is no longer standing. We took shelter right as the storm hit.” (source) People were in fear for their lives when the tornadoes hit. Nathan Mann of Trotwood told WDTN that he took cover once he heard the sirens in his area, proceeding to his basement. He compared the scene Monday night to something “out of a movie.” He said he pretty much tied himself to a pole “and hoped to God that nothing would hurt me.” He texted his wife, thinking that he was going to die. “It felt like someone picked my house up and set it back down,” he said. “When it was over, I couldn’t believe what saw.” (source) Locals are comparing the aftermath to a “war zone.” Have you ever been in a place that suffered this kind of catastrophic damage? This devastating event will chalk up millions of dollars in insurance claims. Have you ever been somewhere that suffered damage like this from a natural disaster? Please share your stories in the comments.

https://www.theorganicprepper.com/tornadoes-ohio-indiana/ 

:: 5-28-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Multiple 'rapid-fire' tornadoes hit Ohio city leaving buildings 'cut in half', people trapped and millions without power as rescuers use snow plows to clear the debris

Tornadoes first touched down in the city of Trotwood, just outside Dayton, at about 11pm on Monday night

The National Weather Service described the initial tornado as 'extremely dangerous' and warned residents to remain in their shelters

Weather officials reported signs on their radars of debris being lifted tens of thousands of feet when the first tornado touched down

Photos taken by residents showed widespread damage with homes severely damaged and trees and power lines brought down

There were reports of houses being cut in half and others were completely flattened as millions lost power

By Emily Crane and Chris Dyer For Dailymail.com and Associated Press Published: 23:40 EDT, 27 May 2019 | Updated: 08:14 EDT, 28 May 2019

Multiple tornadoes tore across Indiana and Ohio overnight, ripping buildings apart, downing trees and leaving millions without power. The rapid-fire line of apparent tornadoes were packed so closely together that one crossed the path carved by another. The storms strew debris so thick that at one point, highway crews had to use snowplows to clear an interstate. At least half a dozen communities from eastern Indiana through central Ohio suffered damage, according to the National Weather Service (NWS), though authorities working through the night had reported no fatalities as of early on Tuesday. Some 5 million people were without power early on Tuesday in Ohio alone with towns just outside Dayton taking some of the heaviest hits. Two suspected tornadoes hit the metro area of Dayton, Ohio on Monday night in the apace of just 30 minutes apart, according to the NWS and caused 'significant damage and injuries'. Another reported tornado touched down just east of Dayton at Wright-Patterson Air Force Base, local media reported. When another tornado struck around 75 miles away in Circleville, Ohio, just before 1am the agency warned residents to 'take cover'. One tornado described as 'large and dangerous' wreaked havoc in western Ohio after tearing through buildings and causing widespread damage and injuries. The first destructive tornado first touched down in the city of Trotwood, just outside Dayton, at about 11pm on Monday night before moving through the state. The National Weather Service described the tornado as 'extremely dangerous' and warned residents to remain in their shelters as it tore through the heavily populated area. 'This is a life threatening situation', the NWS warned in a grave tweet. The agency also warned residents to 'take cover' in south east Pickaway County or south west Fairfield County. A spokesman tweeted: 'RADAR CONFIRMED TORNADO JUST SOUTH OF CIRCLEVILLE, OHIO. TAKE COVER IF YOU ARE IN SOUTHEAST PICKAWAY COUNTY OR SOUTHWEST FAIRFIELD COUNTY!!!' Weather officials reported signs on their radars of debris being lifted tens of thousands of feet when the first tornado touched down. Photos taken by residents showed widespread damage with homes severely damaged and trees and power lines brought down. The most severe damage was reported in the Dayton metro area and Celina, about 60 miles north-west of Dayton. Authorities were going door-to-door checking if people were trapped in their homes and police scanners indicated the dozens were injured and needed help. The NWS reported that some residents were trapped in collapsed buildings in several areas with firefighters and EMTs having difficulty reaching the scenes due to debris in the roads and power lines blocking highways down. There were reports of houses being cut in half and others that were completely flattened. The steeple of the New Life Worship Center in Dayton snapped off when one tornado tore through and part of the roof was torn off and landed in the car park. About 25 people, including children, were reported to be hiding in the church at the time. More than 15,000 homes were without power in Montgomery County at 1am on Tuesday. A spokesman for the Office of Emergency Management in Montgomery County, said: 'We're right in the middle of it right now. It's a mess.' The National Weather Service said there are more 70,000 power outages across the state of Ohio, affecting over 5 million people. One of the tornado's path crossed over Interstate 75 and images showed debris strewn across the highway. Crews had to use snow plows to clean up debris from the roads. A spokesman for Ohio Department of Transportation said tow trucks would eventually have to deal with damaged vehicles along the road. Matt Bruning, a spokesman for the Ohio Department of Transportation, said: 'We'll do a more thorough cleaning after we get lanes opened.' Trying to clear the debris in the middle of the night was a difficult task due to darkness and downed power lines, he said. Soon after the tornado struck the Dayton metro area, there were reports of severe, tornado-producing thunderstorms striking the same areas and multiple tornado warnings were put in place for Montgomery County. The weather service issued several tornado warnings for cities outside Daytona and urged residents to be vigilant as the night went on. Multiple warnings were still in place after midnight, including for Cedarville, Wilberforce and Jamestown. In Montgomery County, Sheriff Rob Streck urged people to stay off the roads in areas affected by the storm. His office said many roads in those areas are impassable because of damage. The Northridge High School gymnasium was opened as an emergency shelter in Dayton. An Indiana town was also heavily damaged by storms late Monday, including reports of two tornadoes. 'We do not know at this time if this was a tornado, straight-line winds or what the cause was', of damage in Pendleton, 35 miles (56 kilometers) northeast of Indianapolis, said Todd Harmeson, a spokesman for the Madison County Emergency Management Agency. He added there are several videos on social media that show funnel clouds but that the National Weather Service will make that determination. The devastation in Ohio comes after a week of tornadoes in Missouri and Oklahoma. Emergency workers were shutting down gas lines and trying to get to residents trapped by debris, officials in Montgomery County said, but the exact injury toll was unclear from initial reports. The tornado was the third in a week to rake the central US. At least two people died and another 29 were taken to hospital in Oklahoma over the weekend when a tornado flattened a mobile home park in El Reno. President Donald Trump, who was returning to Washington on Tuesday after a visit to Japan, tweeted that he had offered federal resources for the cleanup. Another three died last Wednesday when a tornado packing speeds of 160 miles (260 kilometers) per hour tore through Jefferson City in Missouri.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-7076851/Extremely-dangerous-tornado-touches-Ohio.html 

:: 5-27-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

More than 300 earthquakes rattle White Island, NZ – No link to volcano activity SO FAR -Scientists don’t understand what set the swarm off

By Strange Sounds - May 27, 2019

A swarm of small earthquakes continues around Whakaari/White Island, but so far there’s no indication the quakes are connected to the volcano. Since Thursday, GeoNet has recorded more than 300 earthquakes, centred 20km deep or less, under the sea surrounding the Bay of Plenty island. Most have been to the west and south, and the largest had a magnitude of 3.9. GNS Science volcano information specialist Brad Scott said scientists were not aware of anything in particular that had set the swarm off. It wasn’t known whether the location of the swarm close to the island was just coincidence, or whether there was some sort of relationship. For now there was no indication of any volcanic activity on Whakaari/White Island, Scott said. “We’re not seeing any response from the volcano.“ The type of earthquakes in the swarm were of the tectonic type, where cold, brittle rock was being broken. Earthquake swarm processes were not fully understood. In this case, sequences of a main shock followed by aftershocks were being repeated. About half a dozen of the quakes had been of magnitude 3.5 or more. “As earthquakes they’re still very small,” Scott said. Whakaari/White Island was part of the Taupō Volcanic Zone – which also included Mt Ruapehu, Taupō and Rotorua – where earthquakes were very common. GeoNet has warned that the swarm could increase the risk of landslides on the island, as the earthquakes are shallow and local material is relatively weak. On Monday morning, the volcanic alert level at the island remained at 1, indicating minor volcanic unrest.

http://strangesounds.org/2019/05/more-than-300-earthquakes-rattle-white-island-nz-no-link-to-volcano-activity-so-far-scientists-dont-understand-what-set-the-swarm-off.html 

:: 5-27-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Alaskans are shaken out of their beds in the middle of the night as 5.8 magnitude earthquake strikes off state's southern coast

The Alaska earthquake was said to have struck at about 1.50am Monday

The quake hit about 55 miles away from the southwest coastal town of Homer

There were no reports of injuries or damage from the quake, but it was felt by many residents who said they were shaken awake by it

Alaskans have been experiencing quakes and aftershocks in recent months

By Associated Press and Maxine Shen For Dailymail.com Published: 11:52 EDT, 27 May 2019 | Updated: 15:45 EDT, 27 May 2019

A magnitude 5.8 earthquake struck off the coast of southern Alaska, but no damage has been reported.  The U.S. Geological Survey says the quake hit around 1.50am Monday, southwest of Alaska's Kenai Peninsula at a depth of 40 miles (65 kilometers). A dispatcher with the Homer Police Department said there were no reports of damage or injuries from the quake that hit 55 miles (89 kilometers) southwest of the small coastal town of Homer. The University of Alaska Fairbanks Geophysical Institute's Earthquake Center tweeted that reports from people who felt the quake came in from Kodiak to Valdez. Although Alaska residents have been experiencing various aftershocks from the 7.1 magnitude Anchorage earthquake in November 2018 for several months now, the Earthquake Center tweeted that Monday morning's quake was not one of these aftershocks due to its distance from the earlier quake. There were more than 1,000 reports of people feeling the earthquake on the Geological Survey website. Devon Hilts, a clerk at the Land's End Resort in Homer, said that she slept through the temblor but that it woke up some guests. She says nothing broke and she has not heard of any damage. People took to Twitter to report that it had shaken them out of their sleep. 'Just had a verrrrry shaky 5.7 earthquake on the Kenai Peninsula in Alaska. At 2:00am, not a fun way to roll out of bed,' wrote tweeter @SherriADub. 'My poor son,' tweeted @helenkalmakoff of her five year old. 'Right after it happened he said I hope the roof doesn't fall on us.' 'Woke up a few minutes before 2am to my bed shaking,' wrote @Kelsi_PDX_Girl, who said she lived 70 miles from Homer. 'I thought it was my dog. Then it didn't stop and I realized I felt my first #Alaska #earthquake.' She went on to say that she didn't feel the subsequent three quakes that all registered under 3.0 magnitude, but that she hadn't been able to fall back to sleep afterwards.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-7075439/Magnitude-5-8-earthquake-strikes-southern-Alaska-coast.html 

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

:: 5-27-19 Justus Knight News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The SIMPLE YouTube DIY CENSORSHIP FIX They Absolutely Don’t Want You To See: Watch QUICKLY!

By JustusAKnight on May 27, 2019

Please watch the video below for the full story!

YouTube has now thrown the final kills switch on Conservative News Sites. You will find the evidence here of exactly what has been done to the likes of Mark Dice, Steven Crowder, Lisa Haven, Lauren Southern and many, many more! Their new subscribers have tanked and they are will eventually wither away to nothing! THERE IS HOWEVER SOMETHING YOU CAN DO! The secret fix that Google / YouTube does NOT WANT YOU TO KNOW about! Here is how to see those YouTuber’s you haven’t seen in sometime. It is easier than you think and will open your eyes to exactly what they’ve done to blind you to the truth!! As always, PLEASE HELP SHARE wherever you can; this broadcast truly deserves the awareness you help to assure it gets! Your thumbs up and comments are always appreciated!! God Speed and God Bless, Justus

https://justusaknight.com/2019/05/27/the-simple-youtube-diy-censorship-fix-they-absolutely-dont-want-you-to-see-watch-quickly/ 

[ :: 4-22-12 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. The clock is ticking, the midnight hour is already striking, the horses have been riding and yet many see not the things I have told them. They understand not what my word has said, etc..

Rev 6:4 And another horse appeared, a red one. Its rider was given a mighty sword and the authority to remove peace from the earth. And there was war and slaughter everywhere. (NLT)

[ :: 9-23-12 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::  ::] 

etc. Throughout the world there is a struggle, throughout the world the antichrist pushes himself to the top, throughout the world the economy has gone over the hill into disaster zone.  Countries make ready for war and yet my people seem to be astonished, unlearned, not knowing, not understanding the things that are there or the things that are taught to them. Etc.

:: 5-24-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Nuclear Summer

By Hal Lindsey

If I said, “Tensions are running high in the Middle East,” most Americans would yawn and reply, “So? What else is new? Tensions in the Middle East have been going back and forth between a simmer and a boil for the last hundred years.” But this time the United States sent an aircraft carrier, the USS Abraham Lincoln, and its carrier strike group. This time there have been credible threats against US forces in Iraq. The Iran-sponsored Shia Muslim militias that helped rid Iraq of ISIS are now being repurposed for attacks on US troops in the region. Iran’s goal is to get the US involved in a ground war against those Shia militias in Iraq. They do not want to face an American assault on their homeland. But President Trump has made it clear that if Iran-sponsored groups hit American forces, this country will retaliate against Iran itself. That threat alone may be enough to keep war at bay — for now. But the radical Muslim leaders of Iran are not known for giving up. While they know than can’t withstand a direct assault by the United States, they will push America to the edge again and again. And they will not quit. They are responsible for the catastrophe in Yemen where some 16 million people are at this moment in danger of starvation. Numerous aid agencies are trying to help, but the Houthi rebels steal the aid for their own use. Like other Shiite Muslim terrorists in the Middle East, the Houthis are financed and directed by the government of Iran. The Iranians could stop the catastrophe any time they want. But they don’t seem to care about the people of Yemen. They just want to keep control of the land near the Gulf of Aiden and the Bab-el-Mandeb strait. Iran has long been considered the world’s leading state sponsor of terror. That’s growing worse, not better. Recently, the US State Department designated Iran’s Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps a terrorist organization. Iran is a close ally with North Korea. Iranian missiles use technology developed in North Korea. And North Korea now has intercontinental ballistic missiles in its arsenal. Have they shared that technology with Iran? With North Korea’s financial predicament, it’s seems almost certain that they have. We also know about Iran’s obsession with nuclear weapons. Intelligence sources say that Iran’s North Korean friends have at least a hundred of those. The combination of ICBMs and nuclear weapons in Iranian hands would put the whole world in danger. Iran is Shia Muslim. Their bitter enemies are the Sunni Muslims. Iranian pursuit of nuclear weapons has pushed several Sunni nations in the Middle East to actively seek nuclear weapons of their own. To get such weapons, Saudi Arabia and others in the region can skip the long process of developing them. They can surreptitiously buy them from their fellow Sunni Muslims in Pakistan, one of the world’s nuclear powers. The dynamics of all of this changed dramatically when Iran convinced mighty Russia to join them as an ally. The Chinese also remain on good terms with Iran. The ancient conflict between rival Shiite and Sunni Muslim groups is now a major destabilizing force in global politics. All of these events fit into the geopolitical pattern described in the Bible for the last days. Don’t be discouraged by that. Be encouraged. It proves again that we can trust the Bible with our lives. Its warnings are again proving accurate. That is yet another reason to trust the Bible’s positive messages. Jesus is coming again, and He’s coming soon! In the meantime, all the Bible’s promises remain in effect — promises from God to you. So take heart!

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-5-24-2019/ 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 5-28-19 USA Today :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Vicious tornadoes cut devastating path across Ohio, Indiana; 1 dead; 7 injured

John Bacon and Sheila Vilvens, USA TODAY Published 1:00 a.m. ET May 28, 2019 | Updated 11:26 a.m. ET May 28, 2019

CELINA, Ohio – A string of tornadoes unleashing their fury across Ohio and Indiana overnight ripped apart communities and left a wide swath of debris as a two-week wave of severe weather continued its unrelenting assault on the nation's midsection. Celina firefighter Brian Davis confirmed Tuesday that an 81-year-old man died and seven people were injured when an apparent tornado roared through just before midnight Monday. At least 40 homes were damaged by the storms. Celina resident Kylie Post, who said her home was spared, has no basement, so she and her son huddled under a mattress in a bathtub. "We heard the tornado sirens and then it got really quiet," Post said. "Next, it sounded almost like a train was near us that lasted for only a few minutes." An area around Dayton, in Ohio's Montgomery County, saw some of the worst damage. "A large, dangerous tornado touched down last night in northwest Montgomery County," the county said in a statement. "We are focused on supporting life-saving measures, such as shutting down gas lines or locating people who are trapped by debris." Dayton Fire Chief Jeffrey Payne said no fatalities and just a few minor injuries had been reported locally. Considering the amount of property damage, that was "pretty miraculous," he said. Urban Search and Rescue teams from Columbus and Cincinnati were helping local first responders picking through rubble in search of survivors, Payne said. Apparent tornadoes also touched down in at least six other states over the Memorial Day weekend. The Midwest has been hammered by scores of tornadoes and heavy storms since mid-May, leaving at least 10 dead and a trail of damage from high winds and flooding. The weather service issued a string of tornado watches and warnings deep into the night as the unsettled weather stretched east from Indiana into Ohio, many along the Interstate 70 corridor that cuts through the heart of the two states. "Confirmed, large and dangerous tornado on the ground near Trotwood, Ohio," the National Weather Service said. "Extremely dangerous situation. Take cover now." The outbreak was so severe the National Weather Service said a tornado near Vandalia cut across the path of the earlier twister. More than 60,000 homes and businesses were without power Monday in Ohio alone, the weather service said. A boil-water advisory was issued and residents of Dayton and Montgomery County were asked to conserve water after authorities said power was out at water plants and pump stations. Some lanes of Interstate 75 north of Dayton were blocked by debris, and trucks with plows were scraping tree branches and rubble to the side of the highway. In Indiana, scores of homes were damaged or destroyed by storms, including reports of two tornadoes. The weather service confirmed that a tornado ripped through Pendleton, 35 miles northeast of Indianapolis, damaging more than 70 homes. Todd Harmeson, a spokesman for the Madison County Emergency Management Agency, said emergency officials were going door to door to check on residents. Trees and powerlines were down "on every street" in the city, he warned. And power is out across the area. "Stay inside. Shelter in place if you can," Harmeson said. Multiple tornadoes ripped through eastern Iowa on Monday, damaging several homes, barns and trees. Local authorities reported a half-dozen tornadoes in the eastern part of the state as a severe weather system moved eastward Monday afternoon. No injuries have been reported. The National Weather Service is working on surveying the sites. "It was about the quickest thing I've ever seen." said Shawn Zweibohmer, who was working on a house he owns outside Charles City Monday afternoon when the tornado came through. "There was no alert, there was nothing." The Oklahoma City suburb of El Reno was still digging out from an EF3 tornado late Saturday that killed at least two people, destroyed a motel and devastated a mobile home park. And some communities in Oklahoma and Arkansas were bracing for their worst-ever flooding as the Arkansas River reached record crests in some areas. Bacon reported from McLean, Va. Contributing: Ian Richardson, Des Moines Register; Jennie Key and Cheryl Vari, The Cincinnati Enquirer; Kellie Hwang, The Indianapolis Star; The Associated Press

https://www.usatoday.com/story/news/nation/2019/05/28/dayton-ohio-tornado-large-and-dangerous/1255956001/ 

:: 5-27-19 Daily Sabah :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump supporters launch construction on private border wall with crowdfunded money

ASSOCIATED PRESS Sunland Park, NEW MEXICO Published 27.05.2019 20:27

A US military veteran has launched construction on the first section of private border wall between the United States and Mexico, using money crowdsourced by supporters of President Donald Trump. "This is Americans' way of saying, 'Congress, you're worthless, and we're fighting it. We're going to build (the wall) ourselves," said New Mexico resident Jeff Allen, the co-owner of the land where the private wall is being built. Determined to help Trump fulfill his promise to build a "big, beautiful wall" on the border, Allen began erecting a towering fence of steel slats last weekend on his land in the city of Sunland Park, across from Ciudad Juarez, in Mexico. He said the project was being funded by We Build the Wall, a company launched by war veteran and triple amputee Brian Kolfage to help get Trump's border barrier built, using millions of dollars in private donations he raised online. The company's advisory board is chaired by Steve Bannon, the far-right strategist and former Trump advisor. "This is not Europe. This is America. We protect our borders," Allen, 56, told AFP as workers used heavy construction equipment to maneuver sections of the fence into place behind him. Trump has struggled to get Congress to allocate the billions of dollars he wants for his wall, leading to a political battle that shut down the US government for more than a month. The new private barrier will measure half a mile (800 meters) long, and is being built to the same specifications as government border fencing, Allen said. Allen insisted he had nothing against immigrants. He is married to a Mexican woman, and his daughter was born in Ciudad Juarez, where he lived for three and a half years. "This is not about racism. This is about me protecting myself, and America having a secure border. If people want to immigrate, they should go to a port of entry and apply," he said. He declined to say how much the barrier would cost. Kolfage raised around $20 million on the website GoFundMe -- well short of the $1 billion he wanted to donate to the government -- before canceling the project and launching We Build the Wall to build sections of border barrier privately.

https://www.dailysabah.com/americas/2019/05/27/trump-supporters-launch-construction-on-private-border-wall-with-crowdfunded-money 

Luke 21:17 And ye shall be hated of all men for my name's sake. (KJV) 

[ :: 10-19-08 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall be hated by the world, the world shall be against you, etc.

John 15:18 If the world hate you, ye know that it hated me before it hated you. (KJV)

[ :: 12-31-11 / 1-1-12 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Have you read my word, do you know that Ezekiel thirty eight and thirty nine is knocking on the door, as a matter of fact, its got a battering-ram and it is knocking the door down, but you are not aware of that.  Are you aware of how they are removing the Bible, are you aware of how they are fighting Christians, are you aware of the countries that are killing every Christian that is there?  And then you think I can delay another five years or another ten years.  Have you not read in my word where they are laying under my altar and they are crying out, how much longer, how much longer?  Oh what a sad state the world is in. etc.

[ :: 11-3-13 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.  for the world hates the Christians more now than at anytime in history.  Even during the days Jesus walked on earth, it is much worse now and it is not going to get better because those that don’t believe the truth are going to come against you like never before because they don’t want you to know the truth etc.

:: 5-27-19 Christian Headlines :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Teacher Ordered to Stop Praying with Children Before Lunch

Michael Foust | ChristianHeadlines.com Contributor | Friday, May 24, 2019

A first-grade teacher who prayed with her class before lunch every day has been told to stop due to a complaint from a parent and an atheist organization. The unidentified teacher at Norwood Elementary School in Birmingham, Ala., led her class in prayers each day at lunchtime, according to a letter from the Freedom From Religion Foundation to the school superintendent. The teacher also allegedly taught her students Bible verses and Christian songs. “Public school teachers and administrators may not promote religion by leading students in prayer, encouraging students to pray, participating in student-initiated prayer, or otherwise endorsing religion to students,” attorney Christopher Line of the Freedom From Religion Foundation wrote to the Birmingham City Schools superintendent. The same letter alleged the principal began meetings with prayer. A Birmingham City Schools attorney wrote back this month, telling the Freedom From Religion Foundation that the teacher and principal were told to stop praying with students and faculty. “It is our understanding that no further complaints have been received,” Birmingham City Schools attorney Ashaunti Parker wrote. A teacher-parent conference also was held to “address the parent’s concern,” Parker said. “The teacher was advised to refrain from conducting any religious instruction and teacher-led prayer,” Parker wrote.

https://www.christianheadlines.com/contributors/michael-foust/teacher-ordered-to-stop-praying-with-children-before-lunch.html 

[ :: 3-4-12 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. They are saying it can’t come here because it has never come here and yet destruction covers the face of the earth, the face of the earth.  You can see the things that are going on, you can watch as the blood flows in the streets of many countries.  You can see as they prepare to go to war to fight a war they cannot win or that will bring more disaster even to this country and yet they push to do the very things they desire and want to do.  They want everything, but want to do nothing in return, oh what a time, what an hour. Etc.

[ :: 3-25-12 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Watch, do you not see the signs throughout all the world, do you not see the coming judgment that shall come, do you not see the blood that shall be flowing in the streets soon?  Do you not see all the signs, or are you so asleep, that it will take disaster to wake you up?  Where are you my church, where are you? 

[ :: 10-26-14 am service  (2d word)  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Even though darkness is so great, even though it seems like there is no understanding I, your Father God, have given you my children the understanding. etc.

:: 5-20-19 Gatestone Institute :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Spain: Surge in Migrant Crime

by Soeren Kern May 20, 2019 at 5:00 am

"We have tasers, but they are stored in a closet because of political cowardice." — Spokesperson, Municipal Police of Bilbao.

In Madrid, an elderly couple returning home from vacation discovered that their apartment had been "occupied" by African migrants. When a camera crew from the Madrid television channel Telecinco went to investigate, the migrants destroyed the camera.... Spain's notoriously lethargic justice system now rules on who is the apartment's rightful owner. The Madrid city council, run by Mayor Manuela Carmena, in a case study of political correctness run amok, ordered police to keep out of the neighborhood of Lavapiés. The result is that illegal immigrants, far from facing the threat of deportation, are now secure in the knowledge that their violent actions have empowered them effectively to take control of an entire neighborhood of a major European capital.

Six African migrants gang-raped a 12-year-old girl in a small town near Madrid, but Spanish authorities kept information about the crime hidden from the public for more than a year, apparently to avoid fueling anti-immigration sentiments.

On March 15, 2018, the 12-year-old girl was playing in a park in Azuqueca de Henares with several other girls when, at around one o'clock in the afternoon, six migrants — five Moroccans and one Nigerian — approached the playground. They carried two of the girls off to a nearby abandoned building, but then let one of them go after discovering that she was a Muslim. The migrants, aged between 15 and 20, grabbed the 12-year-old by her arms and legs and took turns raping her, first anally and then vaginally, for nearly an hour.

The public was not informed about the crime until March 20, 2019, when the newspaper El Mundo published the results of an investigation. According to the report, Spanish prosecutors and judges secretly decided that three of the minors will be held in a young offender institution for three years and then be "reinserted" into Spanish society rather than be deported. One of the adults is being held in preventive detention; the other adults were released.  The gang rape has cast a spotlight on spiraling migrant criminality in Spain, where "progressive" immigration policies — promoted by all the mainstream political parties and opposed only by the populist party Vox — are fueling an influx of illegal migration from Africa, Asia and the Middle East. The gang rape has also cast a spotlight on a lenient justice system that routinely releases migrant criminals back onto the streets.

Reliable statistics on migrant-related crimes are unavailable: the data compiled by the Spanish Interior Ministry on specific categories of crimes (homicide, rape, robbery, etc.) do not break down the offenders by nationality.

In addition, different Interior Ministry databases produce different results on the actual number of crimes. One database, for instance, shows that there were 332 homicides in Spain in 2017, while another shows that there were 308. One database shows that there were 865 rapes in 2017, while another shows that there were 1,382 — a difference of 60%.

The official Spanish statistics agency (Instituto Nacional de Estadística, INE) shows that immigrants comprise roughly 10% of the overall Spanish population, but 32% of the Spanish prison population. The INE does not break the statistics down by the nationality of the inmates, although Interior Ministry data show that the majority of immigrants arrested in 2017 were from just two countries: Romania (18,032) and Morocco (17,464). Despite the lack of official statistics, anecdotal evidence found in the crime reports of local newspapers shows that migrant criminality — ranging from petty theft to sexual assault to murder — is a growing problem nationwide.

In Barcelona, for example, 15 members of a North African itinerant crime gang known as "Allah's Wolfpack" sexually assaulted a woman at a metro station. The migrants, some of whom are unaccompanied minors and all of whom are in Spain illegally, had long rap sheets and were well known to the police.  The attack, which occurred in the Barcelona suburb of Santa Coloma on November 11, 2018, took place when a couple attempted to exit the Can Peixauet subway station. The youths, from Morocco and Algeria, hurled insults and verbal abuse at the couple as they walked off a train, then followed the pair into an elevator, where they assaulted the woman and stabbed her male companion.  Police later found the youths in a nearby abandoned building, where they had been squatting for months, and where they had previously been arrested in connection with a series of robberies in the area. Police also said the youths were infected with scabies, which required police to activate a special decontamination protocol for the officers involved, the police vehicles and the jail cells. Eight of the 15 youths have since been released from police custody and are back on the street. Migrant gang rapes have become increasingly common in Spain:

Alicante, April 16. Three Algerians gang-raped a 19-year-old woman. One of the men was arrested at the Alicante airport while trying to flee the country.

Tarragona, March 28. Eleven underage migrants were arrested for gang-raping a girl at the Roman amphitheater. Of the 11, only one was remanded in custody.

Alicante, March 26. Four underage Moroccans gang-raped an underage girl. They filmed the rape and then demanded that the girl pay 50 euros to avoid having the video posted online.

Alicante, March 22. Ten Algerians were arrested for gang-raping three girls aged between 14 and 17. Police said that the gang members sustained themselves by robbing homes and businesses and later selling the stolen items on the black market.

Sabadell, February 2. Eight Moroccans gang-raped an 18-year-old woman in an abandoned warehouse. The woman was celebrating her birthday when she became separated from her friends. The Moroccans, aged between 21 and 53, were homeless and squatting in the warehouse. Of the eight, only two were remanded in custody.

Algeciras, January 6. Three Dominicans were arrested for gang-raping a 14-year-old girl.

Benidorm, January 5. Four Ecuadorians were arrested for drugging and gang-raping a 19-year-old woman on New Year's Eve.  The victims of migrant-related sex crimes often are young children and teenagers as well as elderly women:

Barcelona, May 18. A 36-year-old Dominican drug dealer was arrested for raping a 13-year-old girl in the Raval district.

Valencia, May 16. A Bolivian man was arrested for repeatedly raping his 14-year-old daughter.

Granada, April 17. A 45-year-old Moroccan man was arrested after masturbating in front of children during a Holy Week procession.

Salt (Girona), April 4. A 42-year-old Malian man was arrested for sexually abusing his 14-year-old daughter.

Hospitalet de Llobregat, March 11. A 25-year-old Indian man was arrested for raping an underage girl he had groomed on social media.

Sagunto (Valencia), February 23. A 24-year-old Ecuadorian man charged with repeatedly raping a 16-year-old girl justified the crime by telling the judge, " I am the reincarnation of Jesus Christ and I have documents to prove it."

Valencia, February 22. A Honduran man was sentenced to four years in prison for being in a sexual relationship with a 14-year-old girl. The age of consent in Spain is 16.

Sils (Girona), February 20. Three men, including one from Venezuela, attempted to kidnap a 12-year-old child as she was leaving school.

Berga (Barcelona), February 18. A 33-year-old Senegalese migrant was arrested for sexually assaulting a 72-year-old woman.

Barcelona, February 7. A 40-year-old imam at a mosque was charged with anally raping a 13-year-old boy during a Koran lesson.

Blanes (Girona), February 6. A 24-year-old Senegalese migrant was arrested for sexually assaulting an 11-year-old girl.

Beniel (Murcia), February 5. A 34-year-old Moroccan man was arrested after he grabbed the breasts of two girls at an outdoor festival.

Sant Josep (Ibiza), February 2. A 48-year-old Moroccan was arrested for sexually assaulting an 87-year-old woman in her home. The man broke into her home and after verifying that she was alone, he threw her to the ground and sexually assaulted her. The woman suffered severe trauma to her face. Police said the same man had sexually assaulted a 19-year-old woman in nearby Sant Antoni in April 2018.

Leganés, January 28. A Pakistani man was arrested for sexually assaulting two teenage girls in his home. The man lured the girls by placing false advertisements in which he said he was looking for child care and housecleaning services.

Archena (Murcia), January 27. A 38-year-old Guatemalan man was arrested for sexually abusing his 11-year-old stepdaughter.

León, January 19. A Senegalese migrant was arrested for soliciting the prostitution of a 16-year-old girl. He offered her money and asked how much she charged per night.

Santomera (Murcia), January 15. An Algerian man was arrested for making sexual propositions to a group of children and inviting them to his home.

Valencia, January 12. A Colombian man was arrested for drugging a 16-year-old girl and attempting to rape her.

Other migrant-related sex crimes in Spain include:

Valencia, May 17. An 18-year-old Moroccan was arrested for raping an 18-year-old Belgian tourist.

Madrid, May 10. A 27-year-old Guinean man was arrested for sexually assaulting three woman at a night club in Carabanchel.

Martorell, May 9. A 40-year-old Moroccan man was arrested for attempting to rape three women who were jogging along the banks of the Llobregat River. A local judge sent the man to a mental health clinic.

Barcelona, April 19. A 32-year-old French citizen of Moroccan origin raped a 37-year-old Portuguese woman in the gardens of the Maritime Museum, located just off La Rambla, one of the top tourist attractions in Barcelona. The rapist bit off his victim's ear, broke her arm and left her badly bruised. Police delivered the severed ear to a local hospital, where doctors performed reconstructive surgery. A week before the attack, local residents had alerted police to the man's aggressive behavior. He was arrested three times and released. Some believe that with stricter law enforcement, the attack could have been prevented.

Murcia, April 15. Two Moroccans, aged 21 and 26, were arrested for kidnapping and sexually assaulting an 18-year-old transsexual.

El Vendrell (Tarragona), April 8. A 23-year-old Dominican man was arrested for raping a 32-year-old woman in the entrance to her apartment building.

Crevillent (Alicante), March 5. A 32-year-old Moroccan man was arrested for stalking and sexually assaulting several women on city streets.

Bermeo, March 4. A sub-Saharan African attempted to rape a woman in the town center.

La Palma del Condado (Huelva), February 27. A Romanian man was arrested for sexually assaulting two women in a public park.

Lloret de Mar (Girona), February 23. A 23-year-old Moroccan man raped a woman in an ATM booth.

Lorca, February 26. A 31-year-old Moroccan man attempted to rape a woman he ambushed from behind.

Madrid, February 26. A 31-year-old Romanian man was arrested for sexually assaulting at least five women near the Tres Cantos railway station.

Valencia, February 24. A 48-year-old Pakistani man attempted to rape a woman in a parking garage.

Santa Cruz de Tenerife, February 22. A Moroccan man was arrested for sexually assaulting a woman in front of a refugee shelter. When the woman's boyfriend intervened, he was attacked with blows to the head.

Pamplona, February 19. Three Romanians, aged 17 and 18, were arrested for sexually assaulting a woman in the restroom of a bar.

Palencia, February 14. A 36-year-old Peruvian man was arrested for sexually assaulting his partner's daughter.

Marbella, February 13. A 35-year-old Chinese man was arrested for sexually assaulting a woman on two separate occasions. Both times, the man tied with woman with a rope and gagged her. He beat her, sexually assaulted her and then used her cell phone to transfer money from her bank account.

Beniaján (Murcia), February 12. A Moroccan man raped a 37-year-old woman he had met a few days earlier. In May, three men had also been arrested for gang raping a woman in the same town.

Villaviciosa de Odón (Madrid), February 9. A 21-year-old Cameroonian man raped a 21-year-old British student. The man, who arrived in Spain as a political refugee, had received free housing and social assistance for a year while his asylum application was processed.

Marbella, February 8. A Senegalese man attempted to rape a waitress at a restaurant. The man entered the establishment at around 11AM and began flirting with the woman, who told him that she was married. The man left. Shortly thereafter, she stepped outside to make some purchases at a nearby supermarket when the man ambushed her and tried to rape her.

Cádiz, February 7. A 19-year-old Guinean migrant was arrested after he repeatedly flashed his genitals at passersby. Police said he was in the country illegally.

Palma de Mallorca, February 4. A 42-year-old Moroccan man was arrested after he repeatedly grabbed the breasts of female passersby at the central train station.

Capdepera (Majorca), January 22. A 25-year-old Moroccan man was arrested for sexually assaulting a 39-year-old woman who was riding her bicycle.

Culleredo, January 21. A Peruvian man sexually assaulted a woman on a regional bus.

Guadalajara, January 20. A 25-year-old Algerian man was arrested for attempting to rape a 40-year-old woman.

Formentera, January 20. A woman was sexually assaulted by two men who seemed South American or Moroccan in appearance.

Mataró, January 14. A Moroccan man sexually assaulted a woman in a parking garage.

Safor (Valencia), January 11. A Pakistani man was arrested for sexually assaulting his stepdaughter. While traveling on a bus to Italy, he was detained at a police checkpoint.

Valencia, January 9. A Lebanese man was arrested for drugging and raping a 20-year-old woman on New Year's Eve.

Villajoyosa (Alicante), January 8. A 29-year-old woman was sexually assaulted at Hospital de la Marina Baixa by two men who appeared to be Moroccan. The hospital has been the scene of several sexual assaults: workers must walk along a dark road when going from the hospital to the parking garage.

Mislata (Valencia), January 5. A 28-year-old Colombian drugged and raped a 16-year-old girl.

Burriana (Castellon), January 2. Two Romanian men were arrested for kidnapping and raping a 17-year-old girl on New Year's Eve.

Valencia, January 1. An 18-year-old Guinean sexually assaulted a female street cleaner.

Migrant-related honor crimes and domestic violence:

Madrid, May 6. A Moroccan man stabbed to death his fiancé, a 47-year-old Spanish woman named Juana U.M. Police said the man, who has a long criminal record, with at least 30 prior convictions, is believed to have fled to Morocco to evade Spanish justice.

Granada, May 17. A 36-year-old Moroccan man stabbed and seriously injured his 32-year-old ex-wife Sueca (Valencia), April 1. A 40-year-old Moroccan man was arrested for kidnapping and physically assaulting his wife and daughters.

Tudela, February 21. An Algerian man was arrested after he threatened to kill his wife.

Burriana, February 20. A Moroccan man physically assaulted his 18-year-old daughter because she had a conversation with a male classmate.

Totana (Murcia), February 3. A 41-year-old Ecuadoran was arrested for beating and raping his 31-year-old girlfriend after she refused to have sex with him.

Reus, February 1. A 19-year-old Dominican man decapitated his wife and then committed suicide by jumping from a fifth-floor window.

Salamanca, January 28. A 31-year-old Colombian man was arrested for physically assaulting his wife in the middle of the street.

Mula (Murcia), January 27. A Bolivian woman was arrested for physically assaulting her 15-year-old daughter. Police said that the girl had been whipped with a leather belt every day for two years at the hands of her mother and older brother.

El Palmar (Murcia), January 25. A 50-year-old Moroccan man was arrested for physically assaulting and threatening to kill his wife after she said she wanted a divorce.

Bonavista (Tarragona), January 20. A 44-year-old Argentinian man was arrested for pushing his wife from a third-floor balcony.

Vigo, January 14. A 41-year-old Moroccan man was arrested after threatening to kill his wife. The couple got into an argument after he accused her of spending too much time talking with the neighbors.

Murcia, January 8. A 29-year-old Moroccan man was arrested for assaulting his wife and forcing her to hide in a closet.

Vilagarcía (Pontevedra), January 7. A 60-year-old Romanian man physically assaulted his wife at a public park.

Salamanca, January 7. A Moroccan man stabbed his pregnant wife.

Laredo, January 3. A 29-year-old Ecuadorian stabbed to death his ex-girlfriend.

Madrid, January 2. A 41-year-old Ecuadorian serious injured his wife after beating her with a metal broomstick.

Underage unaccompanied migrants — known in Spain as Menas (menores extranjeros no acompañados) — are also engaged in criminal activity:

Barcelona, May 12. A group of 40 Menas squatted in an entire five-story apartment building in front of a police station. The Menas insulted and threatened police who approached the building.

Zaragoza, April 27. A 15-year-old Mena was arrested after punching a woman in the face and breaking her nose while trying to rob her cellphone. He then assaulted and injured three police officers who tried to arrest him. Zaragoza, March 14. Three Menas were arrested for physically assaulting their tutor.

Melilla, March 12. Fifteen Menas physically assaulted a police officer.

Valencia, March 11. Three Algerian Menas who were on the run from French authorities were arrested after they boarded a train without a ticket. The Menas had stabbed and tortured two other Algerians in the French city of Lyon. One of their victims died in the March 5 attack, which was filmed and shared by the Menas on social media.

Palma de Mallorca, February 25. An Algerian Mena sexually assaulted his 24-year-old teacher at a migrant shelter. The boy, completely naked, pushed the woman into a bathroom.

Palma de Mallorca, February 14. Two Algerian Menas were arrested for sexual assault, harassment, domestic violence and making threats against neighbors and the staff at an asylum shelter.

Arenys de Mar (Barcelona), February 10. Three Menas physically assaulted and robbed town counsellor Susanna Mir of PDeCat, a Catalan independence party. All three of the attackers were repeat offenders, known to police.

Barcelona, February 7. A Moroccan Mena was arrested for raping six women between the ages of 40 and 78.

Zaragoza, January 10. Three Menas were arrested for assaulting police officers and attempting to rob a 58-year-old woman.

Some migrant criminals are serial offenders:

Tarragona, May 8. A 36-year-old Moroccan man was arrested after breaking into seven cars in one night. Although he has a long criminal record, with at least 17 different prior convictions, he was released.

Salou (Tarragona), May 7. A 67-year-old Algerian man was arrested for stealing a purse containing two high-end cellphones. Police said the man has a long criminal record, with at least 170 prior convictions.

Gijón, April 18. A 24-year-old Algerian was arrested after breaking into more than 20 cars in one week.

Usurbil (Gipuzkoa), April 3. A 47-year-old Algerian gang leader was arrested for the fourth time in five years for stealing cars and robbing homes across the Basque Country. The gang is responsible for around 100 car thefts and 200 burglaries since 2013, according to police.

Madrid, March 29. Eight members of a Moroccan gang were arrested for stealing 57 cars and vans and reselling them in Africa.

Gijón, March 22. A Moroccan was arrested for robbing a woman of her purse. The man, who dragged the woman along the ground for several meters before seizing her purse, has a long criminal record, according to local police.